Title page

Alcatel-Lucent 1830
Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS32/PSS-16) | Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Command Line Interface Guide

8DG60888FAAA
Issue 1
June 2011

Legal notice
Legal notice

Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright 2011 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Notice

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Although every effort has been made to make this document as accurate, complete, and
clear as possible, Alcatel-Lucent and its predecessors assume no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
Trademarks

All trademarks and service marks specified herein are owned by their respective companies.
Conformance statement
Interference Information: Part 15 of FCC Rules

NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the guidelines in this document, the
equipment may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference,
in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at the expense of the user.
Security statement

In rare instances, unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of remote access features. In such an event,
applicable tariffs require that the customer pay all network charges for traffic. Alcatel-Lucent cannot be responsible for such charges and will not make any
allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access.
Limited Warranty

For terms and conditions of sale, contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account Team.
Ordering information

For more ordering information, refer to How to order in the section titled About this document.

Contents
About this document
Purpose

......................................................................................................................................................................................... lxix
lxix
..................................................................................................................................................................... lxix
lxix

Intended audience

..................................................................................................................................................... lxix
lxix

How to use this document

CLI manual page document conventions

Related information

................................................................................................................................................................. lxxi
lxxi

Document support

.................................................................................................................................................................... lxxi
lxxi

Technical support

...................................................................................................................................................................... lxxi
lxxi

How to order

............................................................................................................................................................................. lxxii
lxxii

How to comment
1

.......................................................................................................................... lxx

..................................................................................................................................................................... lxxii
lxxii

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1-1
Command Line Interface

....................................................................................................................................................... 1-2
1-2

1-2
Connecting to network element ........................................................................................................................................... 1-2
1-9
CLI help functions .................................................................................................................................................................... 1-9
2

General CLI Commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2-1
2-2
config ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-2
2-4
config general ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-4
2-12
config general ntp ................................................................................................................................................................... 2-12
2-15
config general time zone ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-15
echo

............................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-26
2-26

help

.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-26
2-26

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
iii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

history ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-28

2-28
logout

.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-29
2-29

paging

......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-30
2-30

prompt

........................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-31
2-31

show

............................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-32
2-32

2-36
show general ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-36
2-41
show logs ................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-41
show traps

................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-43
2-43

tools lamptest

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2-44
2-44

2-45
tools tl1 ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-45
3

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3-1
3-4
config admin ............................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
3-8
config admin authentication .................................................................................................................................................. 3-8
3-10
config admin authentication radius .................................................................................................................................. 3-10
3-11
config admin authentication radius add .......................................................................................................................... 3-11
3-13
config admin feature .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-13
3-14
config admin session ............................................................................................................................................................. 3-14
3-16
config admin snmp users ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-16
3-17
config admin snmpusers add .............................................................................................................................................. 3-17
3-19
config admin snmpusers edit .............................................................................................................................................. 3-19
3-21
config admin syslog ............................................................................................................................................................... 3-21
config admin ui

....................................................................................................................................................................... 3-23
3-23

3-24
config admin users ................................................................................................................................................................. 3-24
3-27
config admin users add ......................................................................................................................................................... 3-27
config admin users edit

........................................................................................................................................................ 3-29
3-29

3-33
config admin users logging ................................................................................................................................................. 3-33
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
iv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config admin users logging cli

.......................................................................................................................................... 3-35
3-35

3-38
config admin users logging snmp ..................................................................................................................................... 3-38
3-41
config database ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3-41
config database server

.......................................................................................................................................................... 3-45
3-45

3-46
config firmware ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3-46
3-47
config snmpserver .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-47
config snmpserver community

.......................................................................................................................................... 3-49
3-49

3-51
config snmpserver trapdest ................................................................................................................................................. 3-51
3-53
config snmpserver trapdest add ......................................................................................................................................... 3-53
3-55
config software ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3-55
config software server

.......................................................................................................................................................... 3-56
3-56

3-58
config software server transfer .......................................................................................................................................... 3-58
3-60
config software upgrade ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-60
3-62
config software upgrade manual ....................................................................................................................................... 3-62
3-64
crypto sslkey ............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-64
3-65
config sslcsr .............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-65
config sslcert

........................................................................................................................................................................... 3-67
3-67

3-68
crypto key .................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-68
passwd

........................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-69
3-69

3-70
show software .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-70
show sslcert

............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-72
3-72

3-73
show database .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-73
3-74
show admin ............................................................................................................................................................................... 3-74
show interface loopback

...................................................................................................................................................... 3-76
3-76

3-77
show admin syslog ................................................................................................................................................................. 3-77
show admin user

..................................................................................................................................................................... 3-78
3-78

3-80
show firmware ......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-80
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
v
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show snmpserver
who

.................................................................................................................................................................... 3-82
3-82

.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-83
3-83

3-84
whoami ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-84
config cn

.................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-85
3-85

config cn ospf

.......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-86
3-86

3-91
config cn routes default ........................................................................................................................................................ 3-91
config cn routes default add

.............................................................................................................................................. 3-94
3-94

3-95
config cn routes default redistribute ................................................................................................................................ 3-95
config cn routes static

........................................................................................................................................................... 3-96
3-96

3-98
config cn routes static add ................................................................................................................................................... 3-98
config cn routes static redistribute
config interface ec

................................................................................................................................... 3-99
3-99

............................................................................................................................................................... 3-100
3-100

3-102
config interface ec shelf/slot/cit ...................................................................................................................................... 3-102
config interface ec shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

....................................................................................................................... 3-106
3-106

3-108
config interface fan .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-108
config interface fan cit

....................................................................................................................................................... 3-109
3-109

config interface fan 1/6/lan1

............................................................................................................................................ 3-114
3-114

config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

.................................................................................................................................. 3-117
3-117

3-120
config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2} .................................................................................................................. 3-120
3-121
config interface loopback .................................................................................................................................................. 3-121
3-124
config interface gmre .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-124
config interface gmre {nodeip, notifyip}

................................................................................................................... 3-125
3-125

3-127
config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ............................................................................................................. 3-127
3-131
config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ospf ................................................................................................... 3-131
3-134
config interface flc ............................................................................................................................................................... 3-134
config interface flc shelf/slot{cit,oamp}

..................................................................................................................... 3-135
3-135

3-141
config interface flc oamp ospf ......................................................................................................................................... 3-141
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
vi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface mt0c .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-144

3-144
3-145
config interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1,es2} .................................................................................................................. 3-145
3-147
config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2} .............................................................................................................................. 3-147
config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2} ospf
config acl_port

.................................................................................................................... 3-150
3-150

...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-153
3-153

3-154
config acl_filter {filterId} ................................................................................................................................................. 3-154
3-156
config acl_pattern {patternId} ......................................................................................................................................... 3-156
config acl_default

............................................................................................................................................................... 3-159
3-159

config acl_default

............................................................................................................................................................... 3-160
3-160

3-162
show cn .................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-162
3-164
show interface ec .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-164
3-166
show interface ec shelf/slot/cit ........................................................................................................................................ 3-166
show interface ec shelf/slot/{es1, es2}

........................................................................................................................ 3-167
3-167

3-168
show interface gmre ............................................................................................................................................................ 3-168
3-168
show interface fan ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-168
3-170
show interface fan cit .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-170
show interface fan 1/6/lan1

.............................................................................................................................................. 3-171
3-171

3-172
show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2} .................................................................................................................... 3-172
3-173
show interface loopback .................................................................................................................................................... 3-173
3-174
show interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ............................................................................................................... 3-174
3-175
show interface flc shelf/slot/{cit,oamp} ...................................................................................................................... 3-175
3-176
show interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1, es2} ................................................................................................................... 3-176
3-177
show interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2} ............................................................................................................................... 3-177
show acl_port

........................................................................................................................................................................ 3-178
3-178

3-179
show acl_filter {filterId} ................................................................................................................................................... 3-179
3-183
show acl_pattern {patternID | *} .................................................................................................................................... 3-183
show acl_default

................................................................................................................................................................. 3-186
3-186

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
vii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Equipment Management Commands

4-1
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4-4
config card ................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-4
4-9
config card 112sca1 .................................................................................................................................................................. 4-9
4-12
config card 112sa1l ................................................................................................................................................................ 4-12
config card 112scx10

............................................................................................................................................................ 4-16
4-16

4-19
config card 112sx10l ............................................................................................................................................................. 4-19
config card 11dpe12

.............................................................................................................................................................. 4-22
4-22

4-27
config card 11dpe12e ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-27
4-33
config card 11dpm12 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4-33
4-37
config card 11qpa4 ................................................................................................................................................................. 4-37
4-40
config card 11star1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 4-40
config card 11stmm10

.......................................................................................................................................................... 4-43
4-43

4-47
config card 43sta1p ................................................................................................................................................................ 4-47
config card {43stx4|43stx4p}

............................................................................................................................................ 4-50
4-50

4-53
config card 43scx4 ................................................................................................................................................................. 4-53
4-56
config card 4dpa2 ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-56
4-59
config card 4dpa4 ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-59
4-63
config card {LD-type card} ................................................................................................................................................ 4-63
config card mvac

.................................................................................................................................................................... 4-67
4-67

4-71
config card {cwr8|cwr8-88} ............................................................................................................................................... 4-71
4-76
config card wr8-88a ............................................................................................................................................................... 4-76
4-80
config card dcm ....................................................................................................................................................................... 4-80
4-82
config card ec ........................................................................................................................................................................... 4-82
4-86
config card ec shelf/slot pm ................................................................................................................................................ 4-86
4-88
config card btc ......................................................................................................................................................................... 4-88
4-89
config card flc .......................................................................................................................................................................... 4-89
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
viii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card flc shelf/slot pm ............................................................................................................................................... 4-93

4-93
config card {itlb|itlu}
config card mesh4

............................................................................................................................................................ 4-95
4-95

.................................................................................................................................................................. 4-96
4-96

4-101
config card mt0c ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-101
4-104
config card mt0c shelf/slot pm ........................................................................................................................................ 4-104
4-106
config card opsa .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-106
4-110
config card ra2p .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-110
4-113
config card pss1gbe ............................................................................................................................................................. 4-113
config card pss1md4

........................................................................................................................................................... 4-116
4-116

4-120
config card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} .................................................................................................................... 4-120
config card pss1p21

............................................................................................................................................................ 4-121
4-121

4-124
config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8} ................................................................................................................. 4-124
4-126
config card svac .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-126
config card wtocm

............................................................................................................................................................... 4-129
4-129

4-132
config fan ................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-132
config pf

.................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-134
4-134

config pf shelf/slot housekeeping

config redundancy

.................................................................................................................................. 4-137
4-137

............................................................................................................................................................... 4-139
4-139

4-143
config shelf ............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-143
config slot

............................................................................................................................................................................... 4-147
4-147

4-148
config slot shelf/slot type .................................................................................................................................................. 4-148
4-153
config usrpnl .......................................................................................................................................................................... 4-153
4-156
show card ................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-156
4-160
show card 112sca1 ............................................................................................................................................................... 4-160
4-161
show card 112sa1l ................................................................................................................................................................ 4-161
4-162
show card 112scx10 ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-162
4-164
show card 112sx10l ............................................................................................................................................................. 4-164
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
ix
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card 11dpe12 .............................................................................................................................................................. 4-165

4-165
4-167
show card 11dpe12e ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-167
show card 11dpm12

............................................................................................................................................................ 4-168
4-168

show card 11qpa4

................................................................................................................................................................ 4-169
4-169

show card 11star1

................................................................................................................................................................ 4-171
4-171

4-172
show card 11stge12 ............................................................................................................................................................. 4-172
4-173
show card 11stmm10 .......................................................................................................................................................... 4-173
show card 43sta1p

............................................................................................................................................................... 4-174
4-174

show card {43stx4|43stx4p}

............................................................................................................................................ 4-175
4-175

4-177
show card 43scx4 ................................................................................................................................................................. 4-177
4-178
show card 4dpa2 ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-178
4-179
show card 4dpa4 ................................................................................................................................................................... 4-179
4-180
show card {LD-type card} ................................................................................................................................................ 4-180
4-182
show card mvac .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-182
4-183
show card {cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a} ............................................................................................................................. 4-183
show card dcm
show card ec

...................................................................................................................................................................... 4-185
4-185

.......................................................................................................................................................................... 4-186
4-186

show card ec shelf/slot pm

............................................................................................................................................... 4-187
4-187

4-189
show card btc ......................................................................................................................................................................... 4-189
4-190
show card flc .......................................................................................................................................................................... 4-190
4-191
show card flc shelf/slot pm ............................................................................................................................................... 4-191
4-193
show card inventory ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-193
4-195
show card {itlb|itlu} ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-195
4-196
show card mesh4 .................................................................................................................................................................. 4-196
4-197
show card mt0c shelf/slot pm .......................................................................................................................................... 4-197
4-199
show card opsa ...................................................................................................................................................................... 4-199
4-200
show card ra2p ...................................................................................................................................................................... 4-200
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
x
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card pss1gbe ............................................................................................................................................................... 4-201

4-201
show card pss1md4

............................................................................................................................................................. 4-203
4-203

4-204
show card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} ...................................................................................................................... 4-204
4-205
show card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8} ................................................................................................................... 4-205
4-206
show card svac ...................................................................................................................................................................... 4-206
show fan

.................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-207
4-207

4-209
show interface inventory ................................................................................................................................................... 4-209
4-211
show pf ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-211
4-213
show pf shelf/slot housekeeping ..................................................................................................................................... 4-213
show redundancy

................................................................................................................................................................. 4-214
4-214

4-216
show shelf ............................................................................................................................................................................... 4-216
show slot

................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-218
4-218

show usrpnl
5

............................................................................................................................................................................ 4-220
4-220

Core optics management commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5-1
config interface {LD-type card}

......................................................................................................................................... 5-9
5-9

5-10
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM ....................................................................................................... 5-10
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out

............................................................................ 5-12
5-12

5-14
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line ......................................................................................................... 5-14
5-17
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm .................................................................................................. 5-17
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm opin

....................................................................................... 5-19
5-19

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm opochin

................................................................................ 5-21
5-21

5-23
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout ............................................................................ 5-23
5-25
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout ................................................................................... 5-25
5-27
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey .................................................................................... 5-27
5-29
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey in|out ........................................................................ 5-29
5-32
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC ......................................................................................................... 5-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm ................................................................................................. 5-35

5-35
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface

.............................................................................. 5-38
5-38

5-40
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr ......................................................................................... 5-40
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt

......................................................................................... 5-42
5-42

5-44
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh ......................................................................................... 5-44
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet

..................................................................................... 5-47
5-47

5-49
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/port state ................................................................................................ 5-49
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

.......................................................................................................... 5-51
5-51

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

....................................................................................... 5-55
5-55

5-58
config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey out ................................................................................ 5-58
5-60
config interface alpfgt ........................................................................................................................................................... 5-60
5-61
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE ........................................................................................................................... 5-61
5-64
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm ................................................................................................................... 5-64
5-65
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin ......................................................................................................... 5-65
5-67
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout ....................................................................................................... 5-67
5-69
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP .................................................................................................................... 5-69
5-72
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm ............................................................................................................. 5-72
5-74
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface .......................................................................................... 5-74
5-76
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr ..................................................................................................... 5-76
5-78
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt ..................................................................................................... 5-78
5-80
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh ..................................................................................................... 5-80
5-82
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet ................................................................................................. 5-82
5-84
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/port state .................................................................................................................... 5-84
5-86
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG .............................................................................................................................. 5-86
5-87
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} ............................................................................................................................ 5-87
5-88
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM ............................................................................................ 5-88
5-90
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN ....................................................................................... 5-90
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm ............................................................................... 5-92

5-92
5-94
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin ..................................................................... 5-94
5-96
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin .............................................................. 5-96
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey

................................................................... 5-98
5-98

5-100
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in ............................................................ 5-100
5-102
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT ............................................................................... 5-102
5-107
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm ........................................................................ 5-107
5-108
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout .................................................... 5-108
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

........................................................... 5-110
5-110

5-112
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey ............................................................. 5-112
5-114
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out ..................................................... 5-114
5-117
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP ................................................................................... 5-117
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

........................................................................... 5-120
5-120

5-122
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface ......................................................... 5-122
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

................................................................... 5-124
5-124

5-126
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt .................................................................... 5-126
5-129
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh ................................................................... 5-129
5-131
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet ................................................................ 5-131
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/port state

.................................................................................. 5-133
5-133

5-135
config interface am2318a .................................................................................................................................................. 5-135
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN

............................................................................................................ 5-135
5-135

5-138
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm ..................................................................................................... 5-138
5-139
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin ........................................................................................... 5-139
5-141
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin .................................................................................... 5-141
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey

........................................................................................ 5-143
5-143

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT

.................................................................................... 5-145
5-145

....................................................................................................... 5-147
5-147

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xiii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm ................................................................................................ 5-151

5-151
5-153
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout ............................................................................ 5-153
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

................................................................................... 5-155
5-155

5-157
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey ..................................................................................... 5-157
5-159
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out ............................................................................. 5-159
5-162
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP ........................................................................................................... 5-162
5-165
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm .................................................................................................... 5-165
5-167
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface ................................................................................. 5-167
5-169
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr ............................................................................................ 5-169
5-171
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt ............................................................................................ 5-171
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

........................................................................................... 5-173
5-173

5-175
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet ........................................................................................ 5-175
5-177
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port state ........................................................................................................... 5-177
5-179
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} .................................................................................................................................... 5-179
5-179
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/CLS ...................................................................................................... 5-179
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD

................................................................................................... 5-182
5-182

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey

................................................................................ 5-184
5-184

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey in

........................................................................... 5-188
5-188

5-190
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/port state ............................................................................................. 5-190
5-192
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/sig ......................................................................................................... 5-192
5-194
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey .................................................................................... 5-194
5-196
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey in|out ........................................................................ 5-196
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU

................................................................................................. 5-201
5-201

5-203
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey ............................................................................... 5-203
5-207
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey out ....................................................................... 5-207
config interface wr8-88a

................................................................................................................................................... 5-209
5-209

5-210
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] ..................................................................................................... 5-210
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xiv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey .................................................................................. 5-212

5-212
5-214
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey in ............................................................................. 5-214
5-218
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT ....................................................................................................... 5-218
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey

.................................................................................... 5-220
5-220

5-222
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey out ............................................................................. 5-222
5-226
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] ............................................................................................. 5-226
5-228
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey .......................................................................... 5-228
5-230
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey out .................................................................. 5-230
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/port state

............................................................................................................ 5-234
5-234

5-236
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG ....................................................................................................................... 5-236
5-238
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey .................................................................................................... 5-238
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey in|out

....................................................................................... 5-240
5-240

5-243
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU ................................................................................................................. 5-243
5-245
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey .............................................................................................. 5-245
5-247
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey in ......................................................................................... 5-247
5-251
config interface dcm shelf/slot/port ............................................................................................................................... 5-251
config interface dcm shelf/slot/port state
config interface itlb shelf/slot/port

.................................................................................................................... 5-253
5-253

............................................................................................................................... 5-255
5-255

5-256
config interface itlb shelf/slot/port state ...................................................................................................................... 5-256
config interface itlu shelf/slot/port

............................................................................................................................... 5-258
5-258

5-259
config interface itlu shelf/slot/port state ...................................................................................................................... 5-259
config interface opsa

.......................................................................................................................................................... 5-261
5-261

5-263
config interface opsa shelf/slot/port state .................................................................................................................... 5-263
5-265
config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey ........................................................................................................... 5-265
5-268
config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey in ...................................................................................................... 5-268
5-270
config interface opsa shelf/slot/port switch ................................................................................................................ 5-270
5-273
config interface osct ............................................................................................................................................................ 5-273
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE ............................................................................................................................ 5-274

5-274
config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm

.................................................................................................................... 5-276
5-276

5-277
config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin .......................................................................................................... 5-277
5-279
config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout ........................................................................................................ 5-279
5-281
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP ..................................................................................................................... 5-281
5-284
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm .............................................................................................................. 5-284
5-286
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface ........................................................................................... 5-286
5-288
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr ...................................................................................................... 5-288
5-290
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt ...................................................................................................... 5-290
5-292
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh ...................................................................................................... 5-292
5-294
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet .................................................................................................. 5-294
5-296
config interface osct shelf/slot/port state ..................................................................................................................... 5-296
5-298
config interface osct shelf/slot/SIG ............................................................................................................................... 5-298
config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} shelf/slot/port

.............................................................................. 5-299
5-299

config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} shelf/slot/OMD state

................................................................ 5-302
5-302

5-303
config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} shelf/slot/port .................................................................. 5-303
config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} shelf/slot/port state

....................................................... 5-306
5-306

5-308
config interface powermgmt ............................................................................................................................................ 5-308
config powermgmt

.............................................................................................................................................................. 5-314
5-314

5-315
config powermgmt general ............................................................................................................................................... 5-315
5-318
config powermgmt egress ................................................................................................................................................. 5-318
config powermgmt ingress

............................................................................................................................................... 5-324
5-324

5-329
config interface mesh4 ....................................................................................................................................................... 5-329
config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/sig

............................................................................................................................ 5-329
5-329

5-331
config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey .................................................................................................. 5-331
5-334
config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey in ............................................................................................. 5-334
5-336
config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGOUT ................................................................................................................ 5-336
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xvi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port state ................................................................................................................ 5-338

5-338
5-340
config interface ra2p ........................................................................................................................................................... 5-340
5-340
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN ...................................................................................................................... 5-340
5-343
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm .............................................................................................................. 5-343
5-344
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin .................................................................................................... 5-344
5-346
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEOUT ................................................................................................................. 5-346
5-347
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/port state .................................................................................................................... 5-347
config interface wtocm

...................................................................................................................................................... 5-349
5-349

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

.................................................................................................................. 5-350
5-350

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/port state

............................................................................................................... 5-353
5-353

5-354
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM ....................................................................................................... 5-354
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/ LINE

..................................................................................................... 5-356
5-356

5-359
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm ............................................................................................... 5-359
5-361
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opin ..................................................................................... 5-361
5-363
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochin .............................................................................. 5-363
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout

........................................................................... 5-365
5-365

5-367
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout ................................................................................... 5-367
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/osc

........................................................................................................... 5-369
5-369

5-371
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm ................................................................................................. 5-371
5-373
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface .............................................................................. 5-373
5-375
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr ......................................................................................... 5-375
5-377
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt ......................................................................................... 5-377
5-379
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh ......................................................................................... 5-379
5-381
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet ..................................................................................... 5-381
5-383
show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG .......................................................................................................... 5-383
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE

.......................................................................................................................... 5-387
5-387

5-389
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm ................................................................................................................... 5-389
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xvii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin ......................................................................................................... 5-390

5-390
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

...................................................................................................... 5-392
5-392

5-393
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP .................................................................................................................... 5-393
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

............................................................................................................ 5-395
5-395

5-396
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface .......................................................................................... 5-396
5-398
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr ..................................................................................................... 5-398
5-400
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt ..................................................................................................... 5-400
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

.................................................................................................... 5-402
5-402

5-403
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet ................................................................................................. 5-403
5-405
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG .............................................................................................................................. 5-405
5-407
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM ............................................................................................ 5-407
5-408
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEIN ..................................................................................... 5-408
5-411
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm ............................................................................... 5-411
5-412
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin ..................................................................... 5-412
5-414
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin .............................................................. 5-414
5-416
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEOUT ................................................................................ 5-416
5-419
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm .......................................................................... 5-419
5-420
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout ...................................................... 5-420
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

............................................................. 5-422
5-422

5-423
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP ..................................................................................... 5-423
5-425
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm .............................................................................. 5-425
5-427
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface ........................................................... 5-427
5-429
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr ...................................................................... 5-429
5-431
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt ...................................................................... 5-431
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

..................................................................... 5-433
5-433

5-435
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet .................................................................. 5-435
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEIN

............................................................................................................. 5-437
5-437

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xviii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm ....................................................................................................... 5-440

5-440
5-441
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin ............................................................................................. 5-441
5-443
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin ...................................................................................... 5-443
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEOUT

........................................................................................................ 5-445
5-445

5-448
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm .................................................................................................. 5-448
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout

.............................................................................. 5-449
5-449

5-451
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout ...................................................................................... 5-451
5-452
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP ............................................................................................................. 5-452
5-454
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm ...................................................................................................... 5-454
5-456
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface ................................................................................... 5-456
5-457
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr .............................................................................................. 5-457
5-459
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt .............................................................................................. 5-459
5-461
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh .............................................................................................. 5-461
5-463
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet .......................................................................................... 5-463
5-465
show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} ...................................................................................................................................... 5-465
5-467
show interface wr8-88a ...................................................................................................................................................... 5-467
5-469
show interface dcm .............................................................................................................................................................. 5-469
show interface itlb

............................................................................................................................................................... 5-471
5-471

5-472
show interface opsa ............................................................................................................................................................. 5-472
show interface {sfd44|sfd44b|sfd40|sfd40b}

............................................................................................................. 5-475
5-475

5-477
show interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} ................................................................................................. 5-477
5-478
show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE .............................................................................................................................. 5-478
show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm

...................................................................................................................... 5-480
5-480

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

............................................................................................................ 5-481
5-481

5-483
show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout .......................................................................................................... 5-483
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................... 5-485
5-485

5-486
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm ................................................................................................................ 5-486
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xix
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

............................................................................................. 5-488
5-488

5-489
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr ........................................................................................................ 5-489
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

........................................................................................................ 5-491
5-491

5-493
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh ........................................................................................................ 5-493
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
show interface osct shelf/slot/SIG

.................................................................................................... 5-495
5-495

................................................................................................................................. 5-497
5-497

5-498
show interface powermgmt .............................................................................................................................................. 5-498
5-501
show powermgmt ................................................................................................................................................................. 5-501
5-504
show wavekey ....................................................................................................................................................................... 5-504
show wavekey unexpected

............................................................................................................................................... 5-507
5-507

5-508
show wavekey wtmonitor ................................................................................................................................................. 5-508
5-511
show wavekey wtsource .................................................................................................................................................... 5-511
5-512
show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN ....................................................................................................................... 5-512
5-514
show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGOUT .................................................................................................................. 5-514
5-516
show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN ........................................................................................................................ 5-516
show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

................................................................................................................ 5-518
5-518

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

...................................................................................................... 5-519
5-519

5-520
show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEOUT ................................................................................................................... 5-520
5-522
show interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4] ..................................................................................................................... 5-522
6

OT Management Commands
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6-1
11DPE12 CLI Commands
Overview

................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-33
6-33

config interface 11dpe12

.................................................................................................................................................... 6-35
6-35

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

............................................................................................................... 6-36
6-36

6-38
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state ..................................................................................................... 6-38

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xx
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ..................................................................................................... 6-40

6-40
6-43
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ........................................................................................................ 6-43
6-45
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet ....................................................................................... 6-45
6-47
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr ................................................................................................ 6-47
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

................................................................................................ 6-49
6-49

6-51
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs ................................................................................................ 6-51
6-53
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ........................................................................................... 6-53
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

.................................................................................................................. 6-55
6-55

6-58
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state ........................................................................................................ 6-58
6-60
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ....................................................................................................... 6-60
6-62
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 ........................................................................................................ 6-62
6-69
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige .................................................................................................... 6-69
6-72
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ........................................................................................................... 6-72
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

................................................................................................... 6-74
6-74

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

......................................................................................... 6-76
6-76

6-78
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-78
6-80
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-80
6-82
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100} .......................................................................................... 6-82
6-83
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} ............................................................................................................... 6-83
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

...................................................................................................... 6-85
6-85

6-87
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-87
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

............................................................................................... 6-88
6-88

6-90
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................ 6-90
6-92
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state ...................................................................................................... 6-92
6-94
show interface 11dpe12 ........................................................................................................................................................ 6-94
6-95
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} .................................................................................................................. 6-95
6-99
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ....................................................................................................... 6-99
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ........................................................................................................ 6-101

6-101
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

...................................................................................... 6-102
6-102

6-104
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr ................................................................................................ 6-104
6-105
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt ................................................................................................ 6-105
6-107
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs ................................................................................................ 6-107
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

.......................................................................................... 6-108
6-108

6-110
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} .................................................................................................................. 6-110
6-116
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ....................................................................................................... 6-116
6-118
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 ........................................................................................................ 6-118
6-122
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige .................................................................................................. 6-122
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

.......................................................................................................... 6-123
6-123

6-125
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ................................................................................................... 6-125
6-126
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet ......................................................................................... 6-126
6-128
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-128
6-129
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-129
6-131
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100} ........................................................................................... 6-131
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

.............................................................................................................. 6-132
6-132

6-134
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och ...................................................................................................... 6-134
6-135
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-135
6-136
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ............................................................................................... 6-136
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

............................................................................................... 6-137
6-137

11DPE12e CLI Commands

6-140
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-140
6-142
config interface 11dpe12e ................................................................................................................................................. 6-142
6-143
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} ........................................................................................................... 6-143
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

............................................................................................................ 6-146
6-146

6-148
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} ..................................................................................... 6-148
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep ........................................................................... 6-151
6-151
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

................................................................................................ 6-154
6-154

6-156
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ................................................................................................ 6-156
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

................................................................................................... 6-160
6-160

6-161
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet .................................................................................. 6-161
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

........................................................................................... 6-163
6-163

6-165
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt ............................................................................................ 6-165
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

........................................................................................... 6-167
6-167

6-169
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ...................................................................................... 6-169
6-171
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} .............................................................................................................. 6-171
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

................................................................................................... 6-174
6-174

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

.................................................................................................. 6-176
6-176

6-178
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 .................................................................................................... 6-178
6-184
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige ............................................................................................... 6-184
6-187
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ...................................................................................................... 6-187
6-189
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ............................................................................................... 6-189
6-191
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet ..................................................................................... 6-191
6-193
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr .............................................................................................. 6-193
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

.............................................................................................. 6-195
6-195

6-197
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs .............................................................................................. 6-197
6-199
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100} ..................................................................................... 6-199
6-201
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} .......................................................................................................... 6-201
6-203
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och .................................................................................................. 6-203
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

.................................................................................................. 6-204
6-204

6-205
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ........................................................................................... 6-205
6-207
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt ........................................................................................... 6-207
6-209
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state ................................................................................................. 6-209
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxiii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12e ................................................................................................................................................... 6-211

6-211
6-212
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} ............................................................................................................. 6-212
6-215
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe .................................................................................................. 6-215
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

..................................................................................................... 6-217
6-217

6-218
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet .................................................................................... 6-218
6-220
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr .............................................................................................. 6-220
6-221
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt .............................................................................................. 6-221
6-223
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs .............................................................................................. 6-223
6-224
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ........................................................................................ 6-224
6-226
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} ................................................................................................................ 6-226
6-230
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<L1/L2>] .............................................................................. 6-230
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

.............................................................................................................. 6-232
6-232

6-233
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} ....................................................................................... 6-233
6-234
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} remote mepid .......................................................... 6-234
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

............................................................................ 6-236
6-236

6-238
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ..................................................................................................... 6-238
6-241
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 ...................................................................................................... 6-241
6-245
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige ................................................................................................ 6-245
6-246
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ........................................................................................................ 6-246
6-248
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ................................................................................................. 6-248
6-249
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet ....................................................................................... 6-249
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

................................................................................................ 6-251
6-251

6-252
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................. 6-252
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

................................................................................................ 6-254
6-254

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

........................................................................................ 6-255
6-255

............................................................................................................ 6-257
6-257

6-258
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och .................................................................................................... 6-258
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxiv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ..................................................................................................... 6-259

6-259
6-260
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ............................................................................................. 6-260
6-262
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt ............................................................................................. 6-262
11DPM12 CLI Commands
6-264
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-264
config interface 11dpm12

................................................................................................................................................. 6-267
6-267

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

........................................................................................................... 6-268
6-268
................................................................................................ 6-276
6-276

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

................................................................................. 6-279
6-279

.............................................................................................. 6-281
6-281

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

................................................................................ 6-283
6-283

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

.............................................................. 6-286
6-286

6-289
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}looduk ................................................. 6-289
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

............................................................................................... 6-291
6-291

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

................................................................................ 6-294
6-294

6-296
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} ...................................................................... 6-296
6-300
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}looduk ........................................................ 6-300
6-303
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1 ................................................................................................ 6-303
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

................................................................................................. 6-304
6-304

6-309
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm .................................................................................................... 6-309
6-311
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw ............................................................................................. 6-311
6-312
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet ................................................................................... 6-312
6-314
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr ............................................................................................ 6-314
6-316
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt ............................................................................................ 6-316
6-318
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs ............................................................................................ 6-318
6-320
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh ............................................................................................ 6-320
6-321
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet ........................................................................................ 6-321
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi ................................................................................................ 6-323

6-323
6-327
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk ................................................................................. 6-327
6-329
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state ................................................................................................. 6-329
6-331
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} ................................................................. 6-331
6-335
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk .................................................. 6-335
6-338
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} .............................................................................................................. 6-338
6-342
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ................................................................................................... 6-342
6-347
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8} ......................................................................... 6-347
6-350
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 .................................................................................................... 6-350
6-356
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-356
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

............................................................................................... 6-357
6-357

6-359
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ............................................................................................... 6-359
6-361
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ............................................................................................... 6-361
6-363
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state .................................................................................................... 6-363
6-365
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} ........................................................................................................... 6-365
6-367
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och .................................................................................................. 6-367
6-368
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ................................................................................................... 6-368
6-369
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ........................................................................................... 6-369
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

........................................................................................... 6-371
6-371

6-373
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state .................................................................................................. 6-373
6-375
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8} .................................................................................................. 6-375
show interface 11dpm12

................................................................................................................................................... 6-381
6-381

6-382
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} .............................................................................................................. 6-382
6-389
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ................................................................................................... 6-389
6-391
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk .................................................................................... 6-391
6-393
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi .................................................................................................. 6-393
6-394
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk ................................................................................... 6-394
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxvi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400} ................................................................. 6-396

6-396
6-398
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400} looduk .................................................. 6-398
6-399
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi .................................................................................................. 6-399
6-401
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk ................................................................................... 6-401
6-402
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} ........................................................................ 6-402
6-404
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} looduk ......................................................... 6-404
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

.................................................................................................. 6-407
6-407

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

................................................................................................... 6-408
6-408

6-411
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ...................................................................................................... 6-411
6-413
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw ............................................................................................... 6-413
6-414
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet ..................................................................................... 6-414
6-416
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr .............................................................................................. 6-416
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

.............................................................................................. 6-418
6-418

6-420
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs .............................................................................................. 6-420
6-421
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh .............................................................................................. 6-421
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

.......................................................................................... 6-423
6-423

6-425
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi .................................................................................................. 6-425
6-427
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk ................................................................................... 6-427
6-428
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,stm4,stm16} ...................................................................... 6-428
6-430
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk .................................................... 6-430
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

................................................................................................................ 6-432
6-432

6-435
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ..................................................................................................... 6-435
6-437
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8} ........................................................................... 6-437
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

...................................................................................................... 6-439
6-439

6-443
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ......................................................................................................... 6-443
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

................................................................................................. 6-444
6-444

6-446
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ................................................................................................. 6-446
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxvii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................. 6-447

6-447
6-449
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} ............................................................................................................. 6-449
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

.................................................................................................... 6-451
6-451

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

..................................................................................................... 6-452
6-452

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

............................................................................................. 6-453
6-453

6-455
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt .............................................................................................. 6-455
6-456
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8} .................................................................................................... 6-456
11QPA4 CLI Commands
6-460
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-460
config interface 11qpa4

..................................................................................................................................................... 6-462
6-462

6-463
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} .................................................................................................................. 6-463
6-466
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state ........................................................................................................ 6-466
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

..................................................................................................... 6-468
6-468

6-470
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g ........................................................................................................ 6-470
6-473
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192 ..................................................................................................... 6-473
6-476
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64 ..................................................................................................... 6-476
6-479
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige .................................................................................................. 6-479
6-482
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 ....................................................................................................... 6-482
6-483
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2 ........................................................................................................ 6-483
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

.......................................................................................................... 6-488
6-488

6-490
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw ................................................................................................... 6-490
6-492
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet ......................................................................................... 6-492
6-494
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-494
6-496
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-496
6-498
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ................................................................................................... 6-498
6-500
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ............................................................................................... 6-500
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

.................................................................................................. 6-502
6-502

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxviii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

................................................................................................................. 6-504
6-504

6-506
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state ........................................................................................................ 6-506
6-508
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2 ....................................................................................................... 6-508
6-510
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2 ........................................................................................................ 6-510
6-517
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm ........................................................................................................... 6-517
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw

................................................................................................... 6-518
6-518

6-520
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-520
6-522
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-522
6-524
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} ............................................................................................................... 6-524
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

.................................................................................................... 6-526
6-526

...................................................................................................... 6-528
6-528

6-529
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-529
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

............................................................................................... 6-530
6-530

6-532
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt ................................................................................................ 6-532
6-534
show interface 11qpa4 ........................................................................................................................................................ 6-534
6-535
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} .................................................................................................................... 6-535
6-542
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g ........................................................................................................ 6-542
6-543
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g .......................................................................................................... 6-543
6-545
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192 ....................................................................................................... 6-545
6-547
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64 ....................................................................................................... 6-547
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

.................................................................................................... 6-549
6-549

6-551
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 ......................................................................................................... 6-551
6-552
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2 .......................................................................................................... 6-552
6-557
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ............................................................................................................. 6-557
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

..................................................................................................... 6-559
6-559

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

........................................................................................... 6-560
6-560

6-562
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-562
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxix
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ..................................................................................................... 6-563

6-563
6-565
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ..................................................................................................... 6-565
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

.................................................................................................... 6-566
6-566

6-568
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ................................................................................................. 6-568
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

................................................................................................................... 6-569
6-569

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

......................................................................................................... 6-573
6-573

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

.......................................................................................................... 6-575
6-575

6-580
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm ............................................................................................................. 6-580
6-581
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw ...................................................................................................... 6-581
6-583
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-583
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

..................................................................................................... 6-584
6-584

6-586
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} ................................................................................................................. 6-586
6-588
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och ......................................................................................................... 6-588
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

......................................................................................................... 6-589
6-589

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

................................................................................................. 6-590
6-590

6-591
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt .................................................................................................. 6-591
11STAR1 CLI Commands
6-594
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-594
config interface 11star1

..................................................................................................................................................... 6-596
6-596

6-597
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 ........................................................................................................................... 6-597
6-599
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 state ................................................................................................................. 6-599
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

.............................................................................................................. 6-601
6-601

6-603
config interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192 ............................................................................................................... 6-603
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

............................................................................................................. 6-606
6-606

6-609
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige ........................................................................................................... 6-609
6-612
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2 ................................................................................................................ 6-612
6-613
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2 ................................................................................................................. 6-613
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxx
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

................................................................................................................... 6-618
6-618

6-620
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw ............................................................................................................ 6-620
6-622
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet .................................................................................................. 6-622
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

........................................................................................................... 6-624
6-624

6-626
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt ............................................................................................................ 6-626
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

........................................................................................................... 6-628
6-628

6-630
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh ........................................................................................................... 6-630
6-631
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet ........................................................................................................ 6-631
6-633
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 ........................................................................................................................... 6-633
6-635
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 state ................................................................................................................. 6-635
6-637
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2 ................................................................................................................ 6-637
6-639
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2 ................................................................................................................. 6-639
6-644
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm .................................................................................................................... 6-644
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

............................................................................................................ 6-645
6-645

6-647
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ............................................................................................................ 6-647
6-649
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ............................................................................................................ 6-649
show interface 11 star1

...................................................................................................................................................... 6-651
6-651

6-652
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 ............................................................................................................................. 6-652
6-657
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g ................................................................................................................. 6-657
6-659
show interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192 ................................................................................................................. 6-659
6-661
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64 ................................................................................................................ 6-661
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

............................................................................................................. 6-663
6-663

6-664
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2 .................................................................................................................. 6-664
6-666
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2 ................................................................................................................... 6-666
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

..................................................................................................................... 6-670
6-670

6-672
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw .............................................................................................................. 6-672
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

.................................................................................................... 6-673
6-673

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxxi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr .............................................................................................................. 6-675

6-675
6-676
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt .............................................................................................................. 6-676
6-678
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs .............................................................................................................. 6-678
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

............................................................................................................. 6-679
6-679

6-681
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet .......................................................................................................... 6-681
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

............................................................................................................................. 6-682
6-682

6-685
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2 .................................................................................................................. 6-685
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

................................................................................................................... 6-688
6-688

6-692
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm ...................................................................................................................... 6-692
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

.............................................................................................................. 6-693
6-693

6-695
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr .............................................................................................................. 6-695
6-696
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt .............................................................................................................. 6-696
11STGE12 CLI Commands
6-699
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-699
6-700
config interface 11stge12 .................................................................................................................................................. 6-700
6-701
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} ............................................................................................................ 6-701
6-704
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state .................................................................................................. 6-704
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

................................................................................................. 6-706
6-706

6-708
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ..................................................................................................... 6-708
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

................................................................................... 6-710
6-710

6-712
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr ............................................................................................. 6-712
6-714
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt ............................................................................................. 6-714
6-716
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs ............................................................................................. 6-716
6-718
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 ........................................................................................................................ 6-718
6-720
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 state .............................................................................................................. 6-720
6-722
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2 ............................................................................................................. 6-722
6-724
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2 .............................................................................................................. 6-724
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxxii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

................................................................................................................ 6-727
6-727

6-728
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ......................................................................................................... 6-728
6-730
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet ............................................................................................... 6-730
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

........................................................................................................ 6-732
6-732

6-734
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ......................................................................................................... 6-734
show interface 11stge12

.................................................................................................................................................... 6-736
6-736

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

.............................................................................................................. 6-737
6-737

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

................................................................................................... 6-739
6-739

6-740
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-740
6-742
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet ...................................................................................... 6-742
6-743
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr ............................................................................................... 6-743
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

............................................................................................... 6-745
6-745

6-747
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs ............................................................................................... 6-747
6-748
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 .......................................................................................................................... 6-748
6-750
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2 ............................................................................................................... 6-750
6-751
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2 ................................................................................................................ 6-751
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

.................................................................................................................. 6-753
6-753

6-755
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ........................................................................................................... 6-755
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

................................................................................................. 6-756
6-756

6-758
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ........................................................................................................... 6-758
6-759
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ........................................................................................................... 6-759
11STMM10 CLI Commands
6-762
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-762
6-764
config interface 11stmm10 ............................................................................................................................................... 6-764
6-765
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} ......................................................................................................... 6-765
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

.............................................................................................. 6-769
6-769

6-772
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5 .......................................................................................... 6-772
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxxiii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

............................................................ 6-776
6-776

6-779
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48} .................................................................... 6-779
6-784
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1 .............................................................................................. 6-784
6-785
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1 ............................................................................................... 6-785
6-791
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm .................................................................................................. 6-791
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

.......................................................................................... 6-793
6-793

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

................................................................................ 6-794
6-794

6-796
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr .......................................................................................... 6-796
6-798
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt .......................................................................................... 6-798
6-800
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs .......................................................................................... 6-800
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

......................................................................................... 6-802
6-802

6-803
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet ...................................................................................... 6-803
6-805
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state ............................................................................................... 6-805
6-807
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4, stm16} ............................................................... 6-807
6-812
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 ..................................................................................................................... 6-812
6-814
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2 .......................................................................................................... 6-814
6-816
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2 ........................................................................................................... 6-816
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

............................................................................................................. 6-819
6-819

6-820
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ...................................................................................................... 6-820
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

..................................................................................................... 6-822
6-822

6-824
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ...................................................................................................... 6-824
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 state
show interface 11stmm10

.......................................................................................................... 6-826
6-826

................................................................................................................................................. 6-828
6-828

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

........................................................................................................... 6-829
6-829

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

................................................................................................ 6-832
6-832

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

............................................................................................ 6-834
6-834

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

.............................................................. 6-836
6-836

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxxiv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48} ...................................................................... 6-838

6-838
6-840
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1 ................................................................................................ 6-840
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

................................................................................................. 6-841
6-841

6-845
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm .................................................................................................... 6-845
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

............................................................................................ 6-847
6-847

6-848
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet ................................................................................... 6-848
6-850
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr ............................................................................................ 6-850
6-852
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt ............................................................................................ 6-852
6-854
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs ............................................................................................ 6-854
6-855
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh ............................................................................................ 6-855
6-857
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet ........................................................................................ 6-857
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1,stm4,stm16}

................................................................... 6-859
6-859

6-861
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 ....................................................................................................................... 6-861
6-866
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2 ............................................................................................................ 6-866
6-868
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2 ............................................................................................................. 6-868
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

............................................................................................................... 6-870
6-870

6-871
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ........................................................................................................ 6-871
6-873
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ........................................................................................................ 6-873
6-875
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ........................................................................................................ 6-875
112SCA1 CLI Commands
6-877
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-877
6-878
config interface 112sca1 .................................................................................................................................................... 6-878
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

......................................................................................................................... 6-879
6-879

6-881
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 state ............................................................................................................... 6-881
6-883
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige .............................................................................................. 6-883
6-885
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm .................................................................................................................. 6-885
6-886
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs .......................................................................................................... 6-886
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxxv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

......................................................................................................................... 6-888
6-888

6-890
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 state ............................................................................................................... 6-890
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

.............................................................................................................. 6-892
6-892

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

............................................................................................................... 6-894
6-894

6-897
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm .................................................................................................................. 6-897
6-899
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ........................................................................................................... 6-899
6-900
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd ............................................................................................................ 6-900
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

......................................................................................................... 6-902
6-902

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

......................................................................................................... 6-903
6-903

6-905
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr .......................................................................................................... 6-905
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

.......................................................................................................... 6-907
6-907

6-909
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits ............................................................................................. 6-909
6-910
show interface 112sca1 ...................................................................................................................................................... 6-910
6-911
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 ............................................................................................................................ 6-911
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

................................................................................................ 6-913
6-913

6-914
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm .................................................................................................................... 6-914
6-915
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs ............................................................................................................ 6-915
6-917
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 ............................................................................................................................ 6-917
6-918
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4 ................................................................................................................. 6-918
6-920
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4 .................................................................................................................. 6-920
6-922
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm .................................................................................................................... 6-922
6-923
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd .............................................................................................................. 6-923
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

........................................................................................................... 6-925
6-925

6-926
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff ............................................................................................................ 6-926
6-928
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ............................................................................................................. 6-928
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

............................................................................................................ 6-929
6-929

6-931
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ............................................................................................................. 6-931
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxxvi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

............................................................................................... 6-932
6-932

112SCX10 CLI Commands

6-934
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-934
6-936
config interface 112scx10 ................................................................................................................................................. 6-936
6-937
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} ........................................................................................................... 6-937
6-939
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state ................................................................................................. 6-939
6-941
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192 .............................................................................................. 6-941
6-945
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64 .............................................................................................. 6-945
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

........................................................................................... 6-948
6-948

6-951
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2 ................................................................................................ 6-951
6-952
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2 ................................................................................................. 6-952
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

................................................................................................... 6-956
6-956

6-958
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw ............................................................................................ 6-958
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

.................................................................................. 6-959
6-959

6-961
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr ............................................................................................ 6-961
6-963
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt ............................................................................................ 6-963
6-965
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs ............................................................................................ 6-965
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

........................................................................................... 6-967
6-967

6-968
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet ........................................................................................ 6-968
6-970
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 ....................................................................................................................... 6-970
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 state

............................................................................................................ 6-972
6-972

6-974
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4 ............................................................................................................ 6-974
6-976
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4 ............................................................................................................. 6-976
6-979
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm ............................................................................................................... 6-979
6-981
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ........................................................................................................ 6-981
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

......................................................................................................... 6-982
6-982

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

...................................................................................................... 6-984
6-984

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxxvii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff ....................................................................................................... 6-985

6-985
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................... 6-987
6-987

6-989
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ........................................................................................................ 6-989
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits
show interface 112scx10

.......................................................................................... 6-991
6-991

................................................................................................................................................... 6-992
6-992

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

............................................................................................................ 6-993
6-993

6-995
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192 ................................................................................................ 6-995
6-997
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64 ................................................................................................ 6-997
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

............................................................................................. 6-999
6-999

6-1001
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2 ................................................................................................ 6-1001
6-1002
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2 ................................................................................................. 6-1002
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

................................................................................................... 6-1004
6-1004

6-1005
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw ............................................................................................ 6-1005
6-1007
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet .................................................................................. 6-1007
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

........................................................................................... 6-1008
6-1008

6-1010
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt ............................................................................................ 6-1010
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

........................................................................................... 6-1012
6-1012

6-1013
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh ........................................................................................... 6-1013
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................... 6-1015
6-1015

...................................................................................................................... 6-1016
6-1016

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

........................................................................................................... 6-1018
6-1018

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

............................................................................................................ 6-1019
6-1019

6-1021
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm ............................................................................................................... 6-1021
6-1023
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd ......................................................................................................... 6-1023
6-1025
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd ...................................................................................................... 6-1025
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

...................................................................................................... 6-1026
6-1026

6-1028
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ........................................................................................................ 6-1028
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxxviii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ....................................................................................................... 6-1029

6-1029
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................... 6-1031
6-1031

6-1032
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits .......................................................................................... 6-1032
112SA1L CLI Commands
Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1034
6-1034

config interface 112sa1L

................................................................................................................................................ 6-1035
6-1035

6-1036
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 ...................................................................................................................... 6-1036
6-1038
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 state ............................................................................................................ 6-1038
6-1040
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige ........................................................................................... 6-1040
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

.............................................................................................................. 6-1042
6-1042

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

............................................................................................. 6-1043
6-1043

6-1045
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr ....................................................................................................... 6-1045
6-1047
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt ....................................................................................................... 6-1047
6-1049
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs ....................................................................................................... 6-1049
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

...................................................................................................................... 6-1050
6-1050

6-1053
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 state ............................................................................................................ 6-1053
6-1055
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4 ........................................................................................................... 6-1055
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

............................................................................................................ 6-1057
6-1057

6-1060
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm ............................................................................................................... 6-1060
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................... 6-1062
6-1062

6-1063
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd ......................................................................................................... 6-1063
6-1065
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd ...................................................................................................... 6-1065
6-1066
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff ...................................................................................................... 6-1066
6-1068
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ....................................................................................................... 6-1068
6-1070
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ....................................................................................................... 6-1070
6-1072
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits .......................................................................................... 6-1072
6-1073
show interface 112sa1L ................................................................................................................................................... 6-1073
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xxxix
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

........................................................................................................................ 6-1074
6-1074

6-1076
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige ............................................................................................. 6-1076
6-1077
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ................................................................................................................. 6-1077
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

............................................................................................... 6-1079
6-1079

6-1080
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr ......................................................................................................... 6-1080
6-1082
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt ......................................................................................................... 6-1082
6-1083
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs ......................................................................................................... 6-1083
6-1085
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 ......................................................................................................................... 6-1085
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

............................................................................................................. 6-1086
6-1086

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

.............................................................................................................. 6-1088
6-1088

6-1090
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm ................................................................................................................. 6-1090
6-1091
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd ........................................................................................................... 6-1091
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

........................................................................................................ 6-1093
6-1093

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

........................................................................................................ 6-1094
6-1094

6-1096
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw .......................................................................................................... 6-1096
6-1097
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ......................................................................................................... 6-1097
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

......................................................................................................... 6-1099
6-1099

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

............................................................................................ 6-1100
6-1100

112SX10L CLI Commands

Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1102
6-1102

6-1104
config interface 112sx10L .............................................................................................................................................. 6-1104
6-1105
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} ........................................................................................................ 6-1105
6-1107
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} state .............................................................................................. 6-1107
6-1109
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192 ........................................................................................... 6-1109
6-1113
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64 ........................................................................................... 6-1113
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

........................................................................................ 6-1116
6-1116

6-1119
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2 ............................................................................................. 6-1119
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xl
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2 .............................................................................................. 6-1120

6-1120
6-1124
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ................................................................................................. 6-1124
......................................................................................... 6-1126
6-1126

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

............................................................................... 6-1127
6-1127

6-1129
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr ......................................................................................... 6-1129
6-1131
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt ......................................................................................... 6-1131
6-1133
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs ......................................................................................... 6-1133
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

........................................................................................ 6-1134
6-1134

6-1136
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet ..................................................................................... 6-1136
6-1138
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 .................................................................................................................... 6-1138
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 state

......................................................................................................... 6-1140
6-1140

6-1142
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4 ......................................................................................................... 6-1142
6-1144
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4 .......................................................................................................... 6-1144
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

............................................................................................................ 6-1147
6-1147

6-1149
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ..................................................................................................... 6-1149
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

...................................................................................................... 6-1150
6-1150

6-1152
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd .................................................................................................... 6-1152
6-1153
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff .................................................................................................... 6-1153
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

.................................................................................................... 6-1155
6-1155

6-1157
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ..................................................................................................... 6-1157
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................... 6-1159
6-1159

6-1160
show interface 112sx10L ................................................................................................................................................ 6-1160
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

......................................................................................................... 6-1161
6-1161

6-1163
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192 ............................................................................................. 6-1163
6-1165
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64 ............................................................................................. 6-1165
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

.......................................................................................... 6-1167
6-1167

6-1169
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2 ............................................................................................... 6-1169
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xli
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

................................................................................................ 6-1170
6-1170

6-1172
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ................................................................................................... 6-1172
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

........................................................................................... 6-1173
6-1173

6-1175
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet .................................................................................. 6-1175
6-1176
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr ........................................................................................... 6-1176
6-1178
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt ........................................................................................... 6-1178
6-1180
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs ........................................................................................... 6-1180
6-1181
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh ........................................................................................... 6-1181
6-1183
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet ....................................................................................... 6-1183
6-1184
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 ...................................................................................................................... 6-1184
6-1186
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4 ........................................................................................................... 6-1186
6-1187
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4 ............................................................................................................ 6-1187
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

.............................................................................................................. 6-1189
6-1189

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

........................................................................................................ 6-1191
6-1191

6-1193
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd ...................................................................................................... 6-1193
6-1194
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff ...................................................................................................... 6-1194
6-1196
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ....................................................................................................... 6-1196
6-1197
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ....................................................................................................... 6-1197
6-1199
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ....................................................................................................... 6-1199
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

......................................................................................... 6-1200
6-1200

43STA1P CLI Commands

Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1202
6-1202

6-1203
config interface 43sta1p .................................................................................................................................................. 6-1203
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................... 6-1204
6-1204

6-1206
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 state ............................................................................................................. 6-1206
6-1208
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768 .......................................................................................................... 6-1208
6-1210
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256 ........................................................................................................ 6-1210
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xlii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

............................................................................................................. 6-1212
6-1212

6-1213
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm ................................................................................................................ 6-1213
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

........................................................................................................ 6-1215
6-1215

6-1217
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr ........................................................................................................ 6-1217
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

........................................................................................................ 6-1219
6-1219

6-1221
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh ........................................................................................................ 6-1221
6-1223
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet .................................................................................................... 6-1223
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

.............................................................................................................. 6-1225
6-1225

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

.................................................................................................... 6-1227
6-1227

6-1229
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3 .................................................................................................... 6-1229
6-1231
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3 ..................................................................................................... 6-1231
6-1235
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-1235
6-1236
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ................................................................................................ 6-1236
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

............................................................................................... 6-1238
6-1238

6-1240
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................ 6-1240
6-1242
show interface 43sta1p .................................................................................................................................................... 6-1242
6-1243
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 .......................................................................................................................... 6-1243
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

............................................................................................................ 6-1246
6-1246

6-1247
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256 .......................................................................................................... 6-1247
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

............................................................................................................... 6-1249
6-1249

6-1250
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm .................................................................................................................. 6-1250
6-1252
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw ........................................................................................................... 6-1252
6-1253
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr .......................................................................................................... 6-1253
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

.......................................................................................................... 6-1255
6-1255

6-1257
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh .......................................................................................................... 6-1257
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

...................................................................................................... 6-1258
6-1258

................................................................................................................ 6-1260
6-1260

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xliii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3 ...................................................................................................... 6-1263

6-1263
6-1265
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 otu3 ................................................................................................................ 6-1265
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm

.................................................................................................................. 6-1268
6-1268

6-1269
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ........................................................................................................... 6-1269
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

.......................................................................................................... 6-1271
6-1271

6-1272
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ........................................................................................................... 6-1272
43SCX4 CLI Commands
Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1275
6-1275

config interface 43scx4

................................................................................................................................................... 6-1277
6-1277

6-1277
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} ................................................................................................................ 6-1277
6-1280
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state ...................................................................................................... 6-1280
6-1282
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g ....................................................................................................... 6-1282
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

.................................................................................................. 6-1284
6-1284

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

.................................................................................................. 6-1287
6-1287

6-1290
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige ................................................................................................ 6-1290
6-1293
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 ..................................................................................................... 6-1293
6-1294
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2 ...................................................................................................... 6-1294
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

........................................................................................................ 6-1297
6-1297

6-1299
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw ................................................................................................. 6-1299
6-1300
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet ....................................................................................... 6-1300
6-1302
config interface {43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr .............................................................................................. 6-1302
6-1304
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ................................................................................................. 6-1304
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

................................................................................................ 6-1306
6-1306

6-1308
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh ................................................................................................ 6-1308
6-1309
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ............................................................................................. 6-1309
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

......................................................................................................................... 6-1311
6-1311

6-1314
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 state ............................................................................................................... 6-1314
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xliv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3 .............................................................................................................. 6-1316

6-1316
6-1318
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3 ............................................................................................................... 6-1318
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

................................................................................................................. 6-1321
6-1321

6-1323
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd ............................................................................................................ 6-1323
6-1324
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd ......................................................................................................... 6-1324
6-1326
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw .......................................................................................................... 6-1326
6-1328
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff ......................................................................................................... 6-1328
6-1329
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr .......................................................................................................... 6-1329
6-1331
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt .......................................................................................................... 6-1331
6-1333
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits ............................................................................................. 6-1333
6-1334
show interface 43scx4 ...................................................................................................................................................... 6-1334
6-1335
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} .................................................................................................................. 6-1335
6-1340
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g ........................................................................................................ 6-1340
6-1341
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192 ..................................................................................................... 6-1341
6-1343
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64 ..................................................................................................... 6-1343
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

.................................................................................................. 6-1345
6-1345

...................................................................................................... 6-1346
6-1346

6-1347
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2 ........................................................................................................ 6-1347
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

.......................................................................................................... 6-1349
6-1349

6-1351
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw ................................................................................................... 6-1351
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

......................................................................................... 6-1353
6-1353

6-1354
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-1354
6-1356
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-1356
6-1357
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ................................................................................................... 6-1357
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

.................................................................................................. 6-1359
6-1359

6-1360
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ............................................................................................... 6-1360
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

........................................................................................................................... 6-1362
6-1362

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xlv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3 ................................................................................................................ 6-1366

6-1366
6-1368
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3 ................................................................................................................. 6-1368
6-1370
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm .................................................................................................................... 6-1370
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

............................................................................................................ 6-1371
6-1371

6-1373
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ............................................................................................................ 6-1373
6-1375
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ............................................................................................................ 6-1375
6-1376
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd .............................................................................................................. 6-1376
6-1378
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd ........................................................................................................... 6-1378
6-1379
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff ........................................................................................................... 6-1379
6-1381
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits ............................................................................................... 6-1381
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands
Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1383
6-1383

6-1385
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} ............................................................................................................................... 6-1385
6-1386
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} ........................................................................................... 6-1386
6-1389
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} state ................................................................................. 6-1389
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

.................................................................................. 6-1391
6-1391

6-1393
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192 .............................................................................. 6-1393
6-1396
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64 .............................................................................. 6-1396
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

........................................................................... 6-1399
6-1399

6-1402
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 ................................................................................ 6-1402
6-1403
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2 ................................................................................. 6-1403
6-1406
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm .................................................................................... 6-1406
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

............................................................................ 6-1408
6-1408

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

.................................................................. 6-1409
6-1409

6-1411
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ............................................................................ 6-1411
6-1413
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ............................................................................ 6-1413
6-1415
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ............................................................................ 6-1415
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xlvi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

........................................................................... 6-1417
6-1417

6-1418
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ........................................................................ 6-1418
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

.................................................................................................... 6-1420
6-1420

6-1423
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 state .......................................................................................... 6-1423
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

......................................................................................... 6-1425
6-1425

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

.......................................................................................... 6-1427
6-1427

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

.......................................................................................... 6-1431
6-1431

6-1434
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm ............................................................................................. 6-1434
6-1435
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm ............................................................................................. 6-1435
6-1437
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm cd ....................................................................................... 6-1437
6-1439
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd .................................................................................... 6-1439
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

..................................................................................... 6-1440
6-1440

6-1442
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm foff .................................................................................... 6-1442
6-1443
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ..................................................................................... 6-1443
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

..................................................................................... 6-1445
6-1445

6-1447
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits ........................................................................ 6-1447
6-1448
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} ................................................................................................................................. 6-1448
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

............................................................................................. 6-1449
6-1449

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

................................................................................... 6-1454
6-1454

6-1455
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192 ................................................................................ 6-1455
6-1457
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64 ................................................................................ 6-1457
6-1459
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige .............................................................................. 6-1459
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

................................................................................. 6-1460
6-1460

6-1463
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 tcmlevel{1-3} ..................................................... 6-1463
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

................................................................................... 6-1465
6-1465

6-1468
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ...................................................................................... 6-1468
6-1470
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw ............................................................................... 6-1470
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xlvii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm tcmlevel{1-3} ........................................................ 6-1471

6-1471
6-1472
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet ..................................................................... 6-1472
6-1474
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr .............................................................................. 6-1474
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

.............................................................................. 6-1476
6-1476

6-1477
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs .............................................................................. 6-1477
6-1479
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh .............................................................................. 6-1479
6-1480
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet .......................................................................... 6-1480
6-1482
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 ....................................................................................................... 6-1482
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

........................................................................................... 6-1486
6-1486

6-1489
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3 tcmlevel{1-3} .............................................................. 6-1489
6-1491
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3 ............................................................................................. 6-1491
6-1494
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm ............................................................................................... 6-1494
6-1495
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm ............................................................................................... 6-1495
6-1497
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw ........................................................................................ 6-1497
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm tcmlevel{1-3}

................................................................. 6-1499
6-1499

6-1500
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr ....................................................................................... 6-1500
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................... 6-1502
6-1502

6-1503
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm cd ......................................................................................... 6-1503
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

...................................................................................... 6-1505
6-1505

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

...................................................................................... 6-1506
6-1506

6-1508
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits .......................................................................... 6-1508
4DPA2 CLI Commands
Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1510
6-1510

config interface 4dpa2

.................................................................................................................................................... 6-1512
6-1512

6-1513
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} .................................................................................................................. 6-1513
6-1515
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe ....................................................................................................... 6-1515
6-1518
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48 ....................................................................................................... 6-1518
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xlviii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm .......................................................................................................... 6-1520

6-1520
6-1522
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet ......................................................................................... 6-1522
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

.................................................................................................. 6-1524
6-1524

6-1526
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-1526
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

.................................................................................................. 6-1528
6-1528

6-1530
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh .................................................................................................. 6-1530
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} state

.............................................................................................. 6-1532
6-1532

....................................................................................................... 6-1534
6-1534

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

.................................................................................................... 6-1536
6-1536

6-1538
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} .................................................................................................................. 6-1538
6-1540
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe ....................................................................................................... 6-1540
6-1542
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48 ....................................................................................................... 6-1542
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

.......................................................................................................... 6-1544
6-1544

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

......................................................................................... 6-1546
6-1546

6-1548
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-1548
6-1550
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-1550
6-1552
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs ................................................................................................... 6-1552
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

.................................................................................................. 6-1554
6-1554

6-1556
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet ............................................................................................... 6-1556
6-1558
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state ........................................................................................................ 6-1558
6-1560
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16 ..................................................................................................... 6-1560
show interface 4dpa2

....................................................................................................................................................... 6-1562
6-1562

6-1563
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} .................................................................................................................... 6-1563
6-1565
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe ......................................................................................................... 6-1565
6-1567
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48 ......................................................................................................... 6-1567
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

............................................................................................................ 6-1568
6-1568

6-1570
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet ........................................................................................... 6-1570
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
xlix
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-1572

6-1572
6-1574
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt ..................................................................................................... 6-1574
6-1576
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs ..................................................................................................... 6-1576
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

.................................................................................................... 6-1577
6-1577

6-1579
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet ................................................................................................. 6-1579
6-1581
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16 ....................................................................................................... 6-1581
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

.................................................................................................................... 6-1583
6-1583

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

......................................................................................................... 6-1586
6-1586

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

......................................................................................................... 6-1587
6-1587

6-1589
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ............................................................................................................. 6-1589
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

........................................................................................... 6-1590
6-1590

6-1592
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-1592
6-1594
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ..................................................................................................... 6-1594
6-1596
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs ..................................................................................................... 6-1596
6-1597
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh ..................................................................................................... 6-1597
6-1599
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet ................................................................................................. 6-1599
6-1601
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16 ....................................................................................................... 6-1601
4DPA4 CLI Commands
Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1603
6-1603

config interface 4dpa4

..................................................................................................................................................... 6-1605
6-1605

6-1606
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} .................................................................................................................. 6-1606
6-1611
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe ....................................................................................................... 6-1611
6-1615
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400} ..................................................................... 6-1615
6-1619
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi} ............................................................... 6-1619
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

............................................................................ 6-1623
6-1623

6-1627
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm .......................................................................................................... 6-1627
6-1629
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet ......................................................................................... 6-1629
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
l
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

.................................................................................................. 6-1631
6-1631

6-1633
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-1633
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

.................................................................................................. 6-1635
6-1635

6-1637
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh .................................................................................................. 6-1637
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

.............................................................................................. 6-1639
6-1639

....................................................................................................... 6-1641
6-1641

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

....................................................................... 6-1643
6-1643

6-1647
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} .................................................................................................................. 6-1647
6-1649
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1 ....................................................................................................... 6-1649
6-1653
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1 ........................................................................................................ 6-1653
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

.......................................................................................................... 6-1658
6-1658

6-1659
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ................................................................................................... 6-1659
6-1661
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-1661
6-1663
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-1663
6-1665
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state ........................................................................................................ 6-1665
6-1667
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} ............................................................................................................... 6-1667
6-1669
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och ...................................................................................................... 6-1669
6-1670
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-1670
6-1671
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr ............................................................................................... 6-1671
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state
show interface 4dpa4

............................................................................................... 6-1673
6-1673

.................................................................................................... 6-1675
6-1675

....................................................................................................................................................... 6-1677
6-1677

6-1678
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} .................................................................................................................... 6-1678
6-1683
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe ......................................................................................................... 6-1683
6-1685
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400} ....................................................................... 6-1685
6-1687
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi} ................................................................. 6-1687
6-1689
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48} ............................................................................... 6-1689
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
li
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

............................................................................................................ 6-1691
6-1691

6-1692
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet ........................................................................................... 6-1692
6-1694
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-1694
6-1696
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ..................................................................................................... 6-1696
6-1698
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ..................................................................................................... 6-1698
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

.................................................................................................... 6-1699
6-1699

6-1701
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ................................................................................................. 6-1701
6-1703
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16} .......................................................................... 6-1703
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

.................................................................................................................... 6-1705
6-1705

6-1708
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1 ......................................................................................................... 6-1708
6-1710
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1 .......................................................................................................... 6-1710
6-1714
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ............................................................................................................. 6-1714
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

..................................................................................................... 6-1715
6-1715

6-1717
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ..................................................................................................... 6-1717
6-1718
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ..................................................................................................... 6-1718
6-1720
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} ................................................................................................................. 6-1720
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

........................................................................................................ 6-1722
6-1722

6-1723
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm ......................................................................................................... 6-1723
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

................................................................................................. 6-1724
6-1724

6-1726
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt .................................................................................................. 6-1726
PSS1GBE CLI Commands
Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1728
6-1728

config interface pss1gbe

................................................................................................................................................. 6-1729
6-1729

6-1731
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/pss1gbe ............................................................................................................. 6-1731
6-1733
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-4} state .................................................................................................... 6-1733
6-1735
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ................................................................................................. 6-1735
6-1738
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm .................................................................................................... 6-1738
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet ................................................................................... 6-1739

6-1739
6-1741
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr ............................................................................................ 6-1741
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

............................................................................................ 6-1744
6-1744

6-1746
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs ............................................................................................ 6-1746
6-1748
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ....................................................................................... 6-1748
6-1749
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} .............................................................................................................. 6-1749
6-1751
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} state .................................................................................................... 6-1751
6-1753
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 ................................................................................................... 6-1753
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

.............................................................................................. 6-1755
6-1755

6-1758
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2 .................................................................................................... 6-1758
6-1764
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-1764
6-1766
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} dw ....................................................................................................... 6-1766
6-1768
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} ethernet ............................................................................................. 6-1768
6-1770
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ............................................................................................... 6-1770
6-1772
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100} ....................................................................................... 6-1772
6-1774
config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ............................................................................................... 6-1774
6-1776
show interface pss1gbe .................................................................................................................................................... 6-1776
6-1777
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} .............................................................................................................. 6-1777
6-1779
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe ................................................................................................... 6-1779
6-1781
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ...................................................................................................... 6-1781
6-1782
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet ..................................................................................... 6-1782
6-1784
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr .............................................................................................. 6-1784
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

.............................................................................................. 6-1785
6-1785

6-1787
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs .............................................................................................. 6-1787
6-1788
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ......................................................................................... 6-1788
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2}

................................................................................................................ 6-1789
6-1789

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

..................................................................................................... 6-1791
6-1791

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
liii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

...................................................................................................... 6-1793
6-1793

6-1796
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige ................................................................................................. 6-1796
6-1798
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ......................................................................................................... 6-1798
6-1799
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw .................................................................................................. 6-1799
6-1801
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet ........................................................................................ 6-1801
6-1802
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ................................................................................................. 6-1802
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

................................................................................................. 6-1804
6-1804

6-1806
show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100} ......................................................................................... 6-1806
PSS1MD4 CLI Commands
Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1808
6-1808

6-1809
config interface pss1md4 ................................................................................................................................................ 6-1809
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

............................................................................................................ 6-1811
6-1811

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

................................................................................................. 6-1815
6-1815

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

............................................................... 6-1818
6-1818

6-1822
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi} ......................................................... 6-1822
6-1826
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48} ....................................................................... 6-1826
6-1830
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ..................................................................................................... 6-1830
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

................................................................................... 6-1832
6-1832

6-1833
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ............................................................................................. 6-1833
6-1835
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt ............................................................................................. 6-1835
6-1837
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ............................................................................................. 6-1837
6-1839
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh ............................................................................................. 6-1839
6-1841
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ......................................................................................... 6-1841
6-1842
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state .................................................................................................. 6-1842
6-1844
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16} .................................................................. 6-1844
6-1848
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} ............................................................................................................. 6-1848
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

................................................................................................. 6-1850
6-1850

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
liv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

.................................................................................................. 6-1853
6-1853

6-1858
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ..................................................................................................... 6-1858
6-1859
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw .............................................................................................. 6-1859
6-1861
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ............................................................................................. 6-1861
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

............................................................................................. 6-1863
6-1863

.................................................................................................. 6-1865
6-1865

6-1867
show interface pss1md4 .................................................................................................................................................. 6-1867
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

.............................................................................................................. 6-1868
6-1868

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

.................................................................................................. 6-1873
6-1873

6-1875
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400} .................................................................. 6-1875
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

........................................................... 6-1877
6-1877

6-1879
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48} ......................................................................... 6-1879
6-1881
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-1881
6-1883
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet ...................................................................................... 6-1883
6-1885
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr ............................................................................................... 6-1885
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

............................................................................................... 6-1887
6-1887

6-1889
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs ............................................................................................... 6-1889
6-1891
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh ............................................................................................... 6-1891
6-1893
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet ........................................................................................... 6-1893
6-1895
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16} .................................................................... 6-1895
6-1897
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} ............................................................................................................... 6-1897
6-1900
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1 .................................................................................................... 6-1900
6-1902
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1 ..................................................................................................... 6-1902
6-1905
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ....................................................................................................... 6-1905
6-1906
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw ................................................................................................ 6-1906
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

............................................................................................... 6-1908
6-1908

6-1910
show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................ 6-1910
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

PSS1P21 CLI Commands

Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1912
6-1912

6-1913
config interface pss1p21 ................................................................................................................................................. 6-1913
6-1914
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} ........................................................................................................... 6-1914
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} e1

..................................................................................................... 6-1917
6-1917

6-1918
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} pm .................................................................................................... 6-1918
6-1919
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} pm e1 .............................................................................................. 6-1919
6-1921
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} state ................................................................................................. 6-1921
6-1923
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 ....................................................................................................................... 6-1923
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 pm

............................................................................................................... 6-1925
6-1925

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................... 6-1926
6-1926

6-1929
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ........................................................................................................ 6-1929
6-1931
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 sdh ............................................................................................................... 6-1931
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 state

............................................................................................................ 6-1933
6-1933

6-1935
config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 stm1 ............................................................................................................ 6-1935
show interface pss1p21

................................................................................................................................................... 6-1939
6-1939

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21}

............................................................................................................. 6-1940
6-1940

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} e1

....................................................................................................... 6-1942
6-1942

6-1943
show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} pm ...................................................................................................... 6-1943
6-1944
show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} pm e1 ................................................................................................ 6-1944
show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1,2}

............................................................................................................... 6-1946
6-1946

6-1948
show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ......................................................................................................... 6-1948
6-1949
show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr ................................................................................................. 6-1949
6-1951
show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt ................................................................................................. 6-1951
show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

................................................................................................ 6-1953
6-1953

6-1954
show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm stm1 .............................................................................................. 6-1954

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lvi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

SVAC CLI Commands

Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1957
6-1957

6-1958
config interface svac ......................................................................................................................................................... 6-1958
6-1959
config interface svac shelf/slot/C1 .............................................................................................................................. 6-1959
config interface svac shelf/slot/C1 pm

...................................................................................................................... 6-1960
6-1960

6-1962
config interface svac shelf/slot/C1 pm opr ............................................................................................................... 6-1962
6-1964
config interface svac shelf/slot/C1 state .................................................................................................................... 6-1964
config interface svac shelf/slot/L1

.............................................................................................................................. 6-1966
6-1966

6-1968
config interface svac shelf/slot/L1 pm ....................................................................................................................... 6-1968
6-1969
config interface svac shelf/slot/L1 pm opt ............................................................................................................... 6-1969
6-1971
config interface svac shelf/slot/L1 state .................................................................................................................... 6-1971
6-1973
show interface svac ........................................................................................................................................................... 6-1973
6-1974
show interface svac shelf/slot/C1 ................................................................................................................................ 6-1974
6-1975
show interface svac shelf/slot/C1 pm opr ................................................................................................................. 6-1975
show interface svac shelf/slot/L1

............................................................................................................................... 6-1977
6-1977

show interface svac shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

................................................................................................................. 6-1978
6-1978

MVAC CLI Commands

Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1981
6-1981

6-1981
config interface mvac ....................................................................................................................................................... 6-1981
6-1983
config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} ................................................................................................................ 6-1983
6-1985
config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} state ...................................................................................................... 6-1985
6-1987
config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} och ........................................................................................................ 6-1987
config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm

........................................................................................................ 6-1988
6-1988

6-1989
config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm opr ................................................................................................. 6-1989
6-1991
config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm opt ................................................................................................. 6-1991
6-1993
show interface mvac ......................................................................................................................................................... 6-1993
6-1995
show interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} .................................................................................................................. 6-1995
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lvii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} och .......................................................................................................... 6-1996

6-1996
show interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm

......................................................................................................... 6-1997
6-1997

6-1998
show interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm opr ................................................................................................... 6-1998
6-2000
show interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm opt ................................................................................................... 6-2000
Other Commands
Overview

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6-2002
6-2002

6-2002
config interface extwavekeys ........................................................................................................................................ 6-2002
6-2004
show interface extwavekeys .......................................................................................................................................... 6-2004
show resource 11stmm10 shelf/slot

............................................................................................................................ 6-2005
6-2005

6-2007
1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges ............................................................................................................................... 6-2007
7

Alarm Management Commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-1
7-1
7-2
alm .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-2
7-3
config alm attr ............................................................................................................................................................................ 7-3
7-4
config alm attr interface .......................................................................................................................................................... 7-4
config alm attr shelf

................................................................................................................................................................. 7-8
7-8

config alm attr slot

.................................................................................................................................................................. 7-9
7-9

7-10
config alm prfl ......................................................................................................................................................................... 7-10
config transferlog

................................................................................................................................................................... 7-12
7-12

config transferlog server

show alm attr

........................................................................................................................................................................... 7-15
7-15

show alm attr interface

show alm attr shelf
show alm attr slot
show alm prfl

..................................................................................................................................................... 7-14
7-14

......................................................................................................................................................... 7-16
7-16

................................................................................................................................................................ 7-20
7-20

................................................................................................................................................................... 7-21
7-21

........................................................................................................................................................................... 7-23
7-23

7-24
show transferlog ...................................................................................................................................................................... 7-24

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lviii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show condition
8

........................................................................................................................................................................ 7-26
7-26

Performance Monitoring Commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-1
8-1
config pm clearall

..................................................................................................................................................................... 8-2
8-2

8-3
config profile pm ....................................................................................................................................................................... 8-3
8-5
config profile pm card ............................................................................................................................................................. 8-5
............................................................................................................................................................... 8-7
8-7

config profile pm dw

8-9
config profile pm e1 ................................................................................................................................................................. 8-9
8-11
config profile pm ethernet ................................................................................................................................................... 8-11
8-15
config profile pm interface .................................................................................................................................................. 8-15
config profile pm opr

............................................................................................................................................................ 8-17
8-17

8-19
config profile pm opt ............................................................................................................................................................. 8-19
config profile pm pcs

............................................................................................................................................................ 8-20
8-20

8-23
config profile pm sdh ............................................................................................................................................................ 8-23
config profile pm sonet

........................................................................................................................................................ 8-25
8-25

config profile pm tcmlevel {1-6}

show profile pm

..................................................................................................................................... 8-28
8-28

...................................................................................................................................................................... 8-30
8-30

8-31
show profile pm card ............................................................................................................................................................. 8-31
8-33
show profile pm dw ............................................................................................................................................................... 8-33
show profile pm tcmlevel {1-6}
show profile pm e1

....................................................................................................................................... 8-35
8-35

................................................................................................................................................................ 8-36
8-36

8-38
show profile pm ethernet ..................................................................................................................................................... 8-38
8-42
show profile pm interface .................................................................................................................................................... 8-42
show profile pm opr

.............................................................................................................................................................. 8-44
8-44

8-46
show profile pm opt ............................................................................................................................................................... 8-46
show profile pm pcs

.............................................................................................................................................................. 8-47
8-47

show profile pm sdh

.............................................................................................................................................................. 8-50
8-50

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lix
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show profile pm sonet ........................................................................................................................................................... 8-51

8-51
9

Connection and Protection Management Commands

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-1
9-1
9-2
config aps ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-2
9-10
config interface topology ..................................................................................................................................................... 9-10
9-19
config redundancy .................................................................................................................................................................. 9-19
config vtsxc

.............................................................................................................................................................................. 9-21
9-21

config odukxc

.......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-28
9-28

config odukaps

........................................................................................................................................................................ 9-32
9-32

config xc

.................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-37
9-37

show aps

.................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-47
9-47

9-50
show interface topology ....................................................................................................................................................... 9-50
show odukxc

............................................................................................................................................................................ 9-52
9-52

9-53
show odukaps ........................................................................................................................................................................... 9-53
9-55
show redundancy .................................................................................................................................................................... 9-55
9-57
show vtsxc ................................................................................................................................................................................. 9-57
show xc
A

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-61
9-61

Condition Types
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... A-1
A-1
A-3
Condition by condition type - 4DPA2 .............................................................................................................................. A-3
A-11
Condition by condition type - 4DPA4 ............................................................................................................................ A-11
Condition by condition type - 11DPE12

..................................................................................................................... A-32
A-32

A-47
Condition by condition type - 11DPE12E .................................................................................................................... A-47
Condition by condition type - 11DPM12

.................................................................................................................... A-57
A-57

A-75
Condition by condition type - 11QPA4 ......................................................................................................................... A-75
Condition by condition type - 11STAR1

...................................................................................................................... A-86
A-86

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lx
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Condition by condition type - 11STGE12 .................................................................................................................... A-96

A-96
A-102
Condition by condition type - 11STMM10 ............................................................................................................... A-102
Condition by condition type - 43SCX4

...................................................................................................................... A-129
A-129

A-142
Condition by condition type - 43STA1P .................................................................................................................... A-142
Condition by condition type - 43STX4

...................................................................................................................... A-150
A-150

A-163
Condition by condition type - 43STX4P .................................................................................................................... A-163
Condition by condition type - 112SA1L

.................................................................................................................... A-176
A-176

A-181
Condition by condition type - 112SCA1 .................................................................................................................... A-181
Condition by condition type - 112SCX10

................................................................................................................. A-187
A-187

A-203
Condition by condition type - 112SX10L .................................................................................................................. A-203
Condition by condition type - A2325A

...................................................................................................................... A-216
A-216

Condition by condition type - AHPHG

..................................................................................................................... A-220
A-220

A-224
Condition by condition type - AHPLG ....................................................................................................................... A-224
Condition by condition type - ALPFGT

.................................................................................................................... A-228
A-228

Condition by condition type - AM2017B

.................................................................................................................. A-232
A-232

A-237
Condition by condition type - AM2125A .................................................................................................................. A-237
Condition by condition type - AM2125B

.................................................................................................................. A-243
A-243

A-248
Condition by condition type - BTC .............................................................................................................................. A-248
Condition by condition type - DCM

........................................................................................................................... A-248
A-248

A-249
Condition by condition type - EC ................................................................................................................................. A-249
A-250
Condition by condition type - FAN .............................................................................................................................. A-250
Condition by condition type - FLC

.............................................................................................................................. A-251
A-251

A-252
Condition by condition type - MT0C .......................................................................................................................... A-252
A-253
Condition by condition type - MVAC ......................................................................................................................... A-253
Condition by condition type - Other commands

..................................................................................................... A-255
A-255

A-265
Condition by condition type - PSS1AHP ................................................................................................................... A-265
A-269
Condition by condition type - PSS1GBE12 .............................................................................................................. A-269
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Condition by condition type - PSS1MD4 .................................................................................................................. A-274

A-274
Condition by condition type - RA2P

........................................................................................................................... A-280
A-280

Condition by condition type - SFC

.............................................................................................................................. A-282
A-282

Condition by condition type - SFD

.............................................................................................................................. A-283
A-283

A-284
Condition by condition type - SVAC ........................................................................................................................... A-284
A-286
Condition by condition type - CWR ............................................................................................................................ A-286
Index

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

List of tables
1

Command syntax rules ............................................................................................................................................. lxx

lxx

1-1

1-2
1830 PSS Interfaces .................................................................................................................................................. 1-2

1-2

Connecting to 1830 PSS-32 ................................................................................................................................... 1-3

1-3

1830 PSS-1 Edge Device ........................................................................................................................................ 1-5

1-4

CLI keyboard shortcuts

6-1

Shelf ranges per Shelf type

8-1

Card-level performance monitoring attributes

8-2

Digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes ...................................................................................... 8-8

8-3

E1 Performance Monitoring attributes

8-4

Ethernet performance monitoring attributes

8-5

Interface performance monitoring attributes ................................................................................................. 8-16

8-6

Transponder Optical Power group performance monitoring attributes

............................................... 8-18

8-7

Transponder Optical Power group performance monitoring attributes

............................................... 8-20

8-8

PCS performance monitoring attributes

......................................................................................................... 8-21

8-9

SDH performance monitoring attributes

........................................................................................................ 8-24

8-10

SONET performance monitoring attributes

8-11

TCM performance monitoring attributes ........................................................................................................ 8-29

8-12

Card-level performance monitoring attributes

8-13

Digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes

8-14

TCM performance monitoring attributes ........................................................................................................ 8-35

8-15

E1 Performance Monitoring attributes

8-16

Ethernet performance monitoring attributes

8-17

Transponder Optical Power group performance monitoring attributes

........................................................................................................................................... 1-8
............................................................................................................................. 6-2007
................................................................................................ 8-6

............................................................................................................ 8-10
................................................................................................. 8-12

.................................................................................................. 8-26

............................................................................................. 8-32
................................................................................... 8-33

............................................................................................................ 8-37
................................................................................................. 8-39
............................................... 8-44

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxiii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

8-18

Transponder Optical Power group performance monitoring attributes

............................................... 8-46

8-19

PCS performance monitoring attributes

......................................................................................................... 8-48

8-20

SDH performance monitoring attributes

........................................................................................................ 8-50

8-21

SONET performance monitoring attributes

9-1

Port name to Port Number Conversions

9-2

Cross-connection state qualifiers ....................................................................................................................... 9-46

A-1

Condition type of 4DPA2 card

............................................................................................................................ A-3

A-2

Condition type of 4DPA4 card

.......................................................................................................................... A-11

A-3

Condition type for 11DPE12 card .................................................................................................................... A-32

A-4

Condition by condtype - 11DPE12E ............................................................................................................... A-47

A-5

Condition by condtype - 11DPE12E Sync .................................................................................................... A-56

A-6

Condition by condtype of 11DPM12 card

A-7

Condition type for 11QPA4

A-8

Condition type of 11STAR1 card

A-9

Condition type of 11STGE12 card

A-10

Condition type for 11STMM10 card

A-11

Condition type of 43SCX4 card

A-12

Condition type of 43STA1P card

A-13

Condition type of 43STX4 card

A-14

Condition type of 43STX4P card ................................................................................................................... A-163

A-15

Condition type of 112SA1L card

A-16

Condition type of 112SCA1 card ................................................................................................................... A-181

A-17

Condition type of 112SCX10 card

A-18

Condition type by 112SX10L

A-19

Condition type of A2325A card

..................................................................................................................... A-216

A-20

Condition type of AHPHG card

..................................................................................................................... A-220

A-21

Condition type of AHPLG card ...................................................................................................................... A-224

.................................................................................................. 8-52

......................................................................................................... 9-12

.................................................................................................... A-57

................................................................................................................................ A-75
..................................................................................................................... A-86
.................................................................................................................. A-96
............................................................................................................ A-102

..................................................................................................................... A-129
................................................................................................................... A-142

..................................................................................................................... A-150

................................................................................................................... A-176

................................................................................................................ A-187

......................................................................................................................... A-203

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxiv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

A-22

Condition by condtype of ALPFGT card .................................................................................................... A-228

A-23

Condition type of AM2017B card

................................................................................................................. A-232

A-24

Condition type of AM2125A card

................................................................................................................. A-237

A-25

Condition type of AM2125B card

................................................................................................................. A-243

A-26

Condition type of BTC card

A-27

Condition type of DCM Shelf card

A-28

Condition type of EC Shelf card

A-29

Condition type of FAN Shelf card ................................................................................................................. A-250

A-30

Condition type of FLC card

A-31

Condition type of MT0C card ......................................................................................................................... A-252

A-32

Condition type of MVAC card ........................................................................................................................ A-253

A-33

Condition types for general cards

.................................................................................................................. A-255

A-34

Condition type of PSS1AHP card

................................................................................................................. A-265

A-35

Condition type of PSS1GBE12 card

A-36

Condition type of PSS1MD4 card ................................................................................................................. A-274

A-37

Condition type of RA2P card

A-38

Condition type for SFC Shelf card ................................................................................................................ A-282

A-39

Condition type for SFD Shelf card

A-40

Condition type of SVAC card

A-41

Condition type of CWR Shelf card

............................................................................................................................ A-248
............................................................................................................... A-248

.................................................................................................................... A-249

............................................................................................................................. A-251

............................................................................................................ A-269

.......................................................................................................................... A-280

............................................................................................................... A-283

......................................................................................................................... A-284
............................................................................................................... A-286

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxv
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxvi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

List of figures
1-1

User Panel

.................................................................................................................................................................... 1-5
1-5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxvii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxviii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

About this document

About this document

Purpose

This document provides a technical reference for command line interface (CLI)
commands for the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16
(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) and Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1) GBE Edge Device
equipment.
Intended audience

This document is intended for the following users:

Administrators

Operators
Maintenance personnel

The 1830 PSS products are meant to be installed, operated, and maintained by personnel
who have the knowledge, training, and qualifications required to safely perform the tasks
assigned to them. The information, processes, and procedures contained in the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS product documentation are intended for use by trained and
qualified personnel.
How to use this document

This document is divided into chapters of information. See the contents section to locate
specific information by chapter.
This document covers the following topics:

Chapter 1, Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI - provides an overview of this document.

Chapter 2, General CLI Commands - provides a list of general CLI commands.

Chapter 3, Security, DCN, and DB Management commands - provides the list of

Security, DCN, and DB commands.

Chapter 4, Equipment Management Commands - provides information on

equipment management CLI commands.
Chapter 5, Core optics management commands - lists the core optics management
related CLI commands.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxix
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Chapter 6, OT Management Commands - lists the OT management related CLI

commands.
Chapter 7, Alarm Management Commands - lists the Alarm management related
CLI commands.
Chapter 8, Performance Monitoring Commands - lists the performance monitoring
set of commands.
Chapter 9, Connection and Protection Management Commands - lists the CLI
commands related to connection and protection management.
Appendix A, Condition Types - provides reference tables of condition types.

CLI manual page document conventions

The Table 1, Command syntax rules (p. lxx) describes the command syntax rules used
in this document.
Table 1

Command syntax rules

Syntax format

Description

bold

Commands and keywords. Enter command line arguments

that are in bold exactly as written.

variables

Variables. You must substitute a value for command line

arguments that are in italics.

[Optional ]

Optional keywords or variables. Enter command line

arguments that are enclosed in square brackets, if desired.

[Optional]
{a | b | c}
{a | b | c}
[a | b | c]
[a | b | c]

Required alternate keywords or variables. You must choose

one command line argument enclosed within the braces.
Choices are separated by vertical (OR) bars.
Optional alternate keywords or variables. Choose one
command line argument enclosed within the braces, if
desired. Choices are separated by vertical (OR) bars.

Case sensitivity
You can enter characters from the keyboard in upper or lower case. How the case is
interpreted depends on the data you are entering.
Commands
CLI commands are not case sensitive. You can enter CLI commands in upper, lower, or
mixed case. That is, command, CoMmAnD, and COMMAND are all interpreted as the
same command.
Strings
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxx
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Any strings you enter as command variables, such as network element or service
descriptions, are case sensitive. That is, This is a string is not the same as This
is a STRING.
Related information

In addition to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Command Line Interface guide, the following
documents are included in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch
documentation set:

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16)

Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1 Product Information and Planning Guide, 8DG60888AAAA

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16)

Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1 User Provisioning Guide, 8DG60888BAAA
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS) Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1 TL1
Commands and Messages Guide, 8DG60888EAAA
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16)
Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1 Maintenance and Trouble-Clearing Guide, 8DG60888CAAA
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16)
Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1 Installation and System Turn-Up Guide, 8DG60888DAAA
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS) Release 3.6.0 Engineering and
Planning Tool User Guide, 8DG60888GAAA
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS) Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1 Safety
Guide, 8DG60888HAAA
Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager Release 8.6.0 User's EMS
Reference Guide, 3AL61336AAAA
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS) Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1 Quick
Reference Guide, 8DG60888JAAA
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS) Product Family Release 3.6.0 and
3.6.1 CD-ROM, 8DG60889AAAA

Document support

For support in using this or any other Alcatel-Lucent document, contact Alcatel-Lucent at
one of the following telephone numbers:

1-888-582-3688 (for the United States)

1-317-377-8618 (for all other countries)

Technical support

For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the
Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support/) for contact
information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxxi
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

About this document

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

How to order

To order Alcatel-Lucent documents and courses, contact your local sales representative or
use the Online Customer Support Site (OLCS) Website ((https://support.lucent.com)).
How to comment

To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatellucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
(comments@alcatel-lucent.com).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
lxxii
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

I1ntroduction to 1830 PSS

CLI

Overview
Purpose

This chapter contains the following information that describes how to get started using
the CLI, and understand the features that allow you to make the most effective use of the
interface:

CLI command structure

Connecting to the network element

Logging into and exiting the CLI

Navigating the CLI and entering commands

For information on specific CLI commands, see the respective commands in the
subsequent chapters.
Contents
Command Line Interface

1-2

Connecting to network element

1-2

CLI help functions

1-9

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
1-1
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

Command Line Interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Command Line Interface

Using the command line interface (CLI)

The command line interface (CLI) is a line-oriented user interface that runs on the
network element. You access the CLI using a terminal device connected to the network
element. The CLI provides commands that allow you to configure, manage, and monitor
the network element, the network element interfaces, and the services running on the
network element.
CLI command structure

Most of the CLI commands are grouped by function into the following major hierarchical
categories:
config - Commands in the config hierarchy allow you to configure the network element
and network services.
show - Commands in the show hierarchy allow you to view the current network element
configuration.
tools - Commands in the tools hierarchy provide miscellaneous tools useful in using the
CLI.
Within each category, the commands are grouped hierarchically by subcategory. For
example, all of the commands used to configure interfaces are grouped under the config
interface hierarchy.
In addition to the config and show hierarchies, other global commands are also available
from the root level of the CLI.

Connecting to network element

1830 PSS interfaces

The 1830 PSS-32 has several interfaces: the command line interface (CLI), TL1, and the
Web Graphical User Interface. The 1830 PSS-1 has the CLI and Web Graphical User
Interfaces. The client configurations supported by these interfaces are as follows:
Table 1-1

1830 PSS Interfaces

Interface

What to connect

CLI/TL1

For serial connections: Either a local VT100 terminal or a

terminal emulator (such as Windows HyperTerminal).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
1-2
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

Connecting to network element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Table 1-1

1830 PSS Interfaces

(continued)

Interface

What to connect

CLI/TL1

For telnet connections: On the PC used to connect to the

1830, set the TCP/IP properties IP address to "obtain IP
address automatically".

Web Graphical User Interface

The WebUI supports the following versions of PC software:

Windows XP

Windows 2000 or Windows Vista

Internet Explorer 6.0 or 7.0

J2SE Java Runtime Environment (JRE) version 5.0 or

later

Note: While the WebUI application software itself is zero

install, the user must install JRE on their PC for the WebUI
to run.
1830 PSS-32

The Table 1-2, Connecting to 1830 PSS-32 (p. 1-3) summarizes the methods of
connecting to the 1830 PSS-32. For more details, see Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic
Service Switch 32/16 (PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 2.5.0 User Provisioning Guide,
8DG60190 BAAA.
Table 1-2

Connecting to 1830 PSS-32

Connection

CLI or TL1

WEB GUI

OAMP port on the User Panel

(USRPNL). The USRPNL is
associated with the main
shelf.

switched auto-sensing LAN

port (10/100BaseTX), either a
cross-over or straight-through
Ethernet cable can be used.

The WebUI supports the

following versions of PC
software:

Windows XP

Windows 2000 or
Windows Vista

Internet Explorer 6.0 or

7.0

J2SE Java Runtime

Environment (JRE)
version 5.0 or later

Note: While the WebUI

application software itself is
zero install, the user must
install JRE on their PC for
the WebUI to run.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
1-3
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

Connecting to network element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Table 1-2

Connecting to 1830 PSS-32

(continued)

Connection

CLI or TL1

WEB GUI

CRAFT port on the User

Panel serial DB-9 port. Either
the DB9 port or the USB-B
port can be used to connect
serially to the NE. However,
only one port can be active at
any given time, with the
preference given to the
USB-B port

local RS-232C, serial interface,

support setting: 38,400 baud, 1
stop bit, no parity) for
connection to craft terminal
through serial (female) DB-9
link. 9600 bits/s, 1 stop bit, no
parity DTE-type interface with
a null modem and gender
changer adaptor

no

CRAFT port on the User

Panel serial USB-B port
Either the DB9 port or the
USB-B port can be used to
connect serially to the NE.
However, only one port shall
be active at any given time.

local RS-232C, serial interface,

support setting: 38,400 baud, 1
stop bit, no parity) for
connection to craft terminal via
USB-B port.

no

E1-LAN port on the User

Panel

not supported in R1.0

not supported in R1.0

E2-LAN port on the User

Panel

not supported in R1.0

not supported in R1.0

CIT port on the Equipment

Controller (EC) in the main
shelf (recommended for local
access only).

The CIT port supports a DHCP

Server. When a connection (for
example, using a laptop) is
detected, the NE sends out an
internal IP address in response
to the DHCP request from the
laptop. The CIT port supports
local management of the NE.

The WebUI supports the

following versions of PC
software:

The default IP address of the

CIT port on the EC is
172.16.0.1/24. The DHCP
assigns 172.16.0.2/24 to the
PC connected to the port.

Windows XP

Windows 2000 or
Windows Vista

Internet Explorer 6.0 or

7.0

J2SE Java Runtime

Environment (JRE)
version 5.0 or later

Note: While the WebUI

application software itself is
zero install, the user must
install JRE on their PC for
the WebUI to run.

Replacement of the User Panel can cause new MACs to be assigned to the User Panel
LAN ports.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
1-4
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

Connecting to network element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

TL1, CLI, or Web GUI connections can be established to any NE reachable through DCC
from the NE to which they are locally or remotely connected.
Figure 1-1 User Panel

1830 PSS-1

The Table 1-3, 1830 PSS-1 Edge Device (p. 1-5) summarizes the methods of
connecting to the 1830 PSS-1. For more details see Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service
Switch 1 (PSS-1) Release 2.5.0 GBEH Edge Device User Guide, 8DG60190 KAAA
Table 1-3

1830 PSS-1 Edge Device

Connection

CLI or TL1

WEB GUI

CIT port on the integrated Fan

unit/User Panel

10 BaseT/100BaseTX half/full
duplex modes. This port
supports auto-negotiation and
auto-sensing with
crossover/straight-through RJ45 cables.

The WebUI supports the

following versions of PC
software:

Windows XP

Windows 2000 or
Windows Vista

Internet Explorer 6.0 or

7.0

J2SE Java Runtime

Environment (JRE)
version 5.0 or later

Note: While the WebUI

application software itself is
zero install, the user must
install JRE on their PC for
the WebUI to run.
Mini-USB port (RS-232C) on
the integrated Fan unit/User
Panel

The Mini-USB port supports

the RS-232C serial
communication with the
following attributes:

no

38,400 baud
1 stop bit
no parity
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
1-5
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

Connecting to network element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Table 1-3

1830 PSS-1 Edge Device

(continued)

Connection

CLI or TL1

WEB GUI

LAN E1 (LAN-1) port on the

integrated Fan unit/User Panel

10 BaseT/100BaseTX half/full
duplex modes. This port
supports auto-negotiation and
auto-sensing with
crossover/straight-through RJ45 cables.

The WebUI supports the

following versions of PC
software:

Windows XP

Windows 2000 or
Windows Vista

Internet Explorer 6.0 or

7.0

J2SE Java Runtime

Environment (JRE)
version 5.0 or later

Note: While the WebUI

application software itself is
zero install, the user must
install JRE on their PC for
the WebUI to run.

Note: Since the 1830 PSS-1 Edge Device stores the MAC addresses for
CIT/LAN1/LAN2 ports shall in the EEPROM of the equipment controller (integrated
in the shelf), replacement of a FAN module (EDFANUP, integrated FAN unit/User
Panel) will not change the MAC addresses of LAN ports.
Connection details for the PSS-32 network element

The following sections provide instructions for connecting to the 1830 PSS-32 network
element through various interfaces.

To connect to the 1830 PSS-32 network element through the 1830 PSS-32 serial
USB-B CRAFT port (on the User Panel)
You can connect directly to the network element to access the CLI using the CRAFT
RS- 232C serial port on the User Panel faceplate from a VT100 terminal or VT100
terminal emulator. On multi-shelf network elements, the User Panel is on the main
shelf only.
Perform the following steps:
1. Configure your local VT100 or terminal emulator settings to be 38,400 baud, 1
stop bit, no parity).
2. Connect the cable to the CRAFT serial USB-B port on the User Panel and the
VT100 terminal or emulator.

3. Open a terminal session.

To connect to the 1830 PSS-32 network element serial USB-B CRAFT port (on
the User Panel) from a telnet client
Use a telnet client to telnet to the network element IP address.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
1-6
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

Connecting to network element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: If you are using a terminal emulator application, check that the Return key
sends ASCII code LF or CRLF.
To connect to the network element using the 1354 RM-PhM EMS Telnet Cut-through

See the section CLI cut-through of the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM Release 7.5
Photonic Manager EMS Reference Guide, 8DG60190 HAAA.
Logging into and exiting the CLI

The CLI starts automatically as part of the network element boot sequence. It takes
several minutes from the time that the Equipment Controller card becomes operational
(indicated by a green Status LED), for the CLI to be ready for use.
To login to the CLI
1. To gain access to the CLI from the initial prompt, enter username = CLI,
password=CLI at the TL1 prompt.
2. Enter your username at the username: prompt. See the section Security
Administration in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch User Provisioning
Guide, 8DG60013 BAAA for a description of the different privilege levels that can be
assigned to user accounts.
3. Enter the password associated with the username at the password: prompt. The
characters you enter for the password are not displayed on the console.
Note: Passwords are case sensitive. If you experiencing difficulty logging in check to
ensure that the Caps Lock key is off. If you do not know the password, contact your
system administrator.
To exit from the CLI
Type logout to exit from the CLI.
Navigating the CLI and entering commands

The CLI is a text-based interface. All interaction with the CLI is through the keyboard.
You navigate though the menu hierarchy and enter commands by typing the command
name and pressing the Enter key. The CLI provides keyboard shortcuts, string
completion, and help functions to make using the CLI as simple as possible.
Keyboard shortcuts

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
1-7
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

Connecting to network element

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The Table 1-4, CLI keyboard shortcuts (p. 1-8) lists the keyboard shortcuts you can use
to make the most effective use of the CLI. All of the actions are relative to the current
position of the cursor. Previous characters are to the left of the cursor. Backwards moves
the cursor to the left. Forwards moves the cursor to the right.
Table 1-4

CLI keyboard shortcuts

To do this

Press these key(s)

Complete the command from the typed

abbreviation

Tab

Complete the command, ignoring any characters

or parameters after this character

List the available choices

Move up one level in the command hierarchy

.. or exit

Delete the previous character

Backspace

Go to the beginning of the line

Ctrl-A

Go to end of the line

Ctrl-E

Go forward one character

Ctrl-F

Go backward one character

Ctrl-B

Delete the current character

Ctrl-D

Delete all characters to the beginning of the line

Ctrl-U

Delete all characters to the end of the line

Ctrl-K

Delete the previous word

Ctrl-W

Transpose the current character with the previous

character

Ctrl-T

Go to the previous line in history buffer

Ctrl-P

Go to next line in history buffer

Ctrl-N

Go to the top level in the command hierarchy

(main menu)

Ctrl-Z or mm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
1-8
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

CLI help functions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

CLI help functions

Help functions

The CLI provides the following types of help:

question mark
TAB key

help

Question mark (?) help

You can enter a question mark at any time when using the CLI to get a listing of the
currently available options. For example:
#config software ?
config software server
config software upgrade

Help command

You can display available help topics by entering the help command at the CLI main
menu. To find all commands that contain a particular keyword, enter the help command,
followed by the keyword. For example, to find all commands related to the 11STAR1
Optical Transponder, enter the command help 11STAR1. The following output is
generated:

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
#help 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
config card 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Configure an 11STAR1 card
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
config interface 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Configure an 11STAR1 interface
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
config slot <sh/sl>|*type 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Configure programmed type to 11STAR1 [AINS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show card 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Display 11STAR1 card properties
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
show interface 11star1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Display 11STAR1 properties
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Command history

Use the history command to display a listing of the last 100 commands. You can enter this
command at any level in the hierarchy. For example, the command history displays the
last 100 commands. The command history 25 displays the last 25 commands.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
1-9
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Introduction to 1830 PSS CLI

CLI help functions

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

You can recall previously entered commands using the ! notation familiar to UNIX users,
as follows:
!! - Recalls the last command.
!n - Recalls the command at line n.
!string - Recalls the most recent command starting with string.
Copying and pasting multiple commands

You can keep frequently-used commands in a text file and paste them into the CLI
interface. If the file contains multiple commands, the commands are executed
individually.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
1-10
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

2

Overview
Purpose

This chapter contains the General CLI commands.

Contents
config

2-2

config general

2-4

config general ntp

2-12

config general time zone

2-15

echo

2-26

help

2-26

history

2-28

logout

2-29

paging

2-30

prompt

2-31

show

2-32

show general

2-36

show logs

2-41

show traps

2-43

tools lamptest

2-44

tools tl1

2-45

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-1
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config
Command description

This command enables or disables Ethernet Link OAM on an interface. It displays a list
of all the active alarms on the network element.
Note: This command is applicable to both 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 , and 1830 PSS-4
though not all keywords apply to all of them. Refer to the parameter definition table
for more details.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
admin
alm
aps
card
cn
database
fan
firmware
general
interface
pf
PM
powermgmt
profile
redundancy
shelf
slot
snmpserver
software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-2
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

usrpnl
vtsxc
xc
Parameter

Description

admin

Configure the date, time, Network Time Protocol

properties, user passwords and logging options, or
perform a system restart. See config admin.

alm

Configure alarm severity attributes. See config alm prfl

and config alm attr.

aps

Configure the options for an automatic protection

switching group. See config aps.

card

Configure a specific card or card type. See config card.

cn

Configure the control network parameters. See config

cn.

database

Configure the database setup, backup, and restore options,

and backup or restore the database. See config database.

fan

Configure the fan properties. See config fan.

firmware

Configure firmware properties on a specific card on the

network element. See config firmware.

general

Configure the general network element properties. See

config general.

interface

Configure the system interfaces. See config interface.

pf

Configure the power filter properties. See config pf.

pm

Provides a clearAll option to clear all bins in all groups on

the network element.

powermgmt

Configure the power management options. See config

powermgmt.

profile

Configure the performance monitoring profiles. See

config profile pm.

redundancy

View the network element redundancy properties or

perform an activity switch. See config redundancy. This
command applies only to the 1830 PSS.

shelf

Configure the shelves on the network element. See

config shelf.

slot

Configure a specific slot on the shelf. See config slot.

snmpserver

Configure the SNMP server. See config snmpserver.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-3
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

software

Configure the network element software server and NE

software upgrade. See config software.

usrpnl

Configure the usrpnl properties. See config usrpnl. This

command applies only to the 1830 PSS.

vtsxc

Configure a VTS cross-connect on the NE. See config

xc. This command applies only to the 1830 PSS-1.

xc

Configure a cross-connect for an optical channel on the

NE. See config xc.

Examples

See the individual command manual pages for examples.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show

config general
Command description

This command configures the network element general parameters.

Use this command to:

Specify a name, description, and contact information for the network element.
Note: If the TL1 interface is used, or may be used in the future, the NE name is used
as the system Target Identifier (TID) for TL1 commands. It is recommended that you
choose a name that complies with TID syntax. The TID is a text string and is limited
to 20 ASCII characters. In many cases, vendors and service providers create a TID
that contains the 11-character Common Language Location Identifier (CLLI) code.
Set the network element date and time. These values are overridden if an NTP server
has been configured to provide network element timing. See config general ntp.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-4
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command is applicable to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4, though
not all keywords apply to all of them. Refer to the parameter definition table for more
details..
Impact

Access levels

The date and time are used to time

stamp events.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config general
ainstimer [hours][minutes]
capacity [ EC | FLC | MT0c] [flash_size]
contact contact_info
date [yyyy mm dd]
detail
description [string]
etr [enabled | disabled]
location [location_info]
name [system_name]
neid [help|value ]
ntp
time [hh mm ss]
time zone
Parameter

Description

ainstimer

For ports configured to become automatically in service,

specifies the amount of time that a valid signal must be
detected on a port before that port becomes automatically
in service.
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours 0 minutes
Default: 10 minutes

capacity

Supports the setting of the expected capacity (in

Gigabytes) of the flash-memory associated with a
controller card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-5
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

contact

Specifies the contact information for the network

element. Enter this keyword to display the current value.
To change the value, enter this keyword followed by a
text string that provides contact information for the
network element.

date

Specifies the current date. Enter this keyword to display

the current value. To change the value, enter this keyword
followed by the year (four digits), a space, the month
(two digits), a space, and the day (two digits). Do not use
this command to change the date if the NE is using NTP.
Requires administrator level user privilege.

description

Specifies a text description of the network element. Enter

this keyword to display the current description. To change
the description, enter this keyword followed by a string
that describes the network element.

detail

Displays all of the network element general parameters.

etr

Specifies if the NE is configured for extended

temperature range operation

enabled - enables the network element for extended

temperature operation.

disabled - disables the network element for extended

temperature operation. This is the standard central
office temperature range.

Only applicable on the 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4..

location

Specifies the location of the network element. Enter this

keyword to display the current value. To change the
value, enter this keyword followed by a text string that
provides location information for the network element.

name

Specifies a name for the network element, which is also

used as the system TL1 Target Identifier (TID). Enter this
keyword to display the current value.
To change the value, enter this keyword followed by a
text string that names the network element

neid

Specifies the identification number of the NE.

Enter this keyword followed by one of:

help - Displays the default and valid values.

value - Specifies the NE ID.

Range: 0-30

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-6
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ntp

Configure the Network Time Protocol servers for the

network element.
See config general ntp.
Sets the network element time. Enter this keyword to
display the current value. To change the value, enter this
keyword followed by the hour (two digits), a space, the
minutes (two digits), a space, and the seconds (two
digits). Do not use this command to change the time if the
NE is using NTP.

time

Requires administrator level user privilege.

Configure the network element time zone settings to
adjust for local time. See config general time zone.

time zone

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Example of 1830 PSS
# config general detail
Name
:
NE180
System Description :
ADM
NE
Description
:
Location
:
Contact
:
S/W Version
:
15
Current Date
:
System Up Time
:
Loopback IP Address:
Capacity
: 4G

Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS v2.5.0 SONET

1830PSS32-2.51970/01/01 01:06:14 (UTC)

1 hours, 6 minutes, 39.87 seconds
172.16.1.3/32

Local Ethernet Port

IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
Down
Redistribute
Disabled

: 172.16.0.1/24
: 00:60:1D:7D:13:2C
: Up

Link Integrity

: Disabled

Proxy Arp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-7
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Conf. Speed
Auto
Actual Speed
Duplex
DHCP
1
DHCP Def Gateway

: Auto

Conf. Duplex Mode

: 10.000000 Mbps

Actual Duplex Mode : Half

: Enabled

DHCP_range

Link Integrity

: Enabled

Hello Interval

: 10

: 1

Router Dead Int

: 40

: 10
: Auto

Conf. Duplex Mode

: 100.000000 Mbps

Actual Duplex Mode : Full

: Disabled
: Enabled

OSPF Area Id
DHCP_range

: 0.0.0.0
:

Link Integrity

: Disabled

Hello Interval

: 10

: 1

Router Dead Int

: 40

: 10
: Auto

Conf. Duplex Mode

: 10.000000 Mbps

Actual Duplex Mode : Half

: Disabled
: Disabled

OSPF Area Id
DHCP_range

: Enabled

UserPanel Management Port

IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
Up
OSPF Routing
seconds
Router Priority
seconds
Metric
Conf. Speed
Auto
Actual Speed
Duplex
Proxy Arp
DHCP
1
DHCP Def Gateway

:
:
:
:

135.252.219.180/23
00:60:1D:7D:B0:A8
Up
Full

: Enabled

UserPanel Voip Port

IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
Down
OSPF Routing
seconds
Router Priority
seconds
Metric
Conf. Speed
Auto
Actual Speed
Duplex
Proxy Arp
DHCP
1
DHCP Def Gateway

:
:
:
:

0.0.0.0/0
00:60:1D:7D:B0:A9
Down
Down

: 0.0.0.0
:

: Enabled

Example of 1830 PSS-1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-8
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config general detail

Name
: ZZ06U
System Description : Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-1MD4H v1.0.0 SONET ADM
(ETR Hardened)
NE Description
:
Location
:
Contact
:
S/W Version
: 1830PSS1A-1.0-0
Current Date
: 2009/09/15 17:52:17 (UTC)
System Up Time
: 10 days, 0 hours, 50 minutes, 50.89 seconds
Loopback IP Address: 13.13.13.13/32
ETR Capability
: Disabled
Fan Management Port (CIT)
Description
:
IP Address
: 172.16.0.1/24
MAC Address
: 00:60:1D:7C:56:1C
Admin State
: Up
Redistribute
: Disabled
Disabled
Conf. Speed
: Auto
Actual Speed
: 10.000000 Mbps
Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP_range
DHCP Def Gateway : Enabled

Link Integrity
Proxy Arp

: Down
:

Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto

Actual Duplex Mode : Half
: 1

Fan Management Port (LAN1)

Description
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
OSPF Routing
seconds
Router Priority
seconds
Metric
Conf. Speed
Actual Speed
Duplex
Proxy Arp

:
:
:
:
:
:

0.0.0.0/0
03:07:00:00:00:00
Down
Down
Disabled

Link Integrity
Hello Interval

: Up
: 10

: 1

Router Dead Int

: 40

: 10
: Auto
: 10.000000 Mbps

Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto

Actual Duplex Mode : Half

: Disabled

OSPF Area Id

: 0.0.0.0

Example of 1830 PSS-1

# config general detail
Name
: ZZ06U
System Description : Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-1MD4H v1.0.0 SONET ADM
(ETR Hardened)
NE Description
:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-9
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Location
:
Contact
:
S/W Version
:
Current Date
:
System Up Time
:
Loopback IP Address:
ETR Capability
:

1830PSS1A-1.0-0
2009/09/15 17:52:17 (UTC)
10 days, 0 hours, 50 minutes, 50.89 seconds
13.13.13.13/32
Disabled

Fan Management Port (CIT)

Description
:
IP Address
: 172.16.0.1/24
MAC Address
: 00:60:1D:7C:56:1C
Admin State
: Up
Link Integrity
Redistribute
: Disabled
Proxy Arp
Disabled
Conf. Speed
: Auto
Conf. Duplex Mode
Actual Speed
: 10.000000 Mbps
Actual Duplex Mode
Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP_range
: 1
DHCP Def Gateway : Enabled

: Down
:
: Auto
: Half

Fan Management Port (LAN1)

Description
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
OSPF Routing
seconds
Router Priority
seconds
Metric
Conf. Speed
Actual Speed
Duplex
Proxy Arp

:
:
:
:
:
:

0.0.0.0/0
03:07:00:00:00:00
Down
Down
Link Integrity
Disabled
Hello Interval

: Up
: 10

: 1

Router Dead Int

: 10
: Auto
: 10.000000 Mbps

Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto

Actual Duplex Mode : Half

: Disabled

OSPF Area Id

: 40

: 0.0.0.0

Example of 1830 PSS-4

# config general detail
Name
System Description
Hardened)
NE Description
Location
Contact
S/W Version
Current Date

: ZZ06U
: Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 v1.0.0 SONET ADM (ETR
:
:
:
: 1830PSS4-1.0-0
: 2009/09/15 17:52:17 (UTC)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-10
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

System Up Time
: 10 days, 0 hours, 50 minutes, 50.89 seconds
Loopback IP Address: 13.13.13.13/32
ETR Capability
: Disabled
EC Management Port (CIT)
Description
:
IP Address
: 172.16.0.1/24
MAC Address
: 00:60:1D:7C:56:1C
Admin State
: Up
Link Integrity
Redistribute
: Disabled
Proxy Arp
Disabled
Conf. Speed
: Auto
Conf. Duplex Mode
Actual Speed
: 10.000000 Mbps
Actual Duplex Mode
Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP_range
: 1
DHCP Def Gateway : Enabled

: Down
:
: Auto
: Half

EC Management Port (OAMP)

Description
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
OSPF Routing
seconds
Router Priority
seconds
Metric
Conf. Speed
Actual Speed
Duplex
Proxy Arp

:
:
:
:
:
:

0.0.0.0/0
03:07:00:00:00:00
Down
Down
Disabled

Link Integrity
Hello Interval

: Up
: 10

: 1

Router Dead Int

: 40

: 10
: Auto
: 10.000000 Mbps

Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto

Actual Duplex Mode : Half

: Disabled

OSPF Area Id

: 0.0.0.0

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show general

config general ntp

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-11
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general ntp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config general ntp

Command description

This command adds or deletes Network Time Protocol (NTP) servers that are used to
provide time for the network element.
You can configure each network element to use up to three NTP servers, indexed by
number. The network element automatically selects the highest stratum NTP server with
which it can reliably communicate. If the network element loses communications with an
NTP server, it automatically selects the next best available server.
Note: Switching from manual time setting to NTP time synchronization, or from NTP
time synchronization to manual time setting, requires that you perform a network
element-wide warm restart, unless this is the first switch from manual timing to NTP
timing during network element commissioning.
This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Adding an NTP server causes the

network element to automatically
get its time from the NTP server.

Administrator

Syntax
config general ntp

add index IP_address

delete index
detail
client {disable|enable}
Parameter

Description

add

Add a new NTP server to the list of servers able to

provide time for the network element. Enter this keyword
followed by an index value, and the IP address of the NTP
server. You cannot overwrite existing entries; if you
attempt to add a server at an existing index location, an
error is displayed.
Range (index): 1 to 3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-12
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general ntp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

delete

Delete an existing server from the list of servers able to

provide time for the network element. Enter this keyword
followed by the index value of the server you want to
delete.
Range (index): 1 to 3

detail

Display the current NTP server configuration.

client

Disable or enable the NTP client connection to all external

servers.
Note: At least one legal server address must be
provisioned to prevent the command from being denied.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Displaying the current NTP servers

The following command displays the current NTP server configuration:

# config general ntp detail
Network Time Protocol Properties
NTP Client
Clock Mode
Current NTP Server
Estimated Drift
Estimated Time Offset

:
:
:
:
:

Enabled
NTPSYNCR
129.6.15.28
0.000000 us/s
-0.001315 s

Network Time Protocol Servers

Sel
IP
RefID
str t when poll reach delay
offset jitter
+
1 064.090.182.055 135.112.080.016 3 u 332 1024 377 43.5970.876 2.116
*
2 129.006.015.028 GPS 3 u 453 1024 357 42.032 -1.315
1.612

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-13
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general ntp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3 132.163.004.101 192.168.010.251
000
-------

688

1024

Notes

Possible Clock Mode States are:

FREE-RUNNING NTP is not enabled, or the NE is not synchronized to an NTP

server and is instead using its own internal clock as a source.
HOLDOVER NTP is enabled but the NE has lost NTP server connectivity, and is
using the last known clock update to synchronize its clock
NTPSYNC NTP is enabled, and the NE is using the NTP protocol to synchronize to
an NTP server.
NTPSYNCR Network Time Protocol Synchronized Redundant NTP is enabled and
synchronized to a reference server and a backup reference is also eligible to become
the primary reference

The value in the Current NTP Server field specifies the NTP server that the NTP client
has synchronized with. A failure in communications with the current server may not result
in a switch to another server until the failure has persisted for up to 2.5 hours. The
fail-over interval depends on the time-keeping quality of the current server and the
communication link quality.
During startup the drift file may be not yet available when a the command config general
ntp detail is issued. The user interface shall display dashes --.------ to indicate that no
drift information is available.
This example shows IP1 and IP3 provisioned but IP2 not provisioned
# config general ntp detail
Network Time Protocol Properties
NTP Client
Clock Mode
Current NTP Server
Estimated Drift
Estimated Time Offset

:
:
:
:
:

Enabled
NTPSYNC
64.90.182.16
2.790000 us/s
-0.001315 s

Network Time Protocol Servers

Sel
IP
RefID str t when poll reach delay offset jitter
*
1 064.090.182.055 135.112.080.016 3 u 332 1024 377
43.597 -0.876 2.116
2 000.000.000.000 --3 u 453 1024 357 42.032 -1.315
1.612
3 132.163.004.101
--- 3 u 688 1024 000 --- -----

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-14
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general ntp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: Under these conditions, two ntp servers provisioned but only one reachable an
NTPLOR Network Time Protocol Loss of Redundancy alarm is raised.
Adding an NTP server

The following command adds the NTP server at IP address 123.45.6.78 to the index 3
location:
(config-general-ntp)# add 3 123.45.6.78

Deleting an NTP server

The following command removes the NTP server at the index 2 location:
(config-general-ntp)# delete 2

Deleting an ntp sever while it is the last remaining reference without first issuing config
general ntp client disable will be denied
Enabling NTP Time of Day synchronization with an external server

The following command will set the network element to synchronize its time of day clock
with an external reference running NTP.
(config-general-ntp)# client enable
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show general

config general time zone

Command description

This command configures the network element time zone settings.

Use this command to:

Display the current time zone configuration

Specify a time zone name and network element time offset from UTC/GMT

The time zone setting only affects the display of the NE time to the user. Time is
internally stored as Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Controls how the network element

time is displayed.

Administrator

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-15
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config general time zone

detail
name[string]
help
Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the current time zone configuration.

name

Specifies a string used to identify the time zone. Enter this

keyword to display the current value. To change the value,
enter this keyword followed by a text string that is used to
indicate the time zone when displaying the time.
These names are a standard set provided by an imported
zoneinfo database.
The name can also be specified as an offest (-14:00 hours
to +12:00 hours) from UTC using one of these formats:
UTC{+|-}hh:mm
GMT{+|-}hh:mm

Named time zones like America/New_York or

Europe/Paris have daylight savings time (DST) entrance
and exit points compiled in, pure offsets like UTC-5:00 do
not include DST shifts.
Names are case sensitive.
help

Displays a list of supported time zone names

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config general time zone name America/New_York
# config general time zone detail
Time Zone Name: America/New_York
# config general time zone help
CET
CST6CDT
EET
EST
EST5EDT
Factory
HST
MET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-16
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

MST
MST7MDT
PST8PDT
WET
Etc/GMT
Etc/GMT+1
Etc/GMT+10
Etc/GMT+11
Etc/GMT+12
Etc/GMT+2
Etc/GMT+3
Etc/GMT+4
Etc/GMT+5
Etc/GMT+6
Etc/GMT+7
Etc/GMT+8
Etc/GMT+9
Etc/GMT-1
Etc/GMT-10
Etc/GMT-11
Etc/GMT-12
Etc/GMT-13
Etc/GMT-14
Etc/GMT-2
Etc/GMT-3
Etc/GMT-4
Etc/GMT-5
Etc/GMT-6
Etc/GMT-7
Etc/GMT-8
Etc/GMT-9
Etc/UCT
Etc/UTC
Africa/Abidjan
Africa/Accra
Africa/Addis_Ababa
Africa/Algiers
Africa/Asmara
Africa/Bamako
Africa/Bangui
Africa/Banjul
Africa/Bissau
Africa/Blantyre
Africa/Brazzaville
Africa/Bujumbura
Africa/Cairo
Africa/Casablanca
Africa/Ceuta
Africa/Conakry
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-17
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Africa/Dakar
Africa/Dar_es_Salaam
Africa/Djibouti
Africa/Douala
Africa/El_Aaiun
Africa/Freetown
Africa/Gaborone
Africa/Harare
Africa/Johannesburg
Africa/Kampala
Africa/Khartoum
Africa/Kigali
Africa/Kinshasa
Africa/Lagos
Africa/Libreville
Africa/Lome
Africa/Luanda
Africa/Lubumbashi
Africa/Lusaka
Africa/Malabo
Africa/Maputo
Africa/Maseru
Africa/Mbabane
Africa/Mogadishu
Africa/Monrovia
Africa/Nairobi
Africa/Ndjamena
Africa/Niamey
Africa/Nouakchott
Africa/Ouagadougou
Africa/Porto-Novo
Africa/Sao_Tome
Africa/Tripoli
Africa/Tunis
Africa/Windhoek
America/Adak
America/Anchorage
America/Anguilla
America/Antigua
America/Araguaina
America/Argentina/Buenos_Aires
America/Argentina/Catamarca
America/Argentina/Cordoba
America/Argentina/Jujuy
America/Argentina/La_Rioja
America/Argentina/Mendoza
America/Argentina/Rio_Gallegos
America/Argentina/San_Juan
America/Argentina/San_Luis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-18
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

America/Argentina/Tucuman
America/Argentina/Ushuaia
America/Aruba
America/Asuncion
America/Atikokan
America/Bahia
America/Barbados
America/Belem
America/Belize
America/Blanc-Sablon
America/Boa_Vista
America/Bogota
America/Boise
America/Cambridge_Bay
America/Campo_Grande
America/Cancun
America/Caracas
America/Cayenne
America/Cayman
America/Chicago
America/Chihuahua
America/Costa_Rica
America/Cuiaba
America/Curacao
America/Danmarkshavn
America/Dawson
America/Dawson_Creek
America/Denver
America/Detroit
America/Dominica
America/Edmonton
America/Eirunepe
America/El_Salvador
America/Fortaleza
America/Glace_Bay
America/Godthab
America/Goose_Bay
America/Grand_Turk
America/Grenada
America/Guadeloupe
America/Guatemala
America/Guayaquil
America/Guyana
America/Halifax
America/Havana
America/Hermosillo
America/Indiana/Indianapolis
America/Indiana/Knox
America/Indiana/Marengo
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-19
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

America/Indiana/Petersburg
America/Indiana/Tell_City
America/Indiana/Vevay
America/Indiana/Vincennes
America/Indiana/Winamac
America/Inuvik
America/Iqaluit
America/Jamaica
America/Juneau
America/Kentucky/Louisville
America/Kentucky/Monticello
America/La_Paz
America/Lima
America/Los_Angeles
America/Maceio
America/Managua
America/Manaus
America/Martinique
America/Mazatlan
America/Menominee
America/Merida
America/Mexico_City
America/Miquelon
America/Moncton
America/Monterrey
America/Montevideo
America/Montreal
America/Montserrat
America/Nassau
America/New_York
America/Nipigon
America/Nome
America/Noronha
America/North_Dakota/Center
America/North_Dakota/New_Salem
America/Panama
America/Pangnirtung
America/Paramaribo
America/Phoenix
America/Port-au-Prince
America/Port_of_Spain
America/Porto_Velho
America/Puerto_Rico
America/Rainy_River
America/Rankin_Inlet
America/Recife
America/Regina
America/Resolute
America/Rio_Branco
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-20
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

America/Santarem
America/Santiago
America/Santo_Domingo
America/Sao_Paulo
America/Scoresbysund
America/St_Johns
America/St_Kitts
America/St_Lucia
America/St_Thomas
America/St_Vincent
America/Swift_Current
America/Tegucigalpa
America/Thule
America/Thunder_Bay
America/Tijuana
America/Toronto
America/Tortola
America/Vancouver
America/Whitehorse
America/Winnipeg
America/Yakutat
America/Yellowknife
Antarctica/Casey
Antarctica/Davis
Antarctica/DumontDUrville
Antarctica/Mawson
Antarctica/McMurdo
Antarctica/Palmer
Antarctica/Rothera
Antarctica/Syowa
Antarctica/Vostok
Asia/Aden
Asia/Almaty
Asia/Amman
Asia/Anadyr
Asia/Aqtau
Asia/Aqtobe
Asia/Ashgabat
Asia/Baghdad
Asia/Bahrain
Asia/Baku
Asia/Bangkok
Asia/Beirut
Asia/Bishkek
Asia/Brunei
Asia/Choibalsan
Asia/Chongqing
Asia/Colombo
Asia/Damascus
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-21
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Asia/Dhaka
Asia/Dili
Asia/Dubai
Asia/Dushanbe
Asia/Gaza
Asia/Harbin
Asia/Ho_Chi_Minh
Asia/Hong_Kong
Asia/Hovd
Asia/Irkutsk
Asia/Jakarta
Asia/Jayapura
Asia/Jerusalem
Asia/Kabul
Asia/Kamchatka
Asia/Karachi
Asia/Kashgar
Asia/Katmandu
Asia/Kolkata
Asia/Krasnoyarsk
Asia/Kuala_Lumpur
Asia/Kuching
Asia/Kuwait
Asia/Macau
Asia/Magadan
Asia/Makassar
Asia/Manila
Asia/Muscat
Asia/Nicosia
Asia/Novosibirsk
Asia/Omsk
Asia/Oral
Asia/Phnom_Penh
Asia/Pontianak
Asia/Pyongyang
Asia/Qatar
Asia/Qyzylorda
Asia/Rangoon
Asia/Riyadh
Asia/Riyadh87
Asia/Riyadh88
Asia/Riyadh89
Asia/Sakhalin
Asia/Samarkand
Asia/Seoul
Asia/Shanghai
Asia/Singapore
Asia/Taipei
Asia/Tashkent
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-22
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Asia/Tbilisi
Asia/Tehran
Asia/Thimphu
Asia/Tokyo
Asia/Ulaanbaatar
Asia/Urumqi
Asia/Vientiane
Asia/Vladivostok
Asia/Yakutsk
Asia/Yekaterinburg
Asia/Yerevan
Atlantic/Azores
Atlantic/Bermuda
Atlantic/Canary
Atlantic/Cape_Verde
Atlantic/Faroe
Atlantic/Madeira
Atlantic/Reykjavik
Atlantic/South_Georgia
Atlantic/St_Helena
Atlantic/Stanley
Australia/Adelaide
Australia/Brisbane
Australia/Broken_Hill
Australia/Currie
Australia/Darwin
Australia/Eucla
Australia/Hobart
Australia/Lindeman
Australia/Lord_Howe
Australia/Melbourne
Australia/Perth
Australia/Sydney
Europe/Amsterdam
Europe/Andorra
Europe/Athens
Europe/Belgrade
Europe/Berlin
Europe/Brussels
Europe/Bucharest
Europe/Budapest
Europe/Chisinau
Europe/Copenhagen
Europe/Dublin
Europe/Gibraltar
Europe/Helsinki
Europe/Istanbul
Europe/Kaliningrad
Europe/Kiev
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-23
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Europe/Lisbon
Europe/London
Europe/Luxembourg
Europe/Madrid
Europe/Malta
Europe/Minsk
Europe/Monaco
Europe/Moscow
Europe/Oslo
Europe/Paris
Europe/Prague
Europe/Riga
Europe/Rome
Europe/Samara
Europe/Simferopol
Europe/Sofia
Europe/Stockholm
Europe/Tallinn
Europe/Tirane
Europe/Uzhgorod
Europe/Vaduz
Europe/Vienna
Europe/Vilnius
Europe/Volgograd
Europe/Warsaw
Europe/Zaporozhye
Europe/Zurich
Indian/Antananarivo
Indian/Chagos
Indian/Christmas
Indian/Cocos
Indian/Comoro
Indian/Kerguelen
Indian/Mahe
Indian/Maldives
Indian/Mauritius
Indian/Mayotte
Indian/Reunion
Pacific/Apia
Pacific/Auckland
Pacific/Chatham
Pacific/Easter
Pacific/Efate
Pacific/Enderbury
Pacific/Fakaofo
Pacific/Fiji
Pacific/Funafuti
Pacific/Galapagos
Pacific/Gambier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-24
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

config general time zone

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Pacific/Guadalcanal
Pacific/Guam
Pacific/Honolulu
Pacific/Johnston
Pacific/Kiritimati
Pacific/Kosrae
Pacific/Kwajalein
Pacific/Majuro
Pacific/Marquesas
Pacific/Midway
Pacific/Nauru
Pacific/Niue
Pacific/Norfolk
Pacific/Noumea
Pacific/Pago_Pago
Pacific/Palau
Pacific/Pitcairn
Pacific/Ponape
Pacific/Port_Moresby
Pacific/Rarotonga
Pacific/Saipan
Pacific/Tahiti
Pacific/Tarawa
Pacific/Tongatapu
Pacific/Truk
Pacific/Wake
Pacific/Wallis

Related commands

The following are related commands:

config general

show general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-25
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

echo

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

echo
Command description

This command toggles echoing on or off.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
echo
Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# echo

Related commands

None.

help
Command description

This command displays information that describes how to use the command line interface
or display a list of all the CLI commands that contain a specific keyword.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-26
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

help

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
help [keyword]
Parameter

Description

keyword

Specifies a keyword for which to search in the CLI

commands. A list of all commands containing the string is
returned. The string matches only the beginning of a
word.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#help
Special commands:
exit
- go to the previous menu level
..
- go to the previous menu level
mm
- go to the main menu
logout
- log out of TRX-24000 CLI
run
- run CLI sub-session
Special keys:
DEL, BS
Ctrl-A
Ctrl-E
Ctrl-F
Ctrl-B
Ctrl-D
Ctrl-U
Ctrl-K
Ctrl-W
Ctrl-T
Ctrl-P
Ctrl-N
Ctrl-Z
Tab
?
-

delete previous character

go to beginning of line
go to end of line
go forward one character
go backward one character
delete current character
delete to beginning of line
delete to end of line
delete previous word
transpose previous character
go to previous line in history buffer
go to next line in history buffer
go to the main menu
command-line completion
list choices

# help ec
config card ec
Configure an Equipment Controller (EC) card
config interface ec
Configure interfaces on an ec card
config slot <sh/sl>|* type ec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-27
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

help

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Set programmed type to EC Card [AINS]

show card ec
Display EC card properties
show interface ec
Display EC interface properties

Related commands

None.

history
Command description

This command displays the command history. The command history is a listing of the last
100 commands entered in the current CLI session. You can enter this command at any
level in the hierarchy.
You can use the following commands to recall previous commands:

!!: Recall the last command

!n: Recall the command at line n

!string: Recall the most recent command starting with string

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
history [number_of_events]
Parameter

Description

number_of_events

Specifies the number of events to display in the command

history.

Examples
# history
1: echo
2: help
3: paging size 10
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-28
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

history

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4: history

Related commands

The following is the related command:

help

logout
Command description

This command closes the current CLI session. You can enter this command at any level in
the command hierarchy.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
logout
Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# logout
Logging out....

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-29
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

paging

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

paging
Command description

This command configures the paging properties for the CLI display. The paging
properties determine how many records of output are displayed on the screen before you
are prompted to display the next page of information.
Note: A record can contain more than one line. For example, each alarm record uses
three lines.
Use this command to:

Display the current paging settings

Enable or disable paging
Set the paging size (number of records displayed) for the current CLI session
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
paging
status[enabled | disabled]
size[number_of_records]
Parameter

Description

status

Show the current paging settings or enable or disable

paging. Enter this keyword to display the current settings.
To enable or disable paging, enter this keyword followed
by:

enabled - enable paging. When paging is enabled, the

number of records specified by the size keyword are
displayed. You are then prompted to display the next
page or quit.

disabled - disable paging. When paging is disabled,

all of the records for the request are displayed in a
scrolling list until complete.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-30
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

paging

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

size

Specifies the number of records to display before paging.

Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of records, or enter this keyword without any
parameter to display the current paging size.
Default: 33
Range: 1 to 80

Examples

The following example displays the current paging status, changes the paging size to 10
records, and displays the change:
# paging status
Paging status: enabled
Paging size: 33
# paging size 10

# paging size
Paging size: 10

Related commands

None.

prompt
Command description

Use this command to set the command prompt.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-31
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

prompt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
prompt [default | prompt_text]
Parameter

Description

default

Changes the CLI prompt to the NE name. The network

element name is specified using the name parameter of
the command config general.

prompt_text

Specifies the string to be displayed at the CLI prompt.

Examples

The following example sets the command prompt to: Mynetworkelement:

# prompt Mynetworkelement
Mynetworkelement#

Related commands

None.

show
Command description

Use this command to enter show mode. Once in show mode, you can use the various
subcommands to display network element configuration and status information.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4 though not
all keywords apply to all of them. Refer to the parameter definition table for more
details.
Impact

Access Levels

This section alerts you to any

potential impacts to the network
that may occur as a result of
performing the command.

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show
admin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-32
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

alm
aps
card
cn
condition
database
fan
firmware
general
interface
logs
ochtrail
pf
powermgmt
profile
redundancy
resource
shelf
slot
snmpserver
software
traps
usrpnl
version
vtsxc
wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-33
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

xc
Parameter

Description

admin

Displays user logging options, system discovery

information, and network time protocol (NTP) settings for
the network element. See show admin.

alm

Displays alarm severity attributes. See show alm attr

and show alm prfl.

aps

Displays the details for an automatic protection switching

group. See show aps.

card

Display the current status of the cards on the network.

See show card.

cn

Displays the control network configuration settings for the

network element. See show cn.

condition

Displays the conditions for the network element. See

show condition.

database

Displays the database backup and restore properties.

fan

Displays the current status of the fan trays on the network

element. See show fan.

firmware

Displays firmware properties on a specific card on the

network element. See show firmware.

general

Displays general information for the network element.

The following information is displayed:

name description, location, and contact information

date, time and system up time

software version

total cards, number of control cards, and number of

optical cards

network element IP address and subnet mask

management port IP address, subnet mask, state, and

location.

See show general.

interface

Displays the network element interface configuration

settings for the network element. See show interface.

logs

Displays the event logs for the network element. See

show logs.

ochtrail

Displays OCH trails configured on the network element.

See show ochtrail.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-34
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pf

Displays the current status of the power filter cards on the

network element. See show pf.

powermgmt

Displays the power management status. See show

powermgmt.

profile

Displays the performance monitoring profiles. See show

profile pm.

redundancy

Displays the current database synchronization status and

the control card activity states (active or inactive). See
show redundancy.
Only applicable on the 1830 PSS .

resource

Displays the internal resource assignment on the

11STMM10 cards on the NE. See show resource.
Only applicable on the 1830 PSS.

shelf

Displays the current status of the shelves on the network

element. See show shelf.

slot

Displays the current status of the slots on the network

element. See show slot.

snmpserver

Displays the current SNMP server configuration settings.

See show snmpserver.

software

Displays software status and configuration information for

the network element. See show software.

traps

Displays the trap buffer table for the network element. See
show traps.

usrpnl

Displays the current status of the user panel on the

network element. See show usrpnl.
Only applicable on the 1830 PSS.

version

Displays the version of the software running on the NE.

vtsxc

Displays VTS cross-connects on the NE. See show

vtsxc.

wavekey

Displays Wavelength Tracker WaveKey and power

information for a port. See show wavekey.

xc

Displays the cross-connect configuration on the NE. See

show xc.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-35
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show version
Software Version: 1830PSS32-2.0-10

Related commands

The following is the related command:

config

show general
Command description

This command displays the general parameters for the network element.
Use this command to display the following information for the network element:

The name, description, location and contact information

The network element time zone settings
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, and 1830 PSS-1, though not all keywords
apply to them. Refer to the parameter definition table for more details.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show general
ainstimer
contact
capacity
date
description
detail
etr
location
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-36
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

name
neid
ntp
time
time zone
Parameter

Description

ainstimer

Displays the AINS debounce time.

capacity

Displays the setting of the expected capacity (in

Gigabytes) of the flash memory associated with the
controller card. Enter this keyword followed by:
ec: displays the expected memory capacity of all EC
cards in the system.

contact

Displays the network element contact information.

date

Displays the system date and time.

description

Displays the network element description.

detail

Displays all of the general network element parameters.

etr

Display the extended temperature range parameter

Only applicable on 1830 PSS-1.

location

Displays the network element location.

name

Displays the network element name.

neid

Displays the network element ID.

ntp

Displays the Network Time Protocol properties.

time

Displays the system date and time.

time zone

Displays the network element time zone settings.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Example of 1830 PSS
# show general detail
Name
:
NE180
System Description : Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS v2.5.0 SONET
ADM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-37
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

NE
Description
:
Location
:
Contact
:
S/W Version
:
15
Current Date
:
System Up Time
:
Loopback IP Address:
Capacity
: 4G
Local Ethernet Port
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
Down
Redistribute
Disabled
Conf. Speed
Auto
Actual Speed
Duplex
DHCP
1
DHCP Def Gateway

1830PSS32-2.51970/01/01 01:06:14 (UTC)

1 hours, 6 minutes, 39.87 seconds
172.16.1.3/32

: 172.16.0.1/24
: 00:60:1D:7D:13:2C
: Up

Link Integrity

: Disabled

Proxy Arp

: Auto

Conf. Duplex Mode

: 10.000000 Mbps

Actual Duplex Mode : Half

: Enabled

DHCP_range

Link Integrity

: Enabled

Hello Interval

: 10

: 1

Router Dead Int

: 40

: 10
: Auto

Conf. Duplex Mode

: 100.000000 Mbps

Actual Duplex Mode : Full

: Disabled
: Enabled

OSPF Area Id
DHCP_range

: Enabled

UserPanel Management Port

IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
Up
OSPF Routing
seconds
Router Priority
seconds
Metric
Conf. Speed
Auto
Actual Speed
Duplex
Proxy Arp
DHCP
1
DHCP Def Gateway

:
:
:
:

135.252.219.180/23
00:60:1D:7D:B0:A8
Up
Full

: 0.0.0.0
:

: Enabled

UserPanel Voip Port

IP Address
MAC Address

: 0.0.0.0/0
: 00:60:1D:7D:B0:A9

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-38
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin State
OSPF Adj State
Down
OSPF Routing
seconds
Router Priority
seconds
Metric
Conf. Speed
Auto
Actual Speed
Duplex
Proxy Arp
DHCP
1
DHCP Def Gateway

: Down
: Down

Link Integrity

: Disabled

Hello Interval

: 10

: 1

Router Dead Int

: 40

: 10
: Auto

Conf. Duplex Mode

: 10.000000 Mbps

Actual Duplex Mode : Half

: Disabled
: Disabled

OSPF Area Id
DHCP_range

: 0.0.0.0
:

: Enabled

Network Time Protocol Properties

NTP Client
Clock Mode
Current NTP Server
Estimated Drift
Estimated Time Offset

:
:
:
:
:

Enabled
NTPSYNCR
129.6.15.28
0.000000 us/s
-0.001315 s

Network Time Protocol Servers

Sel
IP
RefID
str t poll reach delay
offset jitter
+
1 064.090.182.055 135.112.080.016 3 u 1024 377 43.597
0.876 2.116
*
2 129.006.015.028
GPS
3 u 1024 357 42.032
1.315 1.612
3 132.163.004.101 192.168.010.251 3 u 1024
000
-------

Example of 1830 PSS-1

# show general detail
Name
:
System Description :
(ETR Hardened)
NE Description
:
Location
:
Contact
:
S/W Version
:
Current Date
:
System Up Time
:
Loopback IP Address:
ETR Capability
:

ZZ06U
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-1MD4H v1.0.0 SONET ADM

1830PSS1A-1.0-0
2009/09/15 17:52:17 (UTC)
10 days, 0 hours, 50 minutes, 50.89 seconds
13.13.13.13/32
Disabled

Fan Management Port (CIT)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-39
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
:
IP Address
: 172.16.0.1/24
MAC Address
: 00:60:1D:7C:56:1C
Admin State
: Up
Redistribute
: Disabled
Disabled
Conf. Speed
: Auto
Actual Speed
: 10.000000 Mbps
Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP_range
DHCP Def Gateway : Enabled

Link Integrity
Proxy Arp

: Down
:

Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto

Actual Duplex Mode : Half
: 1

Fan Management Port (LAN1)

Description
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
OSPF Routing
seconds
Router Priority
seconds
Metric
Conf. Speed
Actual Speed
Duplex
Proxy Arp

:
:
:
:
:
:

0.0.0.0/0
03:07:00:00:00:00
Down
Down
Disabled

Link Integrity
Hello Interval

: Up
: 10

: 1

Router Dead Int

: 40

: 10
: Auto
: 10.000000 Mbps

Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto

Actual Duplex Mode : Half

: Disabled

OSPF Area Id

: 0.0.0.0

Related commands

The following is the related command:

config general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-40
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show logs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show logs
Command description

This command displays the logs for the network elements. Use this command to display
all of the logs on the network element or logs for a particular type of event. The log
entries are listed in reverse chronological order, with the most recent log event listed first.
Both raised and cleared events are displayed.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access Levels

None.

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show logs
all
critical
general
major
minor
notreported
security
state
summary
user
warning
Parameter

Description

all

Displays all log entries in the system.

critical

Displays a log of all the critical alarms on the network

element.

general

Displays a log of all the general events on the network

element.

major

Displays a log of all of the security events on the network

element.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-41
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show logs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

minor

Displays a log of all of the security events on the network

element.

notreported

Displays a log of all the not reported alarms on the

network element.

security

Displays a log of all the security events on the network

element.

state

Displays a log of all the state change events on the

network element.

summary

Displays a the number of logs in each category.

user

Displays a log of all the user events on the network

element.

warning

Displays a log of all warning alarms on the network

element.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show logs summary
Log History Summary
Total
: 1280
Critcal Alarms : 93
Major Alarms : 0
Minor Alarms : 500
Warnings
: 0
Not Reported : 62
General Events : 500
State Changes : 1
User Actions : 102
Security

: 22

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-42
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

show traps

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show traps
Command description

This command displays the trap buffer table for the network element.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show traps

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show traps
213 2003/01/21 00:00:35 Critical Alarm SH:1 SL:9a P:1 In Optical
Type
: Raised
Desc
: Digital wrapper loss of frame
Changed :
Data
: Affected Ports: Optical Ports 1 - 2

212
2003/01/21 00:00:35 Critical Alarm SH:1 SL:9a P:2 In Optical
Type
: Raised
Desc
: SONET loss of frame
Changed :
Data
: Affected Ports: Optical Ports 1 - 2

...more? y=[yes] q=[quit] >

Related commands

The following are the related commands

config snmpserver

show snmpserver

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-43
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

tools lamptest

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tools lamptest
Command description

This command initiates a lamp test on a universal shelf. Use this command to light LEDs
on the specified shelf to solid amber for a period of 30 seconds.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
tools lamptestshelf
Parameter

Description

shelf

Specifies the shelf number.

Refer to 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# tools lamptest 1
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-44
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

tools tl1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tools tl1
Command description

Use this command to open a TL1 session on the network element.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
tools tl1

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# tools tl1
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-45
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

General CLI Commands

tools tl1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
2-46
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

S3ecurity, DCN, and DB

Management commands

Overview
Purpose

This chapter contains various commands related to Security, DCN, and DB management.
Contents
config admin

3-4

config admin authentication

3-8

config admin authentication radius

3-10

config admin authentication radius add

3-11

config admin feature

3-13

config admin session

3-14

config admin snmp users

3-16

config admin snmpusers add

3-17

config admin snmpusers edit

3-19

config admin syslog

3-21

config admin ui

3-23

config admin users

3-24

config admin users add

3-27

config admin users edit

3-29

config admin users logging

3-33

config admin users logging cli

3-35

config admin users logging snmp

3-38

config database

3-41

config database server

3-45

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-1
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config firmware

3-46

config snmpserver

3-47

config snmpserver community

3-49

config snmpserver trapdest

3-51

config snmpserver trapdest add

3-53

config software

3-55

config software server

3-56

config software server transfer

3-58

config software upgrade

3-60

config software upgrade manual

3-62

crypto sslkey

3-64

config sslcsr

3-65

config sslcert

3-67

crypto key

3-68

passwd

3-69

show software

3-70

show sslcert

3-72

show database

3-73

show admin

3-74

show interface loopback

3-76

show admin syslog

3-77

show admin user

3-78

show firmware

3-80

show snmpserver

3-82

who

3-83

whoami

3-84

config cn

3-85

config cn ospf

3-86

config cn routes default

3-91

config cn routes default add

3-94

config cn routes default redistribute

3-95

config cn routes static

3-96

config cn routes static add

3-98

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-2
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config cn routes static redistribute

3-99

config interface ec

3-100

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit

3-102

config interface ec shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

3-106

config interface fan

3-108

config interface fan cit

3-109

config interface fan 1/6/lan1

3-114

config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

3-117

config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}

3-120

config interface loopback

3-121

config interface gmre

3-124

config interface gmre {nodeip, notifyip}

3-125

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

3-127

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ospf

3-131

config interface flc

3-134

config interface flc shelf/slot{cit,oamp}

3-135

config interface flc oamp ospf

3-141

config interface mt0c

3-144

config interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

3-145

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2}

3-147

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2} ospf

3-150

config acl_port

3-153

config acl_filter {filterId}

3-154

config acl_pattern {patternId}

3-156

config acl_default

3-159

config acl_default

3-160

show cn

3-162

show interface ec

3-164

show interface ec shelf/slot/cit

3-166

show interface ec shelf/slot/{es1, es2}

3-167

show interface gmre

3-168

show interface fan

3-168

show interface fan cit

3-170

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-3
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface fan 1/6/lan1

3-171

show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}

3-172

show interface loopback

3-173

show interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

3-174

show interface flc shelf/slot/{cit,oamp}

3-175

show interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1, es2}

3-176

show interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2}

3-177

show acl_port

3-178

show acl_filter {filterId}

3-179

show acl_pattern {patternID | *}

3-183

show acl_default

3-186

config admin
Command description

This commands configures the administrative options for the network element.
Use this command to:

Access subcommands for configuring local and remote authentication properties

Access subcommands that allow you to enable or disable features
Set the network element login message

Configure the NE to operate in SONET or SDH mode

Restart the network element software
Set up session options
Access subcommands for configuring the syslog parameters

Set the units used to display temperature

Access subcommands for user login management

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-4
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Configure the NE for secure/unsecure mode

Configure the NE Installation

Impact

Access levels

A network element restart logs you

out of the CLI and can result in a
temporary loss of communication
with the system. A cold restart can
result in loss of transmission data.

Administrator

Syntax
config admin
commission
authentication
feature
loginmsg [clear | default | edit newmsg]
mode [sonet | sdh]password
resetne [warm | cold]
session
snmpusers
syslog
tempunits [celsius | farenheit]
ui
users
Parameter

Description

commission

Supports the NE installation through standalone CLI

interface. The standalone CLI is the process that is
launched when you log into Linux as CLI on the Linux
NE.

authentication

Authenticates user login and password so that NE is

secured by a trusted path. User identification and
authentication are based upon RADIUS (Remote
Authentication Dial In User Service).
See config admin authentication.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-5
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

feature

Enables or disables network element features. See

config admin feature.

loginmsg

Specifies the message that is displayed on successful

login. Use the keyword clear to clear the current login
message.
Use the keyword default to restore the default login
message.
To change the login message, use the keyword edit
followed by the preferred login message.
Note: Only the default message is supported in this
release.

mode

Note: To execute this command, you are required to enter

a password. Contact your service representative for the
required password.
Configure the NE to operate in SONET or SDH mode.
Enter the keyword mode followed by SONET or SDH:
Enter sonet followed by the password to change the
mode from SDH to SONET
Enter sdh followed by the password to change the mode
from SONET to SDH
Caution: Changing the mode causes the NE to clears its
database and clear all services on the NE. PM is restarted
with cleared counters, new PM names, and new TCA
defaults. Byte filtering changes conforms to the specified
standard.

resetne

Restarts the software on the network element. Enter the

keyword resetne followed by warm or cold.
Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm restart
re-initializes the network element software only, and is
not service affecting.
Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart
re-initializes the hardware and software of the network
element and is service affecting.

session

Configures the session parameters: maximum number of

failed login attempts, timeout. See config admin
session.

snmpusers

Configures the snmpuser's authentication and privacy

passwords. See config admin snmpusers

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-6
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

syslog

Configures the syslog parameters on the network

element. See config admin syslog.

ui

Configures or display the user interface security mode.

See config admin ui.

tempunits

Specifies the units used when displaying temperatures.

Enter the keyword tempunits to display the current
setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Celsius - Display temperatures in degree Celsius.

Fahrenheit - display temperatures in degree

Fahrenheit.
users

Configure the user password and logging parameters. See

config admin users.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Performing a warm reset

The following command resets the network element software, using current state
information:
#config admin resetne warm
WARNING! You are about to perform a warm system restart.
Enter 'yes' to confirm, 'no' to cancel:

Enter yes to confirm that you want to restart the network element software.
Performing a cold reset

The following command resets the network element. It will reset hardware to the last
known valid state in the database. This reset is customer affecting:
#config admin resetne cold
WARNING! You are about to perform a cold system restart.
This is a service affecting command.
Enter 'yes' to confirm, 'no' to cancel:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-7
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Enter yes to confirm that you want to restart the network element. Restarting the network
element logs you off the network element.
Setting the temperature units

The following command sets the temperature unit as celsius:

# config admin tempunits celsius

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show admin

config admin authentication

Command description

Use this command to:

Configure the minimum and maximum password length acceptable for passwords that
are created or edited after the command completion. Note that passwords created
before the command and accepted are unaffected by this command
Configure the authentication order
Configure RADIUS servers and properties
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Changes the password length and

authentication rules accepted by
the NE.

Administrator

Syntax
config admin authentication
local password minlength [minlengthvalue]
order [local | radius | radius-then-local]
radius [brief | timeout | retries | add | delete]
Parameter

Description

local password minlength

Specifies the minimum length for user passwords

accepted by the NE. The default is 8. The range allowed
is 8 to 32.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-8
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin authentication

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

order

Specifies which authentication system to use for network

element users. Enter the keyword alone to display the
current value.
To set the value, enter the keyword followed by:

local - authentication is based on the local network

elements security database

radius- authentication is based on the RADIUS

server's database

radius-then-local - the authentication is attempted

first using the RADIUS server's database. If the

RADIUS server is not reachable then authentication
is based on the local network elements security
database. If the RADIUS server is reachable and the
user profile does not exist in the RADIUS server's
database, then the authentication fails and the user is
denied access.
The default is local.
radius

Configure RADIUS servers and properties. See config

admin authentication radius.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config admin authentication local password minlength 8
# config admin authentication order radius

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin authentication radius

show admin authentication

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-9
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin authentication radius

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config admin authentication radius

Command description

This command configures the radius parameters.

Use this command to:

Access subcommands that allow you to add RADIUS servers

Display the current user authentication using RADIUS

Delete a RADIUS server

Set the timeout and retry values
Provision the status of a RADIUS server
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Users are authenticated using

RADIUS protocol.

Administrator

Syntax
config admin authentication radius
brief
add
deleteserverId
timeout[value]
retries[value]
statusserverId[enabled|disabled]
Parameter

Description

brief

Display the configured RADIUS servers and properties.

add

Add a RADIUS server. See config admin authentication

radius add.

delete

Delete a previously configured RADIUS server. Enter

this keyword followed by the serverId: RAD1 or RAD2

timeout

Specifies the timeout (in seconds) for the NE to wait for a

response from the RADIUS server. The supported range
for timeout is 1 to 1000. The default value is 5 seconds.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-10
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin authentication radius

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

retries

Specifies the number of attempts the NE will try to

contact the specified RADIUS server that has failed to
respond during the previous request(s). The supported
value range is from 1 to 100. The default value is 3.

status

Specifies that status of a RADIUS server. Enter the

keyword status alone to display the current status of all
RADIUS servers.
To set the status of a RADIUS server, enter this keyword
followed by the serverId (RAD1 or RAD2) and the
following:

enabled - the RADIUS server is online. This is the

default value.

disabled - the RADIUS server is offline.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config admin authentication radius timeout 10

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin authentication radius add

show admin authentication radius

config admin authentication radius add

Command description

This command provisions a RADIUS server.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

A server is configured for

RADIUS authentication.

Administrator

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-11
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin authentication radius add

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config admin authentication radius add serverId ipAddress [:port]
sharedSecret
Parameter

Description

serverId

Specifies the identifier of the RADIUS server. The

acceptable values are RAD1 (first server) and RAD2
(second server).

ipAddress

Specifies the IP address of the specified RADIUS server.

port

Specifies the authentication port of the RADIUS server.

The valid value is from 1 to 65000. The default port value
is 1812.

sharedSecret

This is the shared secret key between the NE and the

target RADIUS server. This key is the ASCII string
between 5 to 32 characters. The secret key must be
encrypted on the NE using AES.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config admin authentication radius add RAD1 4.4.4.4
Enter shared secret:
Verify shared secret:

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin authentication radius delete

show admin authentication radius brief

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-12
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin feature

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config admin feature

Command description

This command enables or disables specific features on the network element.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

Syntax
config admin feature
iputilities [restricted | unrestricted]
webui [enabled | disabled]
Parameter

Description

iputilities

Restricts or unrestricts the IP-related utilities

on the network element. The OSC interface is
not affected by this command. Enter this
keyword without any arguments to display the
current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:

restricted - restricts IP utilities feature on

the network element.

unrestricted - unrestricts the IP utilities

feature on the network element

Default: unrestricted.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-13
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin feature

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

webui

Enable or disable the web interface on the

network element. Enter this keyword without
any arguments to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:

enabled - enables the web interface on the

network element.

disabled - disables the web interface on

the network element.

The default is enabled.

Note: This command does not take effect until
the next activity switch, or until the control
card is reset.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config admin feature webui enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show admin

config admin session

Command description

This command configures the following user security parameters:

Maximum number of consecutive failed login attempts, regardless of time interval or

number of sessions.

Time that a session is allowed to remain inactive before the user is logged out and the
user session closed.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-14
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin session

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Specifies the maximum number of

consecutive failed login attempts,
regardless of time interval or
number of sessions.

Administrator

Specifies the time that a session is

allowed to remain inactive before
the user will be logged out and the
user session closed.

Syntax
config admin session
maxfailedlogins[value]
timeout[value]
Parameter

Description

maxfailedlogins

Sets the maximum number of consecutive failed login

attempts, regardless of time interval or number of
sessions. When a user reaches this number, they are
immediately locked out of the system. Future access is
denied.
A value of 0 implies no maximum is set.
Range: 0-15
Default: 3

timeout

Sets the maximum time in minutes that a user session

may remain inactive before the user is logged out and the
session in closed.
A value of 0 implies no idle timeout, that is, the user can
remain idle forever.
Range: 0-999
Default: 60 minutes

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-15
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin session

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config admin session timeout 15

Session timeout: 15 minutes.

Related commands

None

config admin snmp users

Command description

This command configures the SNMP v3 users.

Use this command to:

Access subcommands that allow you to add or edit a SNMP v3 user account

Display a list of current SNMP v3 users

Delete a SNMP v3 user account
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Add, delete, and edit an user

account.

Administrator

Syntax
config admin snmpusers
add
brief
delete username
edit
Parameter

Description

add

Add a new SNMP v3 user to the network element. See

config admin snmpusers add.

brief

Displays a list of the current SNMP v3 user accounts on

the network element.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-16
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin snmp users

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

delete

Deletes a SNMP v3 user account from the network

element. Enter this keyword followed by the user account
you want to delete.

edit

Edit the user account to change the permissions level,

password or status. See config admin snmpusers edit.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config admin snmpusers delete user1

Related commands

The following are the related commands

config admin snmpusers add

config admin snmpusers edit

config admin snmpusers add

Command description

This command adds an SNMP v3 user account to the network element. Use this command
to specify the user name and privilege level for the account. Following the successful
completion of this command, the CLI requests that the password for this user be entered.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-17
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin snmpusers add

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config admin snmpusers add {username} [administrator |
observer | provisioner]

nms |

Parameter

Description

username

The username must not be longer than 32 characters. The

username being a human readable string and no more
than 32 characters in length, there are no additional
SNMPv3 standards for user restrictions.

administrator

Assigns administrator privileges to the specified

username.

provisioner

Assigns provisioner privileges to the specified username.

observer

Assigns observer privileges to the specified username

nms

Assigns nms privileges to the specified username.

This command causes the CLI to request a password to be entered, see examples.
password

The password must not be longer than 32 characters.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config admin snmpusers add lek123# provisioner
New password:
Verify password:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config admin snmpusers

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-18
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin snmpusers edit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config admin snmpusers edit

Command description

This command edits the configuration for a specific SNMP v3 user.

Use this command to:

Specify the access privileges for the user.

Change the authentication password for the user.

Enable or disable the user account.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Assigns user passwords and

privileges and specifies whether
the account is usable.

Administrator

Syntax
config admin snmpusers edit *
config admin snmpusers editusername
authpasswd[password]
group [administrator | nms | observer | provisioner]
privpasswd[password]
status [enabled | disabled ]
Parameter

Description

Displays all SNMP v3 users.

username

Specifies the user identifier to be edited.

authpasswd

Sets the authentication password. The password must not

be longer than 32 characters.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-19
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin snmpusers edit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

group

Sets the privilege level for the specified user. Enter this
keyword alone to display the current value.
To change the privilege level, enter the keyword followed
by one of the following:

administrator - assigns administrator privileges to

the specified username.

nms - assigns NMS privileges to the specified

username.

observer - assigns observer privileges to the

specified username.

provisioner - assigns provisioner privileges to the

specified username.

privpasswd

Sets the privilege password. The password must not be

longer than 32 characters.

status

Enables or disables the user account. Enter this keyword

alone to display the current value.
To change the status, enter this keyword followed by:

enabled - enables the user account.

disabled - disables the user account.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config admin snmpusers edit maria status disabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config admin snmpusers

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-20
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin syslog

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config admin syslog

Command description

This command configures the syslog options on the network element.

Use this command to:

Display the current syslog configuration

enable or disable system logging

specify the IP address of the remote syslog server

specify the port on the remote syslog server used for system logging
specify the minimum priority level of the messages to send through syslog

This command conforms with the BSD Syslog Protocol as defined in RFC 3164.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Specifies which log messages are sent through

SysLog, and the location they are sent to.

Administrator

Syntax
config admin syslog
detail
ip [ip_address]
port [port_number]
priority [priority]
status [enabled | disabled]
Parameter
detail
ip

Description
Displays the current syslog configuration on
the network element.
Specifies the IP address of the remote syslog
server. Enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by an IP address.
Default: 0.0.0.0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-21
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin syslog

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

port

Specifies the port on the remote syslog server.

Enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by a port
number.
Default: 514

priority

Specifies the minimum priority level of the

messages send via SysLog. Enter this keyword
without any parameters to display the current
setting. To change the setting, enter this
keyword followed by the priority level.
Valid priority levels, in order of highest to
lowest severity, are as follows:
1. emergency - conditions that cause the
system to be unusable, such as a panic
condition.
2. alert - conditions that require immediate
attention, such as a corrupted database.
3. critical - critical errors for which action
must be taken as soon as possible. Mapped
to NE critical alarms.
4. error - standard error conditions that
require attention. Mapped to NE major
alarms.
5. warning - a significant event that may
require action to be taken. Mapped to NE
minor alarms.
6. notice - an event has occurred that does
not affect system operation. Mapped to
NE not alarmed , not reported, state
change, security, and miscellaneous
events, and PM TCAs.
7. info - informational messages. Mapped to
NE user action events.
8. debug - software debugging messages.
Note: The syslog includes all messages having
a priority equal to or higher than the priority
level you specify.
Default: debug

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-22
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin syslog

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

status

Enable or disable system logging. Enter this

keyword without any parameters to display the
current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:

enabled - enable system logging.

disabled - disable system logging.

Default: disabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config admin syslog detail
IP Address :0.0.0.0
Port :514
Priority :Debug
State :Disabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show admin syslog

config admin ui
Command description

This command configures the user interface options for the network element. Use this
command to enable and disable the secured interfaces.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

The NE is set to secure or

non-secure mode

Administrator

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-23
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin ui

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config admin ui
brief
mode [encrypted | normal]
Parameter

Description

brief

Displays the current security mode

mode

Sets the user interface secure mode.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

encrypted: allows support for SSH.

normal: allows generation of the SSH Key, but does

not support SSH access.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config admin ui mode encrypted

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show admin ui

config admin users

Command description

This command configures the user password and logging parameters.

Use this command to:

Delete a user account

Send a message to or force out a user

Enable or disable the service user

Access subcommands that allow you to add or edit a user account
Access subcommands that allow you to define which level of commands are logged
for a given user

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-24
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Enables the service user for network element

troubleshooting. Deletes or forces out a user
account.

Administrator

Syntax
config admin users
add
brief
delete username
edit
forceout session_id
logging
serviceaccess {enabled| disabled}
who
Parameter
add

Description
Adds a new user to the network element.
See config admin users add.

brief

Displays a list of the current user accounts on

the network element.

delete

Deletes an user account from the network

element. Enter this keyword followed by the
user name you want to delete.

edit

Edits the user account to change the permissions

level, password or status.

forceout

Forces out a user on the network element. Enter

this keyword followed by the session identifier
for the user session you want to force out.
Use the who command to determine the session
number.

logging

Define which level of commands is logged for a

given user.
See config admin users logging.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-25
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
serviceaccess

Description
Enable or disable the service user. The service
user is used by support personnel only to
perform system troubleshooting. You must grant
service access before the service user can log
onto the network element.
Enter this keyword followed by enabled,
disabled, or resetpassword:

who

Set to disabled to disable the service user.

Set to enabled to enable the service user.

Set to resetpassword to reset the

password to the default setting.

Displays a list of users currently logged into the

network element.
Note: config admin users who operates the
same way as who.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config admin users
(config-admin-users)# who
Session Username
Date
Terminal
------------------------------------------------------------0
admin
Feb 25 18:01 10.3.0.46
1
maria
Feb 25 18:02 10.3.0.46
2
leknek Feb 25 18:02 10.1.5.76

# config admin users who

Session
Username
Date
Terminal
-------------------------------------------------------------162 (cli tel)* seteam1
Apr 16 11:17 135.222.8.42:40799

NE(config-admin-users)# brief
Username
User Group Status Last Login
---------------------------------------------------------------leknek
administrator active 25/02/2003 18:02:15
maria
service
active 25/02/2003 18:02:05

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-26
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin users add

config admin users edit

config admin users logging

show admin user

config admin users add

Command description

This command adds a user account to the network element. Use this command to specify
the user name and privilege level for the account. Following successful completion of this
command, the CLI will request that the password for this user be entered.
Impact
Adds a user account to the
network element

Access levels
Administrator

Syntax
config admin users add username
administrator
provisioner
observer
Parameter
username

Definition
User Identifiers are strings of 5 to 12 case-sensitive
alphanumeric characters where the first character is an
alphabetic character.
The following special characters are also valid:

administrator

% (percent)

+ (plus sign)

# (pound sign)

_ (underscore)

Assigns administrator privileges to the specified

username.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-27
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users add

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Definition

provisioner

Assigns provisioner privileges to the specified username.

observer

Assigns observer privileges to the specified username.

This command causes the CLI to request a password to be entered, see examples.
password

A password is a case-sensitive string of 8 to 32

(depending on the password minlength and maxlength
provisioned values, see config admin user
authentication) alphanumeric characters having all three
of the following:

at least one alphabetic character

at least one numeric character

at least one special character

The following special characters are valid:

% (percent)

+ (plus sign)

# (pound sign)

_ (underscore)

! (exclaimation mark)

$ (dollar sign)

(double quotation mark)

& (ampersand)

' (apostrophe)

( (left parenthesis)

* (asterisk)

. (period)

The New password cannot be the same or the reverse of

the associated username and the password must not have
three consecutive identical characters..

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config admin users add lek123# provisioner
New password:
Verify password:

# config admin users add maria123# observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-28
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users add

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

New password:
Verify password:

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# config admin users add lek123#
Error: invalid user group

# config admin users add lek123# administrator

New password:

Error: Invalid Password. Please see the customer documentation or

contact system administrator if you are having trouble setting a
password.

Related commands

The following are related commands

config admin users

config admin users logging

show admin user

config admin users edit

Command description

This command edits the configuration for a specific user.

Use this command to:

Display the current configuration for a user

Specify the access privileges for a user
Change the password for a user

Enable or disable a user account

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Assigns user passwords and privileges and

specifies whether the account is enabled.

Access levels
Administrator

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-29
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users edit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config admin users edit*
config admin users edit {admin | service | username}
detail
group {administrator | provisioner | observer}
passwd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-30
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users edit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

status {enabled | disabled }

Parameter

Description

Displays a list of all users.

username

Specifies the user identifier to be edited.

detail

Displays the current configuration for the specified

user.

group

Specifies the access privileges for the specified

user.
Note: This command keyword applies when editing
a specific username only.
Enter this keyword followed by administrator,
provisioner, or observer:
Set to administrator to
give the user access to all of
the CLI commands.
Set to provisioner to give
the user access to all of the
commands required to provision the network element.
Set to observer to give the user access to a limited set
of the show commands.
See User accounts and privileges in Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 User Provisioning Guide, 8DG60013
BAAA for a description of the different privilege levels
that can be assigned to user accounts.

passwd

A password is a case-sensitive string of 8 to 32

(depending on the password minlength and maxlength
provisioned values, see config admin user
authentication) alphanumeric characters having all
three of the following:
at least one lower case
alphabetic character
at least one uppercase
alphabetic character
at least one numeric

character
at least one special character
The following special characters are valid:
% (percent)

+ (plus
sign)
# (pound

sign)
_ (underscore)

! (exclaimation)

@ (at
sign)
$ (dollar
sign)
(double quotation

mark)
& (ampersand)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
' (apostrophe)

1830 PSS36/32/16
3-31
( (left parenthesis)

8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1

Issue 1 June 2011

) (right parenthesis)
* (asterisk)

, (comma)

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users edit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Enables or disables the user

account. A user may not disable
his own account.
Enter this keyword followed by
enabled or disabled:

Set to enabled to enable the

user account

Set to disabled to disable

the user account.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config admin users edit maria status disabled
# config admin users edit admin detail
Username
User Group
Status
Last Login
Failures

:
:
:
:
:

admin
administrator
enabled
16/04/2008 15:59:35 telnet
0

# config admin users edit seteam1 status

Current value: active

# config admin users edit test1 passwd

New password:
Verify password:

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# config admin users edit seteam1 status active
Error: command not found: active

# config admin users edit eor123#

Error: unknown username

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-32
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users edit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin users

config admin users logging

show admin user

config admin users logging

Command description

This command configures the options for logging user activity on the network element.
Use this command to:

Display which commands (read or write) are currently logged for all users

Access a subcommand that allows you to configure the logging options for users
accessing the network element from the CLI
Access a subcommand that allows you to configure the logging options for user
accessing network element through SNMP

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

Syntax
config admin users logging
detail
cli
snmp
Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the current settings for user logging.

cli

Configure the logging settings for users

accessing the network element from the CLI.
See config admin users logging cli.

snmp

Configure the logging settings for users

accessing the network element through SNMP.
See config admin users logging snmp.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-33
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users logging

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config admin users logging detail
CLI/Web/TL1 Logging is enabled.
User
Read
Write
---------------------------Observer
no
yes
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes

SNMP Logging is enabled.

User
Read
Write
---------------------------NMS
no
yes
Observer
no
yes
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin users

config admin users logging cli

config admin users logging snmp

show admin user

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-34
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users logging cli

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config admin users logging cli

Command description

This command configures the options for logging user activity on the network element for
users accessing the network element from the CLI, Web interface, or TL1.
Use this command to:

Display which operations (read or write) are currently logged for users accessing the
network element from the CLI, web interface, or TL1
Enable or disable logging for all users accessing the network element from the CLI,
web interface, or TL1
Define whether write operations are logged for the CLI user levels
Important! Although read operations appear in the syntax display in the CLI, read
operation logging is not supported.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Configures/changes which activities are

logged for one or all users accessing the
network element from the CLI, Web
interface, or TL1. Disabling logging can
adversely effect troubleshooting.

Administrator

Syntax
config admin users logging cli
detail
status [enable | disable]
admin [write [yes | no]
observer [write [yes | no]
provisioner [write [yes | no]
service [write [yes | no]
Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the current settings for logging user

activity on the network element for users
accessing the network element from the CLI, Web
interface, or TL1 session.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-35
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users logging cli

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

status

Enables or disables activity logging for all CLI,

web interface, or TL1 users.
Enter this keyword followed by enable or
disable:

set to enable to enable user activity logging

set to disable to disable user activity logging

Default: enable
administrator

Configure the CLI user activity logging options

for administrator-level users.
Enter this keyword followed first by write, and
secondly by yes or no:

observer

set to write yes to include write operations

in the log

set to write no exclude write operations

from the log

Configure the CLI user activity logging options

for provisioner-level users.
Enter this keyword followed first by write, and
secondly by yes or no:

provisioner

set to write yes to include write operations

in the log

set to write no exclude write operations

from the log

Configure the CLI user activity logging options

for observer-level users.
Enter this keyword followed first by write, and
secondly by yes or no:

set to write yes to include write operations

in the log

set to write no exclude write operations

from the log

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-36
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users logging cli

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

service

Configure the CLI user activity logging options

for service-level users.
Enter this keyword followed first by write, and
secondly by yes or no:

set to write yes to include write operations

in the log

set to write no exclude write operations

from the log

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config admin users logging cli detail
CLI/Web/TL1 Logging is enabled.
User
Read
Write
---------------------------Observer
no
no
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin users

config admin users logging snmp

show admin user

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-37
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users logging snmp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config admin users logging snmp

Command description

This command configures the options for logging user activity on the network element for
users accessing the network element through SNMP.
Use this command to:

Display which operations (read or write) are currently logged for users accessing the
network element through SNMP
Enable or disable logging for all users accessing the network element through SNMP

Define whether write operations are logged for the SNMP userids
Important! Although read operations appear in the syntax display in the SNMP, read
operation logging is not supported.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Configures/changes which activities are

logged for one or all users accessing the
network element through SNMP. Disabling
logging can adversely effect troubleshooting.

Administrator

Syntax
config admin users logging snmp
detail
status [enable | disable]
nms [write [yes | no]
admin [write [yes | no]
observer [write [yes | no]
provisioner [write [yes | no]
service [write [yes | no]
Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the current settings for logging user

activity on the network element for users
accessing the network element through the
SNMP.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-38
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users logging snmp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

status

Enables or disables user activity logging for

users accessing the network element through
SNMP.
Enter this keyword followed by enable or
disable:

set to enable to enable user activity

logging

set to disable to disable user activity

logging

Default: enable
nms

Configure the SNMP user activity logging

options for nms userid.
Enter this keyword followed by first by
write, secondly by yes or no:

admin

set to write yes to include write

operations in the log.

set to write no to from the log.

Configure the SNMP user activity logging

options for administrator-level users.
Enter this keyword followed first by write,
and secondly by yes or no:

observer

set to write yes to include write

operations in the log

set to write no exclude write operations

from the log

Configure the SNMP user activity logging

options for observer-level users.
Enter this keyword followed first by write,
and secondly by yes or no:

set to write yes to include write

operations in the log

set to write no exclude write operations

from the log

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-39
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config admin users logging snmp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

provisioner

Configure the SNMP user activity logging

options for provisioner-level users.
Enter this keyword followed first by write,
and secondly by yes or no:

service

set to write yes to include write

operations in the log

set to write no exclude write operations

from the log

Configure the SNMP user activity logging

options for service-level users.
Enter this keyword followed first by write,
and secondly by yes or no:

set to write yes to include write

operations in the log

set to write no exclude write operations

from the log

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config admin users logging snmp detail
SNMP Logging is enabled.
User
Read
Write
---------------------------NMS
no
yes
Observer
no
yes
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin users

config admin users logging cli

show admin user

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-40
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config database
Command description

This command configures the database backup and restore options.

Use this command to:

Display the current database backup and restore configuration

Back up the database

Restore the database

Clear the database
Sync the information on a User Panel replacement in 1830 PSS

For more information, see Backing up, restoring, or clearing the database in the
Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning Guide.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4, though not
all keywords apply to all of them. Refer to the parameter definition table for more
details.
Impact

Access levels

Clears or restores the database

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config database
backup {yes | no}
clear [ipclear] {yes | no}
detail
path [path]
restore [force]{yes | no}
server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-41
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

usrpnlrepl {yes | no}

Parameter

Description

backup

Creates a backup of the database at the IP address and

path specified by the server and path parameters.
Before the database backup is created, you are prompted
to confirm the request:

Enter yes to create a database backup. The backup

file is created with a filename in the form of:
NEname_SWgeneric_yyyy-mm-dd_hh-mm-ss.bak
Note: If the NEname is too long, it is truncated to 31
characters. The SWgeneric is always 13 characters.

Enter no to cancel the command without backing up

the database.

Requires administrator level user privilege.

clear

Clear the database (this command cannot be performed

by a Provisioner. This command must be performed by an
Admin user.)
Follow this keyword with ipclear to also clear the
current IP configuration.
Before the database is cleared, you are prompted to
confirm the request:

detail

Enter yes to clear the database

Enter no to cancel the command without clearing the

database.

Displays the current database backup and restore

configuration

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-42
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

path

Specifies the full path to the location on the backup

server (remote file server), as specified using the server
keyword, that is used for storing database backups.
Enter this keyword to display the current path. To change
the path, enter this keyword followed by the full path to
the location used to store database backups.
If the specified path is a directory (meaning that the path
ends with a slash, such as /backups/), then when a backup
is performed the system creates a backup file with a
filename in the form of:
NEname_SWgeneric_yyyy-mm-dd_hh-mm-ss.bak. and
writes it to the specified directory
If the specified path is a file name (such as /backups/
backupfile.bak) then when a backup is performed the
system writes the backup to the specified file. This action
overwrites the previous backup file.

Restore

Restore a previously backed up database

Before the database is restored, you are prompted to
confirm the request:

Enter yes to restore the database from the backup.

Enter no to cancel the command without restoring the

database.

The optional keyword force is supported, following

restore:
Restore force is used to force a database to be

accepted on an NE even if it is not for this NE (does

not hold the User Panel serial number for this NE). This
would be used, for example, if a User Panel were
replaced on an NE, but before the user had a chance to
successfully complete the config database usrpnlrepl
command, the NE restarted.
See the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 Maintenance and
Trouble-Clearing User Guide, 8DG60013 CAAA for the
full procedure to be used in this case.
Requires admin level user privilege.
server

Specifies the attributes for the remote backup server

(remote file server). See config database server.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-43
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

usrpnlrepl

Recovers from the database to the user panel in the case

of a user panel replacement procedure in 1830 PSS.

Enter yes to recover the database.

Enter No to cancel the command without recovering

the database.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config database path /1830/database/backup.bak
# config database detail
Remote Server Configuration
--------------------------Protocol : FTP
IP
: 135.112.154.50
Userid
:
Password :
Path
: /nebackup/MH01-01/MH01-01_01AAA-G-05.01-01A_2008-04-10_1051-39.bak
Last Backup Information
----------------------File: /nebackup/MH01-01/MH01-01_01AAA-G-05.01-01A_2008-04-10_10-5139.bak
Time: 2008/04/10 10:50:54 (EST)
Last Operation
-------------Command : Backup
Progress: 100 %
Status : Success

# config database backup

Continue with the database backup (yes,no)? no
Command aborted.

# config database backup

Continue with the database backup (yes,no)? n
Please enter "yes" or "no": no
Command aborted.

# config database usrpnlRepl

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-44
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

WARNING:

This command is only intended to be run

after an in-service User Interface Panel Replacement.
Executing this command will update the database
with the new serial number from the User Interface
Panel. The IP address in the User Interface Panel will

also be
updated with the value from the database.
Enter 'yes' to confirm, 'no' to cancel:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config software

config database server

Command description

This command sets the attributes for the database backup server. Use this command to set
up the IP address and root directory of the database backup server.
Impact

Access levels

Specifies the location for database backups

Administrator

Syntax
config database server
ip [ip_address]
protocol [sftp | tftp]
userid user_id
Parameter

Description

ip

Specifies the IP address of the database server.

Follow this keyword with a valid IP address.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-45
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config database server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

protocol

Specifies the type of protocol used to access

the database server.
Follow this keyword with one of the
following:

sftp - secure file transfer protocol

tftp - trivial file transfer protocol

Specifies the userid for accessing the database

server. The user must have admin privileges.
For SFTP, after the userid is entered, you will
be prompted to enter a password value.

userid

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config database server
(config-database-server)# ip 10.3.76.2

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config database

show database

config firmware
Command description

This command configures the firmware on a card.

User this command to:

Provision specific firmware for a card in a specific shelf and slot.

Displays the current installed firmware for a field replaceable unit.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-46
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config firmware

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config firmware card sh/sl Maj.Min[.Rev] [reload]
Parameter

Description

card

Provisions the firmware package of the specified card to

be loaded at the next cold start of the card.
When conditions are acceptable for the card to be
reloaded a separate config card <cardtype> <shelf/slot>
reset cold command must be issued.
The reload argument causes an immediate reload of the
provisioned firmware for the specified card.
Warning! -- Reloading can be a service effecting event

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config firmware card 1/15 1.1.7 reload
# config firmware card 1/11 1.0

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show firmware

config card

config snmpserver
Command description

This command configures the options for the SNMP server on the network element.
Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to:

Add or delete SNMP trap destinations

Define SNMP community strings
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator and provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-47
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config snmpserver

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config snmpserver
authfailure
community
trapdest
Parameter

Description

authfailure

Displays the current state of authentication failure traps,

enabled always

community

Configure the community strings for the SNMP host. See

config snmpserver community.

trapdest

Configure the options for the SNMP host destination. See

config snmpserver trapdest.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
config-snmpserver)# authfailure
SNMP Authentication Traps: enabled

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config snmpserver community

config snmpserver trapdest

show snmpserver community

show snmpserver trapdest

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-48
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config snmpserver community

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config snmpserver community

Command description

This command configures the SNMP server community strings. The SNMP community
strings function as passwords that are embedded in every SNMP packet to authenticate
access to the Management Information Base (MIB) on the network element. Use this
command to set the community string for the various SNMP communities.
Note: The community strings must match those defined on the Management System
configured as the SNMP trap destinations for the network element. See config
snmpserver trapdest.
This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Changes the community strings. The correct

community string is required to access the
MIBs.

Administrator

Syntax
config snmpserver community
3rdpnms {string | string with spaces}
admin {string | string with spaces}
nms {string | string with spaces}
observer {string | string with spaces}
provisioner {string | string with spaces}
Parameter

Description

3rdpnms

Configure the community string for the

third-party network management system
(3rdpnms) community. Enter this keyword
followed by the community string for the
3rdpnms community. Enclose the string in
single quotes if it contains spaces.
Default: 3rdpnms_snmp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-49
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config snmpserver community

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

admin

Configure the community string for the admin

community. Enter this keyword followed by
the community string for the admin
community. Enclose the string in single quotes
if it contains spaces.
Default: admin_snmp

nms

Configure the community string for the

network management system (nms)
community. Enter this keyword followed by
the community string for the NMS community.
Enclose the string in single quotes if it
contains spaces.
Default: nms_snmp
Note: The nms community is the only SNMP
community that can send traps. The other
SNMP communities can only be used to
respond to SNMP requests.

observer

Configure the community string for the

observer community. Enter this keyword
followed by the community string for the
observer community. Enclose the string in
single quotes if it contains spaces.
Default: observer_snmp

provisioner

Configure the community string for the

provisioner community. Enter this keyword
followed by the community string for the
provisioner community. Enclose the string in
single quotes if it contains spaces
Default: provisioner_snmp

Examples

The following example changes the community strings used by the observer,
administrator, and provisioner users.
Note: The string for the provisioner community is not enclosed in single quotes and
that only the first word (This) in the string is used.
(config-snmpserver-community)# observer read_only
(config-snmpserver-community)# admin I am the superuser
(config-snmpserver-community)# provisioner This is a bad string
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-50
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config snmpserver community

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

SNMP Community Strings

Community
Name
-------------------------------- -------------------------------3rdpnms
3rdpnms_snmp
admin
I am the superuser
nms
nms_snmp
observer
read_only
provisioner
This
service
service_snmp

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config snmpserver trapdest

show snmpserver

config snmpserver trapdest

Command description

This command configures the SNMP trap destinations.

Use this command to:

Display the current SNMP notification destinations.

Access a subcommand that allows you to add a trap destination.

Delete an existing trap destination.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Traps are no longer sent to a

deleted destination. Ensure that
other destinations are available and
operational before deleting an
existing destination.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config snmpserver trapdest
add
brief
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-51
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config snmpserver trapdest

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

delete destination_ID
Parameter

Description

add

Add an SNMP trap destination. See config snmpserver

trapdest add.

brief

Displays the current SNMP trap destinations.

delete

Deletes an SNMP trap destination. Enter this keyword

followed by the destination identifier of the trap
destination you want to delete.
If the destination identifier is surrounded by angle
brackets < >, on output displayed, it means that the
identifier contains non-printable characters, and is
displayed in dotted decimal notation. Use the optional
octets keyword to specify that the destination_ID
value is in dotted decimal notation, on input.
If the destination identifier contains spaces (for example:
Service Provider West), you must enclose the destination
identifier in double quotation marks ("Service Provider
West").

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Displaying the current SNMP trap destinations
(config-snmpserver-trapdest)# brief
SNMP Notification Destinations
Identifier
Target
Timeout
Retry
Address
Count
Vers
Port
------------ ------------ ------ ----<10.3.0.147> 10.3.0.147
162
1500
<10.3.0.148> 10.3.0.148
162
1500

SNMP

NMS

----3
3

---- --v2c 1
v2c 1

Deleting a trap destination

(config-snmpserver-trapdest)# delete 10.3.0.148
(config-snmpserver-trapdest)# brief
SNMP Notification Destinations
Identifier
Target
Address
Port

Timeout
Retry
Count
Vers

SNMP

NMS

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-52
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config snmpserver trapdest

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

------------ -----------<10.3.0.147> 10.3.0.147

-----162

----1500

---3

--v2c 1

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config snmpserver community

config snmpserver trapdest add

show snmpserver

config snmpserver trapdest add

Command description

This command adds an SNMP trap destination and specifies whether the trap is formatted
using SNMP version 1 (v1) or version 2c (v2c) or version 3 (v3). A trap destination is
usually a network management workstation. You can add up to a maximum of 10 trap
destinations per network element.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Traps are sent to the destination

immediately after it is added.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config snmpserver trapdest add dest_ID dest_IP_address[:port]
timeout retry SNMP_version nms_station_ID
Parameter

Description

dest_ID

Specifies a unique identifier for the trap destination. The

string can be a maximum of 32 characters long.

dest_IP_address[:port]

Specifies the IP address of the server that serves as the

trap destination. This can be followed with a port
identifier. The IP address and the port identifier must be
separated by a colon, for example:
10.9.9.1:450

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-53
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config snmpserver trapdest add

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

nms_station_ID

Specifies an integer value that uniquely identifies the

NMS workstation serving as the trap destination. Use 0
for all third party SNMP trap servers.
Range: 0 to 65535

retry

Specifies an integer value for the number of times the

network element will attempt to retry the connection in
the event of a timeout.
Range: 0 to 255, Default: 3

SNMP_version

Specifies the SNMP version to use when formatting the

trap.
Valid versions are v1 and v2c, v3.

timeout

Specifies the time (round trip), in hundreths of a second,

after which the connection times out if no reply is
received. Following a timeout, a retry is attempted, up to
the number of retries specified by the retry variable.
Default: 1500

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-snmpserver-trapdest)# add destination1 10.3.0.147 1500 5 v2c 1

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config snmpserver community

config snmpserver trapdest

show snmpserver

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-54
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config software

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config software
Command description

This command changes the network element software. Use this command to access
subcommands that allow you to set up the software server or change the software on the
entire network element.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

Syntax
config software
server
upgrade
Parameter

Description

server

Set the attributes for the software FTP server.

See config software server.

upgrade

Change the system software for all of the cards

on the network element. See config software
upgrade.

Examples

See config software server and config software upgrade CLI command manual pages
for examples.
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config software server

config software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-55
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config software server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config software server

Command description

Set the attributes for the software server.

Use this command to:

Display the current software server configuration.

Set the IP address and software root directory of the software server (remote FTP
Server).
Set the type of protocol used to access the software download.
Set the user identifier and password used to login to the software server.

Transfer the file between NE and remote server

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32 and 1830PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

Specifies the location for software

loading.

Administrator

Syntax
config software server
detail
ip [ip_address]
protocol
root
root [software_root_directory]
userid [uid]
transfer
Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the software server configuration.

ip

Specifies the IP address of the software server.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-56
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config software server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

protocol

Specifies the type of protocol used to access the software

server.
Follow this keyword with one of the following:

ftp - File transfer protocol

sftp - secure file transfer protocol

root

Specifies the directory for the software on the software

server. This directory is relative to the root directory.

userid

Specifies the userid for accessing the software download

server. The userid must have provisioner or administrator
privileges. The maximum allowed length for password is
32 characters.
Immediately following the entry of the userid value, the
system will prompt for the password associated with the
userid. Specify the password for accessing the database
backup and restore server. The maximum allowed length
for password is 32 characters.
Transfer the file between OMS and NE

transfer

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config software server
config-software-server)# ip 138.120.203.132
(config-software-server)# root /
(config-software-server)# userid foo
Enter password:
#config software server

(config-software-server)# detail
Software Download Server Information:
Software
Software
Software
Software

Server
Server
Server
Server

Protocol
IP
Userid
Root Directory

:
:
:
:

FTP
138.120.203.132
Softwareserveruser123#
/filename

# config software server ip 12345

Error: invalid IP address

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-57
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config software server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config software upgrade

show software

config software server transfer

Command description

Set the attributes for the file transfer server for OMS/NMS.
Use this command to:

Display the current software file transfer information.

Activate the file transfer between NE and remote server (OMS/NMS)

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32 and 1830PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

Specifies the file transfer

attributes.

Administrator

Syntax
config software server transfer
detail
ip [ip_address]
protocol
root
userid [uid]
load [sslnecsr | sslomscsr]
status
Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the current OMS/NMS server configuration.

ip

Specifies the IP address of the OMS/NMSserver

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-58
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config software server transfer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

protocol

Specifies the type of protocol used to access the software

server.
Follow this keyword with one of the following:

ftp - File transfer protocol

sftp

root

Specifies the directory for the path name/filename in the

Remote File server (OMS/NMS).

userid

Specifies the userid for accessing the RFS/OMS server.

The userid must have provisioner or administrator
privileges. The maximum allowed length for password is
32 characters.
Immediately following the entry of the userid value, the
system will prompt for the password associated with the
userid. Specify the password for accessing the database
backup and restore server. The maximum allowed length
for password is 32 characters.
Activate the file transfer using the data configured
through config software server.

load

sslnecsr - Transfer the Unsigned NE SSL certificate

from NE to server (OMS)

sslomscsr - Transfer the Signed NE SSL Certificate

from server (OMS) to NE.

File transfer status.

status

fail - File transfer failed

ip - File transfer in progress

complete - File transfer complete

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config software server transfer
(config-software-server-tranfer)# load sslnecsr

(config-software-server-transfer)# detail
File Transfer Information:
Status

complete

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-59
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config software server transfer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Load

sslnecsr

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config software server

show software

config software upgrade

Command description

This command changes the system software for all of the cards on the network element.
Use this command to:

Display the network element software status

Access subcommands that allow you to upgrade the network element software
Commit the loaded software as the primary release
Revert to a previous software release
Abort the current upgrade
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Specifies the location for software

loading.

Administrator and Provisioner

Syntax
config software upgrade
abort
backout
commit
manual
status
Parameter

Description

abort

Abort the current software upgrade.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-60
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

backout

Revert back to the previous software load and

database.

commit

Commit the software as the primary release.

Once the software is committed, the network
element performs automatic software auditing,
ensuring software sanity on the network
element. While the software is in an active but
not committed state, an alarm indicating that
the software is in an upgrade state will remain
active.

manual

Manually upgrade the software in a series of

steps. See config software upgrade manual.

status

Display the current software upgrade status.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config software upgrade status
Software Upgrade Information:
Software Server IP
: 10.3.1.252
Software Server Root Directory
: /
Committed Release
: 1830PSS1-1.00-1
Working Release Directory
: 1830PSS1-1.00-1
Working Release
: 1830PSS1-1.00-1
Active Release
: 1830PSS1-1.00-1
Operation
: Commit
Operation Status
: Completed
Upgrade Path Available
: True

# config software upgrade backout

WARNING:

You are about to perform a backout.

This action may cause a system reboot.

Enter 'yes' to confirm, 'no' to cancel:

Command aborted

no

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-61
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config software upgrade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config software upgrade

show software

config software upgrade manual

Command description

This command manually upgrades the network element software in a series of steps.
Use this command to:

Perform a software audit

Load the new software and optionally back up the database

Activate the new software load

This command does not commit the software as the primary release. See the commit
parameter of the command config software upgrade.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Upgrades the software on the network

element.

Administrator

Syntax
config software upgrade manual
activate
audit release_dir [nobackup | force | nobackupforce]
load
Parameter

Description

activate

Activate the software on all of the cards on the

network element using the information
generated during the software audit.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-62
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config software upgrade manual

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

audit release_dir

Performs a software audit. A software audit

compares the software on the network element
with the software on the software FTP server,
and performs checks. Enter this keyword
followed by the release directory on the
software FTP server that contains the new
software release.
You can optionally enter one of the following
parameters to turn off the database backup
during load, the upgrade path check, or both:

load

use the nobackup parameter to turn off

database backup that is otherwise done
during the "load" operation, following the
"audit".

use the force parameter to turn off the

upgrade path check

use the nobackupforce parameter to turn

off the database backup and upgrade path
check

Load the software onto the network element

using the information generated during the
software audit. If a database backup was
specified, it is performed during this stage.

Examples

The following example provides steps to manually upgrade the network element
software:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Perform a software audit. In this example the database is backed up and the upgrade path
and activation script is generated.
# config software upgrade manual audit release_dir nobackup
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Load the software onto the network element.

(config software upgrade manual)# load
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Activate the software

(config software upgrade manual)# activate

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-63
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config software upgrade manual

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following commands are the related commands:

config software server

config software upgrade

crypto sslkey
Command description

This command is used to generate RSA type SSL key to be used in encrypted mode
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32 and 1830PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

The RSA keys are available for

SSL to use to generate SSL
certificate.

Administrator

Syntax
crypto sslkey
details
generate [keytype [rsa | dsa]] [keylen [512-2048]]
Parameter

Description

details

Display the SSL key

generate

Generate the key

Keytype

Type of key. Only RSA type is supported in current

release. DSA type will be supported in future release.
Default: RSA

Keylen

Length of the key. It ranges from 512 to 2048.

Default: 1024

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-64
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

crypto sslkey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#crypto sslkey generate keytype rsa keylen 512
#crypto sslkey detail
Keytype: rsa
Keylength: 512
Status: completed
SSL Key:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

crypto sslkey details

config sslcsr
Command description

This command is used to provision ssl certificate parameters in order to send to NMS for
signing request
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32 and 1830PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

The SSL certificate required for

secure/encrypted mode.

Administrator

Syntax
config sslcsr
details
country
state
loc
org
orguni
cn
email
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-65
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config sslcsr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

generate
Parameter

Description

details

Display the SSL certificate configuration parameters and

certificate status:
The SSL CSR status can be editing, completed,
inProgress, failed or none.
1. Changing any parameter of CSR, NE will set the
CSR status to editing.
2. After users issue generate, NE will set the CSR
status to inProgress, then to completed or
failed.
3. The CSR status must be completed before users try
to upload the CSR to NMS.
4. Finishing installation of CERT, NE will change the
status from completed to none.

Country

Country name.
2 Valid Characters.

state

State name
1-128 Valid Characters.

Loc

City Name.
1-128 Valid Characters.

Org

Company Name or organization name.

1-64 Valid Characters.

Orguni

The division of Organization.

1-64 Valid Characters.
Server's host Name or common name or NE IP Address.

Cn

1-64 Valid Characters.

Email

An email address used to contact the organization.

1-255 Valid Characters.

generate

Generate the certificate.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config sslcsr
NE181(config-sslcsr)# detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-66
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config sslcsr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Country
: CN
State
: NJ
Locality
: abc
Organisation
: efg
Organization Unit : 123
Host Name
: 1820
Email Address
: abc@yahoo.com
Status
: completed
#config sslcsr generate

Related commands

The following is a related command:

crypto sslkey generate

config sslcert
Command description

This command is used to to install the ssl certificate signed by OMS

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32 and 1830PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

The SSL certificate required for

secure/encrypted mode.

Administrator

Syntax
config sslcert
Parameter

Description

config sslcert

To install the signed SSL certificate in the NE.

Note: Installing the SSL certificate may cause a NE warm
reboot.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config sslcsr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-67
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config sslcert

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show sslcsr

crypto key
Command description

Configure the network element to set to secure mode.

Use this command:

To generate DSA SSH keys to be used in secure mode

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-32 and 1830 PSS-1

Impact

Access levels

The DSA keys are available for SSH to use

Administrator

Syntax
crypto key
details
generate
Parameter

Description

details

Display the SSH key information

generate

Generate the SSH key

Examples

The following command generates the SSH key:

#crypto key generate
#crypto key detail
Keytype: dsa
Keylength: 512
Status: completed
SSH Key:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-68
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

crypto key

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

crypto sslkey

passwd
Command description

This command sets the user password for the currently logged in user. See the
Configuring user accounts in Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 User Provisioning Guide for
password rules and allowable characters.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Changes password. The correct password is

required to gain access to the network element.

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
passwd

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# passwd

The following example changes the password for the current user. Enter the new
password at the New password prompt. The characters you enter are not displayed.
Enter login password:

If the login password is correctly entered, you are prompted to enter the new password.

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
New password:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
You are then prompted to verify the password. Enter the new password again. The
characters you enter are not displayed.
Verify password:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-69
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

passwd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

If you entered the same string for both the New password and Verify password prompts,
the following message is displayed, indicating that you successfully changed the
password.
Done

If you did not enter the same string for both the New password and Verify password
prompts, the following message is displayed:
No match - Password not Changed

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin users

show admin user

show software
Command description

This command displays the current configuration and status of the system software.
Use this command to:

Show the progress of the software release upgrade

Show the current software file transfer server configuration

Show the current software download status as a brief summary

This command applies to 1830PSS-32 and 1830PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show software
progress
server

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-70
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show software

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

upgrade status
Parameter

Description

progress

Displays the progress and result of the

current/last software upgrade.

server

Displays the current configuration for the FTP

software download server.

upgrade

Displays system software download

information. Enter this keyword followed by
status.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show software progress
Operation: Backout
Status:
Completed

# show software upgrade status

Software Upgrade Information:
Software Server IP
Software Server Root Directory
Committed Release
Working Release Directory
Working Release
Active Release

:
:
:
:
:
:

138.120.203.132
/
R01.00.00-100

Last Operation
Operation Status
Operation Result
Percent Completion
Upgrade Path Available

:
:
:
:
:

Backout
Completed

:
:
:
:
:

138.120.203.132
/
R01.00.00-100

R02.00.00-100
R01.00.00-100

100%
True

# show software upgrade status

Software Upgrade Information:
Software Server IP
Software Server Root Directory
Committed Release
Working Release Directory
Working Release

R02.00.00-100

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-71
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show software

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Active Release

R01.00.00-100

Last Operation
Operation Status
Operation Result
Percent Completion
Upgrade Path Available

:
:
:
:
:

Load
Failure (Operation aborted)
1%
True

# show software server

Software Download Server Information:
Software
Software
Software
Software
Software

Server
Server
Server
Server
Server

Protocol
IP
Userid
Password
Root Directory

:
:
:
:
:

FTP
138.120.203.132

# show software server Transfer

Software Server Transfer Load
certificate)
Software Server Transfer Status

: SSLNECSR (The unsigned

: IP (In Progress)

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show database

show sslcert
Command description

This command is used to display the status of SSL certificate installation

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32 and 1830PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

The SSL certificate required for

secure/encrypted mode.

Administrator

Syntax
show sslcert

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-72
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show sslcert

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail
Parameter

Description

detail

Display the detail installed SSL certificate parameters

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show sslcert detail
Country
: CN
State
: NJ
Locality
: abc
Organisation
: efg
Organization Unit : 123
Host Name
: 1820
Email Address
: abc@yahoo.com
Signature Algorithm:
Validity
:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config sslcert

show database
Command description

This command displays the location and status of the network element database.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show database

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-73
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show database
Remote Server Configuration
--------------------------IP : 1.201.37.1
UserID:
Path: /nebackup/MH01-01/
Last Backup Information
----------------------File: /nebackup/MH01-01/MH01-01_R01.00.00-100_2008-04-10_10-5139.bak
Time: 2008/04/10 10:50:54 (EST)
Last Operation
-------------Command : Backup
Progress: 100 %
Status : Success

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config database

show software

show admin
Command description

This command displays the network element administrative options.

Use this command to:

Display the user authentication configuration

Display the network element login message
Display the syslog configuration
Display the NE encrypted/normal mode

Display user accounts

Display the NE commissioning state

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-74
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show admin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show admin
commission
authentication [radius]
feature [iputilities | webui]
loginmsg
mode
syslog
ui
user
Parameter

Description

commission

Supports the NE installation through standalone CLI. The

standalone CLI is the process that is launched when you
login to Linux as CLI on the Linux NE.

authentication

Displays authentication information. Enter radius to

display the configured RADIUS servers and properties.

feature

Displays the status of network element features.

Enter this keyword followed by:

iputilities displays the status of the IP utilities

webui displays the status of the web interface

feature
loginmsg

Displays the message after a successful login.

mode

Displays if the system is configured to operate in SONET

or SDH mode.

Syslog

Displays the syslog parameters.

Ui

Displays whether the system is configured for encrypted

or normal access.

User

Displays user account information configured on the

network element. See show admin user.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show admin mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-75
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show admin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

SONET/SDH Mode: sonet

# show admin commission

Commission_state: yes

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin

config admin feature

config admin ui

show admin user

show interface loopback

Command description

This command displays the IP address and subnet mask of the loopback port on the
network element. The loopback port IP address is also known as the IP address of the
network element.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

Syntax
show interface loopback

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface loopback
Loopback IP Address
Current: 172.16.0.1/32

# show interface loopback

Loopback IP Address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-76
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface loopback

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Current: 80.80.80.80/32 (SNMP Source)

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface loopback

show admin syslog

Command description

This command displays the current configuration for syslog administration.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

Syntax
show admin syslog

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show admin syslog
IP Address : 0.0.0.0
Port
: 514
Priority
: Notice
State
: Disabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config admin syslog

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-77
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show admin user

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show admin user

Command description

This command displays network element user information.

Use this command to:

Display user account information

Display the current configuration for user activity logging.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

Syntax
show admin user

username | *
logging
Parameter

Description

username

Displays the username, user group, status, time of last

login, and number of failed logins for the specified
username.

Displays the username, user group, status, and time of last

login for all usernames provisioned on this Network
Element.

logging

Displays user activity logging settings for the Network

Element.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show admin user admin
Username
User Group
Status
Last Login
Failures

:
:
:
:
:

admin
administrator
enabled
18/02/2009 17:04:48 telnet
0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-78
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show admin user

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show admin user *

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Username
User Group
Status
Last Login
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
admin
administrator enabled
18/02/2009 12:29:54
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
service
service
enabled
18/02/2009 12:46:09
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show admin user logging
CLI/Web/TL1 Logging is enabled.
User
Read
Write
---------------------------Observer
no
yes
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes

SNMP Logging is enabled.

User
Read
Write
---------------------------NMS
no
yes
Observer
no
yes
Provisioner
no
yes
Admin
no
yes
Service
no
yes

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config admin users

config admin users logging

config admin users logging cli

config admin users logging snmp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-79
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show firmware

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show firmware
Command description

This command displays the installed firmware for a field replaceable unit.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show firmware
available [cardtype]
card [sh/sl] [detail]
NE [detail]
upgrade [sh/sl]
Parameter

Description

Available

With no argument, this option displays the full contents

of the firmware subdirectory. With a cardtype argument,
this option displays the firmware configurations that are
available for provisioning to that cardtype. Cardtype is
one of the official identifiers for the cards with firmware
programmable devices.

card

Displays the firmware status of the card specified by

sh/sl.

NE [detail]

Displays the firmware installed in each card for the whole

NE in ascending order by shelf/slot. Those with
FwVersionNotDefault raised are highlighted with an
asterisk in the brief display (it should be evident from the
information in the detailed display).
With detail argument, provisioned and last loaded date
is also displayed

Upgrade

Displays the progress of firmware update for packs with

any of FPGAINIT[1-10] raised and the elapsed time since
the pack entered that state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-80
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show firmware

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show firmware card 1/11
Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Type: 11STAR1 Fw: GbE_1.0.35 at 2008-Sep-11 01:05:
58 UTC

# show firmware card 1/11 detail

Display Card Firmware Info:
For: Shelf: 1 Slot: 11
Card-Type
:
11STAR1
Provisioned Release :
GbE_default_profile -> GbE_1.1.27
Last Provisioned :
2008-Oct-23 13:47:05 UTC
Active Release
:
GbE_1.0.35
Last Loaded
:
2008-Sep-11 01:05:58 UTC

# show firmware NE
NE Card Firmware
Sh/sl Type Loaded

1/11 11STAR1 GbE_1.0.35

1/13 11STAR1 GbE_1.0.35
1/15 11STAR1 ---------

# show firmware NE detail

NE Card Firmware details
Sh/sl Type Loaded
Time(UTC)
Provisioned Time
(UTC)
CardFwState

1/11
11STAR1 GbE_1.0.35 2008Sep11 01:05:58 GbE_1.1
2008Oct23
13:47:05 FwLoaded
1/13
11STAR1 GbE_1.0.35 2008Sep11 01:55:32 GbE_1.0.35 2008Oct23
11:00:25 FwLoaded
1/15
11STAR1 ---------- ------------------ GbE_1.0.35 2008Nov13
19:17:43 FwFailed

# show firmware available 11STAR1

Firmware Directory
:
All available firmware profiles for 11STAR1
GbE_1.0.35
GbE_1.1.27

/pssnfs/1830/fpga

# show firmware condition FwVersionNotDefault

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-81
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show firmware

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Cards with non-recommended firmware loaded (cond =
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
FwVersionNotDefaul)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Sh/sl Type
Loaded
Date
Provisioned Date
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/11
11STAR1
GbE_1.0.35
11Sep2008
GbE_1.1.27 23Oct2008
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/13 11STAR1 GbE_1.0.35 11Sep2008 GbE_1.0.35 15Aug2008
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show firmware upgrade
Sh/Sl
2/11

Type
11STAR1

Provisioned
GbE_1.1.27

Progress
FwInit[2]

Elapsed
11:23

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config firmware

show condition

show snmpserver
Command description

This command displays the current configuration for the SNMP server.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator (Provisioner, for 'show

snmpserver trapdest' only)

Syntax
show snmpserver
trapdest
community
Parameter

Description

trapdest

Displays the SNMP trap destinations for the

network element. This command can also be
performed by a Provisioner user.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-82
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show snmpserver

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

community

Displays the SNMP community strings for the

network element.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show snmpserver community
SNMP Community Strings
Community
Name
------------------------------------ ------------------3rdpnms
3rdpnms_snmp
admin
admin_snmp
nms
nms_snmp
observer
observer_snmp
provisioner
provisioner_snmp
service
service_snmp

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config snmpserver

config snmpserver community

config snmpserver trapdest

config snmpserver trapdest add

who
Command description

This command displays the user name and session identifier for all of the currently logged
in WebUI, CLI and TL1 users.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-83
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

who

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
who

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# who
Session
Username
Date
Terminal
------------------------------------------------------------------186 (console)
admin
Sep 12 20:29
127.0.0.1:53510
195 (console)
admin
Sep 12 20:21
127.0.0.1:40760
196 (console)*
admin
Sep 12 20:42
127.0.0.1:36573

Related commands

The following is a related command.

whoami

whoami
Command description

Displays information about the currently local logged in user. When login to the NE is
authenticated through Radius server then this command does not show user name.
The command displays the message:
"Can't get user information from Radius server"

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
whoami

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# whoami

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-84
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

whoami

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Username : admin
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
User Group: administrator
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status
: enabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Last Login: 12/09/2008 20:41:58 telnet
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is the related command:

who

config cn
Command description

This command configures the control network. Use this command to access
subcommands that allow configuration of the routing table and system-level OSPF
attributes.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config cn
ospf
routes {default | static}
Parameter

Description

ospf

Configure the system-level OSPF attributes. See config

cn ospf.

routes

Configure the control network routing table.

Follow this keyword with one of:

Default - See config cn routes default.

Static - See config cn routes static.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-85
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show cn

config cn ospf

config cn routes default

config cn routes static

config cn ospf
Command description

This command configures the system-level OSPF areas.

Impact

Access levels

Specifies the OSPF areas for the

network element

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config cn ospf
area *
area add area_index [value]area_id
type [normal | stub | totally_stub | nssa | nssa_totally_stub]
nssa_translate [candidate | always | never]
default_cost [value]
virtual_link [ip_address]
area mod area_index[value] area_id

This command is used to modify existing area_index values.

type[normal | stub| totally_stub | nssa | nssa_totally_stub]
dns_opaque_lsa[y | n]
wavekey_opaque_lsa [y | n]
nssa_translate[candidate | always | never]
default_cost [value]
virtual_link [ip_address]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-86
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

area delete area_index [value]

detail
Parameter

Description

area add

Adds an OSPF area to the network element. A maximum

of 3 OSPF areas may be created at the system level in
addition to the default backbone area (0.0.0.0). Once an
area is configured at the system level, it can be assigned
to a particular DCN interfaces.

area delete

Deletes an OSPF area from the network element. The

OSPF area can only be deleted if it is not assigned to an
interface. The area 0.0.0.0 cannot be deleted.

area_index

Access identifier for the OSPF area.

Range: 1-3
Note: Area 0 is reserved for backbone area and always
exist

area_id

Area ID of the OSPF area. This ID has the format of an

IP address that uniquely identifies the OSPF area. A valid
area id consists of four integer values separated by
periods.
Range: {0-255}.{0-255}.{0-255}.{1-254}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-87
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Specifies whether an OSPF area is nonstub or stub or

nssa type. Enter this keyword followed by normal or
stub or totally_stub or nssa or nssa_totally_stub:
Specifies the OSPF area type:

dns_opaque_lsa

normal areas are defined as areas that can accept

intra-area, inter-area, and external routes.

stub areas do not accept routes belonging to external

autonomous systems (AS), however, these areas have
inter-area and intra-area routes.This reduces the size
of the routing databases for the areas internal routers.
Routers in the stub area also contain a default route
which is advertised to the area by the Area Border
Router (ABR).

totally_stub areas do not allow routes other than

intra-area and the default route to be propagated
within this area.This further reduces the size of the
routing databases for the area's internal routers. The
ABR advertises a default route into the area and all
the routers belonging to this area use the default route
to send any traffic outside the area. .

nssa(Not So Stub Areas): can import AS external

routes from within the area and send them to other
areas, but cannot receive AS external routes from
other areas. Inter-area and intra-area routes are
allowed along with a default route which is
advertised to the area by the ABR.

nssa_totally_stub areas are similar to nssa with the

added restriction that inter-area routes are not
allowed.
Default: normal.

Opaque LSA status for the DNS application. Determines,

whether opaque LSAs for the DNS application shall be
distributed into this OSPF area, and received from this
area.

Y: DNS opaque LSAs are distributed to the area, and

received from the area

N: DNS opaque LSAs are not distributed to the area,

and not received from the area

Default: Y

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-88
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

wavekey_opaque_lsa

Opaque LSA status for the Wave KEY application.

Determines, whether opaque LSAs for the Wave KEY
application shall be distributed into this OSPF area, and
received from this area. Wave Key opaque LSAs can only
be enabled in one OSPF Area.

Y: Wave KEY opaque LSAs are distributed to the

area, and received from the area

N: Wave KEY opaque LSAs are not distributed to the

area, and not received from the area.

Default: Y
nssa_translate

default_cost

Applicable only if area type is nassa. Determines

behavior of NSSA ABR router translation of internal area
type 7 LSAs to type 5 LSAs which get propagated into
other areas.

Candidate OSPF elects one of candidate routers to be

a translator for this area

Always router is always used as translator for this

area

Never router is never used as translator for this area

Default: candidate

Applicable only for stub, totally_stub, nssa or

nssa_totally_stub type areas. Specifies the cost for the
default route originated by stub, totally_stub, nssa or
nssa_totally_stub area ABR.
Range: 0-16777215
Default: 10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-89
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

virtual_link

Applicable only for normal Areas. Allows for the creation

of a virtual link for this area. OSPF requires that all areas
attach directly to Area 0.0.0.0, but the attachment need
not be physical. One can take any physical arrangement
of areas and attach them logically through OSPF virtual
links. Specify the Loopback interface IP Address of the
network element to terminate the virtual link. This
network element must have an interface that is connected
to Area 0.0.0.0 and a non 0.0.0.0 Area.
Note: A virtual link must be configured on both network

elements. Virtual links cannot be established through

Area 0.0.0.0, stub, totally_stub, nssa or nssa_totally_stub
type areas.
Range: {1-99, 102-126, 128-223}-{0-255}{0-255}-{0-255}
Default: 0.0.0.0 (no virtual link)
detail

Displays the OSPF areas and area parameters configured

on the system.
When only dns opaque LSAs are enabled Opaque LSA
capability : dns
When only wavekey opaque LSAs are enabled Opaque
LSA capability : wavekey
When both dns and wavekey opaque LSAs are enabled
Opaque LSA capability : dns, wavekey
When NO Opaque LSAs are enabled Opaque LSA
capability : None

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config cn ospf add area 0.0.0.7 type stub opaque_lsa_dns y

# config cn ospf detail

Area_index: 0 OSPF Area ID: 0.0.0.0 Area Type: normal Opaque LSA
Capability: none
NSSA translation: N/A
ABR Default Cost: N/A Virtual Link: N/A
Area_index: 1 OSPF Area ID: 1.1.1.1 Area Type: stub Opaque LSA
Capability: wavekey, dns
NSSA translation: N/A
ABR Default Cost: 20 Virtual Link: N/A
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-90
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Area_index: 2 OSPF Area ID: 2.2.2.2

Area Type: nssa Opaque LSA
Capability: dns
NSSA translation: candidate
ABR Default Cost: 10 Virtual Link: N/
A
Area_index: 3 OSPF Area ID: 3.3.3.3 Area Type: normal Opaque LSA
Capability: dns
NSSA translation: N/A
ABR Default Cost: N/A
Virtual Link:
192.168.0.1

Note: In the output examples above if a parameter is not applicable to the OSPF area
type, N/A shall be displayed.
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config cn

show cn ospf

config cn routes default

Command description

This command configures the default routes in the control network routing table. A
default route is a manually configured route that defines the path to a specific gateway IP
address.
Use this command to:

Access a subcommand for adding a default route to the control network routing table
Change the gateway of the default route
Change the redistribution of the default route
Change the distance of the default route
Change the OSPF redistribute metric-type and metric of the default route

Delete a default route from the control network routing table

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Deleting a default route can affect

routing in the control network.

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-91
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn routes default

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config cn routes default
add
delete [gateway]
distribution [redist | nonredist]
gateway [ipAddress]
distance [value]
redistribute
Parameter

Description

add

Add a default route to the routing table. See config cn

routes default add.

delete

Deletes the default route from the routing table. If there is

only one default route specified, then this keyword can be
entered alone. If there is more than one default route
(there can be more than one default route when the default
routes were specified in a previous release, which has
since been upgraded to this release), enter this keyword
followed by the gateway IP address of the route to be
deleted.

distribution

Specifies whether or not to distribute the default route.

Enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current value or enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:

redist

nonredist

Default is nonredist
gateway

Specifies the IP address of the gateway.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-92
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn routes default

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

distance

The distance value is used to determine which route to be

entered in the NE routing table when there are multiple
identical routes discovered through different routing
protocols.
Lower values have higher precedence. The OSPF routing
protocol has a fixed distance value of 110. As a result, if a
default route is entered with a distance value of 1 and the
same route with a different next hop is discovered through
OSPF, the default route is installed in the NE routing
table.
Range: 1-255
Default: 1

redistribute

Configures the global redistribute metric and metric type

for default route.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# conf cn routes default add 10.1.1.2
# config cn routes default distribution redist
# config cn routes default metric 100

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config cn routes default add

show cn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-93
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn routes default add

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config cn routes default add

Command description

This command adds a default route to the control network routing table. Only one default
route can be specified for the NE.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Adding a default route affects

control network behavior.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config cn routes default add gateway
[distance] [redist | nonredist]
Parameter

Description

gateway

Specifies the IP address of the gateway

distance

The distance value is used to determine which route to be

entered in the NE routing table when there are multiple
identical routes discovered through different routing
protocols.
Lower values have higher precedence. The OSPF routing
protocol has a fixed distance value of 110. As a result, if a
default route is entered with a distance value of 1 and the
same route with a different next hop is discovered through
OSPF, the default route is installed in the NE routing
table.
Range: 1-255
Default: 1

redist

Redistribute the static route

nonredist

Do not redistribute the static route. This is the default.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config cn routes default add 10.1.1.2 100 nonredist

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-94
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn routes default add

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config cn routes default

config cn routes static

show cn

config cn routes default redistribute

Command description

This command adds a metric type and redistribution metric value to control network
routing table of default route.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Adding a default route affects

control network behavior.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config cn routes default redistribute

metric_type [value]
metric [value]
Parameter

Description

metric_type

Internal OSPF cost when default route is redistributed

A metric type of 1 adds internal ospf cost when static

route is redistributed.

A metric type of 2 does NOT add internal ospf cost

when default route is redistributed

Range:1-2 (integer)
Default: 2
metric

The metric value is used within the OSPF routing

protocol to determine which route to be entered when
there are multiple identical routes. Precedence is given to
the route with a lower metric.
Range: 0-16777214
Default: 10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-95
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn routes default redistribute

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config cn routes default redistribute metric 2

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config cn routes default

config cn ospf

show cn

config cn routes static

Command description

This command configures the static routes in the control network routing table. A static
route is a manually configured route that defines the path to a specific destination IP
address.
Use this command to:

Display the currently configured static routes in the control network

Access a subcommand that allows you to add a static route to the control network
routing table
Delete a static route from the control network routing table
Configure global redistribute metric for default and static routes
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Deleting a static route can affect

routing in the control network.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config cn routes static
brief
add
delete dest-ip/mask gateway

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-96
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn routes static

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

redistribute
Parameter

Description

brief

Displays the current control network routing table.

add

Add a static route to the routing table. The NE can support

up to 16 static routes. See config cn routes static add.

delete

Deletes a static route from the routing table.

Enter this keyword followed by the following information
for the route:

redistribute

The destination IP address (dest-ip)

The subnet mask (mask)

The IP address of the gateway (gateway)

Configures the global redistribute metric and metric type

for static routes.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config cn routes static delete 134.67.98.0/24 134.67.98.4
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config cn routes static add

config cn ospf

show cn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-97
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn routes static add

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config cn routes static add

Command description

This command adds a static route to the control network routing table.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Adding a static route can affect

control network behavior.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config cn routes static add destination_IP_address/subnet_mask
gateway [metric] [redist | nonredist]
Parameter

Description

destination_IP_address

Specifies the destination IP address for the route

subnet_mask

Specifies the subnet mask for the route

gateway

Specifies the IP address of the gateway

distance

The distance value is used to determine which route to be

entered in the NE routing table when there are multiple
identical routes discovered through different routing
protocols. Lower values have higher precedence. The
OSPF routing protocol has a fixed distance value of 110.
As a result if a static route is entered with a distance value
of 1 and the same route with a different next hop is
discovered through OSPF, the static route is installed in
the NE routing table.
Range: 1-255
Default: 1

redist

Redistribute the static route

nonredist

Do not redistribute the static route

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config cn routes static add 10.1.20.13/32 10.1.20.4 100
nonredist
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-98
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn routes static add

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config cn routes static

config cn ospf

show cn

config cn routes static redistribute

Command description

This command adds a metric type and redistribution metric value to all static routes
control network routing table.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Adding a static route can affect control

network behavior.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config cn routes static redistribute

metric_type [value]
metric [value]
Parameter

Description

metric_type

Internal OSPF cost when default route is redistributed

A metric type of 1 adds internal ospf cost when static

route is redistributed.

A metric type of 2 does NOT add internal ospf cost

when default route is redistributed

Range:1-2 (integer)
Default: 2
metric

The metric value is used within the OSPF routing

protocol to determine which route to be entered when
there are multiple identical routes. Precedence is given to
the route with a lower metric.
Range: 0-16777214
Default: 20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-99
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config cn routes static redistribute

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config cn routes static redistribute metric 2
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config cn routes static

config cn ospf

show cn

config interface ec
Command description

This command configures the interface ports on an Equipment Controller card.

Use this command to:

Display the list of all EC ports on the network element.

Access subcommands that allow you to configure the CIT, ES1, ES2 or OAMP port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4, though not all keywords
apply to both.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface ec
*

shelf/slot/cit
shelf/slot/[es1, es2]
shelf/slot/oamp
Parameter

Description

Display a list of all EC ports on the network element

shelf/slot/cit

Configure the CIT port on the EC of the master shelf. See

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-100
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface ec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

Configure the extension shelf ports on an EC card. See

config interface ec shelf/slot/{es1,es2}.

shelf/slot/oamp

Configure the OAMP port on the EC of the master shelf.

See config interface ec shelf/slot/oamp
Note: This subcommand only applies to 1830 PSS-4.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface ec *
Admin Oper
Location
Type
Description
State State
---------------------------------------------------------------1/1/CIT
Local Ethernet Port
Up
Up
1/1/AUX
AUX Port
Down
Down
1/1/ES1
ES1 Port
Up
Down
1/1/ES2
ES2 Port
Up
Down
1/18/CIT
Local Ethernet Port
Up
Down
1/18/AUX
AUX Port
Down
Down
1/18/ES1
ES1 Port
Up
Down
1/18/ES2
ES2 Port
Up
Down

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit

config interface shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

show interface ec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-101
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit

Command description

This command configures the CIT port on an Equipment Controller card on the master
shelf. If the network element is equipped with redundant control cards, setting parameters
on one card will also set the parameters on the other card.
Use this command to:

Display the current CIT port configuration

Set the port IP address

Set the routing state

Enable or disable proxy ARP on the port
Enable or disable DHCP on the port
Set physical LAN attributes

Set status of the CIT port

Set the auto mode to enable/disable
Set timeout value for enabling the CIT port in auto mode
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

The CIT port provides network management

communications.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface ec shelf/slot/cit
description
detail
dhcp [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_defaultgateway [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_range [1-10]
duplex [auto | half | full]
ip [IP_address/subnet_mask]
proxyarp [enabled | disabled]
redistribute [enabled | disabled]
speed [auto | 10 | 100]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-102
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

auto_state ip [IP_address]
state [up | down]
auto_state [enable | disable]
auto_state_interval
auto_state_count
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/cit

Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and cit.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the CIT port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current port address and status information.

dhcp

Enables or disables the Dynamic Host Configuration

Protocol on the CIT port.

set to enable to enable DHCP on the CIT port

set to disable to disable DHCP on the CIT port

Default: enabled
dhcp_defaultgateway

Distributes this interface's IP address as the Default

Gateway through DHCP. If not enabled, no Default
Gateway IP address is distributed through DHCP on this
interface.
Default: enabled

dhcp_range

This is the range of the IP pool for the DHCP server. The
port can dole out from 1 to up to 10 IP addresses,
beginning with the CIT IP address. This parameter is
valid only when dhcp is enabled. For the CIT port, the
default value is 1. (for example, if the CIT port is
192.168.1.1, then the assigned IP address for the laptop
will be 192.168.1.2).
Range: 1-10
Default: 1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-103
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

duplex

Sets the duplex mode of the port. The duplex mode can
be set to auto, half, or full. The auto specifies that the
port will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto.

ip

Sets the IP address and subnet mask of the CIT port.

Enter this keyword followed by an IP address and a
subnet mask or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current IP address and subnet
mask.
Default: 172.16.0.1/24
Caution: Changing the IP address of the CIT port can
cause loss of IP connectivity to this and other network
elements.

proxyarp

Enable or disable the proxy ARP service on the port.

When enabled, the CIT port shall reply back to ARP
requests from the remote server for all Remote NEs
within the internal network, using its own MAC address
for the response.
Default: disabled

redistribute

Specifies the OSPF routing state of the management port.

Enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current OSPF routing state.
Enter this keyword followed by enabled or disabled:

Set to enabled to redistribute the OSPF routes. The

1830 PSS network element treats the CIT port as a
network outside its autonomous system and
distributes this network to other 1830 network
elements over the OSC communication channels
through OSPF.

Set to disabled to disable OSPF routing. The network

(or subnet) that the CIT port is on is not distributed to
other 1830 PSS network elements over the OSC
communication channels through OSPF.

Default: disabled
Caution: The CIT port IP address must be unique before
setting redistribute to enabled.
speed

Set the link speed of the port. The speed can be set to
10Mbps, 100Mbps, or auto. The auto specifies that the
port will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-104
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

state

Enable or disable the port.

When a user manually configures the CIT port Admin
State the AUTOSTATE shall be set to disabled by SW.
When a user manually disables the AUTOSTATE the
Admin STATE shall be set to up (default value) by SW.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to up to enable the port

Set to downto disable the port

Default: up
auto_state

This parameter controls the CIT port s state (up/down)

autonomously.
When a user manually configures the CIT port Admin
State the AUTOSTATE shall be set to disabled by SW.
When a user manually disables the AUTOSTATE the
Admin STATE shall be set to up (default value) by SW
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to enable

Description: it shall set CIT port state either up or down

autonomously on different conditions as described below:
1. The CIT port shall be down if the NE detects the
source IP is reachable.
2. The CIT port shall be up autonomously when the
communication can not be reached to the
management system (source IP) within defined
period which can be provisioned.

Set to disable

Description: CIT ports state can not be set up or down

autonomously.
AUTO state cannot be enabled until the Source IP is
configured.
Default: disable
auto_state_interval

This timer value is to check that auto_state_ip is

reachable when auto_state is provisioned as enable.
Value= 10-7200 seconds
Default: 30 seconds

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-105
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

auto_state_count

This timer value is to check the number of consecutive

counts that auto_state_ip is not reachable which results in
CIT admin port being enabled if auto_state is enabled.
CIT admin port will be down as a result of auto_ip
successfully reachablity on any given auto_state_interval
attempt if auto_state is enabled.
Value= 5 to 10000 count
Default: 10 count

auto_state_ip

This is Source IP address and is used to monitored from

NE if there is loss communication with management
system. This address may be OMS IP address.
Set the IP address. Enter this keyword followed by an IP
address or enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current IP address.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface ec 1/1/cit ip 169.254.0.1/16
# config interface ec 1/1/cit auto_state disable
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface ec shelf/slot/cit

config interface ec shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

Command description

This command configures the extension shelf ports on an Equipment Controller card.
Use this command to:

Display the current status information

Enable or disable the port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-106
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface ec shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Disabling this port can impact

communications with subtending
shelves.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface ec shelf/slot/ {es1,es2}
detail
state [up | down]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and the
port number. See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

detail

Display the current status information.

state

Enable or disable the port.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to up to enable the port

Set to down to disable the port

Default: up

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface ec 1/1/es1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface ec shelf/slot/{es1, es2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-107
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface fan

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a FAN card.

Use this command to:

Display the list of all FAN ports on the network element

Access subcommands that allow you to configure the CIT, LAN1, or LAN2 port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface fan
*
cit
1/6/lan1
shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}
Parameter

Description

Display a list of all FAN ports on the network element.

cit

Configure the CIT port on the FAN card of master shelf.

See config interface fan cit.

1/6/lan1

Configure the external LAN1 port on the FAN card of

master shelf. See config interface fan lan1.

shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}

Configure the internal LAN1/LAN2 port on the FAN

card.
See config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}.
Note: 1/6/LAN1 is the external LAN interface. 1/6/LAN2
and all LAN1/LAN2 ports in slave shelves are internal
LAN interfaces.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-108
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config interface fan *

Admin Oper
Location Type
Description
State State
----------------------------------------------------------1/6/CIT Local Ethernet Port
Up
Down
1/6/LAN1 LAN1 Port
Up
Up
1/6/LAN2 LAN2 Port
Up
Up
2/6/LAN1 LAN1 Port
Up
Up
2/6/LAN2 LAN2 Port
Down
Down

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface fan cit

config interface fan lan1

show interface fan

config interface fan cit

Command description

This command configures the CIT port on the FAN card of the master shelf.
Use this command to:

Display the current CIT port configuration

Set the port IP address
Set the routing state

Enable or disable proxy ARP on the port

Enable or disable DHCP on the port
Set physical LAN attributes
Set status of the CIT port

Set the auto mode to enable/disable

Set timeout value for enabling the CIT port in auto mode
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

The CIT port provides network

management communications.

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-109
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface fan cit
description
detail
dhcp [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_defaultgateway [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_range [1-10]
duplex [auto | half | full]
ip [IP_address/subnet_mask]
proxyarp [enabled | disabled]
redistribute [enabled | disabled]
speed [auto | 10 | 100]
auto_state_ip [IP_address]
state [up | down]
auto_state [enable | disable]
auto_state_interval
auto_state_count
Parameter

Description

description

Specifies a description for the CIT port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current port address and status information.

dhcp

Enable or disable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

on the CIT port.

Set to enabled to enable DHCP on the CIT port

Set to disabled to disable DHCP on the CIT port

Default: enabled
dhcp_defaultgateway

Distributes this interface's IP address as the Default

Gateway through DHCP. If not enabled no Default
Gateway IP address will be distributed via DHCP on this
interface.
Default: enabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-110
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
dhcp_range

Description
This is the range of the IP pool for the DHCP server. The
port can dole out from 1 to up to 10 IP addresses,
beginning with the CIT IP address. This parameter is
valid only when dhcp is enabled. For the CIT port, the
default value is 1. (For example, if the CIT port is
192.168.1.1, then the assigned IP address for the laptop
will be 192.168.1.2)
Range: 1-10
Default: 1

duplex

Set the duplex mode of the port. The duplex mode can be
set to auto, half or full. The auto specifies that the port
will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto

ip

Set the IP address and subnet mask of the CIT port. Enter
this keyword followed by an IP address and a subnet
mask or enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current IP address and subnet mask.
Default: 172.16.0.1/24
Caution: Changing the IP address of the CIT port may
cause loss of IP connectivity to this and other network
elements.

proxyarp

Enable or disable the proxy ARP service on the port.

When enabled, the CIT port shall reply back to ARP
requests from the remote server for all Remote NEs
within the internal network, using its own MAC address
for the response.
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-111
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
redistribute

Description
Specifies the OSPF routing state of the management port.
Enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current OSPF routing state
. Enter this keyword followed by enabled or disabled:

Set to enabled to redistribute the OSPF routes. The

1830 PSS network element treats the CIT port as a
network outside its autonomous system and
distributes this network to other 1830 network
elements over the OSC communication channels via
OSPF.

Set to disabled to disable OSPF routing. The network

(or subnet) that the CIT port is on is not distributed to
other 1830 PSS network elements via OSPF.

Default: disabled
Caution: The CIT port IP address should be unique
before setting redistribute to enable.
speed

Set the link speed of the port. The speed can be set to
10Mbps, 100Mbps or auto. The auto specifies that the
port will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto

state

Enable or disable the port.

When a user manually configures the CIT port Admin
State the AUTOSTATE shall be set to disabled by SW.
When a user manually disables the AUTOSTATE the
Admin STATE shall be set to up (default value) by SW.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to up to enable the port

Set to down to disable the port

Default: up

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-112
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter
auto_state

Description
This parameter controls the CIT port s state (up/down)
autonomously.
When a user manually configures the CIT port Admin
State the AUTOSTATE shall be set to disabled by SW.
When a user manually disables the AUTOSTATE the
Admin STATE shall be set to up (default value) by SW.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to enable

Description: it shall set CIT port state either up or down

autonomously on different conditions as described below:
1. The CIT port shall be down if the NE detects the
source IP is reachable.
2. The CIT port shall be up autonomously when the
communication can not be reached to the
management system (source IP) within defined
period which can be provisioned.

auto_state_interval

Set to disable
Description: CIT ports state can not be set up or
down autonomously.
AUTO state cannot be enabled until the Source IP is
configured.
Default: disable

This timer value is to check that auto_state_ip is

reachable when auto_state is provisioned as enable.
Value= 10-7200 seconds
Default: 30 seconds

auto_state_count

This timer value is to check the number of consecutive

counts that auto_state_ip is not reachable which results in
CIT admin port being enabled if auto_state is enabled.
CIT admin port will be down as a result of auto_ip
successfully reachablity on any given auto_state_interval
attempt if auto_state is enabled.
Value= 5 to 10000 count
Default: 10 count

auto_state_ip

This is Source IP address and is used to monitored from

NE if there is loss communication with management
system. This address may be OMS IP address.
Set the IP address. Enter this keyword followed by an IP
address or enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current IP address.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-113
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface fan cit dhcp disabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface fan cit

config interface fan 1/6/lan1

Command description

This command configures the external LAN1 port on the FAN card of the master shelf.
Use this command to:

Display the current master shelf LAN1 port configuration

Enable or disable the master shelf LAN1 port

Set the master shelf LAN1 port IP address
Set the master shelf LAN1 port physical LAN attributes
Access a subcommand that allows configuration of OSPF options on the master shelf
LAN1 port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

The external LAN1 port provides network

management communications.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface fan 1/6/lan1
description
detail
duplex [auto | half | full]
ip [IP_address/subnet_mask]
ospf
proxyarp [enabled | disabled]
routestate [enabled | disabled | redistribute]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-114
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan 1/6/lan1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

speed [auto | 10 | 100]

state [up | down]
Parameter

Description

description

Specifies a description for the port. Enter this keyword

followed by a string that describes the interface, or enter
this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current port address, location, and status

information.

duplex

Sets the duplex mode of the port. The duplex mode can be
set to auto, half or full. The auto specifies that the port
will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto

ip

Sets the IP address and subnet mask of the port. Enter this
keyword followed by an IP address and a subnet mask or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current IP address and subnet mask.
Note: Changing the IP address of the LAN1 port can
cause loss of IP connectivity to existing and other network
elements.

ospf

Configure the OSPF attributes for the port. See config

interface fan lan1 ospf.

proxyarp

Enables or disables the proxy ARP service on the port.

When enabled, the port shall reply back to ARP requests
from the remote server for all Remote NEs within the
internal network, using its own MAC address for the
response.
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-115
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan 1/6/lan1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

routestate

Specifies the OSPF routing state of the port. Enter this

keyword without any parameters to display the current
OSPF routing state.
Enter this keyword followed by enable, disable, or
redistribute:

Set to enabledenable to enable OSPF routing. OSPF

attempts to form adjacencies with other routers on the
LAN. The 1830 PSS-1 and LAN1 port are the same
autonomous system. The LAN1 port network is
distributed to other 1830 PSS and PSS-1 network
elements through OSPF.

Set to disableddisable to disable OSPF routing. The

network (or subnet) that the LAN1 port is on, is not
distributed to other 1830 network elements through
OSPF.

Set to redistribute to redistribute the OSPF routes.

The 1830 network element treats the LAN1 port as a
network outside its autonomous system, and
distributes this network to other 1830 network
elements through OSPF.

Default: redistribute
speed

Set the link speed of the port. The speed can be set to
10Mbps, 100Mbps, or auto. The auto specifies that the
port will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto

state

Enables or disables the LAN port.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to up to enable the port

Set to down to disable the port

Default: down

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface fan lan1 routestate enabled

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface fan 1/6/lan1

config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-116
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

Command description

This command configures the OSPF interface on the external LAN1 port on the FAN card
of the master shelf.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

The external LAN1 port provides

network management
communications.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf
area_index[value]
helloint [value]
metric [value]
rtrdeadint [value]
rtrpriority [value]
md5key [value]
md5keyid [value]
md5status [value]
Parameter

Description

area_index

Access identifier for the OSPF area.

Range: 0-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-117
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

helloint

Specifies the Hello interval for the link. The Hello

interval specifies how often (in seconds) a Hello packet is
sent out on the interface. Hello packets are used to
establish and maintain relationships with neighboring
network elements.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
Hello interval or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current value for the Hello
interval.
Range: 1 to 65535 (seconds)
Default: 10 (seconds)

metric

Specifies the traffic engineering metric for the control

network link. The metric is an integer value that specifies
the cost of sending traffic over the link. OSPF always
detects the lowest cost route for a given prefix in the IP
forwarding table.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
traffic engineering metric.
Range: 1 to 65535
Default: 10

rtrdeadint

Specifies the dead interval for the link. The dead interval
specifies how long (in seconds) that Hello packets have
not been seen before the network element's neighbors
declare the network element down. It is recommended
that the dead interval be a multiple of the Hello interval.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
dead interval, in seconds.
Range: 1 to 65535 (seconds)
Default: 40 (seconds)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-118
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

rtrpriority

Specifies the router priority. The router priority is used to

determine which network elements on a broadband
network are the designated router (DR) and backup
designated router (BDR). The network element with the
highest router priority value is the DR. The network
element with the second highest router priority is the
BDR.
In the event that two routers have the same router priority,
router priority is resolved based on their loopback
addresses (see config interface loopback). The network
element with the highest loopback address is the DR. The
network element with the second highest loopback
address is the BDR.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the router
priority.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: 1

md5key

Key used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the
first character can not be a numeric value. This parameter
is mandatory if md5_status is enable.
Default: NUL ()

md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

md5status

Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF
area.

Set to disable
The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF
area. This parameter can be set to enable only if a
md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-119
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf helloint 10

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface fan 1/6/lan1

show interface usrpnl fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}

Command description

This command configures the internal LAN1/LAN2 port on the FAN card. Use this
command to enable or disable the port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1
Impact

Access levels

Disabling this port can impact

communications with subtending shelves.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}
detail
state [up | down]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}

Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Note: 1/6/LAN1 is the external LAN interface. 1/6/LAN2
and all LAN1/LAN2 ports in slave shelves are internal
LAN interface.

Detail

Display the current status information. See show

interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-120
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

State

Enable or disable the port. Enter this keyword followed by

one of the following:

Set to up to enable the port

Set to down to disable the port

Default: up

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface fan 1/6/lan2 state down
# config interface fan 2/6/lan1 state down
# config interface fan 2/6/lan2 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}

config interface loopback

Command description

This command configures the IP address and subnet mask of the loopback port on the
network element. The loopback port IP address is also known as the IP address of the
network element. You can log into a network element using the loopback address or
management port IP address.
Important! Use this command only when you have to commission a network
element. Do not use this command during normal operation.
Note: When a PC is connected to the NE's CIT port and the NE loopback IP address is
changed, the PC can lose connectivity to the NE. To regain connectivity, enter the
following commands in a cmd window on the PC.
ipconfig /release
ipconfig /renew

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Specifies the network element IP

address.

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-121
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface loopback

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface loopback
ip [IP_address/subnet_mask]
ospfareaindex [value]
Parameter

Description

Ospf areaindex

Access identifier for the OSPF area.

Range: 0-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-122
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface loopback

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ip

Set the IP address and subnet mask of the network

element. Enter this keyword followed by an IP address
and a subnet mask or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current IP address and subnet
mask.
Note: There are two options for setting up the loopback
(LB) IP address.
Optional: If the nodes are in the same subnet then use the
subnet_maskas 32 (no other number is allowed).
Example: Setting up LB IP address for 4 nodes in the
same subnet:
LB: Node 1: 10.27.11.1/32
LB: Node 2: 10.27.11.2/32
LB: Node 3: 10.27.11.3/32
LB: Node 4: 10.27.11.4/32
Setting up LB IP address for four nodes in the following
example will not work:
LB: Node 1: 10.27.11.1/24
LB: Node 2: 10.27.11.2/24
LB: Node 3: 10.27.11.3/24
LB: Node 4: 10.27.11.4/24
option 2: If the nodes are in different subnet then use the
subnet_maskas any number
Example: Setting up LB IP address for four nodes in
different subnet:
LB: Node 1: 10.27.11.1/24
LB: Node 2: 10.27.12.2/24
LB: Node 3: 10.27.13.3/24
LB: Node 4: 10.27.14.4/24
The four subnets (11, 12, 13, 14) are different and the
subnet_mask can be used other than 32.
Note: Executing this command causes the network
element to undergo a warm reset.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-123
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface loopback

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface loopback 172.16.0.1/32

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface loopback

config interface gmre

Command description

This command configures the IP addresses for GMRE (Generalised MPLS Routing
Engine) application.
Use this command to:

Display the list of all GMRE configured addresses on the active element network
Access subcommands that allow you to configure the GMRE node and notify IP
addresses

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

Syntax
config interface gmre {nodeip, notifyip}*
Parameter

Description

Displays a list of all GMRE IP addresses on

the network element.

nodeip

Configures the GMRE node ip address.

Seeconfig interface gmre nodeip .
This address is used for all GMPLS
communication protocols across the network.

notifyip

Configures the GMRE notify ip address. See

config interface gmre notifyip. This address
is used by RSVP-TE for fast failure notify
message within the network.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-124
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface gmre

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface gmre *
GMRE Node Ip Address: 10.10.10.1/32
GMRE Notify Ip Address: 10.10.10.2/32

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface gmre

config interface gmre {nodeip, notifyip}

Command description

This command configures the nodeip or notifyip for GMRE application on an active NE.
Use this command to:

Display the current GMRE configuration

Set the IP address

Impact

Access levels

This IP address provides GMPLS

communication and notifies messages within
the network.

Administrator

Syntax
config interface gmre {nodeip, notifyip}
description
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-125
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface gmre {nodeip, notifyip}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ip [IP_address/subnet_mask]
Parameter

Description

description

Specifies a description for the nodeip or

notifyip address. Enter this keyword followed
by a string that describes the interface or, enter
this keyword without any parameters to
display the current description for the
interface.

detail

Displays the current port address information.

ip

Sets the IP address and subnet mask of the

nodeip/notifyip. Enter this keyword followed
by an IP address and a subnet mask or enter
this keyword without any parameters to
display the current IP address and subnet
mask.
Default 0.0.0.0/ 0
Warning: Change in the GMRE Node IP

address or GMRE Notify IP address.

The GMRE application processes will be
restarted. Please make sure you followed the
procedure to change the GMRE Node IP
address. Continue?
Note:
1. GMRE Node IP and Notify IP addresses
can not be the same or one IP address.
2. Once the GMRE Node IP and Notify IP
addresses are configured from default
initial value (0-0-0-0) then it can not be
configured back to default address
(0-0-0-0).
3. Changing the IP address of the port may
cause loss of IP connectivity to this and
other network elements.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface gmre nodeip ip 135.17.22.5/32

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-126
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface gmre {nodeip, notifyip}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface gmre
config interface gmre notifyip

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

Command description

This command configures the OAMP, VOIP, E1 or E2 port on the USRPNL of the master
shelf.
Use this command to:

Display the current OAMP, VOIP, E1 or, E2 port configuration

Enable or disable the port
Set the port IP address

Set physical LAN attributes

Access a subcommand that allows configuration of OSPF options on the port
Configure DHCP parameter for VoIP, E1, and E2 ports

Impact

Access levels

The OAMP port provides network

management communications.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip}
description
detail
dhcp [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_range [1-10]
dhcp_defaultgateway [enabled | disabled]
duplex [auto | half | full]
ip [IP_address/subnet_mask]
ospf
proxyarp [enabled | disabled]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-127
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

routestate [enabled | disabled | redistribute]

speed [auto | 10 | 100]
state [up | down]
Parameter

Description

description

Specifies a description for the port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current description for the
interface.

detail

Display the current port address, location, and status

information.

dhcp

Enable or disable Dynamic Host Configuration

Protocol on the CIT port.

Set to enabled to enable DHCP on the VoIP, E1,

and E2 port

Set to disabled to disable DHCP on the VoIP, E1,

and E2 port

Default: disabled
dhcp_range

This is the range of the IP pool for the DHCP server.

The port can dole out from 1 to up to 10 IP addresses.
This parameter is valid only when dhcp is enabled.
Range: 1-10
Default: 1

dhcp_defaultgateway

Distributes this interface's IP address as the Default

Gateway via DHCP. If not enabled no Default
Gateway IP address is distributed through DHCP on
this interface.
Default: enabled

duplex

Set the duplex mode of the port. The duplex mode can
be set to auto, half or full. auto specifies that the port
will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-128
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ip

Set the IP address and subnet mask of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by an IP address and a subnet
mask or enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current IP address and subnet mask.
The default value for the OAMP port is the NE
loopback address. See config interface loopback.
Note: Changing the IP address of the OAMP port may
cause loss of IP connectivity to this and other network
elements.

ospf

Configure the OSPF attributes for the OAMP or VOIP

port. See config interface userpanel {oamp,voip}
ospf.

proxyarp

Enable or disable the proxy ARP service on the port.

When enabled, the port shall reply back to ARP
requests from the remote server for all Remote NEs
within the internal network, using its own MAC
address for the response.
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-129
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

routestate

Specifies the OSPF routing state of the port. Enter this

keyword without any parameters to display the current
OSPF routing state.
Enter this keyword followed by enable, disable, or
redistribute:

Set to enabledto enable OSPF routing. OSPF

attempts to form adjacencies with other routers on
the LAN. The 1830 PSS and OAMP port are the
same autonomous system. The OAMP port
network is distributed to other 1830 PSS network
elements over the OSC communication channels
through OSPF.

Set to disabled to disable OSPF routing. The

network (or subnet) that the OAMP port is on is
not distributed to other 1830 PSS network
elements over the OSC communication channels
through OSPF.

Set to redistribute to redistribute the OSPF

routes. The 1830 PSS network element treats the
OAMP port as a network outside its autonomous
system, and distributes this network to other 1830
network elements over the OSC communication
channels through OSPF.

Default: redistribute
speed

Set the link speed of the port. The speed can be set to
10Mbps, 100Mbps or auto. The autospecifies that
the port will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto

state

Enable or disable the OAMP or VOIP port. Enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to up to enable the port

Set to downto disable the port.

Default: down

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface usrpnl oamp ip 135.17.22.5/0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-130
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ospf

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ospf

Command description

This command configures the OSPF interface on the OAMP, VOIP, E1 or E2 port on the
USRPNL of the master shelf.
Impact

Access levels

The OAMP port provides network

management communications.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface usrpnl {oamp,voip,e1,e2} ospf
area_index [value]
helloint [value]
metric [value]
rtrdeadint [value]
rtrpriority [value]
md5key [value]
md5keyid [value]
md5status [value]
Parameter

Description

area_index

Access identifier for the OSPF area.

Range: 0-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-131
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

helloint

Specifies the Hello interval for the link. The Hello

interval specifies how often (in seconds) a Hello
packet is sent out on the interface. Hello packets are
used to establish and maintain relationships with
neighboring network elements.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for
the Hello interval or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current value for the Hello
interval.
Range: 1 to 65535 (seconds)
Default: 10 (seconds)

metric

Specifies the traffic engineering metric for the control

network link. The metric is an integer value that
specifies the cost of sending traffic over the link.
OSPF always detects the lowest cost route for a given
prefix in the IP forwarding table.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for
the traffic engineering metric.
Range: 1 to 65535
Default: 10

rtrdeadint

Specifies the dead interval for the link. The dead

interval specifies how long (in seconds) that Hello
packets have not been seen before the network
element's neighbors declare the network element
down. It is recommended that the dead interval be a
multiple of the Hello interval.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for
the dead interval, in seconds:
Range: 1 to 65535 (seconds)
Default: 40 (seconds)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-132
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

rtrpriority

Specifies the router priority. The router priority is

used to determine which network elements on a
broadband network are the designated router (DR)
and backup designated router (BDR). The network
element with the highest router priority value is the
DR. The network element with the second highest
router priority is the BDR.
In the event that two routers have the same router
priority, router priority is resolved based on their
loopback addresses (see config interface loopback).
The network element with the highest loopback
address is the DR. The network element with the
second highest loopback address is the BDR.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the router
priority.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: 1

md5key

Key used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered.
The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can
be 1 to 16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric
characters; the first character can not be a numeric
value. This parameter is mandatory if md5_status is
enable.
Default: NUL ()

md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5status
is enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

md5status

Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF
area.
Set to disable
The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF
area.
This parameter can be set to enable only if a md5key
and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-133
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface usrpnl oamp ospf area 0.0.0.0

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

show interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ospf

config interface flc

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on an First Level Controller card(FLC).
Use this command to:

Display the list of all FLC ports on the network element

Access sub-commands that allow you to configure the CIT, OAMP port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface flc
*

shelf/slot/{cit,oamp}
Parameter

Description

Display a list of all FLC ports on the network element.

shelf/slot/{cit,oamp}

Configure the CIT port on the FLC of the master shelf.

See config interface flc shelf/slot/{cit,oamp}.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-134
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface flc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config interface flc

Admin Oper
Location
Type
Description
State State
---------------------------------------------------------------1/23/CIT
Local Ethernet Port
Up
Up
1/23/OAMP OAMP Port
Up
Down
1/40/CIT
Local Ethernet Port
Up
Down
1/40/OAMP
OAMP Port
Down
Down

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface flc shelf/slot/oamp

show interface flc

config interface flc shelf/slot{cit,oamp}

Command description

Configure the CIT and OAMP port on First Level Controller card (FLC) on the master
shelf. If the network element is equipped with redundant control cards, setting parameters
on one card will also set the parameters on the other card.
Use this command to:

Display the current CIT/OAMP port configuration

Set the port IP address

Set the routing state

Enable or disable proxy ARP on the port
Enable or disable DHCP on the port
Set physical LAN attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

The CIT port provides network management

communications.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface flc shelf/slot/{cit,oamp}
description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-135
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface flc shelf/slot{cit,oamp}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail
dhcp [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_defaultgateway [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_range [1-10]
duplex [auto | half | full]
ip [IP_address/subnet_mask]
ospf
proxyarp [enabled | disabled]
redistribute [enabled | disabled]
speed [auto | 10 | 100 | 1000]
auto_state_ip [IP_address]
routestate [enabled | disabled | redistribute]
state [up | down]
auto_state [enable | disable]
auto_state_interval
auto_state_count
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/{cit,oamp}

Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and cit
or oamp.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the CIT/OAMP port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current port address and status information.

dhcp

Enables or disables the Dynamic Host Configuration

Protocol on the CIT port (Not applicable to the OAMP
port).

set to enable to enable DHCP on the CIT port

set to disable to disable DHCP on the CIT port

Default: enabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-136
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface flc shelf/slot{cit,oamp}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

dhcp_defaultgateway

Distributes this interface's IP address as the Default

Gateway through DHCP. If not enabled, no Default
Gateway IP address is distributed through DHCP on this
interface.
Default: enabled

dhcp_range

This is the range of the IP pool for the DHCP server. The
port can dole out from 1 to up to 10 IP addresses,
beginning with the CIT IP address. This parameter is
valid only when dhcp is enabled. For the CIT port, the
default value is 1. (for example, if the CIT port is
192.168.1.1, then the assigned IP address for the laptop
will be 192.168.1.2).
Range: 1-10
Default: 1

duplex

Sets the duplex mode of the port. The duplex mode can
be set to auto, half, or full. The auto specifies that the
port will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto.

ip

Sets the IP address and subnet mask of the CIT port.

Enter this keyword followed by an IP address and a
subnet mask or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current IP address and subnet
mask.
Default: 172.16.0.1/24
Caution: Changing the IP address of the CIT port can
cause loss of IP connectivity to this and other network
elements.

proxyarp

Enable or disable the proxy ARP service on the port.

When enabled, the CIT port shall reply back to ARP
requests from the remote server for all Remote NEs
within the internal network, using its own MAC address
for the response.
Default: disabled

ospf

Configure the OSPF attributes for the OAMP port. This

parameter is applicable for oamp port only.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-137
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface flc shelf/slot{cit,oamp}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

routestate

Specifies the OSPF routing state of the port. Enter this

keyword without any parameters to display the current
OSPF routing state. Enter this keyword followed by
enabled, disabled, or redistribute. This parameter is
applicable for oamp port only.
Set to enabled to enable OSPF routing. OSPF attempts to
form adjacencies with other routers on the LAN. The
1830 PSS and OAMP port are the same autonomous
system. The OAMP port network is distributed to other
1830 PSS network elements over the OSC
communication channels via OSPF.

Set to disabled to disable OSPF routing. The network

(or subnet) that the OAMP port is on is not
distributed to other 1830 PSS network elements over
the OSC communication channels via OSPF.

Set to redistribute to redistribute the OSPF routes.

The 1830 PSS network element treats the OAMP port
as a network outside its autonomous system, and
distributes this network to other 1830 network
elements over the OSC communication channels via
OSPF.

Default: redistribute
redistribute

Specifies the OSPF routing state of the management port.

Enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current OSPF routing state.
Enter this keyword followed by enabled or disabled:

Set to enabled to redistribute the OSPF routes. The

1830 PSS network element treats the CIT port as a
network outside its autonomous system and
distributes this network to other 1830 network
elements over the OSC communication channels
through OSPF.

Set to disabled to disable OSPF routing. The network

(or subnet) that the CIT port is on is not distributed to
other 1830 PSS network elements over the OSC
communication channels through OSPF.

Default: disabled
Caution: The CIT port IP address must be unique before
setting redistribute to enabled.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-138
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface flc shelf/slot{cit,oamp}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

speed

Set the link speed of the port. The speed can be set to
10Mbps, 100Mbps, 1000Mbps or auto. The auto
specifies that the port will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto

state

Enable or disable the port.

When a user manually configures the CIT port Admin
State the AUTOSTATE shall be set to disabled by SW.
When a user manually disables the AUTOSTATE the
Admin STATE shall be set to up (default value) by SW.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to up to enable the port

Set to downto disable the port

Default: up
auto_state

This parameter controls the CIT port s state (up/down)

autonomously. This parameter is not applicable to oamp
port.
When a user manually configures the CIT port Admin
State the AUTOSTATE shall be set to disabled by SW.
When a user manually disables the AUTOSTATE the
Admin STATE shall be set to up (default value) by SW
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to enable

Description: it shall set CIT port state either up or down

autonomously on different conditions as described below:
1. The CIT port shall be down if the NE detects the
source IP is reachable.
2. The CIT port shall be up autonomously when the
communication can not be reached to the
management system (source IP) within defined
period which can be provisioned.

Set to disable

Description: CIT ports state can not be set up or down

autonomously.
AUTO state cannot be enabled until the Source IP is
configured.
Default: disable

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-139
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface flc shelf/slot{cit,oamp}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

auto_state_interval

This timer value is to check that auto_state_ip is

reachable when auto_state is provisioned as enable.
This parameter is not applicable to oamp port.
Value= 10-7200 seconds
Default: 30 seconds

auto_state_count

This timer value is to check the number of consecutive

counts that auto_state_ip is not reachable which results in
CIT admin port being enabled if auto_state is enabled.
CIT admin port will be down as a result of auto_ip
successfully reachablity on any given auto_state_interval
attempt if auto_state is enabled. This parameter is not
applicable to oamp port.
Value= 5 to 10000 count
Default: 10 count

auto_state_ip

This is Source IP address and is used to monitored from

NE if there is loss communication with management
system. This address may be OMS IP address.
Set the IP address. Enter this keyword followed by an IP
address or enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current IP address.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface flc 1/23/cit ip 169.254.0.1/16
# config interface flc 1/23/cit auto_state disable
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface flc shelf/slot/cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-140
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface flc oamp ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface flc oamp ospf

Command description

This command configures the OSPF interface on the OAMP port on the FLC card of the
master shelf.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

The OAMP port provides network

management communications.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface usrpnl oamp ospf
area_index [value]
helloint [value]
metric [value]
rtrdeadint [value]
rtrpriority [value]
md5key [value]
md5keyid [value]
md5status [value]
Parameter

Description

area_index

Access identifier for the OSPF area.

Range: 0-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-141
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface flc oamp ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

helloint

Specifies the Hello interval for the link. The Hello

interval specifies how often (in seconds) a Hello
packet is sent out on the interface. Hello packets are
used to establish and maintain relationships with
neighboring network elements.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for
the Hello interval or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current value for the Hello
interval.
Range: 1 to 65535 (seconds)
Default: 10 (seconds)

metric

Specifies the traffic engineering metric for the control

network link. The metric is an integer value that
specifies the cost of sending traffic over the link.
OSPF always detects the lowest cost route for a given
prefix in the IP forwarding table.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for
the traffic engineering metric.
Range: 1 to 65535
Default: 10

rtrdeadint

Specifies the dead interval for the link. The dead

interval specifies how long (in seconds) that Hello
packets have not been seen before the network
element's neighbors declare the network element
down. It is recommended that the dead interval be a
multiple of the Hello interval.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for
the dead interval, in seconds:
Range: 1 to 65535 (seconds)
Default: 40 (seconds)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-142
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface flc oamp ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

rtrpriority

Specifies the router priority. The router priority is

used to determine which network elements on a
broadband network are the designated router (DR)
and backup designated router (BDR). The network
element with the highest router priority value is the
DR. The network element with the second highest
router priority is the BDR.
In the event that two routers have the same router
priority, router priority is resolved based on their
loopback addresses (see config interface loopback).
The network element with the highest loopback
address is the DR. The network element with the
second highest loopback address is the BDR.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the router
priority.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: 1

md5key

Key used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered.
The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can
be 1 to 16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric
characters; the first character can not be a numeric
value. This parameter is mandatory if md5_status is
enable.
Default: NUL ()

md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5status
is enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

md5status

Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF
area.
Set to disable
The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF
area.
This parameter can be set to enable only if a md5key
and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-143
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface flc oamp ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface flc oamp ospf area 0.0.0.0

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2}

show interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2} ospf

config interface mt0c

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on an MTX Controller card

Use this command to:

Display the list of all MTX ports on the network element

Access subcommands that allow you to configure the VOIP, E1, E2, ES1 or ES2
ports.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface mt0c
*

shelf/slot/{voip, e1, e2}

shelf/slot/[es1, es2]
Parameter

Description

Display a list of all MTX ports on the network element.

shelf/slot/{voip,e1,e2}

Configure the VOIP, E1, E2 ports on the MTX of the

master shelf. See config interface mt0c
shelf/slot/{voip,e1,e2}.

shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

Configure the extension shelf ports on an MTX card. See

config interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1,es2}.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-144
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface mt0c

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface ec *
Admin Oper
Location
Type
Description
State State
------------------------------------------------------------------11/11/VOIP
VOIP port
Up
Up
1/11/E1
E1 Port
Down
Down
1/11/E2
E1 Port
Down
Down
1/11/ES1
ES1 Port
Up
Down
1/11/ES2
ES2 Port
Up
Down
1/15/VOIP
VOIP port
Up
Down
1/15/E1
E1 Port
Down
Down
1/15/E2
E2 Port
Down
Down
1/15/ES1
ES1 Port
Up
Down
1/15/ES2
ES2 Port
Up
Down

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface mt0c shelf/slot/e1

config interface shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

show interface mt0c

config interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

Command description

This command configures the extension shelf ports on an MTX Controller card.
Use this command to:

Display the current status information

Enable or disable the port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

Disabling this port can impact

communications with subtending
shelves.

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-145
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface mt0c shelf/slot/ {es1,es2}
detail
state [up | down]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and
the port number. See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges
for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported
shelf type.

detail

Display the current status information.

state

Enable or disable the port.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to up to enable the port

Set to down to disable the port

Default: up

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface mt0c 1/11/es1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1, es2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-146
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2}

Command description

This command configures the VOIP, E1 or E2 port on the MTX controller of the master
shelf. .
Use this command to:

Display the current VOIP, E1, E2 port configuration

Enable or disable the port
Set the port IP address
Set physical LAN attributes

Access a subcommand that allows configuration of OSPF options on the port

Configure DHCP parameter for VoIP, E1, and E2 ports
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

The OAMP port provides network

management communications.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2}
description
detail
dhcp [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_defaultgateway [enabled | disabled]
dhcp_range [1-10]
duplex [auto | half | full]
ip [IP_address/subnet_mask]
ospf
proxyarp [enabled | disabled]
speed [auto | 10 | 100 | 1000]
routestate [enabled | disabled | redistribute]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-147
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

state [up | down]

Parameter

Description

description

Specifies a description for the port. Enter this keyword

followed by a string that describes the interface, or enter
this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current port address and status information.

dhcp

Enable or disable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

on the VOIP, E1 or E2 port.

set to enable to enable DHCP on the port

set to disable to disable DHCP on the port

Default: disabled
dhcp_defaultgateway

Distributes this interface's IP address as the Default

Gateway through DHCP. If not enabled, no Default
Gateway IP address is distributed through DHCP on this
interface.
Default: enabled

dhcp_range

This is the range of the IP pool for the DHCP server. The
port can dole out from 1 to up to 10 IP addresses. This
parameter is valid only when dhcp is enabled.
Range: 1-10
Default: 1

duplex

Sets the duplex mode of the port. The duplex mode can
be set to auto, half, or full. The auto specifies that the
port will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto.

ip

Set the IP address and subnet mask of the port. Enter this
keyword followed by an IP address and a subnet mask or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current IP address and subnet mask.
Caution: Changing the IP address of the port may cause
loss of IP connectivity to this and other network elements.

proxyarp

Enable or disable the proxy ARP service on the port.

When enabled, the CIT port shall reply back to ARP
requests from the remote server for all Remote NEs
within the internal network, using its own MAC address
for the response.
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-148
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf

Configure the OSPF attributes for the VOIP port. See

config interface mt0c {voip,e1,e2} ospf

routestate

Specifies the OSPF routing state of the port. Enter this

keyword without any parameters to display the current
OSPF routing state. Enter this keyword followed by
enabled, disabled, or redistribute. This parameter is
applicable for oamp port only.
Set to enabled to enable OSPF routing. OSPF attempts to
form adjacencies with other routers on the LAN. The
1830 PSS and OAMP port are the same autonomous
system. The OAMP port network is distributed to other
1830 PSS network elements over the OSC
communication channels via OSPF.

Set to disabled to disable OSPF routing. The network

(or subnet) that the OAMP port is on is not
distributed to other 1830 PSS network elements over
the OSC communication channels via OSPF.

Set to redistribute to redistribute the OSPF routes.

The 1830 PSS network element treats the OAMP port
as a network outside its autonomous system, and
distributes this network to other 1830 network
elements over the OSC communication channels via
OSPF.

Default: redistribute
speed

Set the link speed of the port. The speed can be set to
10Mbps, 100Mbps, 1000Mbps or auto. The auto
specifies that the port will participate in auto-negotiation.
Default: auto

state

Enable or disable the port.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to up to enable the port

Set to downto disable the port

Default: down

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface mt0c voip ip 135.17.22.5/0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-149
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2}
config interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2} ospf

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2} ospf

Command description

This command configures the OSPF interface on the VOIP, E1 or E2 port on the MTX
card of the master shelf.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

The VOIP, E1, E2 port provide OSPF

routing.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2} ospf
area_index [value]
helloint [value]
metric [value]
rtrdeadint [value]
rtrpriority [value]
md5key [value]
md5keyid [value]
md5status [value]
Parameter

Description

area_index

Access identifier for the OSPF area.

Range: 0-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-150
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2} ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

helloint

Specifies the Hello interval for the link. The Hello

interval specifies how often (in seconds) a Hello
packet is sent out on the interface. Hello packets are
used to establish and maintain relationships with
neighboring network elements.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for
the Hello interval or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current value for the Hello
interval.
Range: 1 to 65535 (seconds)
Default: 10 (seconds)

metric

Specifies the traffic engineering metric for the control

network link. The metric is an integer value that
specifies the cost of sending traffic over the link.
OSPF always detects the lowest cost route for a given
prefix in the IP forwarding table.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for
the traffic engineering metric.
Range: 1 to 65535
Default: 10

rtrdeadint

Specifies the dead interval for the link. The dead

interval specifies how long (in seconds) that Hello
packets have not been seen before the network
element's neighbors declare the network element
down. It is recommended that the dead interval be a
multiple of the Hello interval.
Enter this keyword followed by an integer value for
the dead interval, in seconds:
Range: 1 to 65535 (seconds)
Default: 40 (seconds)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-151
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2} ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

rtrpriority

Specifies the router priority. The router priority is

used to determine which network elements on a
broadband network are the designated router (DR)
and backup designated router (BDR). The network
element with the highest router priority value is the
DR. The network element with the second highest
router priority is the BDR.
In the event that two routers have the same router
priority, router priority is resolved based on their
loopback addresses (see config interface loopback).
The network element with the highest loopback
address is the DR. The network element with the
second highest loopback address is the BDR.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the router
priority.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: 1

md5key

Key used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered.
The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can
be 1 to 16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric
characters; the first character can not be a numeric
value. This parameter is mandatory if md5_status is
enable.
Default: NUL ()

md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5status
is enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

md5status

Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF
area.
Set to disable
The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF
area.
This parameter can be set to enable only if a md5key
and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-152
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config interface mt0c{voip, e1, e2} ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface mt0c voip ospf area 0.0.0.0

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface flc oamp

show interface flc oamp ospf

config acl_port
Command description

The command can be used to associate (or disassociate) filters with particular physical
network interfaces (but not logical sub-interfaces). Those interfaces are OAMP, VOIP, E1,
E2, OSC, and GCC. Two filters may be associated with each interface, one receive and
one transmit. The receive and transmit filters on an interface may be independently
enabled and disabled on that interface without disassociating the specific filter numbers.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Limited communication towards/ from

different IPs

Administrator

Syntax
config acl_port sh/sl/pt {rx|tx}
add filter filterID [enabled|disabled]
modify status [enabled|disabled]
remove filter filteriD
Parameter

Description

filterId

Identifier for the ACL filter being defined. Could

be either an integer in the range {100-199} or a
string of up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric
characters, where the first character is always a
letter , which uniquely identifies the filter being
defined.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-153
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config acl_port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

direction

Access lists may be applied to inbound(RX) or

outgoing(TX) traffic in an interface (no default,
in or out must be specified)

status

Specifies the status of the filter on the interface

and for a given direction.

Enabled

Disabled
Default: Disabled

add

Add a filter to the interface

remove

Remove the filter from the interface

modify

Modify the status

Examples
adding filter: # config ip_acl_filter sh/sl/pt tx add filter F1
enable
remove filter: # config ip_acl_filter sh/sl/pt tx remove filter
F1
mod status: # config ip_acl_filter sh/sl/pt tx modify
disable

status

Related commands
Show acl_port {sh/sl/pt|*}

config acl_filter {filterId}

Command description

The command can be used to define a new filter on the system to be used for IP Access
Control, or to add additional ACL patterns to an existing filter.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-154
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config acl_filter {filterId}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config acl_filter {filter_ID}
add pattern<patternid> <index>
remove pattern<index>
detail
delete
Parameter

Description

filterId

Identifier for the ACL filter being defined. Could

be either an integer in the range {100-199} or a
string of up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric
characters, where the first character is always a
letter , which uniquely identifies the filter being
defined.

patternId

The unique pattern identifier that belongs to the

filter.
Entry required Range: 1-256

index

The pattern associated priority. If there is already

a pattern defined at the specified index, the new
pattern entry will replace the previous one.
Entry required Range: 1- 256

delete

Delete the filterID. FilterID can not be deleted if

filterID status is Enabled.

detail

Displays all parameters for filterID

add

Add the filter

remove

Remove the filter

Examples
# config acl_filter f1
# config acl_filter f1 add pattern p1 100
# config acl_filter f1 remove pattern 100
# config acl_filter f1 delete

Note: Filter can be deleted.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-155
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config acl_filter {filterId}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands
config acl_filter (FilterID} delete

config acl_pattern {patternId}

Command description

The command can be used to define a new pattern on the system to be used for IP Access
Control.
An ACL Pattern is a set of packet field descriptors that can be tested against a packet. For
a pattern to match, each of its field descriptors must fit the data in the packet. The fields
that may be tested are:

Source IP address (or range)

Destination IP address (or range)

TCP/UDP destination port
IP protocol
IP fragmentation

ICMP type and code

Whether or not a TCP packet belongs to an established connection

Each field test is optional: a pattern may specify only some (or no) fields to test. Each
pattern also has an associated action to take when the pattern matches: block, pass.
Regardless of the specified action, a match count associated with the pattern is
incremented whenever a match occurs. If a pattern specifies a block action, it may also
specify an ICMP error reporting behavior, which affects generation of ICMP 3/13 errors
for forwarded packets that are blocked. Total combination of filterID and patternID shall
not exceed 4000.
By using the an patterned already created the system will overwrite the old pattern with
the new settings.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

Syntax
config acl_pattern {patternID}
patternId
<1 - 256>
action
[PASS| BLOCK]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-156
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config acl_pattern {patternId}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

icmpError [TRUE| FALSE]

srcIpAddr
{ srcIpAddr}
srcIpPrefix { srcIpPrefix}
dstIpAddr { dstIpAddr}
dstIpPrefix { dstIpPrefix}
dstPort
{ dstPort}
ipProto
{ ipProto}
ipFragment [TRUE| FALSE]
icmpType
{ icmpType}
icmpCode
{ icmpCode}
tcpEstablished [TRUE| FALSE]
delete

Parameter

Description

patternId

The unique pattern identifier that belongs to the filter.

This can be an arbitrary integer, 1 256, or a string of
up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric character, which
is selected by the user to uniquely identify the pattern in
subsequent provisioning requests.

action

Action to take on packets matching the ACL pattern.

icmpError

ICMP Error Reporting behavior for blocked packets.

This field will only be populated when the action is
BLOCK. If no icmpError value is specified, the
behavior will be determined by the system default
setting.

srcIpAddr

Source IP Address. String xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format. Can

be specified explicitly to match only packets that
originate from a particular address, or can be used
along with the srcIpPrefix parameter to specify a range
of supported originating IP addresses.

srcIpPrefix

Source IP Subnet Mask Prefix. Integer, 0 32.

Represents the number of bits set in the subnet mask for
the source IP address. If the srcIpAddress is specified
and the srcIpPrefix is unspecified, or 32, the originating
IP address of the packet must match the srcIpAddress
exactly. Otherwise, the pattern will allow packets
whose originating IP is within the range implied by the
source IP and the subnet mask. This parameter is not
valid unless the srcIpAddress is also specified.

dstIpAddr

Destination IP Address. String, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

format. Can be specified explicitly to match only
packets that are destined for a particular address, or can
be used along with the dstIpPrefix parameter to specify
a range of supported destination IP addresses.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-157
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config acl_pattern {patternId}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

dstIpPrefix

Destination IP Subnet Mask Prefix. Integer, 0 32.

Represents the number of bits set in the subnet mask for
the destination IP address. If the dstIpAddress is
specified and the dstIpPrefix is unspecified, or 32, the
destination IP address of the packet must match the
dstIpAddress exactly. Otherwise, the pattern will allow
packets whose destination IP is within the range
implied by the destination IP and the subnet mask. This
parameter is not valid unless the dstIpAddress is also
specified.

dstPort

TCP/UDP Destination Port. Integer, 0 65535.

Applicable only when IP Protocol is TCP or UDP.

ipProto

IP Protocol. Can be specified by explicit protocol

number (Integer, 0-255) or by keyword (for common
protocol types, listed below).

ipFragment

IP Fragmentation.

icmpType

ICMP Type identifier. Integer, 0 255. Applicable only

when IP Protocol is ICMP. If specified, the pattern will
only match packets with this exact ICMP type.

icmpCode

ICMP Code field. Integer, 0 255. Applicable only

when IP Protocol is ICMP. Used along with certain
ICMP types to further specify the message type. Must
also specify the ICMP type when setting this parameter.
If specified, the pattern will only match packets with
this exact ICMP code.

tcpEstablished

TCP Established flag. Matches a packet depending on

whether the TCP flags in the IP header correspond to
the established state. Applicable only when IP
Protocol is TCP.

Delete

Delete the patternID.

Examples

Note: Pattern can be deleted.

Related commands
config acl_pattern (patternID} delete

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-158
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config acl_default

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config acl_default
Command description

The command can be used to configure system level attributes for the IP Access Control
List feature. This includes system default Rx/Tx actions, default ICMP error behavior,
and SNMP configuration status
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Admin, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
config acl_default
defaultRxAction [PASS|BLOCK]
defaultTxAction [PASS|BLOCK]
snmpConfig
[ENABLED| DISABLED]

Parameter

Description

defaultRxAction

Default action to take on received (incoming) packets

where ACL is enabled but no pattern matches or no
action is explicitly defined.

BLOCK

PASS
Default: PASS

Warning: All packets are dropped if it is set to

BLOCK when filter and its pattern are not defined
for the physical network interfaces.
defaultTxAction

Default action to take on transmitted (outgoing) packets

where ACL is enabled but no pattern matches or no
action is explicitly defined.

BLOCK

PASS
Default: PASS

Warning: All packets are dropped if it is set to

BLOCK when filter and its pattern are not defined
for the physical network interfaces.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-159
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config acl_default

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

snmpConfig

Indicates whether or not ACL configuration is

supported via SNMP.

ENABLED

DISABLED
Default: DISABLED

Examples
#config acl_default
defaultRXAction PASS
defaultTXAction BLOCK
snmpConfig
DISABLED

Related commands

None

config acl_default
Command description

The command can be used to configure system level attributes for the IP Access Control
List feature. This includes system default Rx/Tx actions, default ICMP error behavior,
and SNMP configuration status
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Admin, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
config acl_default
defaultRxAction
defaultTxAction

[PASS|BLOCK]
[PASS|BLOCK]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-160
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

config acl_default

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

snmpConfig

[ENABLED| DISABLED]

Parameter

Description

defaultRxAction

Default action to take on received (incoming) packets

where ACL is enabled but no pattern matches or no
action is explicitly defined.

BLOCK

PASS
Default: PASS

Warning: All packets are dropped if it is set to

BLOCK when filter and its pattern are not defined
for the physical network interfaces.
defaultTxAction

Default action to take on transmitted (outgoing) packets

where ACL is enabled but no pattern matches or no
action is explicitly defined.

BLOCK

PASS
Default: PASS

Warning: All packets are dropped if it is set to

BLOCK when filter and its pattern are not defined
for the physical network interfaces.
snmpConfig

Indicates whether or not ACL configuration is

supported via SNMP.

ENABLED

DISABLED
Default: DISABLED

Examples
#config acl_default
defaultRXAction PASS
defaultTXAction BLOCK
snmpConfig
DISABLED

Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-161
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show cn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show cn
Command description

This command displays the current configuration for the control network.
Use this command to:

Display the OSPF areas configured on the network

Display the network mapping table in the NE

Display the control network IP routes

Display global redistribute metric
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show cn
networkmap
ospf area
routes static
routes redistribute
md5 auth
Parameter

Description

networkmap

Displays the network mapping table, which contains the

mappings between NE names and IP addresses for NEs
found on the network over the OSC and GCC0 interfaces.

ospf area

Displays the control network OSPF area configuration.

When only dns opaque LSAs are enabled Opaque LSA
capability : dns
When only wavekey opaque LSAs are enabled Opaque
LSA capability : wavekey
When both dns and wavekey opaque LSAs are enabled
Opaque LSA capability : dns, wavekey
When NO Opaque LSAs are enabled Opaque LSA
capability.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-162
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show cn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

routes static

Displays control network IP routes for the network

element.

routes redistribute

Displays the global redistribute metric and metric type for

default/static route.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show cn ospf area
OSPF Area ID: 0.0.0.0
none
NSSA translation: N/A
Area_index: 0

Area Type: normal

Opaque LSA Capability:

ABR Default Cost: N/A Virtual Link: N/A

OSPF Area ID: 1.1.1.1

Area Type: stub
Opaque LSA Capability:
wavekey, dns
NSSA translation: N/A
ABR Default Cost: 20 Virtual Link: N/A
Area_index: 1
OSPF Area ID: 2.2.2.2
Area Type: nssa
Opaque LSA Capability:
dns
NSSA translation: candidate
ABR Default Cost: 10
Virtual Link: N/
A
Area_index: 2
OSPF Area ID: 3.3.3.3
Capability: dns
NSSA translation: N/A
192.168.0.1
Area_index: 3

Area Type: normal

Opaque LSA

ABR Default Cost: N/A

Virtual Link:

Note: In the output examples above if a parameter is not applicable to the OSPF area
type, N/A shall be displayed.
# show cn networkmap
Network Map Table
NE Name IP Address
SW Release
--------------------------------------------NE123 128.251.94.47
1830PSS32-1.90-6
NE456 128.251.94.66
1830PSS32-1.90-6

# show cn routes static

IP Static Route Table
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-163
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show cn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Destination Gateway Distance Redist

----------------------------------------0.0.0.0/0
10.1.1.2 100 False
10.1.20.13/32 10.1.20.4 100 False

# show cn routes redistribute

static route redistribute metric_type:2
static route redistribute metric: 20
default route redistribute metric_type:2
default route redistribute metric: 10

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config cn

config cn ospf

config cn routes default

config cn routes static

show interface ec
Command description

This command displays the interface ports on an Equipment Controller card.

Use this command to:

Display the list of all EC ports on the network element

Access subcommands that allow you to display details for the CIT, ES1 or ES2 port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface ec
*

shelf/slot/cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-164
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface ec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

shelf/slot/{es1, es2}
Parameter

Description

Displays a list of all EC ports on the network element

shelf/slot/cit

Displays the configuration of the CIT port on the active

EC of the master shelf of the network element. See show
interface ec shelf/slot/cit.

shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

Displays the configuration of the extension shelf ports on

an EC card. See show interface ec shelf/slot/{es1,es2}.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface ec *
Admin
Oper
Location
Type
Description
State
State
---------------------------------------------------------------1/1/CIT Local Ethernet Port
Up
Up
1/1/AUX AUX Port
Down
Down
1/1/ES1 ES1 Port
Up
Down
1/1/ES2 ES2 Port
Up
Down
1/18/CIT Local Ethernet Port
Up
Down
1/18/AUX AUX Port
Down
Down
1/18/ES1 ES1 Port
Up
Down
1/18/ES2 ES2 Port
Up
Down

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface ec shelf/slot/cit

show interface shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-165
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface ec shelf/slot/cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface ec shelf/slot/cit

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the CIT port on an Equipment Controller of
the master shelf of the network element.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface ec shelf/slot/cit
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/cit

Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and cit,
or * to list all of the EC cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface ec 1/1/cit
IP Address : 169.254.0.1/16
MAC Address : 00:08:8B:00:15:2F
Admin State : Up
Link Integrity
: Up
Redistribute : Disabled
Proxy ARP
: Disabled
Conf. Speed : Auto
Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto
Actual Speed : 0.000 Mbps
Actual Duplex Mode : Half Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP Range
: 1
DHCP Def Gateway : Enabled
Auto_state_ip
:
State
: down
auto_state: disable
auto_state_interval: 30
auto_state_count : 10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-166
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface ec shelf/slot/cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface ec shelf/slot/cit

show interface ec shelf/slot/{es1, es2}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the extension shelf ports on an Equipment
Controller card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface shelf/slot/{es1,es2}
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and the port
number or * to list all of the EC cards on the network
element. See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface ec 1/1/es1
Admin State:
Up
Link Integrity: Up

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface ec shelf/slot/{es1, es2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-167
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface gmre

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface gmre

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the GMRE nodeip and notify IP addresses on
an active NE.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, and Observer.

Syntax
show interface gmre
Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface gmre
GMRE Node Ip Address: 10.10.10.1/32
GMRE Notify Ip Address: 10.10.10.2/32

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface gmre nodeip
config interface gmre notifyip

show interface fan

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a FAN card.

Use this command to:

Display a list of all FAN ports on the network element

Access subcommands that allow you to display details for the CIT, LAN1 or LAN2
port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-168
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface fan
*
cit
1/6/lan1
Shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}
Parameter

Description

Display a list of all FAN ports on the network element.

cit

Display the configuration of the CIT port on the master

shelf FAN card of the network element. See show
interface fan cit.

1/6/lan1

Display the configuration of the external LAN1 port on

the master shelf FAN card of the network element. See
show interface fan 1/6/lan1.

Shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}

Display the configuration of the internal LAN1 and

LAN2 port on the FAN card of the network element. See
show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}.
Note: 1/6/LAN1 is the external LAN interface.
1/6/LAN2 and all LAN1/LAN2 ports in slave shelves are
internal LAN interfaces.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface fan *
Admin Oper
Location Type
Description
State State
------------------------------------------------------------1/6/CIT Local Ethernet Port
Up
Down
1/6/LAN1 LAN1 Port
Up
Up
1/6/LAN2 LAN2 Port
Up
Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-169
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2/6/LAN1
2/6/LAN2

LAN1 Port
LAN2 Port

Up
Down

Up
Down

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface fan cit

show interface fan 1/6/lan1

show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}

show interface fan cit

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the CIT port on the master shelf FAN card of
the network element.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface fan cit

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface fan cit
Description
:
IP Address
: 169.254.0.1/16
MAC Address
: 00:08:8B:00:15:2F
Admin State
: Up
Link Integrity : Up
Redistribute
: Disabled
Proxy ARP
: Disabled
Conf. Speed
: Auto
Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto
Actual Speed
: 10.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode: Half Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP Range
: 1
DHCP Def Gateway : Enabled
Auto_state_ip :
State
: down
auto_state
: disable
auto_state_interval: 30
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-170
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface fan cit

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

auto_state_count: 10

Related commands

The following is a related commands:

config interface fan cit

show interface fan 1/6/lan1

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the external LAN1 port on the master shelf
FAN card.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface fan 1/6/lan1

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface fan 1/6/lan1
Description :
IP Address : 0.0.0.0/0
MAC Address : 00:08:8B:00:15:2F
Admin State : Down
OSPF Adj State : Down
Link Integrity
: Up
OSPF Routing : Disabled
Hello Interval
: 10 seconds
Router Priority : 1
Router Dead Int
: 40 seconds
Metric
: 10
Conf. Speed : Auto
Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto
Actual Speed : 100.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode: Full Duplex
Proxy ARP : Enabled
OSPF Area ID : 0.0.0.0
md5key
: abcd
md5keyid : 5
md5status : enable
area_index : 0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-171
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface fan 1/6/lan1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are related commands:

config interface fan 1/6/lan1

config interface fan 1/6/lan1 ospf

show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of internal LAN1/LAN2 port on the FAN card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}

Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Note: 1/6/LAN1 is the external LAN interface. 1/6/LAN2
and all LAN1/LAN2 ports in slave shelves are internal
LAN interfaces.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface fan 1/6/lan2
Admin State: Up
Link Integrity: Up

# show interface fan 2/6/lan1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-172
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1,lan2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin State: Up
Link Integrity: Up

# show interface fan 2/6/lan2

Admin State: Up
Link Integrity: Up

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface fan shelf/slot/{lan1, lan2}

show interface loopback

Command description

This command shows the IP address and subnet mask of the loopback port on the network
element. The loopback port IP address is also known as the IP address of the network
element.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface loopback

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface loopback
Loopback IP Address
Current: 172.16.0.1/32

# show interface loopback

Loopback IP Address
Current: 80.80.80.80/32 (SNMP Source)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-173
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface loopback

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface loopback

show interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the OAMP, VOIP, E1, or E2 port on the
USRPNL of the master shelf.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, E1, E2}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface usrpnl oamp
J04L# show interface usr oamp
IP Address
MAC Address
Admin State
OSPF Adj State
OSPF Routing
Router Priority
Metric
MD5 Key
Conf. Speed
Actual Speed
Proxy Arp

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

192.168.5.58/20
00:60:1D:7D:B3:0C
Up
Link Integrity
: Up
Down
OSPF Area Index
: 2
Redistribute
Hello Interval
: 10 seconds
0
Router Dead Int
: 40 seconds
1
MD5 Status
: enable
abcd
MD5 KeyId
: 1
Auto
Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto
100.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode : Full Duplex
Disabled

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2}

config interface usrpnl {oamp, voip, e1, e2} ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-174
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface flc shelf/slot/{cit,oamp}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface flc shelf/slot/{cit,oamp}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the CIT, OAMP port on an First Level
Controller of the master shelf of the network element.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface flc shelf/slot/cit
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/{cit,oamp}

Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and cit,
or oampto list all of the FLC cards on the network
element
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface flc 1/1/cit
IP Address : 169.254.0.1/16
MAC Address : 00:08:8B:00:15:2F
Admin State : Up
Link Integrity
: Up
Redistribute : Disabled
Proxy ARP
: Disabled
Conf. Speed : Auto
Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto
Actual Speed : 0.000 Mbps
Actual Duplex Mode : Half Duplex
DHCP
: Enabled
DHCP Range
: 1
DHCP Def Gateway : Enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface flc shelf/slot/oamp

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-175
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1, es2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1, es2}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the extension shelf ports on an MTX
Controller card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface mt0c shelf/slot/{es1,es2}
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/{es1,es2}

Specifies the shelf, slot and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash and the port
number or * to list all of the mt0c cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface mt0c 1/11/es1
Admin State:
Up
Link Integrity: Up

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface mt0c shelf/slot/{voip, e1,e2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-176
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the VOIP, E1, or E2 port on the MTX card of
the master shelf.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2}
Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface mt0c voip
Description :
IP Address
: 192.168.5.43/20
MAC Address : 00:60:1D:7C:57:90
Admin State : Up
OSPF Adj State : Down
Link Integrity : Up
OSPF Routing : Disabled
Hello Interval : 10 seconds
Router Priority: 1
Router Dead Int : 40 seconds
Metric
: 10
Conf. Speed : Auto
Conf. Duplex Mode : Auto
Actual Speed : 100.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode: Full Duplex
Proxy ARP
: Disabled
OSPF Area ID
: 0.0.0.0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2}
config interface mt0c {voip, e1, e2} ospf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-177
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show acl_port
Command description

The command can be used to retrieve filter associations for a particular IP network
interface, or a list of all interface/filter associations provisioned on the NE.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Admin, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show acl_port <shelf/slot/port|*>

Parameter

Description

filterId

Identifier for the ACL filter being defined. Could be

either an integer in the range {100-199} or a string of
up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric characters, where
the first character is always a letter , which uniquely
identifies the filter being defined.

direction

Access lists may be applied to inbound(RX) or

outgoing(TX) traffic in an interface (no default, in or
out must be specified).

status

Specifies the status of the filter on the interface and for

a given direction.

Examples
cli# show acl_port 1/40/oamp
ACL Filter
Direction
Status
-------------------------------------------------F1
RX
Enabled
F2
TX
Enabled

cli# show acl_port *

Interface
Direction Filter
Status
---------------------------------------------------------------1/40/OAMP
RX
F1
Enabled
1/40/OAMP
TX
F2
Enabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-178
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands
config acl_port

show acl_filter {filterId}

Command description

The command can be used to retrieve the patterns and its parameters of a filter in the
system to be used for IP Access Control, or to retrieve the patterns and its parameters for
all filters.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Admin, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show acl_filter (filter_ID}

Parameter

Description

filterId

Identifier for the ACL filter being defined. Could be

either an integer in the range {100-199} or a string of
up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric characters, where
the first character is always a letter , which uniquely
identifies the filter being defined.

patternId

The unique pattern identifier that belongs to the filter.

index

The pattern associated priority. If there is already a

pattern defined at the specified index, the new pattern
entry will replace the previous one.

action

Action to take on packets matching the ACL pattern.

icmpError

ICMP Error Reporting behavior for blocked packets.

This field will only be populated when the action is
BLOCK. If no icmpError value is specified, the
behavior will be determined by the system default
setting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-179
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_filter {filterId}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

srcIpAddr

Source IP Address. String xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format. Can

be specified explicitly to match only packets that
originate from a particular address, or can be used
along with the srcIpPrefix parameter to specify a range
of supported originating IP addresses.

srcIpPrefix

Source IP Subnet Mask Prefix. Integer, 0 32.

Represents the number of bits set in the subnet mask for
the source IP address. If the srcIpAddress is specified
and the srcIpPrefix is unspecified, or 32, the originating
IP address of the packet must match the srcIpAddress
exactly. Otherwise, the pattern will allow packets
whose originating IP is within the range implied by the
source IP and the subnet mask. This parameter is not
valid unless the srcIpAddress is also specified.

dstIpAddr

Destination IP Address. String, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

format. Can be specified explicitly to match only
packets that are destined for a particular address, or can
be used along with the dstIpPrefix parameter to specify
a range of supported destination IP addresses.

dstIpPrefix

Destination IP Subnet Mask Prefix. Integer, 0 32.

Represents the number of bits set in the subnet mask for
the destination IP address. If the dstIpAddress is
specified and the dstIpPrefix is unspecified, or 32, the
destination IP address of the packet must match the
dstIpAddress exactly. Otherwise, the pattern will allow
packets whose destination IP is within the range
implied by the destination IP and the subnet mask. This
parameter is not valid unless the dstIpAddress is also
specified.

dstPort

TCP/UDP Destination Port. Integer, 0 65535.

Applicable only when IP Protocol is TCP or UDP.

ipProto

IP Protocol. Can be specified by explicit protocol

number (Integer, 0-255) or by keyword (for common
protocol types, listed below).

ipFragment

IP Fragmentation.

icmpType

ICMP Type identifier. Integer, 0 255. Applicable only

when IP Protocol is ICMP. If specified, the pattern will
only match packets with this exact ICMP type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-180
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_filter {filterId}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

icmpCode

ICMP Code field. Integer, 0 255. Applicable only

when IP Protocol is ICMP. Used along with certain
ICMP types to further specify the message type. Must
also specify the ICMP type when setting this parameter.
If specified, the pattern will only match packets with
this exact ICMP code.

tcpEstablished

TCP Established flag. Matches a packet depending on

whether the TCP flags in the IP header correspond to
the established state. Applicable only when IP
Protocol is TCP.

statCount

Packet match counter. Integer, 0 - 4294967295, that

increments whenever a packet matches the specified
ACL pattern. This counter will increment regardless of
the provisioned action on that pattern.

Enter * will briefly display all filter_ID, patternID and

its all parameters.

Examples

This example shows a filter named TestExtACL containing two patterns. Pattern #1
simply pass incoming CLI packets on port 23. Pattern #2 blocks any incoming CLI traffic
on port 23 that comes from a specific IP address (10.17.0.46). Note: It is important that
the default Rx-Action be provisioned to PASS in order for this example to work correctly.
# show acl_filter TestExtACL
cli# show acl_filter *
Filter Name
: F1
Pattern Index
: 0
Filter Name
Pattern Index
Pattern Name
Pack action
Source IP
Destination IP
Destination Port
ICMP Type
IP fragmentation

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

F1
1
P1
pass
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

Filter Name
Pattern Index
Pattern Name

: F1
: 4
: P2

StatCount

: 0

StatCount

: 0

ICMP Error
Source wildcard
Destination wildcard
Protocol
ICMP Code
TCP Established Flag

:
:
:
:
:
:

StatCount

: 0

False
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-181
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_filter {filterId}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Pack action
Source IP
Destination IP
Destination Port
ICMP Type
IP fragmentation

:
:
:
:
:
:

block
1.1.1.1
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

Filter Name
Pattern Index

: F2
: 0

Filter Name
Pattern Index
Pattern Name
Pack action
Source IP
Destination IP
Destination Port
ICMP Type
IP fragmentation

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

Filter Name
Pattern Index

: F3
: 0

F2
1
P2
block
1.1.1.1
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

ICMP Error
Source wildcard
Destination wildcard
Protocol
ICMP Code
TCP Established Flag

:
:
:
:
:
:

Flse
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

StatCount

: 0

StatCount

: 0

ICMP Error
Source wildcard
Destination wildcard
Protocol
ICMP Code
TCP Established Flag

:
:
:
:
:
:

StatCount

: 0

StatCount

: 0

False
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

cli#
cli# show acl_filter F3
Filter Name
Pattern Index

: F3
: 0

cli#

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-182
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_pattern {patternID | *}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show acl_pattern {patternID | *}

Command description

The command can be used to retrieve an IP ACL pattern, or a list of patterns that have
been defined on the system.
An ACL Pattern is a set of packet field descriptors that can be tested against a packet. For
a pattern to match, each of its field descriptors must fit the data in the packet. The fields
that may be tested are:

Source IP address (or range)

Destination IP address (or range)

TCP/UDP destination port
IP protocol
IP fragmentation

ICMP type and code

Whether or not a TCP packet belongs to an established connection

Each field test is optional: a pattern may specify only some (or no) fields to test. Each
pattern also has an associated action to take when the pattern matches: block, pass.
Regardless of the specified action, a match count associated with the pattern is
incremented whenever a match occurs. If a pattern specifies a block action, it may also
specify an ICMP error reporting behavior, which affects generation of ICMP 3/13 errors
for forwarded packets that are blocked. Total combination of filterID and patternID shall
not exceed 4000.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Admin, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show acl_pattern {patternID}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-183
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_pattern {patternID | *}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

patternId

The unique pattern identifier that belongs to the filter.

This can be an arbitrary integer, 1 256, or a string of
up to 30 case-sensitive alphanumeric character, which
is selected by the user to uniquely identify the pattern in
subsequent provisioning requests.

Enter * will display all patternID info in the system.

action

Action to take on packets matching the ACL pattern.

icmpError

ICMP Error Reporting behavior for blocked packets.

This field will only be populated when the action is
BLOCK. If no icmpError value is specified, the
behavior will be determined by the system default
setting.

srcIpAddr

Source IP Address. String xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format. Can

be specified explicitly to match only packets that
originate from a particular address, or can be used
along with the srcIpPrefix parameter to specify a range
of supported originating IP addresses.

srcIpPrefix

Source IP Subnet Mask Prefix. Integer, 0 32.

Represents the number of bits set in the subnet mask for
the source IP address. If the srcIpAddress is specified
and the srcIpPrefix is unspecified, or 32, the originating
IP address of the packet must match the srcIpAddress
exactly. Otherwise, the pattern will allow packets
whose originating IP is within the range implied by the
source IP and the subnet mask. This parameter is not
valid unless the srcIpAddress is also specified.

dstIpAddr

Destination IP Address. String, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

format. Can be specified explicitly to match only
packets that are destined for a particular address, or can
be used along with the dstIpPrefix parameter to specify
a range of supported destination IP addresses.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-184
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_pattern {patternID | *}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

dstIpPrefix

Destination IP Subnet Mask Prefix. Integer, 0 32.

Represents the number of bits set in the subnet mask for
the destination IP address. If the dstIpAddress is
specified and the dstIpPrefix is unspecified, or 32, the
destination IP address of the packet must match the
dstIpAddress exactly. Otherwise, the pattern will allow
packets whose destination IP is within the range
implied by the destination IP and the subnet mask. This
parameter is not valid unless the dstIpAddress is also
specified.

dstPort

TCP/UDP Destination Port. Integer, 0 65535.

Applicable only when IP Protocol is TCP or UDP.

ipProto

IP Protocol. Can be specified by explicit protocol

number (Integer, 0-255) or by keyword (for common
protocol types, listed below).

ipFragment

IP Fragmentation.

icmpType

ICMP Type identifier. Integer, 0 255. Applicable only

when IP Protocol is ICMP. If specified, the pattern will
only match packets with this exact ICMP type.

icmpCode

ICMP Code field. Integer, 0 255. Applicable only

when IP Protocol is ICMP. Used along with certain
ICMP types to further specify the message type. Must
also specify the ICMP type when setting this parameter.
If specified, the pattern will only match packets with
this exact ICMP code.

tcpEstablished

TCP Established flag. Matches a packet depending on

whether the TCP flags in the IP header correspond to
the established state. Applicable only when IP
Protocol is TCP.

Examples
cli# show acl_pattern *
Pattern Name
Pack action
Source IP
Destination IP
Destination Port
ICMP Type
IP fragmentation

:
:
:
:
:
:
:

P1
pass
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

ICMP Error
Source wildcard
Destination wildcard
Protocol
ICMP Code
TCP Established Flag

:
:
:
:
:
:

False
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-185
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_pattern {patternID | *}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Pattern Name
Pack action
Source IP
Destination IP
Destination Port
ICMP Type
IP fragmentation

:
:
:
:
:
:
:

P2
block
1.1.1.1
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

ICMP Error
Source wildcard
Destination wildcard
Protocol
ICMP Code
TCP Established Flag

:
:
:
:
:
:

False
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

cli#

cli# show acl_pattern P1

Pattern Name
Pack action
Source IP
Destination IP
Destination Port
ICMP Type
IP fragmentation

:
:
:
:
:
:
:

P1
pass
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
0
Disabled

ICMP Error
Source wildcard
Destination wildcard
Protocol
ICMP Code
TCP Established Flag

:
:
:
:
:
:

False
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
0

Related commands
None

show acl_default
Command description

The command can be used to retrieve system level attributes for the IP Access Control
List feature. This includes system default Rx/Tx actions, default ICMP error behavior,
and SNMP configuration status.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Admin, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-186
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_default

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show acl_default
Parameter

Description

defaultRxAction

Default action to take on received (incoming) packets

where ACL is enabled but no pattern matches or no
action is explicitly defined.
Warning: All packets are dropped if it is set to
BLOCK when filter and its pattern are not defined
for the physical network interfaces.

defaultTxAction

Default action to take on transmitted (outgoing) packets

where ACL is enabled but no pattern matches or no
action is explicitly defined.
Warning: All packets are dropped if it is set to
BLOCK when filter and its pattern are not defined
for the physical network interfaces.

snmpConfig

Indicates whether or not ACL configuration is

supported via SNMP.

Examples
#show acl_default
Received packet action: PASS Transmitted packet action: BLOCK
SNMP configuration access: DISABLED

Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-187
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Security, DCN, and DB Management commands

show acl_default

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
3-188
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

4quipment Management
E
Commands

Overview
Purpose

This chapter contains various commands related to equipment management.

Contents
config card

4-4

config card 112sca1

4-9

config card 112sa1l

4-12

config card 112scx10

4-16

config card 112sx10l

4-19

config card 11dpe12

4-22

config card 11dpe12e

4-27

config card 11dpm12

4-33

config card 11qpa4

4-37

config card 11star1

4-40

config card 11stmm10

4-43

config card 43sta1p

4-47

config card {43stx4|43stx4p}

4-50

config card 43scx4

4-53

config card 4dpa2

4-56

config card 4dpa4

4-59

config card {LD-type card}

4-63

config card mvac

4-67

config card {cwr8|cwr8-88}

4-71

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-1
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card wr8-88a

4-76

config card dcm

4-80

config card ec

4-82

config card ec shelf/slot pm

4-86

config card btc

4-88

config card flc

4-89

config card flc shelf/slot pm

4-93

config card {itlb|itlu}

4-95

config card mesh4

4-96

config card mt0c

4-101

config card mt0c shelf/slot pm

4-104

config card opsa

4-106

config card ra2p

4-110

config card pss1gbe

4-113

config card pss1md4

4-116

config card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

4-120

config card pss1p21

4-121

config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

4-124

config card svac

4-126

config card wtocm

4-129

config fan

4-132

config pf

4-134

config pf shelf/slot housekeeping

4-137

config redundancy

4-139

config shelf

4-143

config slot

4-147

config slot shelf/slot type

4-148

config usrpnl

4-153

show card

4-156

show card 112sca1

4-160

show card 112sa1l

4-161

show card 112scx10

4-162

show card 112sx10l

4-164

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-2
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card 11dpe12

4-165

show card 11dpe12e

4-167

show card 11dpm12

4-168

show card 11qpa4

4-169

show card 11star1

4-171

show card 11stge12

4-172

show card 11stmm10

4-173

show card 43sta1p

4-174

show card {43stx4|43stx4p}

4-175

show card 43scx4

4-177

show card 4dpa2

4-178

show card 4dpa4

4-179

show card {LD-type card}

4-180

show card mvac

4-182

show card {cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}

4-183

show card dcm

4-185

show card ec

4-186

show card ec shelf/slot pm

4-187

show card btc

4-189

show card flc

4-190

show card flc shelf/slot pm

4-191

show card inventory

4-193

show card {itlb|itlu}

4-195

show card mesh4

4-196

show card mt0c shelf/slot pm

4-197

show card opsa

4-199

show card ra2p

4-200

show card pss1gbe

4-201

show card pss1md4

4-203

show card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

4-204

show card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

4-205

show card svac

4-206

show fan

4-207

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-3
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface inventory

4-209

show pf

4-211

show pf shelf/slot housekeeping

4-213

show redundancy

4-214

show shelf

4-216

show slot

4-218

show usrpnl

4-220

config card
Command description

This command configures a card on the network element.

This command provides access to subcommands that allow you to:

Configure general parameters (name, description, temperature thresholds) for any

card on the network element
Configure card-specific parameters
Note: For non-mandatory cards, you must either insert a card in a slot, or configure a
slot to accept a specific card type before you can configure the card options. See
config slot shelf/slot type.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config card
112sca1
112sa1l
112scx10
112sx10l
11dpe12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-4
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11dpe12e
11dpm12
11qpa4
11star1
11stge12
11stmm10
43sta1p
43scx4
{43stx4|43stx4p}
4dpa2
4dpa4
{a2325a|am2017b|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg
|alpfgt|alphg|osct|pss1ahp}
btc
{cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}
dcm
ec
flc
{itlb|itlu}
mesh4
mt0c
mvac
opsa
pss1gbe
pss1md4
pss1p21
{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd5|sfd8}
{sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}
ra2p
svac
wtocm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-5
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

shelf/slot
Parameter

Description

112sca1

Configure a 112sca1 OT card. See config card

112sca1.

112sa1l

Configure a 112sa1l OT card. See config card

112sa1l.

112scx10

Configure a 112scx10 OT card. See config card

112scx10.

112sx10l

Configure a 112sx10l OT card. See config card

112sx10l.

11dpe12

Configure a 11dpe12 OT card. See config card

11dpe12.

11dpe12e

Configure a 11dpe12e OT card. See config card

11dpe12e

11dpm12

Configure a 11DPM12 OT card. See config card

11dpm12.

11qpa4

Configure a 11QPA4 OT card. See config card

11qpa4.

11star1

Configure a 11STAR1 OT card. See config card

11star1

11stge12

Configure a 11STGE12 OT card. See config card

11stge12.

11stmm10

Configure a 11STMM10 OT card. See config card

11stmm10.

43sta1p

Configure a 43STA1P OT card. See config card

43sta1p.

{43stx4|43stx4p}

Configure a 43STX4 OT card. See config card

{43stx4|43stx4p}.

43scx4

Configure a 43SCX4 OT card. See config card

43scx4.

4dpa2

Configure a 4DPA2 OT card. See config card

4dpa2.

4dpa4

Configure a 4DPA4 OT card. See config card

4dpa4.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-6
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

{a2325a|am2017b|

Configure an amplifier or OSCT card. See config

card {LD-type card}.

am2125a|am2125b|am2318a
am2325b|ahphg|
ahplg|alpfgt
|alphg|osct|pss1ahp}
btc

Configure a BTC card. See config card btc.

Note: This is applicable only for 1830 PSS-36.

{cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}

Configure a CWR8, CWR8-88, or WR8-88a

wavelength selective switch card. See config card
{cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}.

dcm

Configure a DCM card. See config card dcm.

ec

Configure an EC controller card. See config card

ec.

flc

Configure a FLC card. See config card flc.

Note: This is applicable only for 1830 PSS-36.

{itlb|itlu}

Configure an ITLB or ITLU card. See config card

{itlb|itlu}.

mesh4

Configure a MESH4 card. See config card mesh4.

mt0c

Configure a MT0C card. See config card mt0c.

Note: This is applicable only for 1830 PSS-36.

mvac

Configure an MVAC variable attenuator card. See

config card mvac.

opsa

Configure an OPSA protection switch card. See

config card opsa.

pss1gbe

Configure a PSS1GBE OT card. See config card

pss1gbe.

pss1md4

Configure a PSS1MD4 OT card. See config card

pss1md4.

pss1p21

Configure a PSS1P21 OT card. See config card

pss1p21.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-7
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|

Configure an SFD or SFC card. See config card

{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

sfc8|sfd4|sfd5|sfd8}

SFC1 includes SFC1A SFC1H

SFC2 includes SFC2A SFC2D

SFC4 includes SFC4A, SFC4B

SFC8 includes SFC8 only

SFD4 includes SFD4A SFD4H

SFD5 includes SFD5A SFD5H

SFD8 includes SFD8A SFD8D

{sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

Configure an SFD44, SFD44B, SFD40 or SFD40B

card. See config card { sfd40|sfd40b
|sfd44|sfd44b}.

ra2p

Configure a RA2P card. See config card ra2p

svac

Configure an SVAC variable attenuator card. See

config card svac.

wtocm

Configure a WTOCM card. See config card

wtocm.

shelf/slot

Configure a card in a specific shelf and slot. This

command allows you to omit the card type, and
have the CLI automatically fill in the card type
programmed for the slot.
Enter the shelf, a slash, and the slot number
containing the card you want to configure. If the
slot is populated or pre-provisioned for a card, the
network element automatically determines the card
type and updates the command line appropriately.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config card 11star1
# config card alphg

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-8
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112sca1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card 112sca1

Overview

This command configures the card options for 112sca1 OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 112sca1 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except 1830 PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if

set incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card 112sca1 shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name[string]
reset {warm | cold}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-9
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112sca1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains,

the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and
the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of 112sca1
cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-10
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112sca1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

tolerance

Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm restart

re-initializes the card software only, and is not service
affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to specify
the card temperature tolerance. The temperature tolerance
defines the change in temperature that must occur before
the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Successful command example
# config card 112sca1 *

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-11
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112sca1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin Oper
State
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location
Programmed
Type
State
State
Qualifier
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/12
112SCA1
Up
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/16
112SCA1
Up
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# config card 112sca1 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 112sca1 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shlef/slot> type

config interface 112sca1

show card

config card 112sa1l

Overview

This command configures the card options for 112sa1l OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 112ca1l card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except 1830 PSS-16..

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if

set incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-12
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112sa1l

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config card 112sa1L shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name[string]
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains,

the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and
the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of 112sa1l
cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-13
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112sa1l

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm restart

re-initializes the card software only, and is not service
affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-14
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112sa1l

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to specify
the card temperature tolerance. The temperature tolerance
defines the change in temperature that must occur before
the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Successful command example
# config card 112sa1l *

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin
Oper
State
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location
Programmed
Type
State
State
Qualifier
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/12
112sa1l
Up
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/16
112sa1l
Up
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# config card 112sa1l 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 112sa1l 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface mesh4

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-15
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112scx10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card 112scx10

Overview

This command configures the card options for 112scx10 OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 112scx10 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card 112scx10 shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name[string]
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by
a slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list
of 112scx10 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric values of shelf and slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-16
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112scx10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the
description, enter this keyword followed by a character
string that provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units
configured on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units
configured on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the
temperature tolerance must be lower than the high
temperature threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter
this keyword followed by a character string that
specifies the name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-17
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112scx10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

tolerance

Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is
not service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and
is service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword

to display the current tolerance. To change the
tolerance, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the card temperature tolerance. The
temperature tolerance defines the change in
temperature that must occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered
at 55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the
card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Successful command example
# config card 112scx10 *

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin Oper
State
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location Programmed Type
State State Qualifier
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/12
112scx10
Up
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/16
112scx10
Up
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# config card 112scx10 1/12 description Bank-W
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-18
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112scx10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config card 112scx10 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 112scx10

show card

config card 112sx10l

Overview

This command configures the card options for 112sx10l OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 112sx10l card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except 1830 PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card 112sx10l shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name[string]
reset {warm | cold}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-19
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112sx10l

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by
a slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list
of 112sx10l cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric values of shelf and slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the
description, enter this keyword followed by a character
string that provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units
configured on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units
configured on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the
temperature tolerance must be lower than the high
temperature threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-20
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112sx10l

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter
this keyword followed by a character string that
specifies the name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

tolerance

Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is
not service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and
is service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword

to display the current tolerance. To change the
tolerance, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the card temperature tolerance. The
temperature tolerance defines the change in
temperature that must occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered
at 55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the
card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Successful command example
# config card 112sx10l *

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-21
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 112sx10l

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin Oper
State
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location
Programmed
Type
State
State
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Qualifier
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/12
112sx10l
Up
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/16
112sx10l
Up
Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# config card 112sx10l 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 112sx10l 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 112sx10l

show card

config card 11dpe12

Command description

This command configures card options for 11DPE12 OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card
Set the pack rate mode
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 11DPE12 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-22
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config card 11dpe12 shelf/slot | *
name[string]
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
tolerance [degrees]
reset {warm | cold}
mode [fullrate|subrate|qinq<tpid>]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains,

the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and
the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of 11DPE12
cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

Description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-23
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin.
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

Lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin.
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Range: -45C to 90C, or -49F to 194F for 1830 PSS-4
Default: -5C or 23F for 1830 PSS
Default: -40C or -40F for 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-24
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to specify
the card temperature tolerance. The temperature tolerance
defines the change in temperature that must occur before
the alarm is cleared. For example, if the high temperature
alarm is triggered at 55C and the tolerance is set to 3C,
the alarm is not cleared until the card cools to below 52C.
Similarly, where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared
when the card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerence in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin.
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm restart

re-initializes the card software only, and is not service
affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-25
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Mode

The valid pack mode values are:

Fullrate: The pack provides one full rate GbE service

on each client port with HIGIG mode

Subrate: The pack provides more than one subrate

GbE service on each client port with HIGIG mode

QinQ: The pack provides more than one sub-GbE

service on each client port. The CE-VLAN ID shall be
used to distinguish 10 sub-GbE services and. Each line
port can transport up to 100 sub-GbE services using Q
IN Q transporting . (QinQ supports both fullrate and
subrate service). tpid value range:0x0001 to 0xFFFF.
Default tpid is 0x88a8.

Default: Fullrate.
Note:
1. The pack mode of 11DPE12 will not be allowed to
change if there is a valid VTS connection on the pack.
2. The tpid will not be allowed to change if there is a
valid VTS connection on the pack.
3. If the 11DPE12 pack has been provisioned with an
ESNCP group, the pack mode of 11DPE12 shall not
be allowed to change.
4. Switching 11DPE12 pack from fullrate mode, subrate
mode, and QinQ mode will reset the pack to the
default state of the corresponding mode.
5. To avoid ambiguity in processing the Ethernet frame,
we suggest not to use known public protocol value in
the tpid field, such as 0x0806 (ARP), 0x0200 (PUP),
0x8035(RARP), 0x0800(IP), 0x86DD(IPv6), etc.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Successful command example
# config card 11DPE12 *
Admin Oper State
Location Programmed Type
State State Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/7
11DPE12
Up
Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-26
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/12 11DPE12
Up
Up
# config card 11DPE12 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 11DPE12 1/12 hightemp 75

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 11DPE12

show card

config card 11dpe12e

Command description

This command configures card options for 11DPE12E OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance
Reset the card

Set the pack rate mode

Set STPIDs attributes when pack is in QinQ mode
Set flow continuity monitoring attributes when pack is in QinQ mode
Set the timing synchronization attributes
Set the Ethernet OAM
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 11DPE12E card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-27
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot | *
detail
description [string]
flowcm [value]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
mode [fullrate | subrate| qinq]
name [string]
reset {warm | cold}
stipd [stipd1 value] [stipd2 value] [stipd3 value] [stipd4 value]
tolerance [degrees]
Sync
Ethoam md1
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains,

the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the
slot number, or enter a * to display a list of 11DPE12E
cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

detail

Display the provisioned information for the current state.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-28
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Flowcm

Flow continuity monitoring. It is applicable when the pack

is in QinQ mode.
Value:

APS/PCC: The flow continuity monitoring is

implemented with OTU2 APS/PCC and it is used for
interworking with 11DPE12 pack.

CCM: The flow continuity monitoring is implemented

with Ethernet OAM CCM, and it is used for 11DPE12E
packs connection.

Default: APS/PCC
Hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on the
NE (see config admin.
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

Lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature below which the low temperature
alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C or F,
depending on the temperature units configured on the NE
(see config admin.
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature threshold
minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F for 1830 PSS
Default: -5C or 23F for 1830 PSS

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-29
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Mode

The valid pack mode values are:

Fullrate: The pack provides one full rate GbE service

on each client port with HIGIG mode.

Subrate: The pack provides more than one subrate

GbE service on each client port with HIGIG mode.

QinQ: The pack provides more than one sub-GbE

service on each client port. The CE-VLAN ID shall be
used to distinguish 10 sub-GbE services. Each line port
can transport up to 100 sub-GbE services using Q in Q
transporting. (QinQ supports both fullrate and subrate
service).

Default: QinQ
1. The pack mode of 11DPE12E shall not be allowed to
change if there is a valid VTS connection on the pack.
2. If the 11DPE12E pack has been provisioned with an
ESNCP group, the pack mode of 11DPE12E shall not
be allowed to change.
3. Switching 11DPE12E pack mode among fullrate,
subrate and QinQ will reset the pack to the default state
of the corresponding mode.
Name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to display

the current name. To change the name, enter this keyword
followed by a character string that specifies the name of the
card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

Reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm restart

re-initializes the card software only, and is not service
affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-30
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

stpid

The tag protocol identifiers In Q in Q mode, four global

STPIDs for SVLAN tag can be provisioned per pack. Enter
the keyword, followed by the stpid value.
Stpid value range: 0xFFFF

Default stpid1 : 0x88a8

Default stpid2 : 0x8100

Default stpid3 : 0x9100

Default stpid4 : 0x9200

To avoid ambiguity in processing the Ethernet frame, we

suggest not to use known public protocol value in the stpid
field, such as 0x0806 (ARP), 0x0200 (PUP),
0x8035(RARP), 0x0800(IP), 0x86DD(Ipv6), and so on.
Tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance, enter
this keyword followed by an integer value to specify the
card temperature tolerance. The temperature tolerance
defines the change in temperature that must occur before
the alarm is cleared. For example, if the high temperature
alarm is triggered at 55C and the tolerance is set to 3C,
the alarm is not cleared until the card cools to below 52C.
Similarly, where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when
the card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin.
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Sync

Configure the timing synchronization attributes. See

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ sync.

Ethoam md1

Configure the Ethernet OAM attributes. See config card

11dpe12e shelf/slot/ ethoam md1.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Successful command example
# config card 11DPE12E *
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-31
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin Oper State

Location Programmed Type
State State Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------1/7
11DPE12E
Up
Up
1/12 11DPE12E
Up
Up

# config card 11DPE12E 1/12 detail

Description : bank-W
Admin state : up
Oper state : up
Mode
: qinq
Hightemp
: 75C
Lowtemp
: -5C
Tolerance : 3C
Stpid1
: 0x88a8
Stpid2
: 0x8100
Stpid3
: 0x9100
Stpid4
: 0x9200
Flowcm
: ccm

# config card 11DPE12E 1/12 description Bank-W

# config card 11DPE12E 1/12 hightemp 75
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 mode qinq
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 stpid stpid1 1234
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 stpid stpid1 1 stpid2 2
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 stpid stpid1 1 stpid2 2 stpid3 3
stpid4 4
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 flowcm ccm
# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 ethoam

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command.

# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 stpid stpid1 1234

Error Request Failed : invalid card rate mode

# config card 11DPE12E 1/7 flowcm ccm

Error Request Failed : invalid card rate mode

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 11DPE12e

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-32
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpm12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card 11dpm12

Command description

This command configures card options for 11DPM12 OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 11DPM12 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if

set incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner.

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card 11DPM12 shelf/slot| *
name [string]
hightemp [ degrees]
lowtemp [ degrees]
tolerance [ degrees]
reset {warm | cold}
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed
by a slash and the slot number, or enter a * to
display a list of 11DPM12 cards on the network
element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.5 for valid numeric shelf/slot
ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-33
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpm12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword

to display the current name. To change the name,
enter this keyword followed by a character string
that specifies the name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword

to display the current description. To change the
description, enter this keyword followed by a
character string that provides a description of the
card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter

this keyword to display the current threshold. To
change the threshold, enter this keyword followed
by an integer value to specify the temperature
above which the high temperature alarm is
triggered. Specify the threshold in C or F,
depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-34
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpm12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter

this keyword to display the current threshold. To
change the threshold, enter this keyword followed
by an integer value to specify the temperature
below which the low temperature alarm is
triggered. Specify the threshold in C or F,
depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the
temperature tolerance must be lower than the high
temperature threshold minus the temperature
tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F for 1830
PSS
Range: -45C to 90C, or -49F to 194F for 1830
PSS-4
Default: -5C or 23F for 1830 PSS
Default: -40C or -40F for 1830 PSS-4

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this

keyword to display the current tolerance. To
change the tolerance, enter this keyword followed
by an integer value to specify the card temperature
tolerance. The temperature tolerance defines the
change in temperature that must occur before the
alarm is cleared. For example, if the high
temperature alarm is triggered at 55C and the
tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not cleared
until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when
the card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerence in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-35
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11dpm12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

reset

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by

warm or cold:
Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm
restart re-initializes the card software only, and is
not service affecting.
Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart
re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command examples:
# config card 11dpm12 *
Admin
State

Oper
State

State

Location Programmed Type

Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/7
11DPM12
Up
Up
1/12
11DPM12
Up
Up
# config card 11dpm12 1/12 description Bank-W

# config card 11dpm12 1/12 hightemp 75

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command:

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following are related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type
config interface 11dpm12
show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-36
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11qpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card 11qpa4

Command description

This command configures card options for 11QPA4 OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 11QPA4 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card 11QPA4 shelf/slot | *
name[string]
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
tolerance [degrees]
reset {warm | cold}
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11QPA4 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-37
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11qpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

Description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

Hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin.
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

Lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin.
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F for 1830 PSS
Range: -45C to 90C, or -49F to 194F for 1830 PSS-4
Default: -5C or 23F for 1830 PSS
Default: -40C or -40F for 1830 PSS-4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-38
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11qpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to specify
the card temperature tolerance. The temperature tolerance
defines the change in temperature that must occur before
the alarm is cleared. For example, if the high temperature
alarm is triggered at 55C and the tolerance is set to 3C,
the alarm is not cleared until the card cools to below 52C.
Similarly, where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared
when the card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerence in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin.
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm restart

re-initializes the card software only, and is not service
affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# config card 11QPA4 *
Admin

Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/7
11QPA4
Up
Up
1/12
11QPA4
Up
Up
# config card 11QPA4 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 11QPA4 1/12 hightemp 75

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-39
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11qpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command.

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 11qpa4

show card

config card 11star1

Command description

This command configures the card options for 11STAR1 OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 11STAR1 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if

set incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card 11star1 shelf/slot | *
name
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-40
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11star1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tolerance [degrees]
reset {warm | cold}
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11STAR1 cards on the network element by location..
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-41
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11star1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-42
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11star1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card 11star1 *
Admin Oper State
Location Programmed Type
State State Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------1/12
11STAR1
Up
Up
1/30
11STAR1
Up
Up
# config card 11star1 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 11star1 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 11star1

show card

config card 11stmm10

Command description

This command configures card options for an 11STMM10 OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an 11STMM10 card before you can configure the card options. See config
slot <shelf/slot> type.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-43
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11stmm10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config card 11stmm10 shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11STMM10 cards on the network element by location..
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-44
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11stmm10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-45
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 11stmm10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card 11stmm10 *
Admin
Oper
State
Location
Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/12
11STMM10
Up
Up
1/13
11STMM10
Up
Up
# config card 11stmm10 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 11stmm10 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 11stmm10

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-46
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 43sta1p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card 43sta1p

Command description

This command configures card options for a 43STA1P OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept a 43STA1P card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
shelf/slot type.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card 43sta1p shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
43sta1p cards on the network element by location..
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-47
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 43sta1p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-48
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 43sta1p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

tolerance

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card 11stmm10 *
Admin
Oper
State
Location
Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/12
43sta1p
Up
Up
1/13
43sta1p
Up
Up
# config card 43sta1p 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 43sta1p 1/12 hightemp 75

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-49
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 43sta1p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 43sta1p

show card

config card {43stx4|43stx4p}

Command description

This command configures card options for a 43STX4 or 43STS4P OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept a 43STX4 or 43STX4P card before you can configure the card options. See
config slot shelf/slot type.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name
reset {warm | cold}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-50
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {43stx4|43stx4p}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
43STX4 or 43STX4P cards on the network element by
location..
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-51
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {43stx4|43stx4p}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

tolerance

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card 43stx4 *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
----------------------------------------------------------------1/12
43stx4
Up
Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-52
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {43stx4|43stx4p}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/13
43stx4
Up
Up
# config card 43STX4 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 43STX4 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

show card

config card 43scx4

Command description

This command configures card options for a 43SCX4 OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance
Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept a 43SCX4 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
shelf/slot type.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card 43scx4 shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-53
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 43scx4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

reset {warm | cold}

tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
43SCX4 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-54
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 43scx4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

tolerance

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card 43scx4 *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/12
43scx4
Up
Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-55
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 43scx4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/13
43scx4
Up
Up
# config card 43scx4 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 43scx4 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 43scx4

show card

config card 4dpa2

Command description

This command configures card options for a 4DPA2 OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance
Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept a 4DPA2 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
shelf/slot type.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card 4dpa2 shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name
reset {warm | cold}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-56
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 4dpa2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
4DPA2 cards on the network element by location..
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-57
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 4dpa2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

tolerance

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card 4DPA2 *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/12
4DPA2
Up
Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-58
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 4dpa2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/13
4DPA2
Up
Up
# config card 4dpa2 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 4dpa2 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 4dpa2

show card

config card 4dpa4

Command description

This command configures card options for a 4DPA4 OT.

Use this command to:

Change the card mode.

Specify a name and description for the card
Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept a 4DPA4 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
shelf/slot type.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if

set incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card 4dpa4 shelf/slot | *
cardmode [dualtran | flexmux]
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-59
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 4dpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

name
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
4DPA4 cards on the network element by location..
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

cardmode

Enter this keyword to display the current card mode.

To change the card mode, enter this keyword followed by
dualtran or flexmux.

Set to dualtran to support FC400 client signals only

Set to flexmux to support all client signals, except

FC400.

Setting the card mode parameter is allowed only when

there are no connections and all ports are unassigned.
Changing the card mode parameter is allowed only when
there are no connections and all ports are unassigned.
Changing the card mode to a different value
automatically clears any non-default provisioning of
firmware release (package identifier) and automatically
triggers a cold restart of the card to download the default
version of the firmware line corresponding to the new
cardmode.
description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-60
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 4dpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F for 1830 PSS
Range: -45C to 90C, or -49F to 194F for 1830 PSS-4
Default: -5C or 23F for 1830 PSS
Default: -40C or -40F for 1830 PSS-4

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-61
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card 4dpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card 4DPA4 *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/12
4DPA4
Up
Up
1/13
4DPA4
Up
Up
# config card 4dpa4 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card 4dpa4 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface 4dpa4

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-62
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {LD-type card}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card {LD-type card}

Command description

This command configures card options for an amplifier or OSCT card.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an A2325A, AM2017B, AM2125A, AM2125B, AM2318A, AM2325B,
AHPHG, AHPLG, ALPFGT, ALPHG, or OSCT card before you can configure the
card options. See config slot shelf/slot type.
Note: PSS1AHP slot is configured automatically.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner: all parameters other than

those listed below.

A cold reset is service affecting.

Administrator: Intrusion-detection, baseline, threshold,

pollperiod, clearalarm.

Syntax
config card {a2325a|am2017b|am2125a|am2125b
|am2318a|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alpfgt|alphg|osct|pss1ahp}shelf/slot
| *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name[string]
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
intrusion
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-63
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {LD-type card}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detection [on | off]

baseline [value]
threshold [ value]
pollperiod [ value]
clearalarm
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * A2325A,
AM2017B, AM2125A, AM2125B, AM2318A,
AM2325B, AHPHG, AHPLG, ALPFGT, ALPHG, OSCT,
or PSS1AHP cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-64
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {LD-type card}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-65
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {LD-type card}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance.
To change the tolerance, enter this keyword followed by
an integer value to specify the card temperature tolerance.
The temperature tolerance defines the change in
temperature that must occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

detection

Set this to on to enable intrusion monitoring, or off to

disable monitoring.

baseline

Specifies the baseline span loss value that is used in

optical intrusion monitoring.

Settable range: 1 to 50 dB

Initial value: -1 dB

help: display the valid and initial values.

threshold

Specifies the allowed deviation from the baseline span

loss. If detection is set to on, and the deviation from the
baseline span loss is greater than or equal to the threshold
value, then the Optical Intrusion Detected alarm is raised.

Settable range: 1.0 to 5.0 dB

Default: 1.5 dB

help: display the valid and default values.

pollperiod

Specifies the polling period for optical intrusion

monitoring . The span loss is measured and compared
with the baseline once every pollperiod.

Settable range: 20 to 120 seconds.

Default 30 seconds

help: display the valid and default values

clearalarm

Clears an existing Optical Intrusion Detected alarm.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-66
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {LD-type card}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card alphg *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/12
ALPHG
Up
Up
1/13
ALPHG
Up
Up
# config card alphg 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card alphg 1/12 hightemp 75

# config card alphg 1/12 baseline 22.5

# config card alphg 1/12 clearalarm
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2125a|am2125b

|am2318a|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alpfgt|alphg|osct|pss1ahp}

show card

config card mvac

Command description

This command configures card options for MVAC single variable attenuator.
Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the temperature thresholds and tolerance
Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element you must configure a slot to
accept an MVAC card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-67
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mvac

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-16 and 1830 PSS-32

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card overheating and
possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner.

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card mvac shelf/slot | *
name [ string ]
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
tolerance [degrees]
reset {warm | cold}
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains, the
card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot
number, or enter a * to display a list of MVAC cards on the
network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric values
of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to display the
current name. To change the name, enter this keyword followed
by a character string that specifies the name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to display the

current description. To change the description, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that provides a
description of the card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-68
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mvac

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this keyword
to display the current threshold. To change the threshold, enter
this keyword followed by an integer value to specify the
temperature above which the high temperature alarm is
triggered. Specify the threshold in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE . Seeconfig admin.
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the temperature
tolerance must be greater than the low temperature threshold
plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this keyword
to display the current threshold. To change the threshold, enter
this keyword followed by an integer value to specify the
temperature below which the low temperature alarm is
triggered. Specify the threshold in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE. See config admin.
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature threshold
minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance, enter this
keyword followed by an integer value to specify the card
temperature tolerance. The temperature tolerance defines the
change in temperature that must occur before the alarm is
cleared. For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered
at 55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not cleared
until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly, where lowtemp =
5C, the alarm is cleared when the card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerence in C or F, depending on the temperature
units configured on the NE (See config admin.
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-69
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mvac

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

reset

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warmor cold:

Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm restart

re-initializes the card software only, and is not service
affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is service
affecting.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example:
# config card mvac *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/12
MVAC
Up
Up
1/30
MVAC
Up
Up

# config card mvac 1/12 description Bank-W

# config card mvac 1/12 hightemp 75

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command:

# Error Command example

Error Response text

Related Commands

The following are related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type
config interface mvac
show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-70
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {cwr8|cwr8-88}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card {cwr8|cwr8-88}

Command description

This command configures card options for a CWR8 or CWR8-88 wavelength selective
switch.
Use this command to:

Set the power levels for manually managed optical lines.

Specify a name and description for the card
Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance
Reset the card
Note: : If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept a CWR8 or CWR8-88 card before you can configure the card options. See
config slot shelf/slot type.

Impact

Access levels

Sets power levels.

Administrator, Provisioner

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.
A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot | *
addpath [channelcount | degreecount | egresspower | targetpower ]
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
reset {warm | cold}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-71
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {cwr8|cwr8-88}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
CWR8 or CWR8-88 cards on the network element by
location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-72
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {cwr8|cwr8-88}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

addpath

Configure the CWR8 or CWR8-88 card add-path bulk

power control parameters.
Follow this keyword with one of:

description

channelcount - to specify the number of channel of

the add path on the CWR8 or CWR8-88 card.
Follow this keyword with one of:
value - specify the add path egress power in
dBm.
Range: 8 to 44 (CWR8) 8 to 88 (CWR8-88)
Default: 12
help - display the valid and default values

degreecount - to specify the number of degrees

connected to the CWR8 card or planned number of
degrees that will be connected to this CWR8.
Follow this keyword with one of:
value - specify the add path target power in dBm.
Range: 1 to 8
Default: 2
help - display the valid and default values

egresspower - to specify the egress power of the add

path on the CWR8 or CWR8-88 card.
Follow this keyword with one of:
value - specify the add path egress power in
dBm.
Range: -35 to 11 dBm
Default: -9 dBm
help - display the valid and default values

targetpower - to specify the expected input power of

the add path on the CWR8 or CWR8-88 card.
Follow this keyword with one of:
value - specify the add path target power in dBm.
Range: -10.0 to 10.0 dBm
Default: 1.3 dBm
help - display the valid and default values

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-73
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {cwr8|cwr8-88}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-74
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {cwr8|cwr8-88}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card cwr8 *
Admin Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State State
Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/12 CWR8
Up
Up
1/14 CWR8
Up
Up
# config card cwr8 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card cwr8 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-75
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card wr8-88a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card wr8-88a

Command description

This command configures card options for a WR8-88A wavelength selective switch
Use this command to:

Set the power levels for manually managed optical lines.

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept a WR8-88A card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
shelf/slot type.

Impact

Access levels

Sets power levels.

Administrator, Provisioner

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.
A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card wr8-88a shelf/slot | *
addpath [channelcount | degreecount | egresspower | targetpower ]
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
reset {warm | cold}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-76
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card wr8-88a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
WR8-88A cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

addpath

Configure the WR8-88A card add-path bulk power

control parameters.
Follow this keyword with one of:

channelcount - to specify the number of channel of

the add path on the CWR8 or CWR8-88 card.
Follow this keyword with one of:
value - specify the add path egress power in
dBm.
Range: 8 to 88 WR8-88A
Default: 12
help - display the valid and default values

degreecount to specify the number of degrees

connected to the card or planned number of degrees
that will be connected to this card.
Follow this keyword with one of:
value - specify the add path target power in dBm.
Range: 1 to 8 (WR8-88A)
Default: 2
help - display the valid and default values

egresspower - to specify the egress power of the add

path on the card.
Follow this keyword with one of:
value - specify the add path egress power in
dBm.
Range: -35 to 11 dBm
Default: -9 dBm
help - display the valid and default values

targetpower - to specify the expected input power of

the add path on the card.
Follow this keyword with one of:
value - specify the add path target power in dBm.
Range: -10.0 to 10.0 dBm
Default: 1.3 dBm
help - display the valid and default values

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-77
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card wr8-88a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-78
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card wr8-88a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

reset

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:

tolerance

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card wr8-88a *
Admin Oper State
Location Programmed Type
State State Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/12 WR8-88a
Up
Up
1/14 WR8-88a
Up
Up
# config card wr8-88a 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card wr8-88a 1/12 hightemp 75

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-79
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card wr8-88a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface wr8-88a

show card {cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}

config card dcm

Command description

This command configures card options for a DCM card.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Specify the programmed compensation distance

Specify the fiber type contained in the DCM. DCM ending in Bcontain Fiber Bragg
Grating instead of dispersion compensating fiber.

Impact

Access levels

Programmed compensation distance

will be checked against actual fiber
length.

Administrator, Provisioner.

Syntax
config card dcm shelf/slot | *
description [string]
distance
[10|20|30|40|50|60|70|80|90|100|110|120|130|140|160|180|200|220|240]
name [string]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-80
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card dcm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

fibertype [SSMF | ELEAF | TWRS| SSMFB| ELEAFB]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
the DCM cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

distance

Specifies the programmed (expected) compensation

distance in km, for comparison the with actual fiber
length in the DCM module. Enter this keyword to display
the current programmed distance. To change the
programmed distance, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values, in km: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60,
70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, and 140 for SSMF.
20, 40, 60, 80, 100, and 120 for ELEAF and TWRS.
10,20,30,40,50,60,70,80,90,100,110,120,140,160,180,200,
220 and 240 for SSMFB.
40,60,80,100,120,140,160,180,200,220 and 240 for
ELEAFB.

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

fibertype

Specifies the fiber type the DCM is designed to

compensate.
To change the programmed type enter this keyword
followed by SSMF, ELEAF or TWRS for DCM
containing dispersion compensating fiber. Enter SSMFB
or ELEAFB for DCM containing FBG.
Default: SSMF

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-81
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card dcm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card dcm *
Admin Oper
State
Location
Programmed Type
State State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------25/1
DCM
Up
Up
26/1
DCM
Up
Up
# config card dcm 25/1 distance 60

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config shelf

config slot shelf/slot

config interface dcm

show card

config card ec
Command description

This command configures options for EC card.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card
Access a sub-command to configure options for EC card-level PMs

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-82
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card ec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config card ec shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
pm
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
EC cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-83
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card ec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F for 1830 PSS.
Range: -45C to 90C, or -49F to 194F for 1830 PSS-4
and 1830 PSS-1
Default: -5C or 23F for 1830 PSS
Default: -40C or -40F for 1830 PSS-4 and 1830 PSS-1

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

pm

Configure the options for gathering PMs for the card. See
config card ec pm.

reset

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

reinitializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-84
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card ec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card ec *
Admin
Oper
State
Location
Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/1
ec
Up
Up
2/1
ec
Up
Up
# config card ec 1/1 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface ec

config card ec shelf/slot pm

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-85
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card ec shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card ec shelf/slot pm

Command description

This command configures the options for gathering card-level performance monitoring
(PM) for the specified control card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

Specifies how performance

statistics are gathered and stored for
the card.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config card ec shelf/slot pm card
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id | *]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-86
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card ec shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword to

display the current number of bins. To change the value,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of bins. Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At
the end of the interval, the statistics are rolled into
subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are stored
in bin 1, and bin 1 contents are stored in bin 2, and so on.
The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins

clear

Clears the data in all of the bins for the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword to

display the current profile identifier. Enter this keyword
followed by * to display the list of profiles. To change the
value, enter this keyword followed by an integer value for
the profile identifier. Use the command
config profile pm card to configure profiles.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples
(config card ec 1/1 pm card 0)# clear
(config card ec 1/1 pm card 1)# bins 20
(config card ec 1/1 pm card 1)# profile 2

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config card ec

config profile pm card

show card ec shelf/slot pm

show profile pm card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-87
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card btc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card btc

Command description

This command configures card options for BTC module. Use this command to specify a
name and description for the card.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-36 only.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

Syntax
config card btc shelf/slot | *
description [string]
name [string]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card.
Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot
number, or enter a * to display a list of the BTC cards on
the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-88
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card btc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config card btc *

Admin

Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/42
BTC
Up
Up
1/43
BTC
Up
Up
2/42
BTC
Up
Up
2/43
BTC
Up
Up
# config card btc 1/42 description Bank-W

Related commands
show card btc

config card flc

Command description

This command configures card options for FLC.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance
Reset the card

Access a sub-command to configure options for FLC card-level PMs

Operate the audible alarm cut-off function (ACO)

This command applies to 1830 PSS-36 only.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card flc shelf/slot | *
audibleoff
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-89
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card flc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
pm
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
FLC cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

audibleoff

Release audible alarm contacts (silence the alarm bells,

lights, horns, etc) without dismissing the alarm. Releases
the audible alarm relays in the FLC card.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-90
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card flc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F for 1830 PSS.
Default: -5C or 23F for 1830 PSS

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

pm

Configure the options for gathering PMs for the card. See
config card flc pm.

reset

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

reinitializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-91
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card flc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card flc *
Admin
Oper
State
Location
Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/23
flc
Up
Up
# config card flc 1/1 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface flc

config card flc shelf/slot pm

show card flc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-92
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card flc shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card flc shelf/slot pm

Command description

This command configures the options for gathering card-level performance monitoring
(PM) for the specified FLC control card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-36 only.

Impact

Access levels

Specifies how performance

statistics are gathered and stored for
the card.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config card flc shelf/slot pm card
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id | *]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-93
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card flc shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword to

display the current number of bins. To change the value,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of bins. Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At
the end of the interval, the statistics are rolled into
subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are stored
in bin 1, and bin 1 contents are stored in bin 2, and so on.
The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins

clear

Clears the data in all of the bins for the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword to

display the current profile identifier. To change the value,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
profile identifier. Use the command
config profile pm card to configure profiles.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples
(config card flc 1/23 pm card 0)# clear
(config card flc 1/23 pm card 1)# bins 20
(config card flc 1/23 pm card 1)# profile 2

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config card flc

config profile pm card

show card flc shelf/slot pm

show profile pm card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-94
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {itlb|itlu}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card {itlb|itlu}

Command description

This command configures card options for ITLB or ITLU. Use this command to specify a
name and description for the card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator

Syntax
config card {itlb|itlu} shelf/slot | *
name [string]
description [string]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card.
Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot
number, or enter a * to display a list of the ITLB or ITLU
cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card itlb *
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-95
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {itlb|itlu}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------25/1 ITLB
Up
Up
26/1 ITLB
Up
Up
# config card itlb 55/1 name east

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config shelf

config interface itlb

config interface itlu

show card {itlb|itlu}

config card mesh4

Command description

This command configures card options for MESH4.

Use this command to:

Set the amplifier gain parameters.

Specify a name and description for the card
Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance.

Reset the card.

Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept a MESH4 card before you can configure the card options. See config
<shelf/slot> type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32.

Impact

Access levels

Sets power levels.

Administrator, Provisioner

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.
A cold reset is service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-96
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mesh4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config card mesh4

{shelf/slot | *}

name [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name[string]
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
description [string]
gain [value]
maxgain [value]
mingain [value]
targetpower [value]
tilttarget [value]
voasetting [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains,

the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and
the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of MESH4
cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-97
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mesh4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer value
to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in C
or F, depending on the temperature units configured on
the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm restart

re-initializes the card software only, and is not service
affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-98
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mesh4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to specify
the card temperature tolerance. The temperature tolerance
defines the change in temperature that must occur before
the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

gain

Specifies the amplifier gain. Enter this keyword without

arguments to display the current gain setting. Enter this
keyword followed by help to display the default and valid
values for the gain, or with a valid value to change the
gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (MESH4): 7.00 to 24.00 dB
Default (MESH4): 18.00 dB
The provisioned gain value is only used on optical lines
using manual power management.

maxgain

Specifies the maximum amplifier gain. Enter this keyword

without arguments to display the current gain setting.
Enter this keyword followed by help to display the default
and valid values for the gain, or with a valid value to
change the gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (MESH4): 7.00 to 24.00 dB
Default (MESH4): 18.00 dB
The provisioned maxgain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-99
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mesh4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mingain

Specifies the minimum amplifier gain. Enter this keyword

without arguments to display the current gain setting.
Enter this keyword followed by help to display the default
and valid values for the gain, or with a valid value to
change the gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (MESH4): 7.00 to 24.00 dB
Default (MESH4): 18.00 dB
The provisioned mingain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.

target power

Specifies the per channel target power. .

Range: -30 to 11 dBm

tilttarget

Specifies the amplifier tilt value used by the system

Range: -3 to 0 dB.

voasetting

Specifies the output VOA setting.

Range: 0 to 18 dB.
Default: 0 dB

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output.

# config card mesh4 *
Admin Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/12
MESH4
Up
Up
1/14
MESH4
Up
Up
# config card mesh4 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card mesh4 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot>type

config interface mesh4

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-100
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mt0c

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card mt0c

Command description

This command configures card options for MT0C.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

This command applies to 1830 PSS-36 only.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card mt0c shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
pm
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
MT0C cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-101
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mt0c

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F for 1830 PSS

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-102
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mt0c

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

reset

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:

tolerance

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

reinitializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card mt0c *
Admin
Oper
State
Location
Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
-----------------------------------------------------------------1/11
mt0c
Up
Up
2/11
mt0c
Up
Up
# config card mt0c 1/11 description Bank-W
# config card mt0c 1/1 hightemp 75

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-103
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mt0c

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands
show card mt0c

config card mt0c shelf/slot pm

Command description

This command configures the options for gathering card-level performance monitoring
(PM) for the specified MT0C second-level control function (SLC) card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-36 only.

Impact

Access levels

Specifies how performance

statistics are gathered and stored for
the card.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config card mt0c shelf/slot pm card
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id | *]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-104
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card mt0c shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword to

display the current number of bins. To change the value,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of bins. Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At
the end of the interval, the statistics are rolled into
subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are stored
in bin 1, and bin 1 contents are stored in bin 2, and so on.
The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins

clear

Clears the data in all of the bins for the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword to

display the current profile identifier. To change the value,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value for the
profile identifier. Use the command
config profile pm card to configure profiles.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples
(config card mt0c 1/11 pm card 0)# clear
(config card mt0c 1/11 pm card 1)# bins 20
(config card mt0c 1/11 pm card 1)# profile 2

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config card mt0c

config profile pm card

show card mt0c shelf/slot pm

show profile pm card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-105
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card opsa

Command description

This command configures card options for OPSA protection switch.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card.

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

Set the protection mode
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an OPSA card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if

set incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card opsa shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
protectionmode [ochp | olp | omsp]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-106
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [auto| manual]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
OPSA cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric values of shelf and
slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-107
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

tolerance

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

protectionmode

Specify the protection mode for OPSA. Enter this

keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

OCHP: optical channel protection

OLP: optical line protection

OMSP: optical multiplex section protection

Default: OCHP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-108
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Type

Specify the VOA attentuation mode. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Auto: Both A and B ports of the OPSA card are

provisioned as auto. In auto mode, VOA attentuation
is not provisionable.

Manual: Both A and B ports of the OPSA card are

provisioned as manual.
Default: Manual

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card opsa *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/12
OPSA
Up
Up
1/30
OPSA
Up
Up
# config card opsa 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card opsa 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot shelf/slot type

config interface opsa

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-109
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card ra2p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card ra2p

Command description

This command configures card options for an integrated raman card.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept a RA2P card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.

Impact

Access Levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card overheating and
possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner.

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card ra2p shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees}
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains, the
card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot
number, or enter a * to display a list of RA2P cards on the
network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.5 section for valid numeric values of shelf and
slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-110
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card ra2p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to display the

current description. To change the description, enter this keyword
followed by a character string that provides a description of the
card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this keyword
to display the current threshold. To change the threshold, enter
this keyword followed by an integer value to specify the
temperature above which the high temperature alarm is triggered.
Specify the threshold in C or F, depending on the temperature
units configured on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the temperature
tolerance must be greater than the low temperature threshold plus
the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this keyword to
display the current threshold. To change the threshold, enter this
keyword followed by an integer value to specify the temperature
below which the low temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the
threshold in C or F, depending on the temperature units
configured on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature threshold
minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to display the
current name. To change the name, enter this keyword followed
by a character string that specifies the name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warm to perform a warm restart. A warm restart

re-initializes the card software only, and is not service
affecting.

Set to coldto perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is service
affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-111
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card ra2p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to display

the current tolerance. To change the tolerance, enter this keyword
followed by an integer value to specify the card temperature
tolerance. The temperature tolerance defines the change in
temperature that must occur before the alarm is cleared. For
example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at 55C and
the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not cleared until the card
cools to below 52C. Similarly, where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm
is cleared when the card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerence in C or F, depending on the temperature
units configured on the NE (see config admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card ra2p *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/12
RA2P
Up
Up
1/13
RA2P
Up
Up

# config card ra2p 1/12 description Bank-W

# config card ra2p 1/12 hightemp 75
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type
config interface ra2p
show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-112
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card pss1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card pss1gbe

Command description

This command configures card options for a PSS1GBE OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance

Reset the card

Set the pack rate mode
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an pss1gbe card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card pss1gbe shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-113
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card pss1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mode [fullrate|subrate|qinq <tpid>]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
pss1gbe cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -45C to 90C, or -49F to 194F
Default: -40C or -40F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-114
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card pss1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

tolerance

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card pss1gbe *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State Qualifier
----------------------------------------------------------------

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-115
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card pss1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/7
PSS1GBE
Up
Up
# config card pss1gbe 1/7 description Bank-W
# config card pss1gbe 1/7 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot shelf/slot type

config interface pss1gbe

show card

config card pss1md4

Command description

This command configures card options for a PSS1MD4 OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance
Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an PSS1MD4 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card pss1md4 shelf/slot | *
cardmode [dualtran | flexmux]
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-116
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card pss1md4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

name [string]
reset {warm | cold}
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
PSS1MD4 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

cardmode

Enter this keyword to display the current card mode.

To change the card mode, enter this keyword followed by
dualtran or flexmux.

Set to dualtran to support FC400 client signals

only

Set to flexmux to support all client signals, except

FC400

Setting the card mode parameter is allowed only when

there are no connections and all ports are unassigned.
Changing the card mode to a different value triggers the
software to automatically perform a cold restart of the
card and download the default version of the other
firmware line.
description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-117
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card pss1md4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -45C to 90C, or -49F to 194F
Default: -40C or -40F

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-118
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card pss1md4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card pss1md4 *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------------1/7
PSS1MD4
Up
Up
1/8
PSS1MD4
Up
Up
# config card pss1md4 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card pss1md4 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot shelf/slot type

config interface pss1md4

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-119
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

Command description

This command configures card options for SFD44, SFD44B, SFD40 or SFD40B. Use this
command to specify a name and description for the card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} shelf/slot | *
description [string]
name [string]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
the SFD44, SFD44B, SFD40 or SFD40B cards on the
network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card sfd44 *
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-120
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State Qualifier
--------------------------------------------------------25/1
SFD44
Up
Up
26/1
SFD44
Up
Up
# config card sfd44 25/1 description Bank-W

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config shelf

config slot shelf/slot

config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

show card

config card pss1p21

Command description

This command configures card options for PSS1P21 OT. Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance
Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an PSS1P21 card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config card pss1p21 shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-121
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card pss1p21

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

reset {warm | cold}

tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
PSS1GBE cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -45C to 90C, or -49F to 194F
Default: -40C or -40F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-122
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card pss1p21

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

tolerance

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card pss1p21 *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-123
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card pss1p21

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/7
pss1p21
Up
Up
# config card pss1p21 1/7 description ABC
# config card pss1p21 1/7 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot shelf/slot type

config interface pss1p21

show card

config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

Command description

This command configures card options for SFDs and SFCs.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Configure one fiber mux or two fiber mode for SFC cards

SFC1 includes SFC1A SFC1H; 1830 PSS-1 only

SFC2 includes SFC2A SFC2D
SFC4 includes SFC4A, SFC4B
SFC8 includes SFC8 only
SFD5 includes SFD5A SFD5H; 1830 PSS only
SFD8 includes SFD8A SFD8D; 1830 PSS only
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an SFD or SFC card before you can configure the card options. See config
slot shelf/slot type.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8} shelf/slot | *
description [string]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-124
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mode [OneFiberMux | TwoFiber]

name [string]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
the SFD44, SFD44B, SFD40 or SFD40B cards on the
network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

mode

Specifies the card mode for SFC2, SFC4 or SFC8 cards.

Enter this keyword followed by:

OneFiberMux supports bidirectional transmission

over a single fiber

TwoFiber supports bidirectional transmission over

two fibers
name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card sfc2a *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/4
SFC2A
Up
Up
1/5
SFC2A
Up
Up
# config card sfc2a 1/4 description west

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-125
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot shelf/slot

config interface {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

show card

config card svac

Command description

This command configures card options for SVAC single variable attenuator.
Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card.

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance.

Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an SVAC card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type.

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card svac shelf/slot | *
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
reset {warm | cold}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-126
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card svac

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
SVAC cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-127
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card svac

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

reset

tolerance

Resets the card. Enter this keyword followed by warm or

cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card svac *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/12
SVAC
Up
Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-128
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card svac

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/30
SVAC
Up
Up
# config card svac 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card svac 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot shelf/slot

config interface svac

show card

config card wtocm

Command description

This command configures the card options for wtocm OT.

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the card temperature thresholds and tolerance
Reset the card
Note: If you are preconfiguring the network element, you must configure a slot to
accept an WTOCM card before you can configure the card options. See config slot
<shelf/slot> type

Impact

Access levels

Temperature threshold values, if set

incorrectly, can lead to card
overheating and possible failure.

Administrator, Provisioner

A cold reset is service affecting.

Syntax
config card wtocm shelf/slot | *
name [string]
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
lowtemp [degrees]
tolerance [degrees]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-129
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card wtocm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

reset {warm | cold}

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
WTOCM cards on the network element by location..
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Card-shelf-slot

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature above which the high
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-130
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card wtocm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change the
threshold, enter this keyword followed by an integer
value to specify the temperature below which the low
temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the threshold in
C or F, depending on the temperature units configured
on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the temperature
tolerance must be lower than the high temperature
threshold minus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: -5C or 23F

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this keyword to

display the current tolerance. To change the tolerance,
enter this keyword followed by an integer value to
specify the card temperature tolerance. The temperature
tolerance defines the change in temperature that must
occur before the alarm is cleared.
For example, if the high temperature alarm is triggered at
55C and the tolerance is set to 3C, the alarm is not
cleared until the card cools to below 52C. Similarly,
where lowtemp = 5C, the alarm is cleared when the card
warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerance in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F

reset

Resets the card.

Enter this keyword followed by warm or cold:

Set to warmto perform a warm restart. A warm

restart re-initializes the card software only, and is not
service affecting.

Set to cold to perform a cold restart. A cold restart

re-initializes the card software and hardware, and is
service affecting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-131
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config card wtocm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card wtocm *
Admin Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State State Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------1/12
WTOCM
Up
Up
1/16
WTOCM
Up
Up
# config card wtocm 1/12 description Bank-W
# config card wtocm 1/12 hightemp 75

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot <shelf/slot> type

config interface wtocm

show card

config fan
Command description

Configure card options for a FAN. Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card.

Set fan speed for maintenance activity (1830 PSS only)

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config fan shelf
description [string]
fanspeed [normal | maximum]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-132
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

name [string]
Parameter

Description

shelf

Specifies the shelf that contains the fan.

See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

fanspeed

Specifies the fan speed. Applies only to 1830 PSS.

Enter this keyword to display the current fan speed
setting. To change the fan speed, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:

normal - Fan speed controlled automatically by the

system for normal operation

maximum - Fan runs at constant full speed for

maintenance operation.

Default: normal
name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: Fan-shelf

Examples
# config fan 1 description installed by Joe 11/20/2008

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config shelf

show fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-133
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config pf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config pf
Command description

This command configures options for a PF (power filter).

Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card.

Access the subcommand that allows you to configure the housekeeping on the PF of
master shelf in 1830 PSS-36 or 1830 PSS-4
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4, though not
all keywords apply to all of them.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config pf shelf/slot |*
description [string]
hightemp [degrees]
housekeeping
lowtemp [degrees]
name [string]
tolerance [degrees]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains the card. Enter the shelf number followed by
a slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a
list of PF cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric values of shelf for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the
description, enter this keyword followed by a
character string that provides a description of the card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-134
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config pf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

hightemp

The high temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change
the threshold, enter this keyword followed by an
integer value to specify the temperature above which
the high temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the
threshold in C or F, depending on the temperature
units configured on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The high temperature threshold minus the
temperature tolerance must be greater than the low
temperature threshold plus the temperature tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F
Default: 90C or 194F
Not applicable on 1830 PSS-1.

housekeeping

Configure the housekeeping on the PF cards of the

master shelf. See config pf shelf/slot housekeeping
Note: This subcommand only applies to PSS-36 and

PSS-4 master shelf.

lowtemp

The low temperature threshold for the card. Enter this

keyword to display the current threshold. To change
the threshold, enter this keyword followed by an
integer value to specify the temperature below which
the low temperature alarm is triggered. Specify the
threshold in C or F, depending on the temperature
units configured on the NE (see config admin).
Note: The low temperature threshold plus the
temperature tolerance must be lower than the high
temperature threshold minus the temperature
tolerance.
Range: -5C to 90C, or 23F to 194F for 1830 PSS
Default: -5C or 23F for 1830 PSS
Not applicable on 1830 PSS-1.

name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter
this keyword followed by a character string that
specifies the name of the card.
Default: pf-shelf/slot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-135
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config pf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolerance

The temperature tolerance for card. Enter this

keyword to display the current tolerance. To change
the tolerance, enter this keyword followed by an
integer value to specify the card temperature
tolerance. The temperature tolerance defines the
change in temperature that must occur before the
alarm is cleared. For example, if the high temperature
alarm is triggered at 55C and the tolerance is set to
3C, the alarm is not cleared until the card cools to
below 52C. Similarly, where lowtemp = 5C, the
alarm is cleared when the card warms to above 8C.
Specify the tolerence in C or F, depending on the
temperature units configured on the NE (see config
admin).
Range: 0C to 10C, or 0F to 18F
Default: 3C or 5F
Not applicable on 1830 PSS-1.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

Example of 1830 PSS-36
# config pf 1/44 description installed by Joe 11/20/2008
Example of 1830 PSS-1
# config pf 1/2 description abc xyz
Example of 1830 PSS-4
# config pf 1/2 description abc xyz
# config pf 1/2 housekeeping
# config pf 1/3 housekeeping
Error Response for 1830 PSS-4

# config pf 2/2 housekeeping

Error: command not found: housekeeping

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config shelf
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-136
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config pf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config pf shelf/slot housekeeping

show pf

show pf shelf/slot housekeeping

config pf shelf/slot housekeeping

Command description

This command configures options for a PF (power filter) on the master shelf.
Use this command to:

Enable or disable the general purpose relays on the PF.

Specify whether the general purpose inputs are active on a high or low signal.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-36 and PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Settings affect the behavior of the

PF card housekeeping interfaces.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config pf shelf/slothousekeeping
[1-4]genRelay [opr | rls | auto <shelf/slot>]
[1-4]outputLabel [string]
[1-8]inputActive [high | low]
[1-8]inputMessage [string]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number.
Note: Housekeeping only applies to master shelf.
Note: For PSS-36, housekeeping applies only to the first
PF card (slot 44) in the main shelf.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-137
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config pf shelf/slot housekeeping

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

[1-4]genRelay

Enable or disable the general purpose relay [1-2] for

PSS-4 and [1-4] for PSS-36. Enter this keyword to
display the current setting. To change the setting, enter
this keyword followed by opr, rls, or auto.

Set to opr to close dry contact [1-2] or [1-4].

Set to rls to open dry contact [1-2] or [1-4].

Set to auto to place the contact under software

control [1-2] or [1-4].
Default: rls

Shelf/slot is specified only for the auto parameter value.

The shelf/slot value cannot be the same as a shelf/slot
value that is already provisioned for any other relay. If
there is an existing auto value for a relay, any attempt to
change the value will require a confirmation from the
user. The confirmation will be accompanied by the
following message:
Warning: This relay is currently set to AUTO, and
changing its value could affect the shut down and restart
of Raman pumps. Do you want to proceed?
[1-4]outputLabel

User defined label for general purpose output [1-2] for

PSS-4 or [1-4] for PSS-36. Enter this keyword to display
the current label. To change the label, enter this keyword
followed by a character string up to 56 characters.

[1-8]inputActive

Configure the state at which general purpose input [1-3]

for PSS-4 or [1-8] for PSS-36 becomes active. Enter this
keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by high or low.

[1-8]inputmessage

Set to high to have the input become active on a high

signal.

Set to low to have the input become active on a low

signal
Default: high

Configure the message to be delivered when the general

purpose input [1-3] for PSS-4 or [1-8] for PSS-36
becomes active. Enter this keyword to display the current
message. To change the message, enter this keyword
followed by a character string up to 56 characters.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-138
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config pf shelf/slot housekeeping

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config pf 1/2 housekeeping 1inputMessage Door Open sensor

triggered
# config pf 1/3 housekeeping 1genRelay enabled
# config pf 1/2 housekeeping 1genRelay auto 1/5
Error response
# config pf 2/2 housekeeping
Error: command not found: housekeeping

Related commands
show pf shelf/slot housekeeping

config redundancy
Overview

This command configures the control card redundancy options.

Use this command to:

Display the current database synchronization status and control card activity states
Switch activity between the active and inactive control cards

Impact

Access levels

An activity switch may result in

unsynchronized databases.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config redundancy
dbsync
detail
switch shelf
switchmtxshelf
Parameter

Description

dbsync

Synchronizes the standby EC database with the active EC

database

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-139
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config redundancy

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the current database synchronization status and

control card activity states (active or inactive)

switch

Switches activity between the active and inactive EC or

FLC cards on the specified shelf. You are prompted to
confirm the activity switch before the switch is performed.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

switchmtx

Switches activity between the active and inactive matrix

cards on the specified shelf. You are prompted to confirm
the activity switch before the switch is performed.
Applies to only to PSS-36 shelves.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-140
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config redundancy

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Successful command example

# config redundancy detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-141
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config redundancy

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Switching activity between the active and inactive control cards

(EC or FLC)
The following command switches activity from the active control card
to the inactive control card:

# config redundancy switch 1

WARNING: You are about to perform an activity switch.
It is recommended that the databases be synchronized before
performing an activity switch
Enter 'yes' to confirm the activity switch or 'no' to cancel: This
section provides examples of the command usage and output.
Commands are shown in bold, responses in plain text.

Switching activity between the active and inactive matrix cards

The following command switches activity from the active control card
to the inactive control card:

# config redundancy switchmtx 1

WARNING: You are about to perform an activity switch.
It is recommended that the databases be synchronized before
performing an activity switch
Enter 'yes' to confirm the activity switch or 'no' to cancel: This
section provides examples of the command usage and output.
Commands are shown in bold, responses in plain text.

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command.

# config redundancy switch 7
Error: shelf not provisioned or invalid shelf id

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show redundancy

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-142
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config shelf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config shelf
Command description

This command configures a shelf on the network element.

Use this command to:

Create and delete shelves

Set the shelf type and associated parameters

Specify a name and description for the shelf

Set the WaveTracker mode for the shelf
Note: The shelf type must be specified before other parameters can be specified.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

The settings can affect shelf behavior

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config shelf {1 | shelfnum}
connectivity [required | notrequired]
description [string]
expectedamps [Auto | 3.7 | 8.5 | 20.6| 20 | 30 | 35 | 50 | 60 |
70]
name [string]
serialnum [string]
type [{dcm | itlb | itlu | pss36 | pss4 | pss1 | pss32 | sfd44 |
sfd44b | sfd40 | sfd40b | empty} [ains]]
shelfWTmode [ enabled | disabled]
Parameter

Description

Configure the main shelf.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-143
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config shelf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Shelfnum

Configure a non-main shelf. For PSS-1, PSS-4,

PSS-32 and PSS-36 shelves, shelfnummust agree
with the rotary dial setting on the backplane.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric values of shelf ranges for each supported
shelf type.

Connectivity

Specifies for a DCM, ITLB, ITLU, SFD44B, SFD44,

SFD40 or SFD40B shelf whether it is expected to be
read and managed via the serial electrical inventory
interface. Does not apply to universal shelves.

required: readability indicates presence/absence

notrequired: the shelf is unmanaged and treated

as always present even though not readable

Description

Specifies the shelf description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the
description, enter this keyword followed by a character
string.

Expectedamps

Specifies for a PSS-32, PSS-16, or PSS-4 shelf the

expected current rating of the shelf PF modules. Does
not apply to DCM, ITLB, PSS-1, PSS-16, SFD44B,
SFD44, SFD40 or SFD40B shelves.
Range (PSS-36): not provisionable (always 150)
Range (PSS-32): AUTO, 20, 30, 50, 60, 70.
Range (PSS-16): AUTO, 20, 35
Range (PSS-4): AUTO, 3.7, 8.5, 20.6
Default: AUTO - When the shelf is equipped, the EC
reads the ID of the two PF cards and take the value
(they should both be the same. But if they are
different, the smaller one will be the shelf power
capacity).

Name

Specifies a name for the shelf. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter
this keyword followed by a character string that
specifies the name.
Default (main shelf): Master Shelf
Default (non-main shelf): Shelf-shelfnum

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-144
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config shelf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Serialnum

Specifies for a DCM, ITLB, ITLU, SFD44B, SFD44,

SFD40 or SFD40B shelf the expected serial number.
Enter this keyword to display the serial number. To
change serial number, enter this keyword followed by
a character string.
Does not apply to PSS-1, PSS-4, PSS-16, PSS-32, and
PSS-36 shelves.

Type

Specifies the type of non-main shelf to be created, or

deletes a shelf. Enter this keyword to display the
current type.
To create a shelf, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

dcm: External DCM shelf

itlb: ITLB shelf

itlu: ITLU shelf

pss1: PSS-1 shelf

pss4: PSS-4

pss32: PSS-32 shelf

pss36:PSS-36 shelf

sfd40: SFD40 shelf

sfd40b: SFD40B shelf

sfd44: SFD44 shelf

sfd44b: SFD44B shelf

To enable AINS for non-main universal shelves,

DCM, ITLB, ITLU, SFD44, SFD44B, SFD40, and
SFD40B, shelves and SFD40B shelves, follow the
shelf type value with the ains qualifier. If set, alarms
are suppressed until after the shelf is first detected.
To deprovision (delete) a shelf, enter the keyword
followed by empty. The main shelf (shelf 1) cannot be
deleted. A non-main universal shelf cannot be deleted
until all non-mandatory cards have been deleted. A
DCM, ITLB, ITLU, SFD44B, SFD44, SFD40 and
SFD40B shelf cannot be deleted until the contained
card has been set to administrative state down.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-145
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config shelf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

shelfWTmode

Set the WaveTracker mode for the shelf. It only

applies to PSS-32 shelf. This parameter does not apply
to PSS-1, PSS-4, PSS-16, DCM, ITLB, SFD44,
SFD44B, SFD40 and SFD40B shelf.
For PSS-36, the only value currently allowed is
Enabled

Enabled The shelf supports WT function. When

shelfWTmode is set to Enabled, system will raise
alarm against PFDCA card.

Disabled The shelf does not support WT

function. When shelfWTmode is set to Disabled,
system does not raise alarm against PFDCA card.

Default: Enabled.
Note: Before setting shelfWTmode from Enabled to
Disabled, all cross-connects on the shelf must set to
unkeyed, all OCH through LD which is located in
this shelf shall be manually managed.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#
#
#
#

config
config
config
config

shelf
shelf
shelf
shelf

2 type pss36
5 expectedamps 100
30 type dcm
30 connectivity notrequired

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# config shelf 1 shelfWTmode disable
Error: To disable the shelfWTMode, all cross-connects on the shelf
must set to "unkeyed", all OCH through LD which is located in this
shelf shall be manually managed.

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot

config card

show shelf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-146
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config slot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config slot
Command description

This command configures a slot in a shelf.

Use this command to:

Pre-provision the network element database to expect a specific card type in the slot
Specify the administrative state of the card in the slot
Note: The slot type must be specified before the state can be provisioned.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-1.

Impact

Access levels

Setting the state to down puts the

card in the slot administratively out
of service.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config slot {shelf/slot | *}
state [up | down | mt]
type
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to diplay a list of
all slots in the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

state

Sets the administrative state of the card in the slot.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the values below,
or enter this keyword alone to display the current
administrative state of the card:

up to set the admin state to in-service.

down to set the admin state to out-of-service.

mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

Default: down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-147
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config slot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Specifies the card type that is or will be inserted into the

slot. See config slot <shelf/slot> type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output.

# config slot 1/4 state up
# config slot 1/7 state mt

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config card

config interface

show shelf

show slot

config slot shelf/slot type

Command description

This command configures a slot for a specific card type.

Use this command to:

Pre-provision the network element database to expect a specific card type in the slot
Change the setting for a pre-provisioned card type to the card type that is currently
inserted into the slot

AINS (automatic in-service): When pre-provisioning a slot for a specific card type, you
can set the ains qualifier to specify that no alarms is generated for the card until it is first
inserted in the slot.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.
Impact

Access levels

Configures the card type for the

specified slot.

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-148
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config slot shelf/slot type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config slot shelf/slot type empty
11dpe12 [ains]
11dpe12e [ains]
11dpm12 [ains]
11qpa4 [ains]
11star1 [ains]
11stge12 [ains]
11stmm10 [ains]
112sca1 [ains]
112sa1l [ains]
112scx10 [ains]
112sx10l [ains]
43sta1p [ains]
{43stx4|43stx4p} [ains]
43scx4 [ains]
4dpa2 [ains]
4dpa4 [ains]
{a2325a|am2017b|am2125a|am2318a|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|
alpfgt|alphg|osct} [ains]
{cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a} [ains]
ec [ains]
mvac [ains]
flc [ains]
mesh4 [ains]
mt0c [ains]
mvac [ains]
opsa [ains]
pf [ains]
ra2p [ains]
{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd5|sfd8} [ains]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-149
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config slot shelf/slot type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

svac [ains]
wtocm [ains]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (shelf): 1-16 (PSS-32), 1 (PSS-1).
Range (slot): 1-36 (PSS-32), 1-6 (PSS-1)

type

Enter this keyword alone to display the current card type

in the specified shelf/slot.

empty

Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11DPGE12 card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

11dpe12

Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11DPE12 card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

11dpe12e

Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11DPE12E card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

11dpm12

Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11DPM12 card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

11qpa4

Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11QPA4 card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

11star1

Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11STAR1 card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

11stge12

Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11STGE12 card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

11stmm10

Pre-provision the NE to expect an 11STMM10 card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-150
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config slot shelf/slot type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

112sca1

Pre-provision the NE to expect an 112SCA1 card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

112scx10

Pre-provision the NE to expect an 112SCX10 card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

43sta1p

Pre-provision the NE to expect a 43STA1P card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

{43stx4|43stx4p}

Pre-provision the NE to expect a 43STX4 or 43STX4P

card in the slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally
by the ains qualifier.

43scx4

Pre-provision the NE to expect a 43SCX4 card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

4dpa2

Pre-provision the NE to expect a 4DPA2 card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

4dpa4

Pre-provision the NE to expect a 4DPA4 card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

Pre-provision the NE to expect an A2325A, AM2017B,

AM2125A, AM2125B, AM2318A, AM2325B, AHPHG,
am2125a|am2125b|am2318a|am2325b
AHPLG, ALPFGT, ALPHG, A2325A, or OSCT card in
|ahphg|ahplg|
the slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the
alpfgt|alphg|osct}
ains qualifier.
{a2325a|am2017b|

{cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}

Pre-provision the NE to expect a CWR8, CWR8-88, or

WR8-88A card in the slot. Enter this keyword, followed
optionally by the ains qualifier.

ec

Pre-provision the NE to expect an EC card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.
Note: on PSS-4 and PSS-1, EC is mandatory, not
provisioned.

flc

Pre-provision the NE to expect an FLC card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.
Applies only to PSS-36.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-151
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config slot shelf/slot type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mesh4

Pre-provision the NE to expect a MESH4 card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

mt0c

Pre-provision the NE to expect an MT0C card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.
Applies only to PSS-36.

mvac

Pre-provision the NE to Expect an MVAC card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

opsa

Pre-provision the NE to expect an OPSA card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

ra2p

Pre-provision the NE to expect a RA2P card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

pf

Pre-provision the NE to expect a PF card in the slot. Enter

this keyword, followed optionally by the ains qualifier.
Does not apply to 1830 PSS-36, 32, 16 (where PFs are
mandatory).

{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|
sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

Pre-provision the NE to expect an SFD or SFC card in the

slot.
Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier:

SFC1 includes SFC1A SFC1H

SFC2 includes SFC2A SFC2D

SFC4 includes SFC4A, SFC4B

SFC8 includes SFC8 only

SFD4 includes SFD4A -SFD4H

SFD5 includes SFD5A SFD5H

SFD8 includes SFD8A SFD8D

svac

Pre-provision the NE to expect an SVAC card in the slot.

Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

wtocm

Pre-provision the NE to expect an WTOCM card in the

slot. Enter this keyword, followed optionally by the ains
qualifier.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-152
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config slot shelf/slot type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output.

# config slot 1/12 type alphg

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot

config card

config interface

show shelf

show slot

config usrpnl
Command description

This command configures card options for the USRPNL (user panel) on the main shelf.
Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Enable or disable the general purpose relays on the user panel
Specify whether the general purpose inputs are active on a high or low signal

Operate the audible alarm cut-off function (ACO)

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-16 and 1830 PSS-32 only.

Impact

Access levels

Settings affect the behavior of the

USRPNL.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config usrpnl 1
[1-4]genRelay [opr | rls | auto <shelf/slot>]
[1-4]outputLabel [string]
[1-8]inputActive [high | low]
[1-8]inputMessage [string]
audibleoff
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-153
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config usrpnl

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

description [string]
name [string]
Parameter

Description

Specifies the main shelf. (secondary shelves in a future

release)

[1-4]genRelay

Enable or disable the general purpose relay [1-4]. Enter

this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
opr, rls, or auto:

Set to opr to close dry contact [1-4].

Set to rls to open dry contact [1-4]

Set to auto to place the contact under software control

[1-4]

Default: rls
Shelf/slot is specified only for the auto parameter value.
The shelf/slot value cannot be the same as a shelf/slot
value that is already provisioned for any other relay.
If there is an existing auto value for a relay, any attempt
to change the value will require a confirmation from the
user.
The confirmation will be accompanied by the following
message:
Warning:: This relay is currently set to AUTO,
and changing its value couldaffect the shut down and restart ofRaman pumps. Do you want to proceed?
[1-4]outputLabel

User defined label for general purpose output [1-4]. Enter

this keyword to display the current label. To change the
label, enter this keyword followed by a character string up
to 56 characters.

[1-8]inputActive

Configure the state at which general purpose input [1-8]

becomes active. Enter this keyword to display the current
setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
high or low:

Set to high to have the input become active on a high

signal

Set to low to have the input become active on a low

signal

Default: high
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-154
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

config usrpnl

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

[1-8]inputMessage

Configure the message to be delivered when the general

purpose input becomes active. Enter this keyword to
display the current message. To change the message, enter
this keyword followed by a character string up to 56
characters.

Audibleoff

Release audible alarm contacts (silence the alarm bells,

lights, horns, and so on) without dismissing the alarm.
Releases the audible alarm relays in the user panel.

Description

Specifies the card description. Enter this keyword to

display the current description. To change the description,
enter this keyword followed by a character string that
provides a description of the card.

Name

Specifies a name for the card. Enter this keyword to

display the current name. To change the name, enter this
keyword followed by a character string that specifies the
name of the card.
Default: User Interface Panel -1

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output.

# config usrpnl 1
(config-usrpnl-1)# 1inputMessage Door Open sensor triggered
(config-usrpnl-1)# 1genRelay enabled
# config usrpnl 1
(config-usrpnl-1)# 1genRelay auto 1/5

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show usrpnl

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-155
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card
Command description

This command shows card configuration information on the network element.

This command provides access to subcommands that allow you to:

Show brief information for all cards of a specific type

Show detailed information for a specific card
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1, and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card
112sca1
112sa1l
112scx10
112sx10l
11dpe12
11dpe12e
11dpm12
11qpa4
11star1
11stge12
11stmm10
43sta1p
{43stx4|43stx4p}
43scx4
4dpa2
4dpa4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-156
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

{a2325a|am2017b|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|
alpfgt|alphg|osct|pss1ahp}
btc
{cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}
dcm
ec
flc
{itlb|itlu}
mesh4
mt0c
mvac
opsa
pss1gbe
pss1md4
pss1p21
{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd4|sfd5|sfd8}
{sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}
ra2p
svac
wr8-88a
wtocm
inventory

shelf/slot
Parameter

Description

112sca1

Show 112SCA1 OT information. See show card

112sca1.

112sa1l

Show 112SA1L OT information. See show card

112sa1l.

112scx10

Show 112SCX10 OT information. See show card

112scx10.

112sx10l

Show 112SX10L OT information. See show card

112sx10l.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-157
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

11dpe12

Show 11DPE12 OT information. See show card

11dpe12.

11dpe12e

Show 11DPE12E OT information. See show card

11dpe12e.

11dpm12

Show 11DPM12 OT information. See show card

11dpm12.

11qpa4

Show 11QPA4 OT information. See show card 11qpa4.

11star1

Show 11STAR1 OT information. See show card 11star1

11stge12

Show 11STGE12 OT information. See show card

11stge12.

11stmm10

Show 11STMM10 OT information. See show card

11stmm10.

43sta1p

Show 43STA1P OT information. See show card

43sta1p.

{43stx4|43stx4p}

Show 43STX4 OT information. See show card

{43stx4|43stx4p}.

43scx4

Show 43SCX4OT information. See show card 43scx4.

4dpa2

Show 4DPA2 OT information. See show card 4dpa2.

4dpa4

Show 4DPA4 OT information. See show card 4dpa4.

{a2325a|am2017b|

Show amplifier or OSCT card information. See show

card {LD-type card}.

|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a
am2325b|ahphg|
ahplg|alpfgt
|alphg|osct|pss1ahp}
btc

Show BTC information. See show card btc

Note: This is applicable only for 1830 PSS-36.

{cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}

Show CWR8, CWR8-88, or WR8-88A wavelength

selective switch information. See show card
{cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}.

dcm

Show DCM information. See show card dcm.

ec

Show EC controller information. See show card ec.

flc

Show FLC information. See show card flc

Note: This is applicable only for 1830 PSS-36.

{itlb|itlu}

Show ITLB information. See show card itlb.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-158
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mesh4

Show MESH4 OT information. See config card mesh4

mt0c

Show MT0C information. See show card mt0c

Note: This is applicable only for 1830 PSS-36.

mvac

Show MVAC variable attentuator information. See show

card mvac

opsa

Show OPSA protection switch information. See show

card opsa.

pss1gbe

Show PSS1GBE OT information. See show card

pss1gbe.

pss1md4

Show PSS1MD4 OT information. See show card

pss1md4.

pss1p21

Show PSS1P21 OT information. See show card

pss1p21.

{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|

Show SFD or SFC information . See show card

{sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}.

sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

SFC1 includes SFC1A SFC1H

SFC2 includes SFC2A SFC2D

SFC4 includes SFC4A, SFC4B

SFC8 includes SFC8 only

SFD4 includes SFD4A-SFD4H

SFD5 includes SFD5A SFD5H

SFD8 includes SFD8A SFD8D

{sfd40|sfd40b|
sfd44|sfd44b}

Show SFD40, SFD40B, SFD44 or SFD44B information.

See show card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}.

ra2p

Show RA2P amplifier information. See show card ra2p

svac

Show SVAC variable attenuator information. See show

card svac.

wtocm

Show WTOCM information. See show card wtocm.

inventory

Show SEEPROM inventory information. See show card

inventory.

shelf/slot

Show configuration information for a card inserted in a

particular shelf and slot. Enter the shelf and slot of the
card for which you want to display configuration
information. The correct card type is determined
automatically.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-159
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output.

# show card 11star1
# show card alphg

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot

config card

show card 112sca1

Command description

This command shows a list of all 112SCA1l cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 112SCA1l card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except 1830 PSS-16
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 112sca1 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
112SCA1l cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 112sca1 1/7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-160
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 112sca1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 112SCA1 (Equipped: Empty)

-----------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
State Qualifier : UEQ
Oper State
: Down
S/W Load
:
Status LED
:
Card Name
: Card-1-7
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Triple
High Temp Threshold : 90 C Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C Temperature
:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 112sca1

show card 112sa1l

Command description

This command shows a list of all 112sa1l cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 112sa1l card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except 1830 PSS-16
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 112sa1l shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
112SA1l cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-161
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 112sa1l

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 112sa1l 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 112SA1l (Equipped: Empty)
-----------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
State Qualifier : UEQ
Oper State
: Down
S/W Load
:
Status LED
:
Card Name
: Card-1-7
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Triple
High Temp Threshold : 90 C Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C Temperature
:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 112sa1l

show card 112scx10

Command description

This command shows a list of all 112SCX10 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 112SCX10 card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-162
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 112scx10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show card 112scx10 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
112SCX10 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 112scx10 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 112SCX10 (Equipped: Empty)
-----------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
State Qualifier : UEQ
Oper State
: Down
S/W Load
:
Status LED
:
Card Name
: Card-1-7
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Triple
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 112scx10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-163
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 112sx10l

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card 112sx10l

Command description

This command shows a list of all 112SX10L cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 112SX10L card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 112sx10l shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
112SX10L cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 112sx10l 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 112SX10L (Equipped: Empty)
-----------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
State Qualifier : UEQ
Oper State
: Down
S/W Load
:
Status LED
:
Card Name
: Card-1-7
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Triple
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-164
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 112sx10l

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 112sx10l

show card 11dpe12

Command description

This command shows a list of all 11DPE12 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11DPE12 card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 11DPE12 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11DPE12 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show card 11DPE12 1/12
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 11DPE12 (Equipped: 11DPE12)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Status LED : Solid Green
S/W Load : 1.0-08.20
Card Name : Card-1-12
Card Descr :
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-165
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Card Height : Half

Card Width : Single
Temperature : 73 C
High Temp Threshold: 85 C
Low Temp Threshold: -5 C
Temp Tolerance: 3 C
Operational Mode: fullRate
TPID: NA

# show card 11DPE12 1/12

Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 11DPE12 (Equipped: 11DPE12)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Status LED : Solid Green
S/W Load : 1.0-08.20
Card Name : Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width : Single
Temperature : 73 C
High Temp Threshold: 85 C
Low Temp Threshold: -5 C
Temp Tolerance: 3 C
Operational Mode: subRate
TPID: NA

# show card 11DPE12 1/12

Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 11DPE12 (Equipped: 11DPE12)
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Status LED : Solid Green
S/W Load : 1.0-08.20
Card Name : Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width : Single
Temperature : 73 C
High Temp Threshold: 85 C
Low Temp Threshold: -5 C
Temp Tolerance: 3 C
Operational Mode: QinQ
TPID: 0x8100

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-166
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card 11dpe12e

Command description

This command shows a list of all 11DPE12E cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11DPE12e card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 11DPE12e shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11DPE12E cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show card 11DPE12E 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11DPE12E (Equipped: 11DPE12E)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Status LED : Solid Green
S/W Load : 1.0-08.20
Card Name : Card-1-7
Card Descr :
Card Height : Full
Card Width : Single
Temperature : 73 C
High Temp Threshold: 85 C
Low Temp Threshold: -5 C
Temp Tolerance: 3 C
Operational Mode: QinQ
Flow CM: CCM
STPID1: 0x8100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-167
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

STPID2: 0x9100
STPID3: 0x9200
STPID4: 0x9300

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 11dpe12e

show card 11dpm12

Command description

This command shows a list of all 11dpm12 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11dpm12 card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 11dpm12 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11dpm12 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show card 11dpm12 1/12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-168
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 11dpm12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpm12 (Equipped: 11dpm12)

------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State : Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Full
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
High Temp Threshold: 85 C
Low Temp Threshold: -5 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 11dpm12

show card 11qpa4

Command description

This command shows a list of all 11QPA4 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11QPA4 card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-169
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 11qpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show card 11qpa4 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11QPA4 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show card 11QPA4 1/12
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 11QPA4 (Equipped: 11QPA4)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper State : Up
Status LED
:Solid Green
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width
: Single
Temperature : 73 C
High Temp Threshold : 85 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temp Tolerance
: 3 C

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 11qpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-170
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 11star1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card 11star1

Command description

This command shows a list of all 11STAR1 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11STAR1 card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 11star1 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11star1 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 11star1 1/12
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 11star1 (Equipped: 11star1)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State : Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED : Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-12
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C

Temperature

: 43 C

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-171
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 11star1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 11star1

show card 11stge12

Command description

This command shows a list of all 11STGE12 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11STGE12 card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 11stge12 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11stge12 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 11stge12 1/12
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 11stge12 (Equipped: 11stge12)
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State : Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED : Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-13
Card Descr :
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-172
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 11stge12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Card Height : Full

Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C

Temperature

: 34 C

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 11stge12

show card 11stmm10

Command description

This command shows a list of all 11STMM10 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 11STMM10 card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 11stmm10 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
11stmm10 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 11stmm10 2/16
Shelf: 2 Slot: 16 11STMM10 (Equipped: 11STMM10)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-173
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 11stmm10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State : Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED : Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-2-16
Card Descr :
Card Height : Full
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
: 49 C

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 11stmm10

show card 43sta1p

Command description

This command shows a list of all 43sta1p cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 43sta1p card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 43sta1p shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
43sta1p cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-174
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 43sta1p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 43sta1p 2/16
Shelf: 1 Slot: 14 43STA1P (Equipped: 43STA1P)
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State : Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.5-1
Status LED : Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-14
Card Descr :
Card Height : Full
Card Width
: Triple
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
: 40 C

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 43sta1p

show card {43stx4|43stx4p}

Command description

This command shows a list of all 43stx4 or 43stx4p cards on the network element with
brief information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 43stx4 or 43stx4p
card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-175
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card {43stx4|43stx4p}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show card {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
43stx4 or 43stx4p cards on the network element by
location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 43stx4 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 43STX4 (Equipped: Empty)
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
State Qualifier : UEQ
Oper State
: Down
S/W Load
:
Status LED
:
Card Name
: Card-1-7
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Triple
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card {43stx4|43stx4p}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-176
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 43scx4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card 43scx4

Command description

This command shows a list of all 43scx4 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 43scx4 card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 43scx4 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
43scx4 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 43scx4 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 43SCX4 (Equipped: Empty)
-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
State Qualifier : UEQ
Oper State
: Down
S/W Load
:
Status LED
:
Card Name
: Card-1-7
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Triple
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-177
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 43scx4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 43scx4

show card 4dpa2

Command description

This command shows a list of all 4DPA2 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 4DPA2 card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 4dpa2 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
4DPA2 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 4dpa2 1/15
Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 4DPA2 (Equipped: 4DPA2)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED
: Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-15
Card Descr
:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-178
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 4dpa2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
: 32 C

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 4dpa2

show card 4dpa4

Command description

This command shows a list of all 4DPA4 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific 4DPA4 card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 4dpa4 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
4dpa4 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 4dpa4 1/11
Shelf: 1 Slot: 11 4DPA4 (Equipped: 4DPA4)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-179
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card 4dpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Status LED
: Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-11
Card Descr
:
Card Mode
: Dual Tran
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
: 32 C

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 4dpa4

show card {LD-type card}

Command description

This command shows a list of all A2325A, AM2017B, AM2125A, AM2125B,

AM2318A, AM2325B, AHPHG, AHPLG, ALPFGT, ALPHG, OSCT, or PSS1AHP cards
on the network element with brief information for each card, or detailed information for a
specific card.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card via the CLI interface, please use the mnemonic am2125a.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer: all parameters

other than those listed herein:
Administator: intrusion-detection, spanloss, baseline,
threshold, pollperiod.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-180
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card {LD-type card}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show card {a2325a|am2017b|am2125a|am2125b
|am2318a|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|
alpfgt|alphg|osct|pss1ahp}shelf/slot| *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all A2325A, AM2017B, AM2125A, AM2125B,
AM2318A, AM2325B, AHPHG, AHPLG, ALPFGT,
ALPHG, OSCT, or PSS1AHP cards on the network
element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

detection

This is on when optical intrusion monitoring is enabled

or off when disabled.

spanloss

The most recently measured span loss is in dB. If

detection is turned off, span loss returns NA.

baseline

Shows the current baseline value for the span loss. A value
of -1 indicates that the baseline has not been set.

threshold

Displays the value of the threshold difference between the

measured span loss and the baseline that is used for
declaring an optical intrusion.

pollperiod

Shows the polling period for optical intrusion monitoring.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card alphg 1/2
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 ALPHG (Equipped: ALPHG)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED
: Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-2
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C Temp Tolerance : 3 C
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-181
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card {LD-type card}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Low Temp Threshold : -5 C

Pump1 Temperature:
Pump2 Temperature:
Pump3 Temperature:

Temperature

: 23 C

Pump1 LBC:
Pump2 LBC:
Pump3 LBC:

Detection: On
Spanloss: 22.7 dB
Baseline: 21.5 dB
Threshold : 2.5 dB
Pollperiod: 30 s

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card
{a2325a|am2017b|am2125a|am2125b|am2318a|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alpfgt|alphg|osct|ps

show card mvac

Command description

This command displays a list of all MVAC cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Note: This command is applicable to 1830 PSS-32.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer.

Syntax
show card mvacshelf/slot |*
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot|*

Specifies the shelf and slot that it is reserved

for, or contains the card. Enter the shelf
number followed by a slash and the slot
number, or enter a * to display a list of all
MVAC cards on the network element by
location.
Range (shelf): 1-16
Range (slot): 2:17, 20-35

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-182
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card mvac

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in bold text.
Successful command example
# show card mvac 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 MVAC (Equipped: MVAC)
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
S/W Load : 1.0-08.20
Card Name : Card-1-7
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width : Single
Temperature : 73 C
High Temp Threshold: 85 C
Low Temp Threshold: -5 C
Temp Tolerance: 3 C

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card mvac

show card {cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}

Command description

This command shows a list of all CWR8, CWR8-88, or WR8-88A cards on the network
element with brief information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-183
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card {cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show card {cwr8|cwr8-88|wr8-88a} shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all CWR8, CWR8-88, or WR8-88A cards on the network
element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card cwr8 1/3
Shelf: 1 Slot: 3 CWR8 (Equipped: CWR8)
-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED
: Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-3
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Double
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
: 29 C
Addpath Target Power : -5.90 dbm
Addpath Egress Power : -14.00 dbm
Addpath TotalChannel : 44
Addpath ReservedDegree: 1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card {cwr8|cwr8-88}
config card wr8-88a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-184
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card dcm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card dcm

Command description

This command shows a list of all DCM cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card dcm shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all DCM cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card dcm 25/1
Shelf: 25 Slot: 1 DCM (Equipped: DCM)
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State
: Up
Card Name
: Card-25-1
Card Descr
:
Compensation Distance
: 20 km
Fiber Type
: SSMF

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card dcm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-185
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card ec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card ec
Command description

This command shows a list of all EC cards on the network element with brief information
for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card ec shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all EC cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card ec 1/1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 1 EC (Equipped: EC)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-3.6-1
Status LED
: Solid Green Capacity
: 16G
EQPS LED
: Solid Off
Card Name
: Card-1-1
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C Temperature
: 35 C
Activity State : Active

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-186
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card ec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card ec

show card ec shelf/slot pm

Command description

This command configures the options for gathering card-level performance monitoring
(PM) for the specified control card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

Specifies how performance

statistics are gathered and stored
for the card.

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card ec shelf/slot pm card
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-187
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card ec shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for the PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin

detail

Displays the PM configuration values

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# (show-card-ec-1/1-pm-card-0)# detail
PM Config Data Shelf=1 Slot= 1 Group=Card
Interval Length
: 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins
: 32
Card Stats Profile Id
: 7

Interval=0

# (show-card-ec-1/1-pm-card-0)# 0
Group: Card Interval: 0 Bin: 0 Location: 1/1 Processor: 1
______________________________________________________________
Start Time
Bin Status
CPU Average (%)
Heap Usage (%)
Pool Usage (%)

: 2008/04/04
: Invalid
:
:
:

10:15:00

4
37
17

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card ec shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-188
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card btc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card btc

Command description

This command shows a list of all BTC modules on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific BTC.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card btc shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all BTC cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card btc 1/1
# show card btc 2/43
Shelf: 2 Slot: 43 BTC (Equipped: BTC)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
:
Status LED
: Green
Card Name
: Card-2-43
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-189
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card btc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card btc

show card flc

Command description

This command shows a list of all FLC modules on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific BTC.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-36 only.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card flc shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all FLC cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card flc 1/1
# show card flc 1/1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 23 FLC (Equipped: FLC)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS36-2.0-11
Status LED
: Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-190
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card flc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

EQPS LED
: Solid Off
Card Name
: Card-1-23
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C Temperature
: 55 C
Activity State : Active
Node Alarm Summary LEDs:
Critical Alarm LED: Solid Red
Minor Alarm LED
: Solid Orange
Alarm Cut Off LED : Off

Major Alarm LED

: Off
Warning LED : Off

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card flc

show card flc shelf/slot pm

Command description

This command configures the options for gathering card-level performance monitoring
(PM) for the specified FLC control card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-36 only.

Impact

Access levels

Specifies how performance

statistics are gathered and stored
for the card.

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card flc shelf/slot pm card
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-191
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card flc shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

bin

Display the collected data for the specified bin.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for the PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin

detail

Displays the PM configuration values

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# (show-card-flc-1/23-pm-card-0)# detail
PM Config Data Shelf=1 Slot=23
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 32
Card Stats Profile Id : 7

Group=Card

Interval=0

# (show-card-flc-1/23-pm-card-0)# 0
Group: Card
Start Time
Bin Status

Interval: 0 Bin: 0
: 2008/04/04
: Invalid

CPU Average (%)

Heap Usage (%)
Pool Usage (%)

:
:
:

Location: 1/1
10:15:00

Processor: 1

4
37
17

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-192
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card flc shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card flc

show card inventory

Command description

This command displays remote inventory information for a specific card, or for all cards
in a shelf, or for all cards on the network element.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-1. This command is not
applicable for PSS1GBE, PSS1MD4, and PSS1AHP LD cards..
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card inventory shelf/slot | shelf/* | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | shelf/* | *

Specifies the location of the card you want to query.

Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot
number. Or enter the shelf number followed by a slash
and a * to display a list of all cards in one shelf. Or
enter a * to display a list of all cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric values of shelf and slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.
When a specific shelf/slot is entered, a full detail,
multi-line report will be displayed. If a wildcard
retrieve is requested then a single-line per card report
will be displayed.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card inventory 1/1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-193
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card inventory

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Shelf: 1 Slot: 1 - EC
--------------------------------------------------------------Company Identifier: AUSA
Unit Mnemonic
: EC
CLEI Code
: G59241M110 Unit Part Number
: 8DG59241AAM110
Software Part Number : -------------- Factory Identifier : PB
Serial Number
: F6081700196
Date
: 080505
Customer Inventory Field : M1 1B
400:60:1D:7C:56:A8

# show card inventory 28/1

Shelf: 28 Slot: 1 - SFD44
---------------------------------------------------------------Company Identifier: AITA
Unit Mnemonic
: OMD44
CLEI Code
: NGMFB10CRA
Unit Part Number: 8DG59248AAAA01
Software Part Number : -------------- Factory Identifier : NETC
Serial Number
: NE081100003
Date
: 080314
Customer Inventory Field : --------------------------------------

# show card inventory 1/*

Location
Card Type Part Number
Serial Number
CLEI
--------------------------------------------------------------1/3
11STAR1
8DG59249AAAA
PB075141081
NG17AFDMAA
1/7
11STMM10
8DG59251AAM120 PB082841827
G59251M120
1/8
11STMM10
8DG59251AAM120 PB082541788
G59251M120
1/16
43STX4P
8DG59251AAM120 PB082541788
G59251M466
1/23
FLC
8DG59241AA10
PB080141299445566 NG45DFGMAA
1/41
FAN
8DG59243AAAA1B PB080141284667788 G59243M11B
1/42
BTC
8DG59249AAAA
PB075141089112233 NG17AFDMAA
1/43
BTC
8DG59249AAAA
PB075141089111222 NG17AFDMAA
1/44
PF
8DG59242AAAA10 PB080141323223344 G5924AM145
1/45
PF
8DG59242ABAA02 F6081200147334455 G5924AM145
1/11
MT0C
8DG59249AAAA
PB075141089008855 NG17AFDMCC

Related commands

The following are related commands:

show slot

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-194
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card {itlb|itlu}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card {itlb|itlu}

Command description

This command shows a list of all ITLB or ITLU cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card {itlb|itlu} shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains

the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and
the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of all ITLB or
ITLU cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card itlb 25/1
Shelf: 25 Slot: 1 ITLB (Equipped: ITLB)
------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Card Name
: Card-25-1
Card Descr
:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card {itlb|itlu}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-195
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card mesh4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card mesh4

Command description

This command shows a list of all MESH4 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card mesh4 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all MESH4 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card mesh4 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 MESH4 (Equipped: MESH4)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper State
: Up
Status LED
: Solid Green
S/W Load
: 1.0-08.20
Card Name
: Card-1-7
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Single
Temperature
: 73 C
High Temp Threshold : 85 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Pump1 Temperature: Pump1 LBC:
Pump2 Temperature: Pump2 LBC:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-196
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card mesh4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Pump3 Temperature:

Pump3 LBC:

Current Gain
Min Gain
Max Gain
Input to Output Gain
Target tilt
Actual tilt
Gain Tilt
VOA setting
Target Power
Total Power In
Total Power Out
Signal Power Out

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

23.76 dB
13.00 dB
30.00 dB
22.22 dB
0.00 dB
0.5 dB
0.00 dB
3.0 dB
-2.5 dBm
-15.00 dBm
8.75 dBm
8.25 dBm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card mesh4

show card mt0c shelf/slot pm

Command description

This command configures the options for gathering card-level performance monitoring
(PM) for the specified MT0C control card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-36.

Impact

Access levels

Specifies how performance

statistics are gathered and stored
for the card.

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card mt0c shelf/slot pm card
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-197
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card mt0c shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

bin

Display the collected data for the specified bin.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for the PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin

detail

Displays the PM configuration values

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# (show-card-mt0c-1/11-pm-card-0)# detail
PM Config Data Shelf=1 Slot=11
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 32
Card Stats Profile Id : 7

Group=Card

Interval=0

# (show-card-mt0c-1/11-pm-card-0)# 0
Group: Card
Start Time
Bin Status

Interval: 0 Bin: 0
: 2008/04/04
: Invalid

CPU Average (%)

Location: 1/11
10:15:00

Processor: 1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-198
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card mt0c shelf/slot pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Heap Usage (%)

Pool Usage (%)

:
:

37
17

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card mt0c

show card opsa

Command description

This command shows a list of all OPSA cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card opsa shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all OPSA cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card opsa 2/2
Shelf: 2 Slot: 2 OPSA (Equipped: OPSA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State : Up S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED
: Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-199
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Card Name
: Card-2-2
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C Temperature
: 30 C
Protection mode :
Type
:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card opsa

show card ra2p

Command description

This command shows a list of all RA2P cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information or a specific card.
Note: This command is applicable to 1830 PSS-32
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner Observer.

Syntax
show card ra2p shelf/slot |*
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot |*

Specifies the shelf and slot that it is reserved

for, or contains, the card. Enter the shelf
number followed by a slash and the slot
number, or enter a * to display a list of all
RA2P cards on the network element by
location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric values of shelf and slot ranges
for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-200
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card ra2p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card ra2p 1/2
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 RA2P (Equipped: RA2P)
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State : Up S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED
: Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-2
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C Temperature
: 23 C

Pump1 Temperature: Pump1 LBC:

Pump2 Temperature: Pump2 LBC:
Pump3 Temperature: Pump3 LBC:
Operating Mode : Maxpwr

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card ra2p

show card pss1gbe

Command description

This command shows a list of all PSS1GBE cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific PSS1GBE card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-201
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card pss1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show card pss1gbe shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
PSS1GBE cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card pss1gbe 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 PSS1GBE (Equipped: PSS1GBE)
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS1-2.0-0
Status LED
: Blink Red
Card Name
: Card-1-7
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Full
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
: 28 C
Operational Mode : SubRate

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card pss1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-202
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card pss1md4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card pss1md4

Command description

This command shows a list of all PSS1MD4 cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific PSS1MD4 card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card pss1md4 shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
PSS1MD4 cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card pss1md4 1/7
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 PSS1MD4 (Equipped: PSS1MD4)
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS1A-1.0.0
Status LED
: Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-7
Card Descr
:
Card Mode
: FlexMux
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
: 33 C

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-203
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card pss1md4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card pss1md4

show card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

Command description

This command shows a list of all SFD44, SFD44B, SFD40 or SFD40B cards on the
network element with brief information for each card, or detailed information for a
specific card.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card {sfd40|sfd40b | sfd44|sfd44b} shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or contains

the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and
the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of all SFD44,
SFD44B, SFD40 or SFD40B cards on the network
element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card sfd44 30/1
Shelf: 30 Slot: 1 SFD44 (Equipped: SFD44)
---------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Card Name
: Card-30-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-204
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Card Descr

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card {sfd40|sfd40b | sfd44|sfd44b}

show card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

Command description

This command shows a list of all SFD or SFC cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
SFC1 includes SFC1A SFC1H; 1830 PSS-1 only
SFC4 includes SFC4A, SFC4B
SFC8 includes SFC8 only
SFD5 includes SFD5A SFD5H; 1830 PSS only
SFD8 includes SFD8A SFD8D; 1830 PSS only
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8} shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all SFD or SFC cards of the specified type on the network
element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-205
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card sfc4b 1/4
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 SFC4B (Equipped: SFC4B)
------------------------------------------------------------------Card Name
: Card-1-4
Card Descr :
Status LED : Solid Green
Card Mode : TwoFiber

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card {sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8|sfd5|sfd8}

show card svac

Command description

This command shows a list of all SVAC cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card svac shelf/slot | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains, the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all SVAC cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-206
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show card svac

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card svac 1/10
Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 SVAC (Equipped: SVAC)
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
S/W Load
: 1830PSS32-2.0-11
Status LED
: Solid Green
Card Name
: Card-1-10
Card Descr
:
Card Height
: Half
Card Width
: Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C
Temp Tolerance : 3 C
Low Temp Threshold : -5 C
Temperature
: 33 C

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card svac

show fan
Command description

This command shows a list of all FAN cards on the network element with brief
information for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-1. Status LED is not
applicable for 1830 PSS-1. Fan speed is not applicable for 1830 PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-207
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show fan shelf | *
Parameter

Description

shelf | *

Specifies the shelf that contains the fan. Enter the shelf
number, or enter a * to display a list of all FAN cards on
the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf ranges for each supported shelf type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Example of 1830 PSS
# show fan 1
Shelf: 1
Slot: 37 FAN (Equipped: FAN)
------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
Oper Capability : Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Fan Name
: Fan-1
Description
:
Fan Speed Setting : Normal

Example of 1830 PSS-1

# show fan 1
Shelf: 1
Slot: 37 FAN (Equipped: FAN)
------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
Oper Capability : Enabled
Fan Name
: Fan-1
Description
:

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config fan

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-208
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show interface inventory

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface inventory

Command description

This command displays the remote inventory information for a SFP/XFP/CFP pluggable
module in a port on a card, or for all ports on a card, or for all ports on a shelf, or for all
ports on the network element..
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface inventory shelf/slot/port | shelf/slot/* | shelf/*
| *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port |
shelf/slot/* | shelf/* | *

Specifies the location of the port you want to query.

Enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot
number followed by a slash and the port number to
display the details of the addressed port SFP, XFP, or CFP.
Or enter the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot
number followed by a slash and a * to display a list of all
port SFPs, XFPs, or CFPs in one shelf.
Or enter the shelf number followed by a slash and a * to
display a list of all port SFPs, XFPs, CFPs in one shelf.
Or enter a * to display a list of all port SFPs, XFPs, or
CFPs on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
When a specific shelf/slot/port is entered, a full detail,
multi-line report will be displayed. If a wildcard retrieve is
requested then a single-line per port report will be
displayed.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface inventory 1/6/C1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-209
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show interface inventory

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Shelf: 1 Slot: 6 Port: C1 - 11STAR1 Client Port [10GbE LAN]

------------------------------------------------------------------Module Vendor
: AITA
Module Type
: XI-64.1
CLEI Code
: ---------Unit Part Number : 1AB214540001
Software Part : TRF5012FS-LA01 Factory Identifier :
Number
Module Vendor Ser Num : T07D16115 Date
: 070509
Max Case Temperature
: 75C
Frequency
: 1310
Customer Inventory : ---------------------------------------------Field

# show interface inventory 3/3/C5

Shelf: 3 Slot: 3 Port: C5 - 11STGE12 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------------Module Vendor
: AITA
Module Type
: 1000B-LX
CLEI Code
: ---------Unit Part Number
:
Software Part Number
: FTLF1319P1BTLL Factory Identifier : Module Vendor Ser Num
: PAD51T3
Date
: 061002
Max Case Temperature
: 85 C
Frequency
: 1310
Customer Inventory Field : ----------------ETR---------------------

# show interface inventory 3/7/C1

Shelf: 3 Slot: 7 Port: C1 112SCA1 Client Port [100GbE]
----------------------------------------------------------------Module Vendor
: AITA
Module Type
: C113G10C
CLEI Code
: CLEIXXXXXX Unit Part Number : 112233445566
Software Part Number: AABBCCDDEEFFGG Factory Identifier : Module ALU Ser Num : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQR Date
: 100912
Max Case Temperature
: 70 C
Frequency : 1523
Interchangeabililty
: 222222 Acronym Code : C10L3W11G10C
Customer Inventory Field : --------------------------------------

# show interface inventory 1/*

Location Module Type Part Number
Serial Number
--------------------------------------------------------1/6/C1
XI-64.1
1AB214540001
PAD51T3
1/8/C5
1000B-LX
8DG59249AAAA
PB0XXXX
1/9/C4
SI-16.1
1AB196370005NG
83E304N00622
1/17/OSCT SI-16.2O
1AB373110001
7Y1203N00073

Related commands

The following are related commands:

show slot

show card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-210
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show pf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show pf
Command description

This command shows a list of all PF cards on the network element with brief information
for each card, or detailed information for a specific card.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4. Status LED
and Amp Rating are not applicable for 1830 PSS-1.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show pf shelf | *
Parameter

Description

shelf | *

Specifies the shelf and slot that is reserved for, or

contains the card. Enter the shelf number followed by a
slash and the slot number, or enter a * to display a list of
all PF cards on the network element by location.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Example of 1830 PSS -32
# show pf 1/19
Shelf: 1 Slot: 19 PF (Equipped: PF)
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier : FLT
Oper State : Down Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED : Solid Red
Card Name : Power Filter-1-A
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width : Single
High Temp Threshold : 90 C Temp Tolerance : 3 C
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-211
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show pf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Low Temp Threshold : -5 C

Amp Rating

Temperature

: 50 Amps

Example of 1830 PSS-1

Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 - PF (Equipped: PF)
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State
Qualifier :
Oper State
: Up
Oper Capability :
Enabled
Card Name
A
Card
Descr
Card Height
Card Width

: Power Filter-1-

:
: Half
: Single

Example of 1830 PSS-4

# show pf 1/2
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 PF (Equipped: PF)
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier : FLT
Oper State : Down Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED : Solid Red
Card Name
: Power Filter-1-A
Card Descr :
Card Height : Half
Card Width : Single
Amp Rating : 5 Amps

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config pf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-212
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show pf shelf/slot housekeeping

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show pf shelf/slot housekeeping

Command description

This command displays detailed information for the PF (Power Filter) on the master shelf.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-36 and PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer.

Syntax
show pf shelf/slothousekeeping
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot

Specifies the shelf, slot of the card. Enter the shelf

number, a slash, the slot number.
Note: Housekeeping only applies to master shelf.
Note: For PSS-36, housekeeping applies only to the first
PF card (slot 44) in the main shelf.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf for each supported shelf type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

ZZ05L# show pf 1/2 housekeeping
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 - PF (Equipped: PF)
---------------------------------------------------------------Critical Alarm LED: Solid Red
Major Alarm LED : Solid Red
Minor Alarm LED
: Solid Orange
Status LED
: Solid Green
General Purpose Relays:
Relay State Label
Connected To
---------------------------------------------------------------1 OPR Release cabinet magnetic lock
-NA2 OPR Activate video surveillance camera
-NAGeneral Purpose Inputs:
1: High -- MN Inlet air temperature >40 deg C
2: High -- MN Ambient Relative humidity >60 %
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-213
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show pf shelf/slot housekeeping

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3: High -- CR Equipment Room fire sensor activated

ZZ05L# show pf 1/3 housekeeping

Shelf: 1 Slot: 3 - PF (Equipped: PF)
--------------------------------------------------------------Critical Alarm LED: Solid Red
Major Alarm LED
: Solid Red
Minor Alarm LED
: Solid Orange Status LED
: Solid Green
General Purpose Relays:
Relay State Label
Connected To
--------------------------------------------------------------1 OPR Release cabinet magnetic lock
-NA2 OPR Activate video surveillance camera
-NAGeneral
1: High
2: High
3: High

Purpose Inputs:
-- MN Inlet air temperature >40 deg C
-- MN Ambient Relative humidity >60 %
-- CR Equipment Room fire sensor activated

Related commands
config pf shelf/slot housekeeping

show redundancy
Command description

This command displays the control card redundancy options. Use this command to
display the current database synchronization status and control card activity states.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-36 and PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer.

Syntax
show redundancy
Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

Details of PSS-36 shelf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-214
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show redundancy

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-215
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show redundancy

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands
config redundancy

show shelf
Command description

This command shows information about the shelves in the network element.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show shelf shelfnum | *
Parameter

Description

shelfnum | *

Specifies the shelf. Enter the shelf number, or enter a * to

display a list of all shelves on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf ranges for each supported shelf type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
ZZ05L# show shelf *
Shelf Programmed Present
Description Connectivity Serial #
----------------------------------------------------------------1 PSS-32
PSS-32
Master Shelf
25 SFD44
SFD44
Shelf-25
Required
OP072000012

Example of 1830 PSS

ZZ05L# show shelf 1
Shelf 1 Information
Name
: Master Shelf
Description
: Master Shelf
ExpectedAmps
: 30
ShelfWTmode
: Disabled
Programmed Type : PSS-32 Shelf

Present Type

: PSS-32 Shelf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-216
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show shelf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example of 1830 PSS-1

NE145# show shelf 1
Shelf 1 Information
Name
: Master Shelf
Description
: Master
Shelf
Programmed Type : Universal Shelf
Shelf
Status LED
: Solid Red

Present Type

: Universal

Example of 1830 PSS-4 master shelf

ZZ05L# show shelf 1
Shelf 1 Information
Name
: Master Shelf
Description
: Master Shelf
ExpectedAmps
: 3.7
Programmed Type : PSS-4 Shelf Present Type
Status LED
: Solid Red

: PSS-4 Shelf

ZZ05L# show shelf 2

Shelf 2 Information
Name
: Shelf-2
Description
: Shelf-2
AINS
: Disabled
ExpectedAmps
: 5
ShelfWTmode
: Disabled
Programmed Type : PSS-32 Shelf

Present Type

: PSS-32 Shelf

ZZ05L# show shelf 25

Shelf 25 Information
Name
: Shelf-25
Description
: Shelf-25
AINS
: Disabled
Serial #
: OP072000012
Connectivity
: Required
Programmed Type : SFD44 Shelf

Present Type

: SFD44 Shelf

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config shelf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-217
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show slot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show slot
Command description

This command displays the current configuration for a specific slot, or for all slots in a
shelf, or for all slots on the network element.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show slot shelf/slot| shelf/* | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | shelf/* | *

Specifies the location of the slot you want to query. Enter

the shelf number followed by a slash and the slot number.
Or enter the shelf number followed by a slash and a * to
display a list of all slots in one shelf. Or enter a * to
display a list of all slots on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
values of shelf and slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show slot 3/12
Shelf: 3 Slot: 12 - 11STMM10
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Present Type: 11STMM10

# show slot 1/*

Admin
Oper
State
Slot Programmed Type Present Type
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------1/1 EC
EC
Up
Up
1/2 AHPHG
AHPHG
Up
Up
1/3 CWR8
CWR8
Up
Up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-218
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show slot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/4
1/5
1/6
1/7
1/8
1/9
1/10
1/11
1/12
1/13
1/14
1/15
1/16
1/17
1/18
1/19
1/20
1/21
1/22
1/23
1/24
1/25
1/26
1/27
1/28
1/29
1/30
1/31
1/32
1/33
1/34
1/35
1/36
1/37
1/38
1/39
1/40

see slot
Empty
11STAR1
11STAR1
11STMM10
11STMM10
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
CWR8
see slot
ALPHG
Empty
PF
see slot
see slot
see slot
Empty
11STAR1
SVAC
see slot
see slot
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
see slot
see slot
see slot
PF
FAN
Empty
Empty
USRPNL

15

2
3
3

8
9

15
15
17

see slot
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
11STMM10
11STMM10
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
CWR8
see slot
ALPHG
Empty
PF
see slot
see slot
see slot
Empty
11STAR1
SVAC
see slot
see slot
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
11STAR1
Empty
see slot
see slot
see slot
Empty
FAN
Empty
Empty
USRPNL

3
Down
Up
Up
Up
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up

Down
Up
Down
Up
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up

UAS UEQ

Up
Down
Up

Up
Down
Up

Down
Up
Up

Down
Up
Down

Down
Up
Down
Up
Down

Down
Up
Down
Up
Down

UAS UEQ

Up
Up
Down
Down
Up

Down
Up
Down
Down
Up

UEQ

AINS UEQ

UAS UEQ
UAS UEQ
UAS UEQ

15
UAS UEQ

2
3
3
UAS UEQ
UEQ

8
9

UAS UEQ
UAS UEQ

15
15
17

UAS UEQ
UAS UEQ

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config slot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-219
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show usrpnl

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show usrpnl
Command description

This command shows detailed information for the USRPNL (user panel) on the main
shelf.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-16 and 1830 PSS-32 only.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show usrpnl 1
Parameter

Description

Specifies the main shelf.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
ZZ05L# show usrpnl 1
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: FLT
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Name
: User Interface Panel-1
Description:
Critical Alarm LED: Solid Red
Major Alarm LED
: Solid Off
Minor Alarm LED
: Solid Orange
Alarm Cut Off LED :
Status LED
: Solid Green
General Purpose Relays:
Relay State
Label
Connected To
------------------------------------------------------------------1
OPR
Release cabinet magnetic lock
-NA2
OPR
Activate video surveillance camera -NA3
AUTO GPO-3 (Not labeled)
1/5
4
RLS GPO-4 (Not labeled)
-NAGeneral
1: High
2: High
3: High

Purpose Inputs:
-- MN Inlet air temperature >40 deg C
-- MN Ambient Relative humidity >60 %
-- CR Equipment Room fire sensor activated

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-220
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show usrpnl

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4:
5:
6:
7:
8:

High
Low
Low
High
High

------

NA
MJ
MJ
MJ
MJ

Cabinet door opened

Magnetic lock power failure
Video surveillance camera offline
Surveillance system tampering detected
Cabinet lock tampering detected

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config usrpnl

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-221
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Equipment Management Commands

show usrpnl

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
4-222
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

5 ore optics management

C
commands

Overview
Purpose

This chapter contains various commands related to core optics management.

Contents
config interface {LD-type card}

5-9

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM

5-10

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out

5-12

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line

5-14

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm

5-17

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm opin

5-19

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm opochin

5-21

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout

5-23

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

5-25

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey

5-27

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey in|out

5-29

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC

5-32

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm

5-35

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface

5-38

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr

5-40

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt

5-42

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh

5-44

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet

5-47

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/port state

5-49

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-1
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

5-51

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

5-55

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey out

5-58

config interface alpfgt

5-60

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE

5-61

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm

5-64

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

5-65

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

5-67

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP

5-69

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

5-72

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

5-74

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

5-76

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

5-78

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

5-80

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

5-82

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/port state

5-84

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG

5-86

config interface {am2125a|am2125b}

5-87

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM

5-88

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

5-90

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

5-92

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

5-94

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin

5-96

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey

5-98

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in

5-100

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

5-102

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

5-107

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout

5-108

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

5-110

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey

5-112

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out

5-114

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP

5-117

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

5-120

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-2
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

5-122

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

5-124

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

5-126

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

5-129

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

5-131

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/port state

5-133

config interface am2318a

5-135

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN

5-135

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

5-138

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

5-139

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin

5-141

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey

5-143

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in

5-145

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT

5-147

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

5-151

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout

5-153

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

5-155

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey

5-157

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out

5-159

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP

5-162

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

5-165

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

5-167

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

5-169

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

5-171

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

5-173

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

5-175

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port state

5-177

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

5-179

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/CLS

5-179

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD

5-182

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey

5-184

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey in

5-188

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/port state

5-190

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-3
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/sig

5-192

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

5-194

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey in|out

5-196

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU

5-201

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

5-203

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey out

5-207

config interface wr8-88a

5-209

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8]

5-210

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey

5-212

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey in

5-214

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT

5-218

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey

5-220

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey out

5-222

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3]

5-226

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey

5-228

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey out

5-230

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/port state

5-234

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG

5-236

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

5-238

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey in|out

5-240

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU

5-243

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

5-245

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey in

5-247

config interface dcm shelf/slot/port

5-251

config interface dcm shelf/slot/port state

5-253

config interface itlb shelf/slot/port

5-255

config interface itlb shelf/slot/port state

5-256

config interface itlu shelf/slot/port

5-258

config interface itlu shelf/slot/port state

5-259

config interface opsa

5-261

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port state

5-263

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey

5-265

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey in

5-268

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-4
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port switch

5-270

config interface osct

5-273

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE

5-274

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm

5-276

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

5-277

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

5-279

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP

5-281

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

5-284

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

5-286

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

5-288

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

5-290

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

5-292

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

5-294

config interface osct shelf/slot/port state

5-296

config interface osct shelf/slot/SIG

5-298

config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} shelf/slot/port

5-299

config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} shelf/slot/OMD state

5-302

config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} shelf/slot/port

5-303

config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} shelf/slot/port state

5-306

config interface powermgmt

5-308

config powermgmt

5-314

config powermgmt general

5-315

config powermgmt egress

5-318

config powermgmt ingress

5-324

config interface mesh4

5-329

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/sig

5-329

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey

5-331

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey in

5-334

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGOUT

5-336

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port state

5-338

config interface ra2p

5-340

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN

5-340

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

5-343

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-5
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

5-344

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEOUT

5-346

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/port state

5-347

config interface wtocm

5-349

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

5-350

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/port state

5-353

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM

5-354

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/ LINE

5-356

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm

5-359

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

5-361

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochin

5-363

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout

5-365

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

5-367

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/osc

5-369

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm

5-371

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface

5-373

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr

5-375

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt

5-377

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh

5-379

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet

5-381

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

5-383

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE

5-387

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm

5-389

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

5-390

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

5-392

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP

5-393

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

5-395

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

5-396

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

5-398

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

5-400

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

5-402

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

5-403

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG

5-405

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-6
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM

5-407

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEIN

5-408

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

5-411

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

5-412

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin

5-414

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEOUT

5-416

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

5-419

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout

5-420

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

5-422

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP

5-423

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

5-425

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

5-427

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

5-429

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

5-431

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

5-433

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

5-435

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEIN

5-437

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

5-440

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

5-441

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin

5-443

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEOUT

5-445

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

5-448

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout

5-449

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

5-451

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP

5-452

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

5-454

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

5-456

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

5-457

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

5-459

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

5-461

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

5-463

show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

5-465

show interface wr8-88a

5-467

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-7
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface dcm

5-469

show interface itlb

5-471

show interface opsa

5-472

show interface {sfd44|sfd44b|sfd40|sfd40b}

5-475

show interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

5-477

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE

5-478

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm

5-480

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

5-481

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

5-483

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP

5-485

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

5-486

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

5-488

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

5-489

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

5-491

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

5-493

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

5-495

show interface osct shelf/slot/SIG

5-497

show interface powermgmt

5-498

show powermgmt

5-501

show wavekey

5-504

show wavekey unexpected

5-507

show wavekey wtmonitor

5-508

show wavekey wtsource

5-511

show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN

5-512

show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGOUT

5-514

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN

5-516

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

5-518

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

5-519

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEOUT

5-520

show interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

5-522

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-8
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {LD-type card}

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to configure the SIG, LINE,
DCM, INV, or OSC port.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp} shelf/slot/port
| *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/LINE |
shelf/slot/DCM |
shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-9
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to display the current settings for the port
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp} shelf/slot/DCM
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
wavekeys [missing | summary | out]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DCM | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-10
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

state

See config interface

{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/port/ state for additional details on the state
parameter.

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Configures the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

DCM port. See config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
.shelf/slot/dcm wavekeys

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05L(config-interface-alphg-1/9/dcm)# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 9 Port: DCM ALPHG DCM Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-11
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM then wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LineOut and SigOut.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out [frequency]
detail
power {help | value | off}
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-12
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DCM | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

out

Specifies the direction port

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified channel.

power

Configure the expected output power (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

devpower

help - Display the valid and default values.

value - Specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm
Default: -99 dBm

off - Disable wave key monitoring.

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

tolpower

help - Display the valid and default values.

value - Specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

Configure the expected power tolerance (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - Display the valid and default values.

value - Specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-13
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05L(config-interface-alphg-1/9/dcm-wavekey)# out 9470

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}

show wavekey

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or

Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-14
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the amplifier gain

Set the re-enable delay

Define the IP address on any equipped Raman or Booster Amplifiers
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp }
shelf/slot/Line
clearasontopo
description [string]
detail
deviationin [value]
deviationout [value]
PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
targetpower [value]
type
wavekey [missing | summary | in | out]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/line | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-15
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearasontopo

Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the LINE port.

If the ASONTOPO alarm is not currently raised against
the port AID and the clearasontopo command is executed
to clear the alarm, the command will be accepted but no
action is actually taken.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

deviationin

Specifies the allowed deviation-in from the target power

per channel.

Range: 0 to 10 dB

Default: 1.5 dB

help display the valid and default values.

deviationout

Specifies the allowed deviation-out from the target power

per channel.

Range: 0 to 10 dB

Default: 1.5 dB

help: display the valid and default values.

PM

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp }
shelf/slot/line PM.

state

See config interface

{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp
}shelf/slot/port/ state for additional details on the state
parameter.

targetpower

Specifies the target power per channel.

value - specify the add path egress power in dBm.

Range: -30 to 11 dBm

help - display the valid and default values

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Configure the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the LINE

port. See config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp }
shelf.slot/line wavekey.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-16
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/line# targetpower 0

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options
Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-17
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/Line pm
clearAll
opin
opout
opochin
opochout
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/line | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

Opin

Configures the received line optical power group PM

options. See config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/line pm opin.

Opout

Configure the transmitted line optical power group PM

options. See config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/line pm opout.

opochin

Configure the received channel optical power group PM

options. See config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/line pm opochin.

opochout

Configure the transmitted channel optical power group

PM options. See config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/line pm opochout.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-18
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ILA(config-interface-alphg-1/3/line-PM) clearAll

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm opin

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)
Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or

Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-19
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/Line pm opin
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/line | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/LINE pm opin clearraw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-20
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm opochin

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-1.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/Line pm opochin
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-21
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/line | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- alphg -1/3/LINE pm opochin clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-22
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/Line pm opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-23
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm

opochout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/line | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/LINE pm opochout clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-24
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm

opochout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card.

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/line pm opout
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-25
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/line | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- alphg -1/3/line pm opout clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-26
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card.

Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.
Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM than wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LineOut and SigOut.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE wavekey
missing
summary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-27
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

in | out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/line | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

summary

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in | out

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the line port in the specified
direction.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
2D-G5(config-interface-alphg-1/17/line)# wavekey summary

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/17/LINE
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ALPHG
Line
Port
6
5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0
9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- IN ------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected WK Programmed *..*.*....*.......... .*.*...... *..*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected WK Received . .......... .......... .......... ..........
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected
WK
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2D-G5(config-interface-alphg-1/17/line)# wavekey missing

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-28
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK In
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*...... *..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}

show wavekey

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey

in|out
Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or

Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength

Provision the devpower, power and tolpower to configure the OPR alarm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-29
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey

in|out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.
Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/line wavekey in |out [frequency]
detail
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}
unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/line | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified band and channel

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-30
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey

in|out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

devpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

power

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm

Default: -99 dBm

tolpower

off - disable wave key monitoring.

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05L(config-interface-alphg-1/9/line-wavekey)# out 9470 detail

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-31
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE wavekey

in|out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}

show wavekey

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to display the current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp} shelf/slot/OSC
description [string]
detail
mode [oc3 | base100FX]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value
ots [ moduletype [unknown | SL-16.20 | SS-16.20 | SUL-1.20 | SEU1.2O] ]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-32
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type [ots | unassigned]
mtu [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface:

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

mode

Specifies the port type:

ospf helloint

set to oc3 to set the port to carry an OC-3 signal

set to base100FX to set the port to carry a

100baseFX signal

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. This is the time
elapsed between not hearing a router's Hello PDU before
the neighbors will declare it down. The dead interval is a
timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello
interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10. The lower the cost, the better.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-33
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5key

Key used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the
firstcharacter can not be a numeric value. This parameter
is mandatory if md5_status is enable.
Default: NUL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF
area.

Set to disable

The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF

area. This parameter can be set to enable only if a
md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1491 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

ots

Specifies the SFP moduletype:

set to SS-16.20 to set the port to carry a short range

OC-3 signal.

set to SL-16.20 to set the port to carry a long range

OC-3 signal.

set to SUL-1.20 to set the port to carry an ultra long

range OC-3 signal.

set to SEU-1.20 to set the port to carry an enhanced

ultra long range OC-3 signal

Note: This entry does not apply to 1830 PSS-1

PSS1AHP.
pm

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/osc PM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-34
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

state

See config interface

{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}shelf/slot/port
state for additional details on the state parameter.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to ots to set the port to OTS

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/9/osc)# ots moduletype SL-16.20

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related commands:

show interface {a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)
Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or

Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-35
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options

Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options

Configure the sonet group pm options
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm
clearAll
interface
opr
opt
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

interface

Configures the interface group PM options. See config

interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-36
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm opt.

sdh

Configure the sdh group PM options. See config

interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the sonet group PM options. See config

interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-{alphg|ahphg|ahplg}-1/3/osc pm clearall

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-37
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm interface
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-38
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/osc pm interface clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-39
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/osc pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-40
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-41
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/osc pm opr clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)
Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or

Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-42
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-43
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/osc pm opt clearall

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or

Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-44
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/osc pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-45
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/osc pm sdh clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-46
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-47
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/osc pm sonet clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-48
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/port state

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-49
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/LINE |
shelf/slot/DCM |
shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer.

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/line# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-50
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the amplifier gain and the per channel parameters
Set the re-enable delay
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.
Note: For additional amplifier provisioning, see the config powermgmt egress and
config powermgmt ingress commands.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp} shelf/slot/SIG
description [string]
deltamaxgain
detail
deviationout
gain [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-51
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

maxflatgain [value]
maxgain [value]
mingain [value]
splicemargin
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
targetpower [value]
tiltcaldcm [value]
tilttarget
type
wavekey [missing | summary | out]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

deltamaxgain

Specifies the maximum allowed difference between

the provisioned gain and the measured gain before an
alarm is raised.
Range: 0 to 5 dB.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter

this keyword followed by string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current description for the
interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

deviationout

Specifies the deviation out values used for the

adjustment.
Range: 0 to 10 dB.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-52
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

gain

Specifies the amplifier gain. Enter this keyword

without arguments to display the current gain setting.
Enter this keyword followed by help to display the
default and valid values for the gain, or with a valid
value to change the gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (A2325A, AM2325B): 16.00 to 32.00 dB
Default (A2325A, AM2325B): 16.00
Range (ALPHG): 10.00 to 30.00 dB
Default (ALPHG): 10.00 dB
Range (AHPHG, PSS1AHP): 13.00 to 33.00 dB
Default (AHPHG, PSS1AHP): 10.00
Range (AHPLG, AM2017B): 6.00 to 24.00 dB
Default (AHPLG, AM2017B): 10.00
The provisioned gain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.

maxflatgain

Maximum Flat Gain Offset - For advanced users who

need to override EPT values.
Range: -5.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0

maxgain

Specifies the maximum amplifier gain. Enter this

keyword without arguments to display the current
gain setting. Enter this keyword followed by help to
display the default and valid values for the gain, or
with a valid value to change the gain setting for the
amplifier.
Range (A2325A, AM2325B): 16.00 to 32.00 dB
Default (A2325A, AM2325B): 16.00
Range (ALPHG): 10.00 to 30.00 dB
Default (ALPHG): 10.00 dB
Range (AHPHG, PSS1AHP): 13.00 to 33.00 dB
Default (AHPHG, PSS1AHP): 10.00
Range (AHPLG, AM2017B): 6.00 to 24.00 dB
Default (AHPLG, AM2017B): 10.00
The provisioned maxgain value is only used on
optical lines using manual power management.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-53
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mingain

Specifies the minimum amplifier gain. Enter this

keyword without arguments to display the current
gain setting. Enter this keyword followed by help to
display the default and valid values for the gain, or
with a valid value to change the gain setting for the
amplifier.
Range (A2325A, AM2325B): 16.00 to 32.00 dB
Default (A2325A, AM2325B): 16.00
Range (ALPHG): 10.00 to 30.00 dB
Default (ALPHG): 10.00 dB
Range (AHPHG, PSS1AHP): 13.00 to 33.00 dB
Default (AHPHG, PSS1AHP): 10.00
Range (AHPLG, AM2017B): 6.00 to 24.00 dB
Default (AHPLG, AM2017B): 10.00
The provisioned mingain value is only used on
optical lines using manual power management.

splicemargin

Specifies the splicemargin value used by the system.

Range: 0 to 10 dB.

state

For additional details on state parameter, see config

interface
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}shelf/slot/port
state.

targetpower

Specifies the per channel target power.

Range: -30 to 11 dBm.

tiltcaldcm

Tilt Calculation Coefficient for DCM - For advanced

users who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 100.00 percent
Default: 0

tilttarget

Specifies the amplifier tilt value used by the system.

Range: -3 to 0 dB.

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Configures the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

SIG port. See config interface
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|alphg|ahphg|pss1ahp}.shelf/slot/sig
wavekey.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-54
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/sig # gain 20

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received
Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received)
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-55
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM than wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LineOut and SigOut.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/sigwavekey
missing
summary
out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

summary

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

out

Configures the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the SIG port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-56
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# Successful Command example

2D-G5(config-interface-alphg-1/17/sig-wavekey)# summary

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/17/SIG
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ALPHG
Signal
Port
6
5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- IN ------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- OUT -----------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed * ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
*..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
*..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... .......... ..........
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2D-G5(config-interface-alphg-1/17/sig-wavekey)# missing
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK In
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-57
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

...

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey out

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength
Provision the devpower, power and tolpower to configure the OPR alarm
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/SIG wavekey out [frequency]
detail
power {help | value | off}
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-58
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/line | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

out

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified band and channel

devpower

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

power

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm

Default: -99 dBm

tolpower

off - disable wave key monitoring.

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-59
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05L(config-interface-alphg-1/9/sig-wavekey)# out 9600

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}

show wavekey

config interface alpfgt

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a low-power, fixed-gain broadband

amplifier, keyed (ALPHT) card. Use this command to access subcommands that allow
you to configure the SIG, LINE, or OSCSFP port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-60
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/LINE |
shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE

Command description

This command configures the LINE port on a low-power, fixed-gain broadband amplifier,
keyed (ALPFGT) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the amplifier gain

Set the re-enable delay

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE
description [string]
detail
deviationin [value]
gain [value]
maxgain [value]
mingain [value]
PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-61
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

targetpower [value]
type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

deviationin

Specifies the allowed deviation-in from the target power

per channel.

value - specify the add path egress power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB

gain

help - display the valid and default values

Specifies the amplifier gain. Enter this keyword without

arguments to display the current gain setting. Enter this
keyword followed by help to display the default and valid
values for the gain, or with a valid value to change the
gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (alpfgt): 13.00 to 23.00 dB
Default (alpfgt): 18.00 dB
The provisioned gain value is only used on optical lines
using manual power management.

maxgain

Specifies the maximum amplifier gain. Enter this

keyword without arguments to display the current gain
setting. Enter this keyword followed by help to display
the default and valid values for the gain, or with a valid
value to change the gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (alpfgt): 13.00 to 23.00 dB
Default (alpfgt): 18.00 dB
The provisioned maxgain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-62
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mingain

Specifies the minimum amplifier gain. Enter this

keyword without arguments to display the current gain
setting. Enter this keyword followed by help to display
the default and valid values for the gain, or with a valid
value to change the gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (alpfgt): 13.00 to 23.00 dB
Default (alpfgt): 18.00 dB
The provisioned mingain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.

PM

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface alpfgt
shelf/slot/line PM.

state

For additional details on the state parameter, see config

interface alpfgt shelf/slot/port/ state.

targetpower

Specifies the target power per channel.

type

value - specify the add path egress power in dBm.

Range: -30 to 11 dBm

help - display the valid and default values

Displays the port type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/line# gain 15

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface alpfgt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-63
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports with Performance Monitoring attributes on the
ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options
Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm
clearAll
opin
opout
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

Opin

Configures the received line optical power group PM

options. See config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/line pm
opin.

Opout

Configure the transmitted line optical power group PM

options. See config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/line pm
opout.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-64
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# Successful Command example

ILA(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/line-PM) clearAll

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

Command description

This command configures the LINE port for received line optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-65
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/LINE pm opin clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-66
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

Command description

This command the LINE port for transmitted line optical power group Performance
Monitoring options on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-67
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/LINE pm opout clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-68
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port on a low-power, fixed-gain broadband

amplifier, keyed (ALPFGT) card. Use this command to display the current settings for the
port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP
description [string]
detail
mode [oc3 | base100FX]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
ots [ moduletype [unknown | SL-16.20 | SS-16.20 | SUL-1.20 | SEU1.20] ]
PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type [ots | unassigned]
mtu [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-69
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

mode

Specifies the port type:

ospf helloint

set to oc3 to set the port to carry an OC-3 signal

set to base100FX to set the port to carry a

100baseFX signal

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. This is the time
elapsed between not hearing a router's Hello PDU before
the neighbors will declare it down. The dead interval is a
timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello
interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10. The lower the cost, the better
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the
first character can not be a numeric value. This parameter
is mandatory if md5_status is enable.
Default: NUL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-70
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5status

Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF
area.

Set to disable

The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF

area. This parameter can be set to enable only if a
md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1491 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

ots

Specifies the SFP moduletype:

set to SS-16.20 to set the port to carry a short range

OC-3 signal.

set to SL-16.20 to set the port to carry a long range

OC-3 signal.

set to SUL-16.20 to set the port to carry a long range

OC-3 signal.

set to SEU-1.20 to set the port to carry an enhanced

ultra long range OC-3 signal

pm

Displays or clears performance monitoring information

for a specific interface. See config interface alpfgt
shelf/slot/oscsfp PM

state

For additional details on the state parameter, see config

interface alpfgtshelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to ots to set the port to OTS

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/9/oscsfp)# ots moduletype SL-16.20

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-71
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface alpfgt

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port with Performance Monitoring attributes on
the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options
Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options

Configure the sonet group pm options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
clearAll
interface
opr
opt
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-72
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface.

interface

Configures the interface group PM options. See config

interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP
pm opt.

sdh

Configure the sdh group PM options. See config

interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the sonet group PM options. See config

interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp pm clearall

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-73
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port for ethernet interface group Performance
Monitoring options on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_ bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-74
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp pm interface clearRaw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-75
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-76
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp pm opr clear 0 bins 5

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-77
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-78
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-79
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp pm opt baseline newsystem

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port SDH group Performance Monitoring options
on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-80
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alphg-1/3/osc pm sdh clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-81
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port SONET group Performance Monitoring
options on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-82
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp pm sonet clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-83
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/port state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for a port on a low-power, fixed-gain
broadband amplifier, keyed (ALPFGT) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt
ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/LINE |
shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-84
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer.

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/line# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface alpfgt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-85
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG

Command description

This command configures the SIG port on a low-power, fixed-gain broadband amplifier,
keyed (ALPFGT) card. Use this command to display the current settings for the port.
Note: For additional amplifier provisioning, see the config powermgmt egress and
config powermgmt ingress commands.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

state

For additional details on state parameter, see config

interface alpfgt shelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Displays the port type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-86
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-alpfgt-1/3/sig # description west

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface alpfgt

config interface {am2125a|am2125b}

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on

Modular Amplifier, 21 dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to configure the LINEIN,
LINEOUT, DCM or OSCSFP port.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-87
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DCM |
shelf/slot/LINEININ |
shelf/slot/LINOUT |
shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to display the current settings for the port.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-88
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DCM | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

state

See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}

shelf/slot/port/ state for additional details on the state
parameter.

type

Displays the port type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05L(config-interface-AM2125A-1/9/dcm)# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 9 Port: DCM AM2125A DCM Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
: -25.2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total
Power
Out
:
-15.4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-89
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {am2125a|am2125b}

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the re-enable delay
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN
clearasontopo
description [string]
detail
deviationin [value]
oppdirection [value | delete]
PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-90
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey [missing | summary | in ]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearasontopo

Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the LINEIN

port. If the ASONTOPO alarm is not currently raised
against the port AID and the clearasontopo command is
executed to clear the alarm, the command will be
accepted but no action is actually taken.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

deviationin

Specifies the allowed deviation-in from the target power

per channel.

Range: 0 to 10 dB

Default: 1.5 dB

help display the valid and default values.

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bidirectional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value

PM

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface
{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN PM.

state

See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}

shelf/slot/port/ state for additional details on the state
parameter.

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Configure the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

LINEIN port. See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf.slot/LINEIN wavekey.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-91
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEIN# deviationin 3

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {am2125a|am2125b}

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this LINEIN interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options
Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
clearAll
opin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-92
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opochin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

Opin

Configures the received LINEIN optical power group PM

options. See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin.

opochin

Configure the received channel optical power group PM

options. See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ILA(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEIN-PM) clearAll

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-93
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opin
Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {} cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-94
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEIN pm opin clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-95
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opochin
Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-96
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- AM2125A -1/3/LINEIN pm opochin clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-97
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

wavekey
Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.

Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).h
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM than wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LINEOUT.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey
missing
summary
in
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-98
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

summary

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the line port in the specified
direction.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2125A-1/17/LINEIN)# wavekey summary
1/17/LINEIN
CCCCCCCCCC CCC
AM2125A LINEIN Port
2222222222 111

C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC

6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210

9876543210 987
-IN ---------------------------------------------------------------------Expected
WK Programmed * ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
*..*...... ***
Expected
WK Received
. .......... .......... ..........
.......... ...
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... ..........
.......... ...
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2125A-1/17/LINEIN)# wavekey missing
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
-------------------------------------------------------------------Missing WK In
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*...... *..*...... ***
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-99
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface {am2125a|am2125b}

show wavekey

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

wavekey in
Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength

Provision the devpower, power and tolpower to configure the OPR alarm
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in
[frequency]
detail
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-100
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified band and channel

devpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
power

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

tolpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm
Default: -99 dBm

off - disable wave key monitoring.

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-101
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN

wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05L(config-interface-AM2125A-1/9/LINEIN-wavekey)# out 9470
detail

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface {am2125a|am2125b}

show wavekey

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the amplifier gain parameters

Set the re-enable delay

For additional amplifier provisioning, refer to the config powermgmt egress and
config powermgmt ingress commands.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-102
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT
description [string]
deltamaxgain
detail
deviationout [value]
gain[value]
maxflatgain[value]
maxgain[value]
mingain[value]
oppdirection [value | delete]
PM
splicemargin
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
targetpower[value]
tiltcaldcm[value]
tilttarget
type
voasetting

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-103
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey [missing | summary | out ]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

deltamaxgain

Specifies the maximum allowed difference between the

provisioned gain and the measured gain before an alarm
is raised. Range: 0 to 5 dB.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

deviationout

Specifies the deviation-out values used for the

adjustment.
Range: 0 to 10 dB

gain

Specifies the amplifier gain. Enter this keyword without

arguments to display the current gain setting. Enter this
keyword followed by help to display the default and valid
values for the gain, or with a valid value to change the
gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (am2125a|am2125b): 15.00 to 31.00 dB
Default (am2125a|am2125b): 15.00 dB The provisioned
gain value is only used on optical lines using manual
power management.

maxflatgain

Maximum Flat Gain Offset - For advanced users who

need to override EPT values.
Range: -5.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-104
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

maxgain

Specifies the maximum amplifier gain. Enter this

keyword without arguments to display the current gain
setting. Enter this keyword followed by help to display
the default and valid values for the gain, or with a valid
value to change the gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (am2125a|am2125b): 15.00 to 31.00 dB
Default (am2125a|am2125b): 15.00 dB The provisioned
maxgain value is only used on optical lines using manual
power management.
The provisioned maxgain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.

mingain

Specifies the minimum amplifier gain. Enter this

keyword without arguments to display the current gain
setting. Enter this keyword followed by help to display
the default and valid values for the gain, or with a valid
value to change the gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (am2125a|am2125b): 15.00 to 31.00 dB
Default (am2125a|am2125b): 15.00 dB
The provisioned mingain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.
The provisioned mingain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bidirectional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value

PM

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface
{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN PM.

splicemargin

Specifies the splicemargin value used by the system.

Range: 0 to 10 dB.

state

See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}

shelf/slot/port/ state for additional details on the state
parameter.

targetpower

Specifies the per channel target power.

Range: -30 dBm to 11 dBm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-105
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tiltcaldcm

Tilt Calculation Coefficient for DCM - For advanced

users who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 100.00 percent Default: 0

tilttarget

Specifies the amplifier tilt value used by the system.

Range: -3 to 0 dB

type

Displays the port type.

voasetting

Specifies the output VOA setting.

Range: 0 to 18 dB
Default: 0 dB

wavekey

Configure the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

LINEOUT port. See config interface
{am2125a|am2125b} shelf.slot/LINEOUT wavekey.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEOUT# gain 20

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {am2125a|am2125b}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-106
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this LINEOUT interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options

Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm
clearAll
opout
opochout
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

Opout

Configure the transmitted LINEIN optical power group

PM options. See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout.

opochout

Configure the transmitted channel optical power group

PM options. See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-107
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ILA(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM) clearAll

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

opochout
Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-108
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

pm opochout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- AM2125A -1/3/LINEOUT pm opochout clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-109
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

pm opochout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

opout
Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-110
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- AM2125A -1/3/LINEOUT pm opout clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-111
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

wavekey
Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.

Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM than wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LINEOUT.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey
missing
summary
out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-112
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

summary

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

out

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the LINEOUT port in the
specified direction.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2125A-1/17/LINEOUT)# wavekey summary

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/17/LINEOUT
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
AM2125A LINEOUT Port
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- IN ---------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected WK Programmed *..*.*....*.......... .*.*...... *..*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received . .......... .......... .......... ..........
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2125A-1/17/LINEOUT-wavekey)# missing

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-113
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK In
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*...... *..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show wavekey

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

wavekey out
Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength

Provision the devpower, power and tolpower to configure the OPR alarm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-114
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.
Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value| off}
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}
unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

out

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified band and channel

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-115
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

power

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

devpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm
Default: -99 dBm

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
tolpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05L(config-interface-AM2125A-1/9/LINEOUT-wavekey)# out 9600

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-116
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT

wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface {am2125a|am2125b}

show wavekey

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to display the current settings for the port.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP
description [string]
detail
mode [oc3 | base100FX]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
ots [ moduletype [unknown | SL-16.20 | SS-16.20 | SUL-1.20 | SEU1.2O] ]
PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type [ots | unassigned]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-117
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mtu [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface:

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

mode

Specifies the port type:

ospf helloint

set to oc3 to set the port to carry an OC-3 signal

set to base100FX to set the port to carry a

100baseFX signal

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. This is the time
elapsed between not hearing a router's Hello PDU before
the neighbors will declare it down. The dead interval is a
timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello
interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10. The lower the cost, the better.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-118
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the
first character can not be a numeric value. This parameter
is mandatory if md5_status is enable.
Default: NUL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

mtu

Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF
area.

Set to disable
The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF
area. This parameter can be set to enable only if a
md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1491 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

ots

Specifies the SFP moduletype:

set to SS-16.20 to set the port to carry a short range

OC-3 signal.

set to SL-16.20 to set the port to carry a long range

OC-3 signal.

set to SUL-1.20 to set the port to carry an ultra long

range OC-3 signal.

set to SEU-1.20 to set the port to carry an enhanced

ultra long range OC-3 signal

Note: This entry does not apply to 1830 PSS-1

PSS1AHP.
pm

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface
{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP PM

state

See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}

shelf/slot/port/ state for additional details on the state
parameter.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-119
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Specifies the port type:

set to ots to set the port to OTS

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/9/OSCSFP)# ots moduletype SL-16.20

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related commands:

show interface {am2125a|am2125b}

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options

Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options
Configure the sonet group pm options

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-120
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSC pm
clearAll
interface
opr
opt
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

interface

Configures the interface group PM options. See config

interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSC pm
interface.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt.

sdh

Configure the sdh group PM options. See config

interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
sdh.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-121
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

sonet

Configure the sonet group PM options. See config

interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-ahplg-1/3/OSCSFP pm clearall

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

interface
Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-122
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-123
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP pm interface clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opr
Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
baseline [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-124
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-125
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP pm opr clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opt
Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-126
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-127
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP pm opt clearall

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-128
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sdh
Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-129
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP pm sdh clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-130
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sonet
Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{am2125a|am2125b}cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-131
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP pm sonet clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-132
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/port state

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt
ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN |
shelf/slot/LINEOUT |
shelf/slot/DCM |
shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-133
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer.

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEOUT# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {am2125a|am2125b}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-134
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface am2318a

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to configure the LINEIN,
LINEOUT, or OSCSFP port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN |
shelf/slot/LINOUT |
shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the re-enable delay

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-135
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN
clearasontopo
description [string]
detail
deviationin [value]
oppdirection [value | delete]
PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
wavekey [missing | summary | in ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearasontopo

Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the LINEIN

port. If the ASONTOPO alarm is not currently raised
against the port AID and the clearasontopo command is
executed to clear the alarm, the command will be
accepted but no action is actually taken.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

deviationin

Specifies the allowed deviation-in from the target power

per channel.

Range: 0 to 10 dB

Default: 1.5 dB

help display the valid and default values.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-136
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bidirectional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value

PM

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEIN PM.

state

See config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port/ state for

additional details on the state parameter.

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Configure the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

LINEIN port. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEIN# deviationin 3

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface am2318a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-137
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this LINEIN interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options

Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
clearAll
opin
opochin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

Opin

Configures the received LINEIN optical power group PM

options. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin.

opochin

Configure the received channel optical power group PM

options. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-138
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ILA(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEIN-PM) clearAll

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-139
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- AM2318A -1/3/LINEIN pm opin clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-140
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-141
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- AM2318A -1/3/LINEIN pm opochin clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-142
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.

Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).h
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM than wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LINEOUT.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey
missing
summary
in
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-143
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

summary

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the line port in the specified
direction.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2318A-1/17/LINEIN)# wavekey summary
summary
1/17/LINEIN
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC
CCC
AM2318A LINEIN Port 6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222
111
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210
987
-IN ---------------------------------------------------------------------Expected
WK Programmed * ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
*..*...... ***
Expected
WK Received
. .......... .......... ..........
.......... ...
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... ..........
.......... ...
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2318A-1/17/LINEIN)# wavekey
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210

missing
CCCCCCCCCC CCC
2222222222 111
9876543210 987

-------------------------------------------------------------------Missing WK In
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*...... *..*...... ***
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-144
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface am2318a

show wavekey

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength
Provision the devpower, power and tolpower to configure the OPR alarm

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in [frequency]
detail
devpower {help | value}
power {help |value|off}
tolpower {help | value}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-145
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified band and channel

devpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
power

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

tolpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm
Default: -99 dBm

off - disable wave key monitoring.

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-146
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05L(config-interface-AM2318A-1/9/LINEIN-wavekey)# in 9470
detail 9470

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface am2318a

show wavekey

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the amplifier gain parameters

Set the re-enable delay

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-147
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

For additional amplifier provisioning, refer to the config powermgmt egress and
config powermgmt ingress commands.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT
description [string]
deltamaxgain
detail
deviationout [value]
gain[value]
maxflatgain[value]
maxgain[value]
mingain[value]
oppdirection [value | delete]
PM
splicemargin
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
targetpower[value]
tiltcaldcm[value]
tilttarget
type
voasetting

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-148
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey [missing | summary | out ]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

deltamaxgain

Specifies the maximum allowed difference between the

provisioned gain and the measured gain before an alarm
is raised. Range: 0 to 5 dB.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

deviationout

Specifies the deviation-out values used for the

adjustment.
Range: 0 to 10 dB

gain

Specifies the amplifier gain. Enter this keyword without

arguments to display the current gain setting. Enter this
keyword followed by help to display the default and valid
values for the gain, or with a valid value to change the
gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (AM2318A): 7.00 to 24.00 dB
Default (AM2318A): 18.00 dB
The provisioned gain value is only used on optical lines
using manual power managemen

maxflatgain

Maximum Flat Gain Offset - For advanced users who

need to override EPT values.
Range: -5.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-149
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

maxgain

Specifies the maximum amplifier gain. Enter this

keyword without arguments to display the current gain
setting. Enter this keyword followed by help to display
the default and valid values for the gain, or with a valid
value to change the gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (AM2318A): 15.00 to 31.00 dB
Default (AM2318A): 15.00 dB
The provisioned maxgain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.

mingain

Specifies the minimum amplifier gain. Enter this

keyword without arguments to display the current gain
setting. Enter this keyword followed by help to display
the default and valid values for the gain, or with a valid
value to change the gain setting for the amplifier.
Range (AM2318A): 15.00 to 31.00 dB
Default (AM2318A): 15.00 dB
The provisioned mingain value is only used on optical
lines using manual power management.

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bidirectional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value

PM

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEIN PM.

splicemargin

Specifies the splicemargin value used by the system.

Range: 0 to 10 dB.

state

See config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port/ state for

additional details on the state parameter.

targetpower

Specifies the per channel target power.

Range: -30 dBm to 11 dBm

tiltcaldcm

Tilt Calculation Coefficient for DCM - For advanced

users who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 100.00 percent Default: 0

tilttarget

Specifies the amplifier tilt value used by the system.

Range: -3 to 0 dB

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-150
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Displays the port type.

voasetting

Specifies the output VOA setting.

Range: 0 to 18 dB
Default: 0 dB

wavekey

Configure the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

LINEOUT port. See config interface am2318a
shelf.slot/LINEOUT wavekey.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEOUT # gain 20

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface am2318a

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-151
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this LINEOUT interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options

Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm
clearAll
opout
opochout
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

Opout

Configure the transmitted LINEIN optical power group

PM options. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout.

opochout

Configure the transmitted channel optical power group

PM options. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ILA(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM) clearAll

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-152
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout

Command description

This command configures the ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-153
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- AM2318A -1/3/LINEOUT pm opochout clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-154
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-155
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- AM2318A -1/3/LINEOUT pm opout clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-156
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.

Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM than wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LINEOUT.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey
missing
summary
out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-157
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

summary

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

out

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the LINEOUT port in the
specified direction.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2318A-1/17/LINEOUT-wavekey)# summary

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/17/LINEOUT
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
AM2318A LINEOUT Port
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
IN ---------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected
WK
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OUT --------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed * ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
*..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
*..*......
***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2D-G5(config-interface-AM2318A-1/17/LINEOUT-wavekey)# missing

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-158
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK In
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show wavekey

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength
Provision the devpower, power and tolpower to configure the OPR alarm

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-159
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value| off}
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}
unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

out

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified band and channel

power

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

devpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm
Default: -99 dBm

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-160
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tolpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05L(config-interface-AM2318A-1/9/LINEOUT-wavekey)# out 9600

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface am2318a

show wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-161
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to display the current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP
description [string]
detail
mode [oc3 | base100FX]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
ots [ moduletype [unknown | SL-16.20 | SS-16.20 | SUL-1.20 | SEU1.2O] ]
PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type [ots | unassigned]
mtu [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-162
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

mode

Specifies the port type:

ospf helloint

set to oc3 to set the port to carry an OC-3 signal

set to base100FX to set the port to carry a

100baseFX signal

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. This is the time
elapsed between not hearing a router's Hello PDU before
the neighbors will declare it down. The dead interval is a
timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello
interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10. The lower the cost, the better.
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the
first character can not be a numeric value. This parameter
is mandatory if md5_status is enable.
Default: NUL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-163
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5status

Set to enable
The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF
area.

Set to disable
The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF
area. This parameter can be set to enable only if a
md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1491 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

ots

Specifies the SFP moduletype:

set to SS-16.20 to set the port to carry a short range

OC-3 signal.

set to SL-16.20 to set the port to carry a long range

OC-3 signal.

set to SUL-1.20 to set the port to carry an ultra long

range OC-3 signal.

set to SEU-1.20 to set the port to carry an enhanced

ultra long range OC-3 signal

Note: This entry does not apply to 1830 PSS-1

PSS1AHP.
pm

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/OSCSFP PM

state

See config interface am2125a shelf/slot/port/ state for

additional details on the state parameter.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to ots to set the port to OTS

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/9/OSCSFP)# ots moduletype SL-16.20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-164
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related commands:

show interface am2318a

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options
Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options
Configure the sonet group pm options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSC pm
clearAll
interface
opr
opt
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-165
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

interface

Configures the interface group PM options. See config

interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSC pm interface.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface am2318a
shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt.

sdh

Configure the sdh group PM options. See config

interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the sonet group PM options. See config

interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-{AM2318A|AM2318A|ahplg}-1/3/OSCSFP pm clearall

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-166
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-167
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP pm interface clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-168
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-169
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP pm opr clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-170
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-171
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-172
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP pm opt clearall

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-173
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP pm sdh clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-174
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number of bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-175
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP pm sonet clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-176
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port state

Command description

Configure the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface am2318a shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt
ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN |
shelf/slot/LINEOUT |
shelf/slot/DCM |
shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-177
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface am2318a shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer.

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEOUT# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface am2318a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-178
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or
88 channel colorless wavelength router (CWR8-88) card. Use this command to access
subcommands that allow you to configure the CLSn, SIG, INV, OMD or THRU port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/CLSn | shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/THRU | shelf/slot/OMD |
*

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number, or *
to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/CLS

Command description

This command configures the CLS ports on a colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or 88
channel colorless wavelength router (CWR8-88) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the drop target power

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-179
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/CLS

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/port
clearasontopo
description [string]
detail
droptarget [value]
oppdirection [value | delete ]
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type [och | ots]
wavekey [in | out | missing | summary]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/CLS[1-8] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number, or * to list all of the
{cwr8|cwr8-88}cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearasontopo

Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the

CLS[1-8] port. If the ASONTOPO alarm is not
currently raised against the port AID and the
clearasontopo command is executed to clear the
alarm, the command will be accepted but no
action is taken.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter

this keyword followed by string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current description for
the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

droptarget

Specifies the target drop per channel power level.

Range: -15 to -4 dBm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-180
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/CLS

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with

this port to made a bi-directional cross connection
point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being
monitored.
delete clear a previous value

state

For additional information on the state

parameters, see config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}
shelf/slot/port/ state

type

Configure the port type:

wavekey

och use when a single channel is connected

to the port

ots use when multiple channels are

connected to the port

Configure the WaveTracker attributes for the CLS

port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/3/cls1# description CustomerA

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-181
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD

Command description

This command configures the OMD port on a colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or 88
channel colorless wavelength router (CWR8-88) card. Use this command to display the
current settings of the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD
detail
description [string]
state [down [force] | up | mt]
type
wavekey [missing | summary | in]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OMD | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number, or *
to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port.

Enter this keyword followed by string that
describes the interface, or enter this keyword
without any parameters to display the current
description for the interface.

state

For additional information on the state

parameters, see config interface cwr8
shelf/slot/port/ state

type

Displays the port type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-182
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

wavekey

Configure the WaveTracker attributes for the

OMD port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/12/omd)# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: OMD - CWR8 OMD Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State : Up
State Qualifier : SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State : Down
Oper Capability : Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-183
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the OMD port of on a
colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or 88 channel colorless wavelength router
(CWR8-88) card.
Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.
Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM then, the wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LineOut and SigOut.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMDwavekey
missing
summary
in
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OMD | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-184
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

summary

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the OMD port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
2ZZ09U(config-interface-cwr8-1/14/omd)# wavekey summary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-185
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Wavekey - OUT
---------------------------Location
Chan Expected Received Unexpected
---------------------------------------------1/14/OMD
9170 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9180 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9190 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9200 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9210 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9220 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9230 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9240 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9250 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9260 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9270 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9280 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9290 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9300 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9310 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9320 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9330 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9340 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9350 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9360 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9370 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9380 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9390 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9400 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9410 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9420 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9430 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9440 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9450 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9460 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9470 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9480 No
No
No
1/14/OMD
9490 No
No
No

...more? y=[yes] q=[quit] >

ZZ09U(config-interface-cwr8-1/14/omd)#
ZZ09U(config-interface-cwr8-1/14/omd)# wavekey missing

Location
Channel Missing Out
-------------------------------1/14/OMD
9170
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-186
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/14/OMD

9180

No

1/14/OMD
9190
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9200
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9210
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9220
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9230
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9240
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9250
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9260
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9270
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9280
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9290
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9300
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9310
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9320
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9330
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9340
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9350
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9360
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9370
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9380
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9390
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9400
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9410
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9420
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9430
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9440
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9450
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9460
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9470
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9480
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/OMD
9490
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
...more? y=[yes] q=[quit] >
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ZZ09U(config-interface-cwr8-1/14/omd)#
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-187
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey in

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the OMD port of a
colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or 88 channel colorless wavelength router
(CWR8-88) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength

Provision the devpower, power, and tolpower to configure the OPR alarm

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey in
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value| off}
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}
unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OMD | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-188
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9600 (CWR8)
Range: 9170 to 9605 (CWR8-88)

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified channel

devpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
tolpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/12/omd-wavekey)# out 9600

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-189
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/OMD wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

show wavekey

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/port state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for a port on a colorless wavelength router
(CWR8) or 88 channel colorless wavelength router (CWR8-88) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt
ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/CLSn |
shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/THRU | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-190
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect the service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer.

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/3/SIG# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-191
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/sig

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/sig

Command description

This command configures the SIG port on a colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or 88
channel colorless wavelength router (CWR8-88) card. Use this command to display the
current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/sig
description [string]
detail
oppdirection [value | delete ]
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
wavekey
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88} cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bi-directional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-192
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/sig

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

state

For additional details on state parameter, see config

interface cwr8 shelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Configure the WaveTracker attributes for the SIG port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/12/sig)# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: SIG - CWR8 Signal Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath TargetPower
: 1.30 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath
EgressPower
: -9.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath
TotalChannel
: 12
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath ReservedDegree: 2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Input Power
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-193
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the SIG port on a
colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or 88 channel colorless wavelength router
(CWR8-88) card.
Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received
Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received)
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM than wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LineOut and SigOut.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey
missing
summary
in|out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-194
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

summary

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in|out

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the SIG port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8 -1/4/sig-wavekeys)# summary

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- OUT ----------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Prog .**. .... ***. .... .... .... *..* ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Rcvd ..*. .... **.. .... .... .... .... ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
.... .... .... .**. .... .... .... ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(config-interface-cwr8-1/4/sig -wavekeys)# missing

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK Out
*
*
* *
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-195
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

show wavekey

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

in|out
Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the SIG port of on a
colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or 88 channel colorless wavelength router
(CWR8-88) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey in|out
[frequency]
detail
devpower {help | value
power {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-196
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

in|out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in | out

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9600 (CWR8)
Range: 9170 to 9605 (CWR8-88)

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified channel.

devpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

power

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm

Default: -99 dBm

tolpower

off - disable wavekey monitoring

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-197
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

in|out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/12/sig)# wavekey

...more? y=[yes] q=[quit] >

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-198
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

in|out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...more? y=[yes] q=[quit] >

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-199
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

in|out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

show wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-200
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU

Command description

This command configures the THRU port on a colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or 88
channel colorless wavelength router (CWR8-88) card. Use this command to display the
current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU
clearasontopo
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
wavekey [missing | summary | out]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/THRU | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearasontopo

Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the THRU port.

If the ASONTOPO alarm is not currently raised against
the port AID and the clearasontopo command is executed
to clear the alarm, the command will be accepted but no
action is actually taken.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-201
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

state

For additional details on state parameter, see to config

interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}shelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Configure the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

THRU port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/12/thru)# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: THRU - CWR8 Thru Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-202
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the THRU port on a
colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or 88 channel colorless wavelength router
(CWR8-88) card.
Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.
Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey
missing
summary
out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/line | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

summary

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

out

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the THRU port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-203
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(config-interface-cwr8-1/14/thru)# wavekey summary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-204
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Wavekey - OUT
---------------------------Location
Chan Expected Received Unexpected
---------------------------------------------1/14/THRU
9170 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9180 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9190 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9200 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9210 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9220 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9230 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9240 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9250 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9260 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9270 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9280 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9290 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9300 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9310 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9320 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9330 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9340 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9350 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9360 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9370 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9380 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9390 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9400 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9410 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9420 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9430 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9440 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9450 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9460 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9470 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9480 No
No
No
1/14/THRU
9490 No
No
No

...more? y=[yes] q=[quit] >

ZZ09U(config-interface-cwr8-1/14/thru)#
ZZ09U(config-interface-cwr8-1/14/thru)# wavekey missing

Location
Channel Missing Out
-------------------------------1/14/THRU
9170
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-205
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/14/THRU

9180

No

1/14/THRU
9190
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9200
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9210
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9220
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9230
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9240
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9250
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9260
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9270
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9280
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9290
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9300
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9310
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9320
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9330
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9340
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9350
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9360
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9370
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9380
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9390
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9400
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9410
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9420
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9430
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9440
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9450
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9460
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9470
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9480
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/THRU
9490
No
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
...more? y=[yes] q=[quit] >
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ZZ09U(config-interface-cwr8-1/14/thru)#
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show wavekey
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-206
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey out

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the THRU port of on a
colorless wavelength router (CWR8) or 88 channel colorless wavelength router
(CWR8-88) card.
Use this command to:

Display current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength

Provision the devpower, power, and tolpower to configure the OPR alarm

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey out
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value | off}
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}
unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/THRU | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

out

Specifies the port direction

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-207
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9600 (CWR8)
Range: 9170 to 9605 (CWR8-88)

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified band and channel

power

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm

Default: -99 dBm

devpower

off - disable wave key monitoring.

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

tolpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-208
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {cwr8|cwr8-88} shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/12/thru-wavekey)# out 9600

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

show wavekey

config interface wr8-88a

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a 8 degree wavelength router (WR8-88A)
card. . Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to configure the
ADDIN[1-8], DROPOUT, MESHOUT[1-3], SIG, or THRU port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-209
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | shelf/slot/
THRU | shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] |
DROPOUT | MESHOUT[1-8] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number, or * to list all of the
wr8-88a cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8]

Command description

This command configures the ADDIN[1-8] port on on a 8 degree wavelength router

(WR8-88a) card. Use this command to display the current settings for the port
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ ADDIN[1-8]
clearasontopo
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-210
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wssatten [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number, or * to list all of the
wr8-88a cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearasontopo

Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the

ADDIN[1-8] port. If the ASONTOPO alarm is not
currently raised against the port AID and the
clearasontopo command is executed to clear the
alarm, the command will be accepted but no
action is actually taken.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter

this keyword followed by string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current description for
the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

state

For additional information on the state

parameters, see config interface wr8-88a
shelf/slot/port/state

type

Displays the port type.

wssatten

Configure the initial wss attenuation (dB). Follow

this keyword with
value - specify the add path target power in dBm.
Range: 0 to 15 dB
Default: 15 dB

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/12/addin1)# detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: ADDIN1 WR8-88A ADDIN1 Port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-211
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier : SGEO
Oper State : Down
Oper Capability : Disabled
Description :
WSS Attenuation : 5.0 dB

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the ADDIN[1-8] port of
on a 8 degree wavelength router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.

Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey
missing
summary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-212
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

in
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

summary

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the ADDIN[1-8] port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wr8-88a -1/4/addin1-wavekeys)# summary

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-OUT
----------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Prog .**. .... ***. .... .... .... *..* ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Rcvd ..*. .... **.. .... .... .... .... ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
.... .... .... .**. .... .... .... ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/4/addin1-wavekeys)# missing
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234
------------------------------------------------------------

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-213
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Missing WK Out

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wr8-88a
show wavekey

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey in

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the ADDIN[1-8] port of
on a 8 degree wavelength router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32.

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey in
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value| off}
devpower {help | value}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-214
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tolpower {help | value}

unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605 (WR8-88A)

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified channel
Configure the expected output power (dBm). Follow this
keyword with one of

devpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm
Default: -99 dBm

off - disable wave key monitoring

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
tolpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-215
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-216
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# Successful Command example

(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/12/addin1)# wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-217
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface wr8-88a

show wavekey

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT

Command description

This command configures the DROPOUT port on on a 8 degree wavelength router

(WR8-88A) card. Use this command to display the current settings of the port.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/dropout
detail
description [string]
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-218
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DROPOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number, or *
to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port.

Enter this keyword followed by string that
describes the interface, or enter this keyword
without any parameters to display the current
description for the interface.

state

For additional information on the state

parameters, see config interface wr8-88a
shelf/slot/port/ state

type

Displays the port type

wavekey out

Configure the WaveTracker attributes for the

DROPOUT port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/12/dropout)# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: DROPOUT WR8-88A DROPOUT Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper
State
:
Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-219
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the DROPOUT port of
on a 8 degree wavelength router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.
Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey
missing
summary
out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-220
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

missing

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

summary

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in|out

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the SIG port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wr8-88a -1/4/sig-wavekeys)# summary

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- OUT ----------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Prog .**. .... ***. .... .... .... *..* ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Rcvd ..*. .... **.. .... .... .... .... ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
.... .... .... .**. .... .... .... ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/4/sig -wavekeys)# missing
F1

F2

F3

F4

F5
F6
F7
F8
1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234

-----------------------------------------------------------Missing WK Out
*
*
* *

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-221
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wr8-88a
show wavekey

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey out

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the SIG port of on a 2
degree wavelength router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32.

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey out
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value | off}
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-222
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DROPOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element..
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

out

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605 (WR8-88A)

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified band and channel

power

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm

Default: -99 dBm

devpower

off - disable wave key monitoring.

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

tolpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-223
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-224
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# Successful Command example

(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/12/dropout)# wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-225
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/DROPOUT wavekey out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wr8-88a

show wavekey

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3]

Command description

This command configures the MESHOUT[1-3] port on a 8-degree wavelength router

(WR8-88A) card Use this command to display the current settings of the port.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3]
detail
description [string]
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-226
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number, or * to list all of the
wr8-88a cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port.

Enter this keyword followed by string that
describes the interface, or enter this keyword
without any parameters to display the current
description for the interface.

state

For additional information on the state

parameters, see config interface wr8-88a
shelf/slot/port/ state

type

Displays the port type

wavekey out

Configure the WaveTracker attributes for the

MESHOUT[1-3] port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/12/meshout1)# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: MESHOUT1 WR8-88A MESHOUT1 Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-227
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the MESHOUT[1-3]

port of on a 8 degree wavelength router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.
Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey
missing
summary
out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] |
*

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-228
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

missing

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

summary

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in|out

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the MESHOUT[1-3] port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wr8-88a -1/4/meshout1-wavekeys)# summary

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- OUT ----------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Prog .**. .... ***. .... .... .... *..* ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Rcvd ..*. .... **.. .... .... .... .... ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
.... .... .... .**. .... .... .... ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/4/meshout1 -wavekeys)# missing
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234
-----------------------------------------------------------Missing WK Out
*
*
* *

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-229
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wr8-88a
show wavekey

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey

out
Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the MESHOUT[1-3]

port of on a 8 degree wavelength router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32.

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey out
[frequency]
detail
power {help | value | off}
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-230
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey

out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element..
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

out

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605 (WR8-88A)

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified band and channel

power

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm

Default: -99 dBm

devpower

off - disable wave key monitoring.

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

tolpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-231
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey

out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-232
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey

out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# Successful Command example

(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/12/meshout1)# wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-233
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] wavekey

out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wr8-88a

show wavekey

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/port state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for a port on a 8 degree wavelength router
(WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-234
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] |
shelf/slot/DROPOUT |
shelf/slot/MESHIN[1-4] |
shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/THRU | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect the service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric

shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer.

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/3/SIG# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-235
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wr8-88a

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG

Command description

This command configures the SIG port on on a 8-degree wavelength router (WR8-88A)
card. Use this command to display the current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/sig
description [string]
detail
oppdirection [value | delete ]
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
wavekey in | out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-236
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bi-directional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value

state

For additional details on state parameter, see config

interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Configure the WaveTracker attributes for the SIG port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wr8-1/12/sig)# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: SIG - WR8-88A Signal Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper
State
:
Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath TargetPower
: 1.30 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath EgressPower
: -9.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath TotalChannel : 12
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath ReservedDegree: 2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Input Power
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-237
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the SIG port of on a 8
degree wavelength router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received
Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received)

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey
missing
summary
in|out
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-238
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

summary

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in|out

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the SIG port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wr8-88a -1/4/sig-wavekeys)# summary

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- OUT ----------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Prog .**. .... ***. .... .... .... *..* ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Rcvd ..*. .... **.. .... .... .... .... ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
.... .... .... .**. .... .... .... ....
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/4/sig -wavekeys)# missing

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK Out
*
*
* *
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-239
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wr8-88a

show wavekey

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey in|out

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the SIG port of on a 8
degree wavelength router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32.

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88 shelf/slot/SIG wavekey in|out [frequency]
detail
devpower {help | value
power {help | value |off}
tolpower {help | value}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-240
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey in|out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in | out

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605 (WR8-88A)

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified channel.

devpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB
power

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

tolpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm
Default: -99 dBm

off - disable wavekey monitoring

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-241
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey in|out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/12/sig)# wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-242
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/SIG wavekey in|out

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface wr8-88a

show wavekey

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU

Command description

This command configures the THRU port on on a 8-degree wavelength router

(WR8-88A) card. Use this command to display the current settings for the port.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU
clearasontopo
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-243
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

wavekey [missing | summary | in]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/THRU | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearasontopo

Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the THRU port.

If the ASONTOPO alarm is not currently raised against
the port AID and the clearasontopo command is executed
to clear the alarm, the command will be accepted but no
action is actually taken.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

state

For additional details on state parameter, refer toconfig

interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Configure the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

THRU port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/12/thru)# detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-244
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: THRU WR8-88A Thru Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the SIG port of on a 8
degree wavelength router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received.

Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received).

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey
missing
summary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-245
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

in
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/THRU | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

summary

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the THRU port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wr8-88a -1/4/thru-wavekeys)# summary
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234
-- OUT ----------------------------------------------------Expected
WK Prog .**. .... ***. .... .... .... *..* ....
Expected
WK Rcvd ..*. .... **.. .... .... .... .... ....
Unexpected WK
.... .... .... .**. .... .... .... ....

(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/4/thru -wavekeys)# missing

F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234
-----------------------------------------------------------Missing WK Out
*
*
* *

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-246
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wr8-88a

show wavekey

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey in

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on the SIG port of on a 8
degree wavelength router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS-32.

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey in [frequency]
detail
power {help | value | off}
devpower {help | value}
tolpower {help | value}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-247
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/THRU | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605 (WR8-88A)

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified band and channel

power

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm

Default: -99 dBm

devpower

off - disable wave key monitoring.

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

tolpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

Configures the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

unexpected

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-248
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-249
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# Successful Command example

(config-interface-wr8-88a-1/12/thru)# wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-250
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/THRU wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wr8-88a

show wavekey

config interface dcm shelf/slot/port

Command description

This command configures the ports on a DCM card. Use this command to display the
current settings for the port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface dcm shelf/slot/port
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt ]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-251
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface dcm shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DCM |*

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number, or * to list all of the
DCM cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter

this keyword followed by string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current description for
the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

state

See config interface dcm shelf/slot/port state for

additional details on the state parameter.

type

Displays the port type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05U(config-interface-dcm-26/1/dcm)# detail
Shelf: 26 Slot: 1 Port: DCM - External DCM InOut
Port
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State
Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction : Bidirectional
Description:

ZZ05U(config-interface-dcm-26/1/dcm)# type
Type:

ots

ZZ05U(config-interface-dcm-26/1/dcm)# type ?

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-252
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface dcm shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ots

Configure the port type to ots

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface dcm

config interface dcm shelf/slot/port state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for a port on a DCM card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface dcm shelf/slot/port state
down [force]
up

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-253
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface dcm shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DCM |*

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number, or *
to list all of the DCM cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this

keyword with force to force the port down.
This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05U# config interface dcm 26/1/dcm state up

ZZ05U# config interface dcm 26/1/dcm state

down
mt
up

Configure the admin state to down [force]

Configure the admin state to maintenance
Configure the admin state to up

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface dcm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-254
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface itlb shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface itlb shelf/slot/port

Command description

This command configures the ports on an ITLB card. Use this command to display the
current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface itlb shelf/slot/port
description [string]
detail
oppdirection [value| delete]
state [down [force] | up | mt ]
type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/O |
shelf/slot/E | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ITLB cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port to

made a bi-directional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.

delete clear a previous value

state

For additional details on the state parameter, see config

interface itlb shelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Displays the port type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-255
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface itlb shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ06U(config-interface-itlb-26/1/sig)# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper
State
:
Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction
: Bidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
: .
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface itlb

config interface itlb shelf/slot/port state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for a port on the ITLB card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-256
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface itlb shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface itlb shelf/slot/port state
down [force]
up
mt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/O |
shelf/slot/E | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ITLB cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect the service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-itlb-1/3/sig# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface itlb

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-257
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface itlu shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface itlu shelf/slot/port

Command description

This command configures the ports on an ITLU card. Use this command to display the
current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface itlu shelf/slot/port
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt ]
type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIGIN |
shelf/slot/OOUT |
shelf/slot/EOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ITLU cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

state

For additional details on the state parameter, see config

interface itlu shelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Displays the port type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-258
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface itlu shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# Successful Command example

ZZ06U(config-interface-itlu-26/1/sig)# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 26 Slot: 1 Port: ITLU SIG Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction
:
Unidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
: .
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface itlu

config interface itlu shelf/slot/port state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for a port on the ITLU card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface itlb shelf/slot/port state
down [force]
up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-259
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface itlu shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIGIN |
shelf/slot/OOUT |
shelf/slot/EOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ITLU cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect the service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-itlu-1/3/sigin# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface itlu

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-260
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface opsa

Command description

This command configures an interface port on an optical protection switch (OPSA) card.
Use this command to:

Enable or disable the port

Display the current port configuration

Enter a description for the port

Access a subcommand that allows you to specify the Wavelength Tracker WaveKey
properties on the port

Access a subcommand that allows provisioning the switch parameters

Impact

Access levels

None

Service, Administrator, Provisioner: all parameters other

than those listed below.
Service, Administrator: switch-switchthresh,
switchtol,voaattenuation
Service: switch-calculationmode

Syntax
config interface opsa shelf/slot/port
description [string]
detail
state [up | down [force] | mt | ains]
switch
type
wavekey
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/A |
shelf/slot/B | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the OPSA cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-261
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

state

For additional details on state parameter, see config

interface opsa shelf/slot/port state.

switch

Specifies the calculation mode, switching threshold,

switch tolerance, and VOA attenuation. Should only be
changed based on route engineering guidelines. Requires
a higher security level. See config interface opsa
shelf/slot/port switch.

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Specify the Wavelength Tracker properties for all

wavelengths passing through the port. See config
interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
config interface opsa 1/4/a
(config interface opsa 1/4/a)# description opsa port A
(config interface opsa 1/4/a)# state up

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config aps

config interface state

show interface opsa

show aps

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-262
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for a port on a optical protection switch
(OPSA) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port
Set the ains parameter for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface opsa shelf/slot/portstate
ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/A |
shelf/slot/B | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the OPSA cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-263
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold
Configures the AINS debounce time:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-opsa-1/3/SIG) # state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-264
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker properties on an optical protection

switch (OPSA) card.
Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received
Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received)
Access the in submenu to configure the WaveKey parameters as described in config
interface opsa s/s/p wavekey in

Impact

Access levels

None

Service, Administrator, Provisioner: all parameters

Syntax
config interface opsa shelf/slot/portwavekey
in
missing
summary
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/A |
shelf/slot/B | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the OPSA cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the A, B or SIG ports. See
config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey in
command.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-265
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

missing

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

summary

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-opsa-1/4/a-wavekey)# summary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-266
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
wst2-0106(config-interface-opsa-1/14/a-wavekey)# missing
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK In
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing
WK
Out
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
wst2-0106(config-interface-opsa-1/14/a-wavekey)# summary
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/14/A
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPSA
Protection
6
5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
A/B Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- IN ------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed . .......... .......... ..........
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
.......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
. .......... .......... ..........
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
.......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... ..........
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
.......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-- OUT -----------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected
WK
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-267
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey in

Command description

This command configures the Wavelength Tracker WaveKey properties on the selected
OPSA card's interface port.
Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength
Provision the devpower, power and tolpower to configure the OPR alarm

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface opsa shelf/slot/portwavekey in [frequency]
detail
devpower {help | value}
power {help | value| off}
tolpower {help | value}
unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/A |
shelf/slot/B | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the OPSA cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in

Specifies the port direction.

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-268
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified channel

devpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

power

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

tolpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm
Default: -99 dBm

off: disable wavekey monitoring

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB
unexpected

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-opsa-1/4/a-wavekey)# in 9600 detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-269
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Channel Freq
: 9600
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Channel
Status
: UAS
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected Power
:
Off
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected WaveKey 1: 9
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected WaveKey 2: 533
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Measured Power
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power
Deviation
:
9.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Tolerance
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
WaveKeys Received :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is the related command:

show wavekey

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port switch

Command description

This command configures the switch threshold and tolerance on the A and B ports of an
optical protection switch (OPSA) card.
Use this command to:

Set the threshold calculation mode to auto or manual

Set the switching threshold and tolerance for manual configured ports
Set the transmit VOA attenuation for manual power managed lines

Impact

Access levels

Threshold values specify when the OPSA card

performs a protection switch.

Service, Admin: switchthresh, switchtol,

voaattenuation

VOA attenuation values affect the

transmission power levels.

Service: calculationmode

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-270
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port switch

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface opsa shelf/slot/port switch
calculationmode [auto | manual]
switchthresh [value]
switchtol [value]
voaattenuation [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/A | shelf/slot/B | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number, or *
to list all of the OPSA cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

Calculationmode

Specifies the operating mode for the OPSA

switch threshold calculations.
Range: auto, manual

Switchthresh

Specifies the switching threshold to be used

when calculationmode is set to manual. The
switching threshold defines the power level
below which a protection switch is triggered.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the
switching threshold, in dBm. In static
networks you need to calculate this value
based on the planned OPSA received power.
Range: -30.00 to 5.00 dBm
Default:-30.00
Note: This command applies to ports A and B
only
Note: Entering a switchthresh value is denied
if the calculationmode is set to manual.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-271
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port switch

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

switchtol

Specifies the switching threshold tolerance to

be used when calculationmode is set to
manual. The switching threshold tolerance
defines the level by which the signal must
improve above the switching threshold before
the switch reverts to its original configuration.
For example, if the switching threshold is
-18.00 dBm, and the tolerance is 1.00 dB, a
reversion switch occurs when the signal is
-17.00 dBm or better. Enter this keyword
followed by a value for the switching
threshold tolerance, in dB.
Range: 0.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 2.00
Note: This command applies to ports A and B
only.
Note: Entering a switchtol value is denied if
the calculationmode is set to manual.

voaattenuation

Specifies the attenuation value for the VOA in

the egress direction for manually power
managed lines. Attempts to enter a
voaattenuation value when the line is in auto
power managed mode will be denied. Enter
this keyword followed by a value for the VOA
attenuation, in dB.
Range: 0 to 20 dB, -1 for maximum
attenuation
Default: -1.00

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
config interface opsa 1/4/a
(config-interface-opsa-1/4/a)# switch switchthresh -20

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-272
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface opsa shelf/slot/port switch

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config aps

config interface state

show interface opsa

show aps

config interface osct

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on an OSCT card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the SIG, LINE, or OSCSFP port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | shelf/slot/LINE |
shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number, or *
to list all of the osct cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-273
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE

Command description

This command configures the LINE port OSCT card. Use this command to display the
current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE
description [string]
detail
deviationin [value]
deviationout [value]
oppdirection [value | delete ]
PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
targetpower [value]
type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-274
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

deviationin

Specifies the allowed deviation-in from the target power

per channel.

deviationout

oppdirection

value - specify the add path egress power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB

help - display the valid and default values

Specifies the allowed deviation-out from the target power

per channel.

value - specify the add path egress power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB

help - display the valid and default values

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bi-directional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value

PM

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface osct
shelf/slot/line PM.

state

For additional details on the state parameter, see config

interface osct shelf/slot/port/ state

targetpower

Specifies the target power per channel.

type

value - specify the add path egress power in dBm.

Range: -30 to 11 dBm

help - display the valid and default values

Displays the port type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/line# targetpower 0

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-275
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface osct

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports with Performance Monitoring attributes on the
OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options
Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm
clearAll
opin
opout
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

opin

Configures the received line optical power group PM

options. See config interface osct shelf/slot/line pm
opin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-276
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opout

Configure the transmitted line optical power group PM

options. See config interface osct shelf/slot/line pm
opochout.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
ILA(config-interface-osct-1/3/line-PM) clearAll

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

Command description

This command configures the LINE port for received line optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin
clearRaw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-277
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number, or *
to list all of the osct cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this

keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of bins. Active statistics are placed
into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such
that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1,
bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for
15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute
bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the

current bin for the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/LINE pm opin clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-278
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

Command description

This command configures the LINE port for transmitted line optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-279
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number, or *
to list all of the osct cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this

keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of bins. Active statistics are placed
into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such
that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1,
bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for
15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute
bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the

current bin for the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/LINE pm opout clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-280
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port on an OSCT card. Use this command to
display the current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP
description [string]
detail
mode [oc3 | base100FX]
ospf [ helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
ots [ moduletype [unknown | SL-16.20 | SS-16.20 | SUL-1.20 | SEU1.20] ]
PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type [ots | unassigned]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-281
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mtu [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

mode

Specifies the port type:

ospf helloint

set to oc3 to set the port to carry an OC-3 signal

set to base100FX to set the port to carry a

100baseFX signal

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default the

interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. This is the time
elapsed between not hearing a router's Hello PDU before
the neighbors will declare it down. The dead interval is a
timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello
interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10. The lower the cost, the better.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-282
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the
first character can not be a numeric value. This parameter
is mandatory if md5_status is enable.
Default: NUL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enable.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable

The MD5 authentication is activated on the OSPF area.

mtu

Set to disable
The MD5 authentication is not required on the OSPF
area. This parameter can be set to enable only if a
md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1491 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

ots

Specifies the SFP moduletype:

set to SS-16.20 to set the port to carry a short range

OC-3 signal.

set to SL-16.20 to set the port to carry a long range

OC-3 signal.

set to SUL-16.20 to set the port to carry a long range

OC-3 signal.

set to SEU-1.20 to set the port to carry an enhanced

ultra long range OC-3 signal

pm

Displays or clears performance monitoring information

for a specific interface. See config interface osct
shelf/slot/osc PM

state

For additional details on the state parameter, see config

interface osct shelf/slot/port/ state.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-283
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Specifies the port type:

set to ots to set the port to OTS

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/9/oscsfp)# ots moduletype SL-16.20

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface osct

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port with Performance Monitoring attributes on
the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options
Configure the transmitted optical power group pm options

Configure the sonet group pm options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-284
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
clearAll
interface
opr
opt
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

interface

Configures the interface group PM options. See config

interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
opt.

sdh

Configure the sdh group PM options. See config

interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the sonet group PM options. See config

interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp pm clearall

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-285
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port for Ethernet interface group Performance
Monitoring options on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/osc pm interface
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-286
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp pm interface clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-287
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-288
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp pm opr clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-289
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-290
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp pm opt clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-291
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port SDH group Performance Monitoring options
on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-292
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp pm sdh clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-293
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the OSCSFP port SONET group Performance Monitoring
options on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-294
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp pm sonet clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-295
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface osct shelf/slot/port state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for a port on an OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt
ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/LINE |
shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-296
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer.

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/line# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface osct

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-297
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface osct shelf/slot/SIG

Command description

This command configures the SIG port on an OSCT card. Use this command to display
the current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface osct shelf/slot/SIG
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

state

For additional details on state parameter, see config

interface osct shelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Displays the port type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-osct-1/3/sig # description west
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-298
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface osct shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface osct

config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} shelf/slot/port

Command description

This command configures the ports on SFD40, SFD40B, SFD44, and SFD44B cards. Use
this command to display the current settings for the port
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} shelf/slot/port
description[string]
detail
oppdirection [value| delete]
state [down [force] | up | mt]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-299
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port |*

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the SFD44, SFD44B,
SFD40 or SFD40B cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (SFD44 port): 9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560,
9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470,
9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380,
9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200,
9190, 9180, 9170, OMD
Range (SFD44B port): 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565,
9555, 9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475,
9465, 9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385,
9375, 9365, 9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295,
9285, 9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205,
9195, 9185, 9175, OMD
Range (SFD40 port): 9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560,
9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470,
9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380,
9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, OMD
Range (SFD40B port): 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565,
9555, 9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475,
9465, 9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385,
9375, 9365, 9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295,
9285, 9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, OMD

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface:

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bi-directional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.

delete clear a previous value

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-300
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

state

See config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}shelf/

slot/port/ state for additional details on the state
parameter.
set ains to enabled

type

Displays the port type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ06U(config-interface-sfd44-26/1/omd# detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 26 Slot: 1 Port: OMD - SFD MUX Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction
: Bidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
:
..
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Average Mux Insertion Loss :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Average Demux Insertion Loss:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-301
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

shelf/slot/OMD state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} shelf/slot/OMD

state
Command description

This command configures the ports on an SFD40, SFD40B, SFD44, SFD44B cards.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b} shelf/slot/OMD state
down [force]
up
mt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OMD | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the SFD44, SFD44B,
SFD40 or SFD40B cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-sfd44-1/3/omd# state down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-302
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

shelf/slot/OMD state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {sfd40|sfd40b|sfd44|sfd44b}

config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

shelf/slot/port
Command description

This command configures the ports on an SFC or SFD card.

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the LOS threshold
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}
shelf/slot/port
detail
description [string]
oppdirection [value| delete]
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
losthreshold [value]
tolerence [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-303
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

losthresholdout [value]
tolerenceout [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OMD |
shelf/slot/EXP |
shelf/slot/xxxx (chan I/O)
| *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the BBA cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

State

For additional details on the state parameter, see config

interface {sfd4| sfd5|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8} shelf/slot/port/
state.

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bi-directional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.

delete clear a previous value

Type

Displays the port type.

losthreshold

Specifies the power setting used for setting the OMD port
input LOS alarm.
Range:

-32.0 to +17.0 dBm for SFD4

-32.0 to +20.0 dBm for SFD5, SFD8

-26.0 to +9.8 dBm for SFC2, SFC4, SFC8

Default:

tolerence

-32.0 dBm for SFD4, SFD5, SFD8

-26.0 dBm for SFC2, SFC4, SFC8

Specifies the difference above the LOS set and clear

points in dBm.
Range: 0.5 to 6.0 dB
Default: 2.0 dB

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-304
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losthresholdout

Specifies the power setting used for setting the OMD port
input LOS alarm.
Range:

-32.0 to +17.0 dBm for SFD4

-32.0 to +20.0 dBm for SFD5, SFD8

Default: -32.0 dBm for SFD4, SFD5, SFD8

Tolerenceout

Specifies the difference above the LOS set and clear

points in dBm.
Range: 0.5 to 6.0 dB
Default: 2.0 dB

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- sfd5 -1/3/omd# losthreshold -24.0

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(config-interface- sfd5 -1/3/omd# detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 2 Slot: 5 Port: OMD SFD5A
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Input Power :
3.41 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOS Set Threshold
:
-21.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
LOS Clear Threshold :
2.0 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Average
Mux
Loss
4.8
dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Average Demux Loss
4.2 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-305
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

shelf/slot/port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

shelf/slot/port state
Command description

This command configures the state parameter for a port on an SFC or SFD card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}
shelf/slot/port state
down [force]
up
mt
ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OMD |
shelf/slot/EXP |*

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the SFC or SFD cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-306
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-sfd5a-1/3/omd# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-307
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface powermgmt

Command description

This command configures the power management options for the specified ingress or
egress port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Setting the power management

options may impact services.

Administrator: all commands

Provisioner: brief, commissioning, type

Syntax
config interface powermgmt shelf/slotLINE | *
config interface powermgmt shelf/slotLINEOUT | *
brief
autogainadjenabled [ off | on ]
autotiltadjenabled [ off | on ]
commissioning [completed | inprogress]
gainadjsch [ value ]
gainadjtmlen [ value ]
gainadjtmper [ value ]
type [auto | manual]
wtdusage [wtdonon | wtdoffoff | wtdonoff | wtocm | wtdinferred]
poweroffsetdata in [OTUBitRate Encoding value]
config interface powermgmt shelf/slotLINEIN | *
brief

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-308
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

poweroffsetdata in [OTUBitRate Encoding value ]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE
(Bi-directional LD cards)
shelf/slot/LINEOUT
(Uni-directional LD cards)
shelf/slot/LINEIN
(uni-directional LD cards)
| *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or enter * to display a brief summary for all
of the ingress and egress ports on the network element.

brief

Display the current commissioning status for the

specified port.

autogainadjenabled

Gain Adjustment Auto Gain Adjustment Enabled Turns

on or off the automatic gain adjustment routine. For
advanced users who need to override EPT values.

See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric

shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Range: [off, on]

Default: off
autotiltadjenabled

Auto Tilt Adjustment Enabled Turns on or off the

automatic tilt adjustment routine. For advanced users who
need to override EPT values.
Range: [off, on]
Default: off

commissioning

Set the commissioning state of the port (this command

can be used only on an LINE port, and that LINE port
must have its type set to auto). Enter this keyword
without any parameters to display the current state.
To specify a commissioning state for the port, follow this
keyword with one of the following:

gainadjsch

completed - sets the commissioning state of the port

to completed

inprogress - sets the commissioning state of the port

to in progress

Gain Adjustment Time Offset Past Hour - For advanced

users who need to override EPT values.
Range: [-1, 00:00.0 to 59:59.9] mm:ss.x
Default: -1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-309
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

gainadjtmlen

Gain Adjustment Allocated Adjustment Time - For

advanced users who need to override EPT values.
Range: [-1, 00:00.0 to 59:59.9] mm:ss.x
Default:-1

gainadjtmper

Gain Adjustment Time Period Between Adjustments - For

advanced users who need to override EPT values.
Range: [-1, 00:00.0 to 59:59.9] mm:ss.x
Default: -1

type

Set the type of power management for the port. Enter this
keyword without any parameters to display the current
type.
To specify the power management type for the port,
follow this keyword with one of the following:

auto - sets the power management of the port to

automatic

manual - sets the power management of the port to

manual

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-310
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

wtdusage

Set the type of power management for the port. Enter this
keyword without any parameters to display the current
type.
To specify the power management type for the port,
follow this keyword with one of the following:

wtdonon - All power per channel (PPC)

measurements and channel alarms are detected using
the WaveTracker Decoder (WTD) equipped on the
LD and CWR cards. This matches the channel
monitoring capabilities of releases prior to R3.0

wtdoffoff - All WTD in the line will NOT report

power per channel or channel alarms. This will be
used for in-line amplifier sites when the terminal ends
use WTOCM cards. This will also be the default for
Greenfield networks until provisioned to another
value.

wtdonoff - All WTD in the line will report power per

channel measurements and will NOT report channel
alarms.

wtocm - All PPC measurements and channel alarms

are detected on the WTOCM card and reported at the
assigned LD Card port.

Wtdinferred - Reserved for use in ILA nodes. PPC

measurements at certain points are calculated and
reported at LD card output port in the amplified
direction (Sig Out or Line Out depending on LD
type).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-311
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

poweroffsetdata in|out

Used to configure the channel target power offset

correspondnig to a technology type. Technology types
must be previously defined in the technology type table
(see config powermgmt general techtypes).

in|out in or out specify directionality data is set for.

For (LINE) ports can be in or out. For unidirectional
ports in or out must match supported direction of
port, out for LINEOUT, or in for LINEIN.

If command is given without [OTUBitRate Encoding

value ] argument, the table of data is displayed.

If [OTUBitRate Encoding value ] is given, sets the

offset value for the technology type defined by
OTUBitRate and Encoding (both are enumerated
values, and integers are expected).
If the technology is not defined, the NE will
report an error.
If value is out of range, the NE will report an
error and not set the value.
Technology type using OUTBitRate in range
9001 to 10000, and Encoding in range 9001 to
10000 cannot be assigned a value.
If the technology type is not defined, the NE will
report an error
Range of value: -3.00 to +3.00 dB

If [OTUBitRate Encoding] is given, displays the

value for the technology type defined by OTUBitRate
and Encoding (both are enumerated values, and
integers are expected).
If the technology type is not defined, the NE will
report an error

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line brief

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-312
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Interface 1/2/line ALPHG LINE Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Management Type : Auto
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Management Commissioning : Completed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 1 1 -2

# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 1 1

BitRate Encoding
BitRate
Encoding Power Offset
(enum) (enum)
Description
Description Value (dB)
---------------------------------------------------------------1
1
nrz
otm10G709 -2

# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out

BitRate Encoding
BitRate
Encoding Power Offset
(enum) (enum)
Description
Description Value (dB)
---------------------------------------------------------------10000 10000
unknown
unknown
-2
9999 9999
alien
alien
-2
1
1
otm10G709
nrz
-2
3
1
otm11G096
nrz
-2
8
3
otm43G018
dpsk
0
7
5
otm111G810
cohpmqpsk 0
# config interface powermgmt 1/2/lineout poweroffsetdata out 1 1 -2
# config interface powermgmt 1/3/linein poweroffsetdata in 1 1 -2

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Example of technology type has not previously been defined:

# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 8 7 -2

Error: Technology type not defined

# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 8 7

Error: Technology type not defined

Example of offset value not within valid range:# config

interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 1 1 -6
Error: Technology type is reserved.
Example of trying to address the technology type reserved for
unassigned:

# config interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out 9998

9998

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-313
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Error: Technology type is reserved.

Example of providing the incorrect direction for a unidirectional port:

# config interface powermgmt 1/2/lineout poweroffsetdata in 1 1 3

Error: Direction is not applicable to port.

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot

config card

show interface powermgmt

config powermgmt general

config powermgmt
Command description

This is an access command that is used to perform an automated power adjustment and
configure the options used when performing an automated power adjustment.
Use this command to:

Access a subcommand that allow you to configure general data used by power
management
Access a subcommand that allows you to adjust and accept the ingress power
Access a subcommand that allows you to adjust and accept the egress power
Access a subcommand that allows you to display the settings used when adjusting the
powers
Note: The network element topology must be defined before you can automatically
balance the powers.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Changes power settings.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config powermgmt
general
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-314
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

egress
ingress
Parameter

Description

general

Allows user to add optical channel technology types.

Allows user to add wtocm calibration data by channel
technology type. See config powermgmt general

egress

Adjust the egress power and accept the changes. See

config powermgmt egress.

ingress

Adjust the ingress power and accept the changes. See

config powermgmt ingress.

config powermgmt general

Command description

Use this command to:

Access subcommands to provision channel technology types for the node.

Access subcommands to provision wtocm channel power measurement correction by
technology type.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

Changing the power management

settings may impact services.

Admin: all commands

Provisioner: techtypes brief
Observer: techtypes brief

Syntax
config powermgmt general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-315
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

techtypes [create | delete | brief]

Parameter

Description

techtypes

Allows user to define new channel optical technology

types for the node. These types must be defined to support
features using the technology types. The information
about which technology types need to be defined for the
node will normally come from the Engineering Planning
Tool. The following subcommands are used to make
modifications to the table.
The couple { OTUBitRate Encoding} must be given to
create, modify or delete a technology. OTUBitRate and
Encoding are enumerated values, therefore integers are
expected.

Create Create a technology type by giving

{OTUBitRate Encoding} [WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor
[BitRateTextDescription EncodingTextDescription]]
OTUBitRate and Encoding in the range 1001 to
9000 are allowed. Values outside this range are
rejected by the NE.
WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor is an optional
parameter that provides the correction applied to
the WTOCM pack power readings for this
technology type.
BitRateTextDescription andEncodingTextDescription are optional parameters that provide text
descriptions corresponding to OTUBitRate and
Encoding.
If create is attempted and the entry already exists,
the NE rejects the command.

Modification of the fields

WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor, BitRateTextDescription and EncodingLabel for an existing technology
type is possible:
Provide OTUBitRate Encoding
WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor BitRateTextDescription EncodingTextDescription to modify all
three fields for a technology type.
Use OTUBitRate Encoding wtocmcalib
WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor to modify
correction applied to WTOCM pack power
readings for a technology.
Use OTUBitRate Encoding bitratelabel
BitRateTextDescription to modify the text label
for the bit rate.
Use OTUBitRate Encoding encodinglabel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EncodingTextDescription to modify the text label
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-316
for the encoding. 8DG60888FAAA Release
3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1notJune
2011
If modify is attempted and an entry does
exist
corresponding to OTUBitRate Encoding , the NE
returns an error.
Modification of WtocmCalibCorrectionFactor is

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# config powermgmt general techtypes
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# create 1300 1300 1.2 40G dpsk SR
40G dpsk SR
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# create 1350 1350 1.3
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)#
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# modify 1350 1350 1.3 10G interop
alien 10G interop alien
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# 1400 1400 bitratelabel Router 1
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# 1400 1400 encodinglabel Router 1
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# 1500 1500 wtocmcalib 0.5
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)#
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# delete 1500 1500
WARNING: Deleting a technology type eliminates it from use by this
network element. Confirm delete (yes/no)?
yes
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)#

(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# brief
BitRate Encoding
BitRate
Encoding Wtocm
(enum) (enum)
Description
Description Calib (dB)
----------------------------------------------------------------------10000 10000
unknown
unknown
0
9999 9999
alien
alien
0
1
1
otm10G709
nrz
0
3
1
otm11G096
nrz
0
8
3
otm43G018
dpsk
1.0
7
5
otm111G810
cohpmqpsk
0.5
1300
1300
40G dpsk SR
40G dpsk SR 1.2
1350
1350
10G interop alien
10G interop alien 1.3

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Example of of technology type that does not exist

config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# 1800 1800 0.0 10G interop

alien 10G interop alien
Error: Technology type not defined
Example of modify of technology type that is in restricted range

(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# 9999 9999 1.0 10Gig

RZ

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-317
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Error: Technology type not defined

(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)#
Example of create of technology type that already exists

(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# create 1300 1300 0.0

10G interop alien 10G interop alien
Error: Technology type is reserved.
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)#
Example of delete of reserved technology type

(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# delete 9999 9999

Error: Technology type is reserved.
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)#
Example of delete of technology type in use

(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)# delete 1300 1300

Error: Technology type is used by cross connect
(config-powermgmt-general-techtypes)#

config powermgmt egress

Command description

This command automatically adjust the NE egress power in one direction.

Use this command:

Adjust the egress power for optical lines using automatic power management

Display the status of the power adjustment

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None.

Administrator: all commands

Provisioner: adjust, detail, gain, maxgain, mingain,
targetpower
Observer: detail

Syntax
config powermgmt egress shelf/slot | *
adjust [abort | result | status]
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-318
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt egress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

gain
launchatt [value]
losstospan [value]
maxflatgain [value]
maxgain [value]
mingain [value]
ochtargetpower [frequency]
ochuserpoweroffset [frequency | value]
targetpower [value]
tiltcal [value]
tiltcaldcm [value]
tiltmult [value]
tiltoffset [value]
tiltprecomp [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf, and slot of the ALPHG, AHPHG,

AHPLG, A2325A or PSS1AHP for the auto power
managed optical line. Enter the shelf number, a slash, and
the slot number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-319
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt egress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

adjust

Adjust the egress power to reach the target power

specified for the selected card. This command
automatically calibrates the gain on an egress amplifier
and the attenuation on its associated {CWR8|CWR8-88}
card to achieve the target per-channel power at the egress
balance point. The goal of the Adjust Egress function is to
optimize OSNR by applying the lowest possible
amplification and {CWR8|CWR8-88} attenuation to the
channels. It first adjusts the amplifier gain to
accommodate the lowest power input signal, then adjusts
the {CWR8|CWR8-88} attenuation of the through
channels so that they meet the target egress power.
Optionally follow this keyword with abort or status:

follow with abort to abort the power adjustment and

return the power levels to their original values

follow with result to display the result of the power

adjustment

follow with status to display the completion status of

the power adjustment

detail

Display details of the egress point.

gain

Displays the current gain.

launchatt

Service Launch Attenuation Offset - For advanced users

who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 10.00 dB
Default: 0

losstospan

Tilt Calculation Connector Loss to Span - For advanced

users who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 10.00 dB
Default: 0

maxflatgain

Maximum Flat Gain Offset - For advanced users who

need to override EPT values.
Range: -5.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0

maxgain

Displays the maximum allowed gain or that can be set by

value. The maximum gain is determined by the
Engineering planning tool.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-320
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt egress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mingain

Displays the minimum allowed gain or that can be set by

value. The minimum gain is determined by the
Engineering planning tool.

ochtargetpower

Displays the target powers at the adjustment point and the

offsets. If frequency is specified, then the target power,
system derived offset, user set offset, and offset in use are
displayed for the specified channel. Otherwise, the data
for all channels is returned. If there is no channel
provisioned at a frequency, then the display reads -- for
the offset values, - - - user offset value, -- for the target
value, and NA for the applicability.

ochuserpoweroffset

Displays the user configured offset value at the

adjustment point for the target power of the specified
channel. The user can set the offset for a channel by
specifying channel and value.
Range: -3.00 to +3.00 dB, set -99.00 to clear.
Default: -99.00.

targetpower

The target channel power as determined by the

Engineering planning tool.

tiltcal

Tilt Calculation Coefficient - For advanced users who

need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 100.00 percent
Default: 0

tiltcaldcm

Tilt Calculation Coefficient for DCM - For advanced

users who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 100.00 percent
Default: 0

tiltmult

Tilt Calculation Multiplier - For advanced users who need

to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 300.00 percent
Default: 0

tiltoffset

Tilt Calculation Offset - For advanced users who need to

override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-321
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt egress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tiltprecomp

Pre-compensated Tilt Percentage - For advanced users

who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 300.00 percent
Default: 0

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# config powermgmt egress 1/2

ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)# ochtargetpower
System
User Offset Absolute
Cald Offset Offset
In Use Target Pwr
Applicability
Chan (dB) (dB) (dB) (dBm)
--------------------------------------------------------------9170
-1.5
-1.75 -1.75 -2.75 applicable
9175
----NA
9180
-1.5
-99.00 -1.5
-2.5 applicable
9185
----NA
9190
-1.0
-99.00 -1.75 -2.5 applicable

ZZ09U(config-powermgmt- egress-1/2)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350

User
Offset
Chan
(dB)
-----------------------------9350 -99.00 (unassigned)
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)#
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350 -1.3
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)#

ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-egress-1/2)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350

User
Offset
Chan
(dB)
-----------------------------9350
-1.3
# config powermgmt egress 1/2 #

(config-powermgmt)# egress 1/17 detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-322
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt egress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 17 - AHPHG
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Egress Amp
: 1/16 - AHPHG
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target
Power
: -5.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Current
Gain
: 13.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Min Gain
: 13.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Max Gain
: 33.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
DeltaMax Gain
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target
Tilt
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Calculated Required Gain : 26.91 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Egress Wss
: 1/14 - CWR8
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Add
Path
Egress
Power
: -16.63 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Add Path Target Power
:
2.50 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Add
Path
Channel
Count
:
12
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Add Path Degree Count
: 2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Adjust Status
: Not In Progress
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Adjust Result
: No through services provisioned
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt
Adjust
Status
:
Completed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt
Adjust
Result
:
Success
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt Calculation Multiplier :1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt Calculation Coefficient :1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt Calculation Offset
: 0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Pre-Comp
Tilt
Percentage
: 0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Connector
Loss
to
Span
:
0.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Service Launch Attenuation : 2.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-323
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt ingress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config powermgmt ingress

Command description

This command automatically adjusts the NE ingress power in one direction.

Use this command:

Adjust the ingress power for optical lines using automatic power management
Display the status of the power adjustment
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None.

Administrator: all commands

Provisioner: adjust, detail, gain, maxgain, mingain,
targetpower
Observer: detail

Syntax
config powermgmt ingress shelf/slot | *
adjust [result | status]
detail
gain
gainadjoff [value]
headroom

[value]

maxflatgain [value]
maxgain [value]
mingain [value]
ochtargetpower [frequency]
ochuserpoweroffset [frequency | value]
targetpower [value]
tiltcaldcm [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-324
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt ingress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tiltpostcomp [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf and slot of the ALPHG, AHPHG,

AHPLG, A2325A, AM2017B, AM2325B, or PSS1AHP
for the auto power managed optical line. Enter the shelf
number, a slash, and the slot number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

adjust

Adjust the egress power to reach the target power

specified for the selected card. This command
automatically calibrates the ingress amplifier to achieve
the desired per-channel ingress power. It does so by
adjusting the gain on the ingress amplifier to achieve an
average channel power at the amplifier output that is as
close as possible to the target ingress power level
(typically 0 dBm).
Optionally follow this keyword with result or status:

follow with result to display the result of the power

adjustment

follow with status to display the completion status of

the power adjustment

detail

Displays the details of the ingress point.

gain

Displays the current gain value.

gainadjoff

Gain Adjustment Calculation Offset - For advanced users

who need to override EPT values.
Range: -3.00 to 3..00 dB
Default: 0

headroom

Displays the headroom allocated to channel equalization,

or is settable by value. The headroom is determined by
the Engineering planning tool

maxflatgain

Maximum Flat Gain Offset - For advanced users who

need to override EPT values.
Range: -5.00 to 5.00 dB
Default: 0

maxgain

Displays the maximum allowed gain or that can be set by

value. The maximum gain is determined by the
Engineering planning tool.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-325
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt ingress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mingain

Displays the minimum allowed gain or that can be set by

value. The minimum gain is determined by the
Engineering planning tool.

ochtargetpower

Displays the target powers at the adjustment point and the

offsets. If frequency is specified, then the target power,
system derived offset, user set offset, and offset in use are
displayed for the specified channel. Otherwise, the data
for all channels is returned. If there is no channel
provisioned at a frequency, then the display reads -- for
the offset values, - - - user offset value, -- for the target
value, and NA for the applicability.

ochuserpoweroffset

Displays the user configured offset value at the

adjustment point for the target power of the specified
channel. The user can set the offset for a channel by
specifying channel and value. Range: -3.00 to +3.00 dB,
set -99.00 to clear. Default: -99.00.

targetpower

Displays per channel target outpower or that can be set by

value.
The target channel power as determined by the
Engineering planning tool.

tiltcaldcm

Tilt Calculation Coefficient for DCM - For advanced

users who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 100.00 percent
Default: 0

tiltpostcomp

Post-compensated Tilt Percentage - For advanced users

who need to override EPT values.
Range: 0 to 300.00 percent
Default: 0

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)#

ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)# ochtargetpower
System
User
Offset Absolute
Cald Offset Offset
In Use Target Pwr

Applicability

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-326
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt ingress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Chan (dB) (dB) (dB) (dBm)

---------------------------------------------------------------9170
-1.5
-1.75 -1.75
-2.75
applicable
9175
----NA
9180
-1.5
-99.00 -1.5
-2.5
applicable
9185
----NA
9190
-1.0
-99.00 -1.75 -2.5 applicable

ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350

User
Offset
Chan
(dB)
-----------------------------9350
-99.00 (unassigned)
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)#
ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350 -1.3

ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)# ochuserpoweroffset 9350

User
Offset
Chan
(dB)
-----------------------------9350
-1.3
(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)#

ZZ09U(config-powermgmt-ingress-1/17)# detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-327
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config powermgmt ingress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 17 - AHPHG
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target Power
:
0.60 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Current
Gain
:
26.91
dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Min
Gain
:
13.00
dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Max Gain
: 30.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Splice Repair Margin
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Headroom
:
2.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Delta Max Gain
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target
tilt
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation In
:
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation Out
:
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Calculated Required Gain : 26.91 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Adjust Status
: Not In Progress
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Adjust
Result
: Success
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt Adjust Status
: Completed
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt Adjust Result
: Success
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Post-Comp Tilt Percentage :1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Gain Adjust Calculation Offset :0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Gain at Commission Complete
: 19.52 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-328
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface mesh4

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a MESH4. Use this command to access
subcommands that allow you to configure the SIGIN or SIGOUT[1-4] ports.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS-32.
Impact

Access levels

None.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIGIN |

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the MESH4 cards on
the network element.

shelf/slot/SIGOUT| *

See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric

shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/sig

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a MESH4..

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port.

Set the re-enable delay.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN
description [string]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-329
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/sig

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
wavekey [missing | summary | in]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the MESH4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

state

For additional details on state parameter, see config

interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Displays the port type.

wavekey

Configure the Wavelength Tracker attributes for the

SIGIN port. See config interface mesh4.
shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-cwr8-1/12/sig)# detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-330
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/sig

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: SIG - CWR8 Signal Port
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath TargetPower
: 1.30 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath
EgressPower
: -9.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath TotalChannel : 12
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Addpath ReservedDegree: 2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Input Power
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a MESH4.

Use this command to:

Display a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that are programmed to be

received, the expected WaveKeys that are being received, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received

Display a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected WaveKeys that are not being
received)
Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM than wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LineOut and SigOut.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-331
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey
missing
summary
in
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIGIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the mesh4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

missing

Displays a summary of the missing WaveKeys (expected

WaveKeys that are not being received). Missing
WaveKeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

summary

Displays a summary listing the expected WaveKeys that

are programmed to be received, the expected WaveKeys
that are being received, and the unexpected Wavekeys
that are being received. Programmed, expected, and
unexpected Wavekeys are indicated with an asterisk (*).

in

Configure the Wavelength Tracker properties for specific

wavelengths passing through the line port in the specified
direction.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
2D-G5(config-interface-MESH4-1/17/SIGIN)# wavekey summary

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-332
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/17/SIGIN
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MESH4
SIGIN
Port
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
IN ---------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Programmed * ..*.*....* .......... .*.*......
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
*..*......
***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
WK Received
. .......... .......... ..........
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
.......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Unexpected WK
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
2D-G5(config-interface-MESH4-1/17/SIGIN)# wavekey missing

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
C CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCC CCC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
6 5555555555 4444444444 3333333333 2222222222 111
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
0 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 9876543210 987
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing WK In
* ..*.*....* .......... .*.*...... *..*...... ***
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Missing
WK
Out
. .......... .......... .......... .......... ...
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface mesh4

show wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-333
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey in

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a MESH4.

Use this command to:

Display the current Wavelength Tracker settings for the wavelength

Show a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the wavelength

Provision the devpower, power and tolpower to do configure the OPR alarm.

Impact

Access levels

Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys

must be consistent across the
network. Expected power and
power deviations must conform to
the link budget.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey in [frequency]
detail
devpower {help | value
power {help | value| off}
tolpower {help | value}
unexpected
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIGIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the mesh4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in

Specifies the port direction

frequency

Specifies the frequency of the optical channel to be

configured.
Range: 9170 to 9605

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-334
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the current Wavelength Tracker configuration

for the specified channel.

devpower

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

power

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 10 dB
Default: 2.5 dB

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

tolpower

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: -99 to 11 dBm
Default: -99 dBm

off - disable wavekey monitoring

Configure the expected power deviation (dBm).

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

help - display the valid and default values.

value - specify the add path target power in dBm.

Range: 0 to 5 dB
Default: 0 dB
unexpected

Displays a list of unexpected WaveKeys received on the

port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05L(config-interface-MESH4-1/9/SIGIN-wavekey)# in 9470 detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-335
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN wavekey in

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following are the related commands:

show interface mesh4

show wavekey

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGOUT

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a MESH4.

Display the current settings for the port

Set the the current settings for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGOUT
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-336
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIGOUT[1-4] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the mesh4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

state

For additional details on state parameter, see config

interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port/ state.

type

Displays the port type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-MESH4-1/3/SIGOUT # description DropEast

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands
show interface mesh4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-337
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port state

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a MESH4.

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt
ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIGIN |
shelf/slot/SIGOUT[1-4] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the mesh4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-338
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer.

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-MESH4-1/3/SIGOUT# state down

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface mesh4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-339
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface ra2p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface ra2p

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a Integrated Raman Amplifier (RA2P).
Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to configure the LINEIN or
LINEOUT port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN |

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the ra2p cards on the
network element.

shelf/slot/LINEOUT| *

See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric

shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN

Command description

This command configures the ports on a Integrated Raman Amplifier (RA2P).

Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the maximum and minimum expected gain.
Set the fiber type.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-340
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN
clearasontopo
description [string]
detail
fibertype [ssmf | twrs | eleaf ]
expgainmax [value]
expgainmin [value]
operatemode [disable | gain | maxpower ]
oppdirection [value | delete ]
PM
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ra2p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearasontopo

Clears the ASONTOPO alarm set against the LINEIN

port. If the ASONTOPO alarm is not currently raised
against the port AID and the clearasontopo command is
executed to clear the alarm, the command will be
accepted but no action is actually taken.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

fibertype

Specifies the allowed deviation-in from the target power

per channel.
Range: ssmf, twrs, eleaf
Default: ssmf

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-341
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

expgainmax

Specifies the maximum expected gain.

expgainmin

operatemode

Range: 0 to 20 dB

Default: 20 dB

Specifies the minimum expected gain.

Range: 0 to 20 dB

Default: 5 dB

Specifies the operating mode for the amplifier.

Set to disabled to disable the card amplification
Set to gain to configure the card to maintain gain
Set to maxpower to configure the card operate in
maximum power mode.
Default: maxpower

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bi-directional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value

PM

Display or clear performance monitoring information for

a specific interface. See config interface ra2p
shelf/slot/LINEIN PM.

state

See config interface ra2pshelf/slot/port/state for

additional details on the state parameter.

type

Displays the port type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-RA2P-1/3/LINEIN# fibertype twrs

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-342
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface ra2p

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a Integrated Raman Amplifier (RA2P).
Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this LINEIN interface

Configure the received optical power group pm options
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
clearAll
opin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ra2p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface

Opin

Configures the received line optical power group PM

options. See config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
opin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-343
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# Successful Command example

ILA(config-interface-RA2P-1/3/LINEIN-PM) clearAll

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a Integrated Raman Amplifier (RA2P).
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-344
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ra2p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface- RA2P -1/3/LINEIN pm opin clearraw

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-345
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEOUT

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a Integrated Raman Amplifier (RA2P).
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set operating mode
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEOUT
description [string]
detail
oppdirection [value | delete ]
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ra2p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-346
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oppdirection

Specifies the associated LD port that pairs with this port

to made a bi-directional cross connection point.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value

state

For additional details on the state parameter, see config

interface ra2pshelf/slot/port/ state

type

Displays the port type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# Successful Command example
(config-interface-RA2P-1/3/LINEOUT # operatemode gain

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface ra2p

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/port state

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a Integrated Raman Amplifier (RA2P).
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-347
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface ra2p shelf/slot/portstate
down [force]
up
mt
ains [ainsthreshold | disabled | enabled]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN |
shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ra2p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect the service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainsthreshold Automatic In-Service Timer.

Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:
system Configure the AINS timer to use the
system value
help Display the default and value values
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes (1 minute to 96 hours) <h> [<m>]

Default value: system

set ains to disabled

set ains to enabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-RA2P-1/3/LINEOUT# state down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-348
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface ra2p shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface ra2p

config interface wtocm

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on a WaveTracker optical channel monitor
(WTOCM) card. Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to configure
the input ports.
Impact

Access levels

None.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wtocm shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/IN[1-4] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the wtocm cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-349
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

Overview

This command configures the input port on a WaveTracker optical channel monitor
(WTOCM) card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings of the port

Create or delete the port
Provision the associated LD port and loss

Impact

Access levels

None.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]
connaddress [value | delete]
connloss
channel [summary]
description [string]
detail
state [down [force] | up | mt | ains]
type [ ots | unassigned ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wtocm cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

connaddress

Specifies the assigned LD port being monitored by the

wtocm input port.
value specify the shelf/slot/port being monitored.
delete clear a previous value

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-350
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

connloss

Specifies the installed loss between the LD port being

monitored and the wtocm input port.
range 0 to 15 dB.
default 0 dB.

channel [summary]

Displays the channel attributes for the input port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

state

For additional information on the state parameter, see

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/port state .

type

Specifies the port type: wtocm

set to ots to create the port

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wtocm-1/3/in1# connaddress 1/14/sig
(config-interface-wtocm-1/12/in1)# type ots
(config-interface-wtocm-1/12/in1)# detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: IN1 WTOCM Input Port

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Oper State
Description
:
Associated Monitored Port
:
Current Loss LD Port to WTOCM Port:
Total Power at WTOCM Port Input
:
Total Power at LD Port Output
:

1/8/LINE
-3.00 dB
-12.00 dBm
5.00 dBm

(config-interface-wtocm-1/14/in1)# channel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-351
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

---------------------------------------------------------------Measured Measured
Wave
Wave Wtocm In LD Out
Location
Chan
Key 1 Key 2 Pwr(dBm) Pwr (dBm) Applicability
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/14/IN1
9170
- -99.00
-99.00
notApplicable
1/14/IN1
9180
9
553 -2.50
3.25 applicableAndConfirmed
1/14/IN1
9190
- -15.20
-99.00
applicableAndUnexpected
1/14/IN1
9200
12
188
-3.25
2.75
applicableAndUnavailable
. . .
(config-interface-wtocm-1/14/in1)# channel summary
---------------------------------------------------------------Keys
Power
Keys
Keys
Keys
Location
Chan Expected Received Processed Received Unexpected
---------------------------------------------------------------1/14/IN1
9170 No
No
No
No
No
1/14/IN1
9180 Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
1/14/IN1
9190 No
Yes
No
No
Yes
1/14/IN1
9200 Yes
Yes
No
No
No
1/14/IN1
9210 No
No
No
No
No
1/14/IN1
9220 No
No
No
No
No
. . .

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wtocm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-352
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/port state

Commands description

This command configures the state parameter for a port on an WTOCM card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None.

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface wtocm shelf/slot/port state
down [force]
up
mt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/IN[1-4] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wtocm cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(config-interface-wtocm-1/3/in1# state down

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-353
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

config interface wtocm shelf/slot/port state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface wtocm

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM

Command description

Display the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B),
Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or

Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to display the configuration for a specific interface port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp} shelf/slot/
DCM | * detail
show interface
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
DCM | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]

shelf/slot/

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-354
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
DCM | * [wavekey]

shelf/slot/

out [frequency]
missing
summary

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DCM | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|alphg|ahphg|ahplg| pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of all service activity on this

interface

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface. Follow this

keyword with one of the following:
brief - displays a brief summary of all service activity on
this interface
detail - displays a detailed summary of all service activity
on this interface

wavekey out [frequency]

Show WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for an channel to show only that channel.

wavekey missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

wavekey summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ06U(show-interface-alphg)# 1/10/dcm detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-355
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/DCM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 Port: DCM - ALPHG DCM Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/ LINE

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)
Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or

Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a specific channel in the in or out direction.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-356
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/ LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE | * detail
show interface {a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface {a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/line | * [wavekey]
in|out [frequency]
missing
summary

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2325b|am2017b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

brief - displays a brief summary of all service activity

on this interface

detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

activity on this interface

wavekey in|out
[frequency]

Shows WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for a channel to show only that channel.

wavekey missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

wavekey summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-357
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/ LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# Successful Command example

ZZ09U(show-interface-alphg)# 1/4/line

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINE - ALPHG Line Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status
LED
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction : Bidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:

(show-interface-alphg)# 1/4/line detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINE - ALPHG Line Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target Power
: -0.90 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation In :
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation Out :
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total
Power
Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
External Input Amp :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
External Output Amp :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show interface ahphg 2/5/LINE wavekeys out 59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected Measured Power Power
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB) (dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5A/1
9
553
Up
Yes
0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Out C59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-358
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/ LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display the received line optical power group PM options

Display the received channel optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted channel optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted line optical power group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|alphg|ahphg|ahplg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm
opin
opochin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-359
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opochout
opout
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|alphg|ahphg|ahplg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Opin

Display the received line optical power group PM. See

show interface {a2325a| ahphg|ahplg| alphg| pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm opin.

opochin

Display the received line optical power group PM. See

show interface
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|alphg|ahphg|ahplg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm opochin.

opochout

Display the received line optical power group PM. See

show interface
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|alphg|ahphg|ahplg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout.

Opout

Display the received line optical power group PM. See

show interface
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|alphg|ahphg|ahplg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm opout.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface alphg 1/3/line PM opout

Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-360
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4..
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm opin
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-361
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(show-interface-alphg-1/3/line-PM-opin)# raw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPIN Location: 1/3/LINE
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Min (dBm)
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Max (dBm)
:
-14.73
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Average (dBm)
:
-19.04
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-362
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochin

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm opochin
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-363
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-alphg-1/3/line-PM-opochin)# 1 clear
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-364
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4..
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-365
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opochout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-alphg-1/3/line-PM-opochout)# clearRaw

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-366
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/LINE pm opout
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-367
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-alphg-1/3/line-PM-opout)# clearRaw
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-368
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/osc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/osc

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display the OSC SFP temperature, OSPF area, hello interval, dead interval, and
metric
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC | *
detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of all service activity on this

interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-369
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/osc

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(ZZ09U(show-interface-ahphg)# 1/5/osc detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: OSC - AHPHG OSC Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Module Type
: SS-16.2O
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Adj State
: Full
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC Mode
: OC3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Helloint
: 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Deadint
: 40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Metric
: 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MTU
: 1491
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC
SFP
Temperature:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-370
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display the interface group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options
Display the SDH group PM options

Display the SONET group PM options

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm
interface
opr
opt
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-371
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

interface

Display the interface group PM. See show interface

{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/osc pm interface.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM. See show

interface {a2325a|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/osc pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM. See

show interface
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/osc pm opt.

sdh

Display the SDH group PM. See show interface

{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/osc pm sdh.

sonet

Display the SONET group PM. See show interface

{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/osc pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface alphg 1/3/oscsfp PM opr

Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-372
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm interface
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-373
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-alphg-1/3/osc-PM-interface)# 1 clear
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-374
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-375
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/osc-PM-opr)# raw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPR Location: 1/3/OSC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Min (dBm)
:
-10.40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Max (dBm)
:
-9.24
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Average (dBm)
:
-17.53
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-376
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-377
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-alphg-1/3/osc-PM-opt)# base

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Reason: laseron
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Value: 2.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Time: 1970-1-1:0:6:23
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-alphg-1/3/osc-PM-opt)# raw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-378
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPT Location: 1/3/OSC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Min (dBm)
:
1.49
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT
Max
(dBm)
:
2.36
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Average (dBm)
:
-17.59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)
Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-379
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-ahplg-1/3/osc-PM-sonet)# clearRaw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-380
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)

Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4..
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-381
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSC | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-ahphg-1/3/osc-PM-sonet)# raw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-382
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/OSC pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: SONET Location: 1/3/OSC
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVS
:
4256
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESS
:
168713
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SESS
:
168653
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SEFSS
:
162046
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx CVS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx ESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
SESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SEFSS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Amplifier, 23dBm power (A2325A)

Amplifier, 23dBm power, DCM removed (AM2325B)

Amplifier, low-power, high-gain (ALPHG)

Amplifier, high-power, high-gain (AHPHG and PSS1AHP), or
Amplifier, high power, low gain (AHPLG)
Amplifier, high power, low gain, DCM removed (A2017B) card

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-383
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a specific ITU channel in the in or out direction.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Note: a2325a, am2325b, am2017b, ahphg, ahplg, alphg, and pss1ahp are the LD-type
cards.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/SIG | * detail
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/SIG| * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface {a2325a|am2017b|am2325b|ahphg|ahplg|alphg|pss1ahp}
shelf/slot/SIG| * [wavekey]
in | out [frequency]
missing
summary

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{a2325a|alphg|ahphg|ahplg| pss1ahp}cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-384
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

brief - displays a brief summary of all service

activity on this interface

detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

activity on this interface

wavekey in [frequency]

Show WaveKey information for the in direction only.

Optionally follow with an integer value for a channel to
show only that channel.

wavekey out [frequency]

Shows WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for a channel to show only that channel.

wavekeys missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

wavekeys summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-ahphg)# 1/5/sig detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-385
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: SIG - AHPHG Signal Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target Power
: 0.60 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Current
Gain
: 23.76 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Maximum Flat Gain Offset: 1.05 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Min Gain
: 13.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Max Gain
: 30.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Delta
Max
Gain
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Repair Margin
: 30.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt
Calculation
Coefficient
DCM: 0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target
tilt
:
0.00
dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Gain Tilt
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation Out :
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power Out
:
Off
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal
Power
Out
:
nil
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:

ZZ09U(show-interface-ahphg)# 1/5/sig

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: SIG - AHPHG Signal Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: FAF
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper
State:
Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status LED : Solid Green
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction : Bidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show interface ahphg 2/5/sig wavekey out 9600
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected Measured Power Power
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB)
(dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5/SIG
9
553
Up
Yes
0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Out
9600
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-386
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {LD-type card} shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the LINE interface on a broadband amplifier
card.
Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a specific channel in the in or out direction.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE | * detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-alpfgt)# 1/4/line
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-387
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINE - alpfgt Line Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status LED :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction : Bidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ZZ05L(show-interface-alpfgt)# 1/10/line detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 Port: LINE - alpfgt Line Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target Power
: -0.90 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Current
Gain
: 13.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Min Gain
: 13.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Max Gain
: 23.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Delta Max Gain
:
0.00 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation Out :
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation In :
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total
Power
Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Power Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-388
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm

Command description

This command displays or clears performance monitoring information for the LINE port
on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Display the received line optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted line optical power group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm
opin
opout
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opin

Displays he received line optical power group PM. See

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin.

opout

Displays the transmitted line optical power group PM.

See show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface alpfgt 1/3/line PM opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-389
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

Command description

This command displays or clears received line optical power performance monitoring
information for the LINE port on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-390
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-alpfgt-1/3/line-PM-opin)# raw
Group: OPIN Location: 1/3/LINE
-------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
OPIN Min (dBm)
OPIN Max (dBm)
OPIN Average (dBm)

:
:
:

-14.73
-19.04

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-391
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

Command description

This command displays or clears transmitted line optical power performance monitoring
information for the LINE port on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-392
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-alpfgt-1/3/line-PM-opout)# raw
Group: OPOUT Location: 1/3/LINE
-------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
OPOUT Min (dBm)
OPOUT Max (dBm)
OPOUT Average (dBm)

:
:
:

12.95
-17.58

Related commands

None.

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the OSCSFP interface on a broadband

amplifier card. Use this command to display the configuration for a specific interface
port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-393
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *
detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of all service activity on this

interface

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-alpfgt)# 1/5/oscsfp detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: OSCSFP - ALPFGt OSC Port [OTS]
--------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Down
Module Type
:
OSPF Adj State
:
OSC Mode
:
OSC Mtu
:
OSC SFP Temperature
:
OSPF Area Index
:
Hello Interval
:
OSPF metric
:
MD5 Key
:
MD5 KeyId
:
MD5 Status
:
RtrDeadInterval
:
Signal Failure Threshold:
Signal Degrade Threshold:

SS-16.2O
Down
OC3
1491
2029 'C
1
10s
10
1
disable
40s
10-4
10-6

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-394
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

Command description

This command displays or clears performance monitoring information for the OSC port
on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Display the interface group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options

Display the SDH group PM options

Display the Sonet group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
interface
opr
opt
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-395
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interface

Displays the interface group PM. See show interface

alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM. See

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM. See

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt.

sdh

Displays the SDH group PM. See show interface alpfgt

shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh.

sonet

Displays the SONET group PM. See show interface

alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface alpfgt 1/3/oscsfp PM opr

Related commands

None.

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

Command description

This command displays or clears Interface performance monitoring information for the
OSCSFP port on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-396
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
clearraw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp-PM-interface)# 1 clear

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-397
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

Command description

This command displays or clears Received Optical Power performance monitoring

information for the OSCSFP port on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
baseline
clearraw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-398
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp-PM-opr)# raw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPR Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Min (dBm)
:
-10.40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Max (dBm)
:
-9.24
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Average (dBm)
:
-17.53
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-399
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

Command description

This command displays or clears Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring

information for the OSCSFP port on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
baseline
clearraw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-400
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp-PM-opt)# base

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Reason: laseron
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Value: 2.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Time: 1970-1-1:0:6:23
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp-PM-opt)# raw

Group: OPT Location: 1/3/OSCSFP

-------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm)
OPT Max (dBm)
OPT Average (dBm)

:
:
:

1.49
2.36
-17.59

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-401
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

Command description

This command displays or clears SDH performance monitoring information for the
OSCSFP port on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
clearraw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-402
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp-PM-sonet)# clearRaw

Related commands

None.

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

Command description

This command displays or clears SONET performance monitoring information for the
OSCSFP port on the ALPFGT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-403
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
clearraw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-alpfgt-1/3/oscsfp-PM-sonet)# raw
Group: SONET Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
--------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
Rx CVS

4256

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-404
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS
CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

168713
168653
162046
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Related commands

None.

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the SIG interface on a broadband amplifier
card. Use this command to display the configuration for a specific interface port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-405
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface alpfgt shelf/slot/SIG | * detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the alpfgt cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this
interface.

Detail

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-alpfgt)# 1/5/sig
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: SIG - ALPFGT Signal Port [OTS]
------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: FAF
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Status LED : Solid Green
Direction

: Bidirectional

Description:

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-406
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM

Command description

Display the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to display the configuration for a specific interface port.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM | *

detail

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DCM | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of all service activity on this

interface

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ06U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/10/dcm detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-407
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/DCM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 Port: DCM - AM2125A DCM Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
: -25.2
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total
Power
Out
: -15.4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEIN

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a specific channel in the in or out direction.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN | * detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-408
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {am2125a|am2125b}

shelf/slot/LINEIN | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN | * [wavekey]
in|out [frequency]
missing
summary

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

brief - displays a brief summary of all service activity

on this interface

detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

activity on this interface

wavekey in|out
[frequency]

Shows WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for a channel to show only that channel.

wavekey missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

wavekey summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/4/LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-409
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINEIN - AM2125A LINEIN Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status LED :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction : Unidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/4/LINEIN detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINEIN - AM2125A LINEIN Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Associated Port
: 1/7/LINEININ
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation In :
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total
Power
Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
External
Input
Amp
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
External Output Amp :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show interface AM2125A 2/5/LINEIN wavekeys out 59

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected Measured Power Power
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB) (dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5A/1
9
553
Up
Yes
0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Out C59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-410
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the received line optical power group PM options

Display the received channel optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted channel optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted line optical power group PM options
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
opin
opochin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opin

Display the received LINEIN optical power group PM.

See show interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-411
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opochin

Display the received LINEIN optical power group PM.

See show interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface AM2125A 1/3/LINEIN PM opout

Related commands

None

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opin
Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-412
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

raw

interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEIN-PM-opin)# raw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-413
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPIN Location: 1/3/LINEIN
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Min (dBm)
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN
Max
(dBm)
:
-14.73
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Average (dBm)
:
-19.04
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opochin
Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-414
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEIN-PM-opochin)# 1 clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-415
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEOUT

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a specific ITU channel in the in or out direction.
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * detail
show interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *
[wavekey] out [frequency]
missing
summary

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-416
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

brief - displays a brief summary of all service activity

on this interface

detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

activity on this interface

wavekey out [frequency]

Shows WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for a channel to show only that channel.

wavekeys missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

wavekeys summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/4/LINEOUT
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/5/LINEOUT detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: LINEOUT - AM2125A Signal Port [OTS]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
Associated Port
Target Power

: 1/7/LINEIN
:

0.60 dBm

Current Gain
: 23.76 dB
Maximum Flat Gain Offset: 1.05 dB
Min Gain
: 13.00 dB
Max Gain
: 30.00 dB
Delta Max Gain
:
0.00 dB
Input to Output Gain:
22.22 dB
Repair Margin
: 30.00 dB
Tilt Calculation Coefficient DCM: 0.00
Target tilt
:
0.00 dB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-417
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/ LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Actual tilt
:
Gain Tilt
:
Power Deviation Out :
Total Power Out
Signal Power Out
VOA setting

:
:
:

0.5 dB
0.00 dB
1.50 dB
Off
nil
3.0 dB

ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/5/LINEOUT

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: LINEOUT - AM2125A Signal Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: FAF
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status LED : Solid Green
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction : Unidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show interface AM2125A 2/5/LINEIN wavekeys out 9600

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected Measured Power Power
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB)
(dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5/LINEOUT Out 9600 9 553 Up Yes 0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-418
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the received line optical power group PM options

Display the received channel optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted channel optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted line optical power group PM options
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm
opout
opochout
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opochout

Display the received LINEOUT optical channel power

group PM. See show interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout.

Opout

Display the received LINEOUT optical power group PM.

See show interface {am2125a|am2125b}
shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-419
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface AM2125A 1/3/LINEOUT PM opout

Related commands

None

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

opochout
Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-420
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

opochout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM-opochout)# clearRaw

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-421
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

opout
Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-422
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM-opout)# clearRaw
Related commands

None.

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular amplifier, 21 dBm power(AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display the OSC SFP temperature, OSPF area, hello interval, dead interval, and
metric
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-423
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *
detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of all service activity on this

interface

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2125A)# 1/5/OSCSFP detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-424
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: OSCSFP - AM2125A OSCSFP Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Module Type
: SS-16.2O
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF
Adj
State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC Mode
: OC3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC Mtu
: 1491
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC SFP Temperature
: 2029 'C
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Area Index
: 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Hello Interval
: 10s
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF
metric
: 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5
Key
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5 KeyId
: 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5 Status
: disable
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
RtrDeadInterval
: 40s
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Failure Threshold: 10-4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Degrade Threshold: 10-6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the interface group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-425
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the SDH group PM options

Display the SONET group PM options
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
interface
opr
opt
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

interface

Display the interface group PM. See show interface

{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM. See show

interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM. See

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP
pm opt.

sdh

Display the SDH group PM. See show interface

{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh.

sonet

Display the SONET group PM. See show interface

{am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-426
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface AM2125A 1/3/oscsfp PM opr

Related commands

None

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

interface
Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-427
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-interface)# 1 clear
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-428
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-429
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opr)# raw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPR Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Min (dBm)
: -10.40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Max (dBm)
: -9.24
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Average (dBm)
: -17.53
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-430
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opt
Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-431
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opt)# base

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Reason: laseron
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Value: 2.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Time: 1970-1-1:0:6:23
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opt)# raw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-432
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPT Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Min (dBm)
:
1.49
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT
Max
(dBm)
:
2.36
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Average (dBm)
:
-17.59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sdh
Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-433
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-am2125b-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-sonet)# clearRaw

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-434
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sonet
Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 21dBm power (AM2125A|AM2125B)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: The mnemonic am2125b is not supported in R3.6. To configure the am2125b
card through the CLI interface, use the mnemonic am2125a.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {am2125a|am2125b}
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-435
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-AM2125A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-sonet)# raw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-436
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {am2125a|am2125b} shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: SONET Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVS
:
4256
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESS
:
168713
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SESS
:
168653
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SEFSS
:
162046
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx CVS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx ESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
SESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SEFSS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEIN

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-437
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a specific channel in the in or out direction.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN | * detail
show interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEIN | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN | * [wavekey]
in|out [frequency]
missing
summary

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

brief - displays a brief summary of all service activity

on this interface

detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

activity on this interface

wavekey in|out
[frequency]

Shows WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for a channel to show only that channel.

wavekey missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-438
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

wavekey summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2318A)# 1/4/LINEIN

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINEIN - AM2318A LINEIN Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status LED :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction : Unidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-AM2318A)# 1/4/LINEIN detail
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINEIN - AM2318A LINEIN Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Associated Port
: 1/7/LINEIN
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Power Deviation In :
1.50 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total
Power
Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
External Input Amp :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
External Output Amp :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show interface AM2318A 2/5/LINEIN wavekeys out 59

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-439
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected Measured Power Power
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB) (dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5A/1
9
553
Up
Yes
0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Out
C59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the received line optical power group PM options

Display the received channel optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted channel optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted line optical power group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-440
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opochin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opin

Display the received LINEIN optical power group PM.

See show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
opin.

opochin

Display the received LINEIN optical power group PM.

See show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
opochin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface AM2318A 1/3/LINEIN PM opout

Related commands

None

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-441
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-442
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEIN-PM-opin)# raw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPIN Location: 1/3/LINEIN
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Min (dBm)
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Max (dBm)
:
-14.73
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPIN Average (dBm)
:
-19.04
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-443
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-444
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opochin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEIN-PM-opochin)# 1 clear
Related commands

None.

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEOUT

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a specific ITU channel in the in or out direction.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * detail
show interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * [wavekey] out
[frequency]
missing

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-445
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

summary

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

brief - displays a brief summary of all service activity

on this interface

detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

activity on this interface

wavekey out [frequency]

Shows WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for a channel to show only that channel.

wavekeys missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

wavekeys summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2318A)# 1/5/LINEOUT detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: LINEOUT - AM2318A Signal Port [OTS]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
Associated Port

: 1/7/LINEIN

Target Power
:
0.60 dBm
Current Gain
: 23.76 dB
Maximum Flat Gain Offset: 1.05 dB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-446
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Min Gain
: 13.00 dB
Max Gain
: 30.00 dB
Delta Max Gain
:
0.00 dB
Input to Output Gain:
22.22 dB
Repair Margin
: 30.00 dB
Tilt Calculation Coefficient DCM: 0.00
Target tilt
:
0.00 dB
Actual tilt
:
0.5 dB
Gain Tilt
:
0.00 dB
Power Deviation Out :
1.50 dB
Total Power Out
:
Off
Signal Power Out
:
nil
VOA setting
:
3.0 dB

ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2318A)# 1/5/LINEOUT

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: LINEOUT - AM2318A Signal Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: FAF
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status LED : Solid Green
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction : Unidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
# show interface AM2318A 2/5/LINEOUT wavekey out 9600
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected Measured Power Power
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB)
(dB)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1/5/LINEOUT Out 9600 9 553 Up Yes 0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-447
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/ LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the received line optical power group PM options

Display the received channel optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted channel optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted line optical power group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm
opout
opochout
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opochout

Display the received LINEOUT optical channel power

group PM. See show interface am2318a
shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout.

Opout

Display the received LINEOUT optical power group PM.

See show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm
opout.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-448
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface AM2318A 1/3/LINEOUT PM opout

Related commands

None

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-449
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opochout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM-opochout)# clearRaw

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-450
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clear the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-451
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/LINEOUT pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-minute interval.

Set to 1 for 1-day interval.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/LINEOUT-PM-opout)# clearRaw
Related commands

None.

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display the OSC SFP temperature, OSPF area, hello interval, dead interval, and
metric

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-452
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of all service activity on this

interface

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-AM2318A)# 1/5/OSCSFP detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: OSCSFP - AM2318A OSCSFP Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Module Type
: SS-16.2O
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Adj State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC
Mode
: OC3
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC
Mtu
: 1491
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSC SFP Temperature
: 2029 'C
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF Area Index
: 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Hello Interval
: 10s
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OSPF
metric
: 10
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5
Key
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5 KeyId
: 1
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
MD5 Status
: disable
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
RtrDeadInterval
: 40s
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Failure Threshold: 10-4
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Degrade Threshold: 10-6
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-453
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Error Response text
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the interface group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options
Display the SDH group PM options

Display the SONET group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
interface
opr
opt
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-454
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

interface

Display the interface group PM. See show interface

am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM. See show

interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM. See

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt.

sdh

Display the SDH group PM. See show interface

am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh.

sonet

Display the SONET group PM. See show interface

am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface AM2318A 1/3/oscsfp PM opr

Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-455
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-456
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-interface)# 1 clear
Related commands

None.

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-457
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opr)# raw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-458
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPR Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Min (dBm)
: -10.40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR
Max
(dBm)
: -9.24
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Average (dBm)
: -17.53
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-459
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opt)# base

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Reason: laseron
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Value: 2.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Time: 1970-1-1:0:6:23
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-opt)# raw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-460
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPT Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Min (dBm)
: 1.49
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT
Max
(dBm)
: 2.36
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPT Average (dBm)
: -17.59
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-461
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-ahplg-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-sonet)# clearRaw

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-462
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a:

Modular Amplifier, 23dBm power (AM2318A)

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the am2318a cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-463
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-AM2318A-1/3/OSCSFP-PM-sonet)# raw

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: SONET Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
---------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVS
:
4256
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESS
:
168713
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SESS
:
168653
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx SEFSS
:
162046
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Rx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
CVS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
ESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SESS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SEFSS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx CVL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
ESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx SESL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
UASL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx
FCL
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tx UASS
:
0
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-464
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface am2318a shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on a colorless wavelength

router (CWR8) or 88 channel colorless wavelength router (CWR8-88) card.
Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a channel in the in or out direction.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}shelf/slot/port | * detail
show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}shelf/slot/port
|*[srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}shelf/slot/port |*[wavekey]
in | out [itu channel]
missing
summary

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/CLS[1-8] |
shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/THRU |
shelf/slot/OMD | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the {cwr8|cwr8-88}cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of all service activity on this

interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-465
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

brief - displays a brief summary of all service

activity on this interface

detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

activity on this interface

Show WaveKey information for the in direction only.

Optionally follow with an integer value for a channel to
show only that channel.

wavekey in [freq]

Note: Applies to the SIG port only.

Shows WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for a channel to show only that channel.

wavekey out [frequency]

Note: Applies to the THRU and the CLS port only.

wavekey missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

wavekey summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-cwr8)# 1/6/sig detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 6 Port: SIG - CWR8 Signal Port
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: FAF
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Description
:
Associated Port

: 1/7/LINE

Addpath TargetPower
:
Addpath EgressPower
:
Addpath TotalChannel :
Addpath ReservedDegree:
Total Input Power
:

2.50 dBm
-17.69 dBm
12
2
Off

ZZ09U(show-interface-cwr8)# 1/6/sig wavekey in 9600

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-466
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {cwr8|cwr8-88}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Expected Measured Power Power

Wave Wave Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
Sync
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB) (dB)
Power
---------------------------------------------------------------1/6/SIG In 9600 0
0 UAS No
Off
Off
2.50 0.00 NOCMD

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface wr8-88a

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on a 8 degree wavelength

router (WR8-88A) card.
Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a channel in the in or out direction.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/port | * detail
show interface wr8-88a shelf/slot/port
|*[srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface wr8-88ashelf/slot/port |*[wavekey]
in | out [itu channel]
missing

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-467
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface wr8-88a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

summary

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ADDIN[1-8] |
shelf/slot/DROPOUT |
shelf/slot/MESHOUT[1-3] |
shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/THRU | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wr8-88a cards on the
network element.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of all service activity on this

interface

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric

shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

wavekey in [freq]

brief - displays a brief summary of all service

activity on this interface

detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

activity on this interface

Show WaveKey information for the in direction only.

Optionally follow with an integer value for a channel to
show only that channel.
Note: Applies to the SIG, THRU and ADDIN[1-8] ports.

wavekey out [frequency]

Shows WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for a channel to show only that channel.
Note: Applies to the SIG, DROPOUT and

MESHOUT[1-3] ports.
wavekey missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

wavekey summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-wr8-88a)# 1/6/sig detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 6 Port: SIG WR8-88A Signal Port
---------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-468
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface wr8-88a

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin State
Oper State
Description

: Up
: Down
:

Addpath TargetPower
:
Addpath EgressPower
:
Addpath TotalChannel :
Addpath ReservedDegree:
Total Input Power
:

State Qualifier: FAF

Oper Capability: Disabled

2.50 dBm
-17.69 dBm
12
2
Off

ZZ09U(show-interface-wr8-88a)# 1/6/sig wavekey in 9600

Expected Measured Power Power
Wave Wave Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol Sync
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB) (dB) Power
----------------------------------------------------------------1/6/SIG In 9600 0
0 UAS No
Off
Off
2.50 0.00 NOCMD

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface dcm

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on a DCM card. Use this
command to display the current settings for the port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-469
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface dcm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface dcmshelf/slot/port
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/DCM | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the DCM cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ05U# show int dcm *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function
Description
Dir State State Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------26/1/DCM DcmInOut
temp
Bi Up
Up

ZZ05U# show interface dcm 26/1/dcm

Shelf: 26 Slot: 1 Port: DCM - External DCM InOut
Port
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State
Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction : Bidirectional
Description:
temp

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-470
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface dcm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface dcm

config interface dcm shelf/slot/port state

show interface itlb

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on a ITLB card. Use this
command to display the current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface itlbshelf/slot/port
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/E |
shelf/slot/O | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ITLB cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ06U(show-interface-itlb)# 26/1/sig
Shelf: 26 Slot: 1 Port: Port: ITLB SIG Port
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier : SGEO
Oper State : Down
Oper Capability : Disabled
Direction
: Bidirectional
Description :
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-471
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface itlb

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Associated Port : 1/7/LINE

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface opsa

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on an optical protection switch
card.
Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a channel in the in or out direction.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface opsashelf/slot/port [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface opsashelf/slot/port [wavekey]
in [frequency]
missing
summary

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG |
shelf/slot/A |
shelf/slot/B | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the OPSA cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-472
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Follow this keyword with one of the following:

brief - displays a brief summary of all service

activity on this interface

detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

activity on this interface

wavekey in [frequency]

Shows WaveKey information for the in direction only.

Optionally follow with an integer value for a channel to
show only that channel.

wavekey missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

wavekey summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ06U(show-interface-opsa)# 1/13/a
Shelf: 1 Slot: 13 Port: A - OPSA Protection A/B Port [OCH]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: FAF
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Direction
: Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Orange
Description
:
Calculation mode : Auto
Switch threshold : -30.00 dBm
Switch tolerance :
2.00 dB
VOA attenuation : 0.00 dB

ZZ06U(show-interface-opsa)# 1/13/sig
Shelf: 1 Slot: 13 Port: SIG - OPSA Signal Port [OCH]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State
: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction
: Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-473
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ZZ06U(show-interface-opsa)# 1/13/sig wavekey

...more? y=[yes] q=[quit] >

ZZ06U(show-interface-opsa-1/13/sig-wavekey)# in 9240
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-474
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface opsa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Expected Measured Power Power

Wave
Wave Channel Power
Power
Dev
Tol Sync
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm) (dB) (dB)Power
----------------------------------------------------------------1/13/SIG 489
1033 Down
No
Off
Off
2.50 0.00 NOCMD
In 9240

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface {sfd44|sfd44b|sfd40|sfd40b}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on a SFD44, SFD44B, SFD40
or SFD40B card. Use this command to display the current settings for the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-475
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {sfd44|sfd44b|sfd40|sfd40b}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface {sfd44|sfd44b|sfd40|sfd40b} shelf/slot/port
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the
{sfd44|sfd44b|sfd40|sfd40b} cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (SFD44 port): 9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560,
9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470,
9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380,
9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200,
9190, 9180, 9170, OMD
Range (SFD44B port): 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565,
9555, 9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475,
9465, 9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385,
9375, 9365, 9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295,
9285, 9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205,
9195, 9185, 9175, OMD
Range (SFD40 port): 9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560,
9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470,
9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380,
9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, OMD
Range (SFD40B port): 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565,
9555, 9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475,
9465, 9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385,
9375, 9365, 9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295,
9285, 9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, OMD

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ06U(show-interface-sfd44)# 26/1/9170
Shelf: 26 Slot: 1 Port: 9170 - SFD Channel Port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-476
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {sfd44|sfd44b|sfd40|sfd40b}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier : SGEO
Oper State : Down
Oper Capability : Disabled
Frequency
: 9170
Direction
: Bidirectional
Description : ITU#17
Associated Port : 1/7/LINE

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on a SFC or SFD card.
Use this command to:

Display the measured power at the SFDx OMD port.

Display the LOS threshold setting for the OMD port.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}
shelf/slot/port
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OMD |
shelf/slot/EXP |
shelf/slot/xxxx (Chan I/O)
| *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the SFD|SFC cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-477
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface {sfd4|sfd5|sfd8|sfc1|sfc2|sfc4|sfc8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show interface sfd5 2/5/OMD
Shelf: 2 Slot: 5 Port: OMD SFD5A
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Description:
Associated Port : 1/7/LINE
Total Input Power
:
LOS Set Threshold
:
LOS Clear Threshold
:
Total Output Power
:
LOS Out Set Threshold
:
LOS Out Clear Threshold :

3.41 dBm
-21.00 dBm
2.0 dB
3.41 dBm
-21.00 dBm
2.0 dB

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the LINE interface on an OSCT card. Use
this command to display the configuration for a specific interface port
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-478
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE | * detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-osct)# 1/4/line

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINE - OSCT Line Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status
LED
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction : Bidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Associated Port
: 1/7/LINEIN
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-osct)# 1/4/line detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-479
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINE - OSCT Line Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
--------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Target Power
: -0.90 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total
Power
Out
:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm

Command description

This command displays or clears clear performance monitoring information for the LINE
port on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Display the received line optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted line optical power group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm
opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-480
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opout
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opin

Displays he received line optical power group PM. See

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin.

opout

Displays the transmitted line optical power group PM.

See show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface osct 1/3/line PM opin
Related commands

None.

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

Command description

This command displays or clears received line optical power performance monitoring
information for the LINE port on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-481
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-osct-1/3/line-PM-opin)# raw
Group: OPIN Location: 1/3/LINE
---------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
OPIN Min (dBm)
OPIN Max (dBm)

: ---: -14.73

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-482
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

OPIN Average (dBm)

: -19.04

Related commands

None.

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

Command description

This command displays or clears transmitted line optical power performance monitoring
information for the LINE port on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-483
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/LINE pm opout

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-osct-1/3/line-PM-opout)# raw
Group: OPIN Location: 1/3/LINE
---------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
OPIN Min (dBm)
OPIN Max (dBm)
OPIN Average (dBm)

:
: -14.73
: -19.04

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-484
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the OSCSFP interface on an osc card. Use
this command to display the configuration for a specific interface port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *
detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Displays a detailed summary of all service activity on this
interface

detail

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-osct)# 1/5/oscsfp detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: OSCSFP - OSCT OSC Port [OTS]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
Module Type
OSPF Adj State
OSC Mode
OSPF Area Id
Helloint
Deadint

:
:
:
:
:
:

SS-16.2O
Full
OC3
0.0.0.0
10
40

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-485
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Metric
MTU

:
:

10
1491

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

Command description

This command displays or clears performance monitoring information for the OSC port
on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Display the interface group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options

Display the SDH group PM options

Display the Sonet group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm
interface
opr
opt
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-486
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

interface

Displays the interface group PM. See show interface

osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM. See

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM. See

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt.

sdh

Displays the SDH group PM. See show interface osct

shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh.

sonet

Displays the SONET group PM. See show interface osct

shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface osct 1/3/oscsfp PM opt

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-487
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

Command description

This command displays or clears Interface performance monitoring information for the
OSCSFP port on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface
clearraw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-488
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp-PM-interface)# 0 clear

Related commands

None.

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

Command description

This command displays or clears Received Optical Power performance monitoring

information for the OSCSFP port on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-489
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr
baseline
clearraw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-osct-1/8/oscsfp-PM-opr)# raw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-490
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Group: OPR Location: 1/8/OSCSFP
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Min (dBm)
: -10.40
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR
Max
(dBm)
: -9.24
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
OPR Average (dBm)
: -17.53
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Related commands

None.

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

Command description

This command displays or clears Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring

information for the OSCSFP port on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt
baseline
clearraw
raw

interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-491
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp-PM-opt)# base

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Reason: laseron
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Value: 2.00 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Baseline Time: 1970-1-1:0:6:23
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp-PM-opt)# raw

Group: OPT Location: 1/3/OSCSFP

--------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm)

: 1.49

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-492
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

OPT Max (dBm)

OPT Average (dBm)

: 2.36
: -17.59

Related commands

None.

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

Command description

This command displays or clears SDH performance monitoring information for the
OSCSFP port on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface OSCT shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh
clearraw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-493
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp-PM-sdh)# clearRaw

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-494
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

Command description

This command displays or clears SONET performance monitoring information for the
OSCSFP port on the OSCT card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet
clearraw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/OSCSFP | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-495
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
(show-interface-osct-1/3/oscsfp-PM-sonet)# raw
Group: SONET Location: 1/3/OSCSFP
--------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:41 (UTC)
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS
CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

4256
168713
168653
162046
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-496
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/OSCSFP pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface osct shelf/slot/SIG

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the SIG interface on an OSCT card. Use this
command to display the configuration for a specific interface port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface osct shelf/slot/SIG | * detail
detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIG | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the osct cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-osct)# 1/5/sig
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: SIG - OSCT Signal Port [OTS]
-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: FAF
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Status LED : Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-497
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface osct shelf/slot/SIG

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Direction

: Bidirectional

Description:

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface powermgmt

Command description

This command displays the power management options for the specified ingress or egress
port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

Setting the power management

options can impact services.

Administrator, Provisioner and Observer.

Syntax
show interface powermgmt shelf/slot/LINE | *
show interface powermgmt shelf/slot/LINEOUT | *
autogainadjenabled
autotiltadjenabled
commissioning
gainadjsch
gainadjtmlen
gainadjtmper
type
wtdusage
poweroffsetdata in|out
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-498
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface powermgmt shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

brief
poweroffsetdata in
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE(Bidirectional LD cards)
shelf/slot/LINEOUT
(Uni-directional LD cards)
shelf/slot/LINEIN
(uni-directional LD cards)
| *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or enter * to display a brief summary for all
of the ingress and egress ports on the network element.
shelf/slot/LINEIN (uni-directional LD cards) supports a
limited set of commands.

autogainadjenabled

Display the Gain Adjustment Auto Gain Adjustment

value Enabled value

autotiltadjenabled

Display the Auto Tilt Adjustment Enabled value

commissioning

Display the power management commissioning status

gainadjsch

Display the Gain Adjustment Time Offset Past Hour

value

gainadjtmlen

Display the Gain Adjustment Allocated Adjustment Time

value

gainadjtmper

Display the Gain Adjustment Time Period Between value

Adjustments value

type

Display the power management type on the interface

wtdusage

Display the WaveTracker Detector usage value

poweroffsetdata in|out

Used to show the channel target power offset

correspondnig to each defined technology type.

See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric

shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

in|out in or out specify directionality data is shown for.

For (LINE) ports can be in or out. For unidirectional ports
in or out must match supported direction of port, out for
LINEOUT, or in for LINEIN.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show interface powermgmt 1/2/line
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-499
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Interface 1/2/LINE - ALPHG LINE Port

------------------------------------------Power Management Type : Auto
Power Management Commissioning : Completed
Auto Gain Adjust Enabled: On
Auto TilT Adjust Enabled: On
Gain Adjust Time Offset:
08:10.1
Gain Adjust Allocated Time: 05:00.0
Gain Adjust Time Period:
10:08.3
WTD Usage: WTOCM

# show interface powermgmt 1/2/line poweroffsetdata out

BitRate Encoding
BitRate
Encoding Power Offset
(enum) (enum)
Description Description Value (dB)
----------------------------------------------------------------10000 10000
unknown
unknown
-2
9999 9999
alien
alien
-2
1
1
otm10G709
nrz
-2
3
1
otm11G096
nrz
-2
8
3
otm43G018
dpsk
0
7
5
otm111G810
cohpmqpsk
0
BitRate Encoding
BitRate
Encoding Power Offset
(enum) (enum)
Description Description Value (dB)
---------------------------------------------------------------10000 10000
unknown
unknown
-2
9999 9999
alien
alien
-2
1
1
otm10G709
nrz
-2
3
1
otm11G096
nrz
-2
8
3
otm43G018
dpsk
0
7
5
otm111G810
cohpmqpsk
0

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Example of wrong direction specified for port

# show interface powermgmt 1/2/lineout poweroffsetdatain

Error: Direction is not supported by port.
#

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config slot

config card

config interface powermgmt

config powermgmt general

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-500
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show powermgmt
Command description

This command displays the network element power management status or configuration.
Use this command to:

Display the current power management configuration on the network element

Display the status of a power balancing operation on the network element
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax

Note: the general subcommands do not need a pack or port reference because there
is only one table per node for techtypes and wtocmcalib.
show powermgmt
general techtypes
egress shelf/slot
ingress shelf/slot
Parameter

Description

general techtypes

Displays channel technology types defined for

this node.

egress

Displays the power management settings for

the specified egress point.
Ochtargetpower [freq] if given lists the per
channel power offset and target power for all
the channels. If freq is also given, lists the data
for the specific channel.

ingress

Displays the power management settings for

the specified ingress point.
Ochtargetpower [freq] if given lists the per
channel power offset and target power for all
the channels. If freq is also given, lists the data
for the specific channel.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-501
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show powermgmt general techtypes
BitRate Encoding
BitRate
Encoding
Wtocm
(enum) (enum)
Description Description Calib (dB)
---------------------------------------------------------------10000 10000
unknown
unknown
0
9999 9999
alien
alien
0
1
1
otm10G709 nrz
0
3
1
otm11G096 nrz
0
8
3
otm43G018 dpsk
1.0
7
5
otm111G810 cohpmqpsk
0.5
1300
1300
40G dpsk SR 40G dpsk SR
1.2
1350
1350
10G interop alien 10G interop alien 1.3

# show powermgmt ingress 1/17 ochtargetpower 9185

System
User Offset Absolute
Cald Offset Offset In Use Target Pwr
Applicability
Chan (dB) (dB) (dB) (dBm)
---------------------------------------------------------------9185
-1.5
-1.75 -1.75 -2.5
applicable

# show powermgmt ingress 1/17 ochtargetpower 9350

System
User offset Absolute
Cald offset offset In Use Target Pwr
Applicability
Chan (dB) (dB)
(dB)
(dBm)
---------------------------------------------------------------9350
----NA
ZZ09U# show pow
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt)#

egress Display egress adjustments

ingress Display ingress adjustments
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt)# egress
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt-egress)#
<sh/sl>|*
Enter egress card location (1..16/2..17,20..35) or * for
a list

ZZ09U(show-powermgmt-egress)# *
Admin
Oper
State
Location Programmed Type
State
State
Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-502
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/2
1/5
1/17

AHPHG
AHPHG
AHPHG

Up
Up
Up

Up
Up
Up

ZZ09U(show-powermgmt-egress)# 1/2
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 - AHPHG
-------------------------------------------------------------Egress Amp
: None
Target Power
: -8.20 dBm
Adjust Status
: Not In Progress
Adjust Result
: Success
Service Launch Atten Offset
: 0.50 dB
Tilt Calculation Loss to Span
: 1.00 dB
Maximum Flat Gain Offset
: 1.05 dB
Tilt Adjust Result
: None
Tilt Adjust Status
: NotinProgress
Tilt Calculation Coefficient
: 0.00
Tilt Calculation Coefficient DCM: 0.00
Tilt Calculation Multiplier
: 100
Tilt Calculation Offset
: 0.00
Pre-Compensated Tilt Percentage : 25
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt-egress)# ..

ZZ09U(show-powermgmt)# ingress 1/2

Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 - AHPHG
----------------------------------------------------------Target Power
Current Gain
Min Gain
Max Gain
Splice Repair Margin
Headroom

:
:
:
:
:
:

3.57
18.76
14.80
19.80
0.00
0.00

dBm
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB

Delta Max Gain

Target tilt
Power Deviation In
Power Deviation Out
Calculated Required Gain

:
:
:
:
:

2.00
0.00
1.50
1.66
18.76

dB
dB
dB
dB
dB

Adjust Status
Adjust Result
Adjust Target Gain

: Not In Progress
: Success
: Success

Gain Adjust Calculation Offset

Gain at Commissioning Complete
Maximum Flat Gain Offset

: 0.50 dB
: 18.50 dB
: 1.05 dB

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-503
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show powermgmt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Tilt Adjust Result

:
Tilt Adjust Status
:
Tilt Calcuation Cooefficient DCM:
Post-compensated Tilt Percentage:

None
Not inProgress
0.00
15.0

ZZ09U(show-powermgmt-egress)# 1/2 ochtargetpower 9185

System
User Offset Absolute
Cald Offset Offset In Use Target Pwr
Applicability
Chan (dB)
(dB) (dB)
(dBm)
---------------------------------------------------------------9185
-1.5
-1.75 -1.75 -2.5 applicable

# show powermgmt ingress 1/17 ochtargetpower 9350

System
User
Offset Absolute
Cald Offset Offset
In Use Target Pwr
Applicability
Chan (dB)
(dB)
(dB)
(dBm)
---------------------------------------------------------------9350
----NA
ZZ09U(show-powermgmt)#

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config powermgmt

show wavekey
Command description

This command displays Wavelength Tracker information.

Use this command to:

Display the WaveKey properties on an interface port that has Wavelength Tracker
monitoring capabilities.

Display the power and programmed WaveKeys on the interface ports that generate the
Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys (OT, SVAC, and MVAC cards).
Display the unexpected WaveKeys detected on a port.

Note: If an optical line has been provisioned to use the WTOCM than wavekey
reports will display - for ports other than LD card LineOut and SigOut.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-504
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show wavekey
wtmonitor shelf/slot/port
wtsource
unexpected shelf/slot/port
Parameter

Description

wtmonitor

Displays the WaveKey properties on an

interface port that has Wavelength Tracker
monitoring capabilities. See show wavekey
wtmonitor.

wtsource

Display the power and programmed

WaveKeys on the interface ports that generate
the Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys. See show
wavekey wtsource.

unexpected

Display the unexpected WaveKeys detected on

a port. See show wavekey unexpected.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show interface cwr8 2/5/SIG
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7A Port: 1 - ROADM WDM Port [OTS]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction : Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
Total Power Ingress

Off

# show interface cwr8 2/5/SIG wavekeys in 60

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-505
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show wavekey

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Expected Measured Power Power

Wave
Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Dev
Tol
Location Key 1 Key 2 Status Rcvd (dBm)
(dBm)
(dB)
(dB)
---------------------------------------------------------------1/7A/1
0
0
UAS
No
Off
Off
2.50
0.00
In C60

# show interface cwr8 2/5/SIG

Shelf: 1 Slot: 5A Port: 1 - BBA-HG Amp Out Thru In Port [OTS]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction : Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
Total Output Power
:
Signal Output Power
:
Programmed Power Gain :

3.41 dBm Measured Amp Temp :

3.28 dBm
10.00 dB

25 'C

Amplifier Status: Enabled

Power Management Gain Range : 11.60 dB to 17.00 dB
Auto re-enable Mode
: On
Auto re-enable Debounce time : 10 s

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-506
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show wavekey unexpected

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show wavekey unexpected

Command description

This command displays the unexpected WaveKeys detected on a port.

Use this command without any parameters to show the unexpected WaveKeys detected on
all ports on the network element or use the command line parameters as filters to display
the current WaveKey settings for:

A specific port.
The in or out direction on the port.

A specific band carried over the port.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show wavekey unexpectedshelf/slot/port
in [band]
out [band]
Parameter

Description

in

Shows only the unexpected WaveKeys

detected on the receiver. Enter this keyword
followed by a band number to show the
unexpected WaveKeys in that band only, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to
show all unexpected WaveKeys detected on
the receiver.

out

Shows only the unexpected WaveKeys

detected on the transmitter. Enter this keyword
followed by a band number to show the
unexpected WaveKeys in that band only, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to
show all unexpected WaveKeys detected on
the transmitter.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-507
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show wavekey unexpected

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show wavekey unexpected
Unexpected
Measured
Location
WaveKey
Power
-----------------------------------------------1/3/line
4 548
-18.94 dBm

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface

show wavekey wtmonitor

show wavekey wtsource

show wavekey wtmonitor

Command description

This command displays WaveKey properties on an interface port that has Wavelength
Tracker monitoring capabilities.

A specific port.
The in or out direction on the port.
A specific band carried over the port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-508
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show wavekey wtmonitor

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show wavekey wtmonitor [shelf/slot/port | *]
in [frequency]
out frequency
missing
summary
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Enter * to show all of the expected wavekeys

for all directions, band, and channels on all
alphg, ahphg, A2325A, PSS1AHP, ahplg,
cwr8, cwr8-88 and opsa cards.
Enter a shelf, slot, and port to show all of the
expected wavekeys for all directions bands,
and channels on the specified port.

in

Show only the programmed and received

WaveKeys for the in direction on the selected
port. Enter this keyword followed by a band
number to show WaveKey information for that
band only, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to show WaveKey information for
all bands on the port.

out

Show only the programmed and received

WaveKeys for the out direction on the selected
port. Enter this keyword followed by a band
number to show WaveKey information for that
band only, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to show WaveKey information for
all bands on the port.

missing

Displays a list of missing WaveKeys on the

interface.

summary

Displays a listing showing the expected

WaveKeys that have been programmed on the
port, the expected WaveKeys that are being
received on the port, and the unexpected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-509
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show wavekey wtmonitor

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show wavekey wtmonitor 1/10/sig out
Wave Wave
Expected
Measured
Power
Power
Location Key 1 Key 2 Rcvd Power
Power
Dev
Tol
----------------------------------------------------------------1/10/sig
7
550
-20.00 dBm -20.37 dBm 1.00 dB 0.50
dB
Out B1 C1
1/10/sig
23
567
-20.00 dBm -20.29 dBm 1.00 dB 0.50
dB
Out B1 C2
1/10/sig
40
580
-20.00 dBm -20.57 dBm 1.00 dB 0.50 dB
Out B1 C3
1/10/sig
60
600
-20.00 dBm -20.39 dBm 1.00 dB 0.50 d
Out B1 C4

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface

show wavekey unexpected

show wavekey wtsource

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-510
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show wavekey wtsource

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show wavekey wtsource

Command description

This command displays the power and programmed WaveKeys on the interface ports that
generate the Wavelength Tracker WaveKeys.
These ports reside on SVAC, MVAC and OT cards. Use this command to:

Display a summary of the expected and measured output power on all channels with
an admin state of up
Display all of the programmed WaveKeys on every OT, SVAC, and MVAC port on
the network element.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, 1830 PSS-1 and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show wavekey wtsource
power
keys
Parameter

Description

power

Displays a summary of the expected and

measured output power on all channels with an
admin state of up.

keys

Display all of the programmed WaveKeys on

every OT and SVAC port on the network
element. The list includes the WaveKey
transmitter state and the administrative and
operational state of the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
# show wavekey wtsource

(show-wavekey-wtsource)# power
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-511
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show wavekey wtsource

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin
Oper
Location
Expected Power
Measured Power
State
State
------------------------------------------------------------1/9/L1
-17.59 dBm
Up
Up
1/10/L1
-16.45 dBm
Up
Up

(show-wavekey-wtsource)# keys
WaveKey
Admin
Oper
Location
WaveKey 1
WaveKey 2
Tx State
State
State
--------------------------------------------------------------1/10/L1
7
550
Enabled
Up
Up
1/11/L1
23
567
Enabled
Up
Up
1/12/L1
40
580
Enabled
Up
Up
1/13/L1
60
600
Enabled
Up
Up

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

The following are the related commands:

config interface

show wavekey unexpected

show wavekey wtmonitor

show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a MESH4.

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port.

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a specific ITU channel in the in or out direction.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-512
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port SIGIN | * detail
show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port
SIGIN | * [srvcactivity {brief | detail}]
show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port SIGIN | * [wavekey]
in [frequency]
missing
summary
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIGIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the mesh4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface.

srvcactivity

Displays all service activity on this interface. Follow this

keyword with one of the following:

brief - displays a brief summary of all service

activity on this interface

detail - displays a detailed summary of all service

activity on this interface

wavekey in|out [frequency]

Show WaveKey information. Optionally follow with an

integer value for a channel to show only that channel.

wavekey missing

Display a list of missing WaveKeys on the interface.

wavekey summary

Display a listing showing the expected WaveKeys that

have been programmed on the port, the expected
WaveKeys that are being received on the port, and the
unexpected WaveKeys that are being received on the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-MESH4)# 1/4/SIGIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-513
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINEIN - MESH4 SIGIN Port [OTS]

-----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Status LED :
Direction

: Unidirectional

Description:

# show interface MESH4 2/5/SIGIN wavekeys out 9600

Wave
Key 1

Expected Measured Power Power

Wave
Channel
Power
Power
Key 2 Status Rcvd
(dBm)
(dBm)

Dev
Tol
Location
(dB)
(dB)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------1/5A/1 Out 9600 9 553 Up
Yes
0.28
0.04
3.25
0.00

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGOUT

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a MESH4.

Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port.

Display WaveKey and power information for a specific interface port. You can
optionally filter the results for the port to show information for the in or out direction
only, or for a specific ITU channel in the in or out direction.This section provides a
description of the command and what it is used for.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-514
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/port | * detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/SIGOUT[1-4] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the mesh4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this
interface.

Detail

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-MESH4)# 1/5/SIGOUT1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: SIGOUT1 - MESH4 Signal Port [OTS]
--------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down

ZZ09U(show-interface-MESH4)# 1/5/SIGOUT1

Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: SIGOUT1 - MESH4 Signal Port [OTS]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: FAF
Oper Capability: Disabled
Oper State: Down
Status LED : Solid Green
Direction

: Unidirectional

Description:
Total Power Out
: 5.0 dBm
Signal Power Out
: 4.75 dBm
Input to Output Gain : 23.5 dB

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-515
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface mesh4 shelf/slot/SIGOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None.

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a Integrated Raman Amplifier (RA2P)
Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN | * detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ra2p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-RA2P)# 1/4/LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-516
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINEIN - RA2P LINEIN Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Status LED :
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Direction : Unidirectional
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Description:
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
(show-interface-RA2P)# 1/4/LINEIN detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 4 Port: LINEIN - RA2P LINEIN Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Associated Port
: 1/7/LINEOUT
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Operating Mode
: MaxPower
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power In
: -28.90 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Fiber
Type
:
SSMF
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected
Min
Gain
:
10
dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Expected Max Gain : 20 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Gain
: 15 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Tilt Target
:
0 dB
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-517
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a Integrated Raman Amplifier (RA2P).
Use this command to:

Display the received line optical power group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm
opin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ra2p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opin

Displays he received line optical power group PM. See

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINE pm opin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface RA2P 1/3/LINEIN PM opin
Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-518
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a Integrated Raman Amplifier (RA2P).
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINEIN | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ra2p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-519
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEIN pm opin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins..

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(show-interface-RA2P-1/3/LINEIN-PM-opin)# raw
Group: OPIN Location: 1/3/LINEIN
-------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/09/13 16:08:40 (UTC)
OPIN Min (dBm)
OPIN Max (dBm)
OPIN Average (dBm)

:
: -14.73
: -19.04

Related commands

None.

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEOUT

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on a Integrated Raman Amplifier (RA2P).
Use this command to display the configuration for a specific interface port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-520
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEOUT

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface ra2p shelf/slot/LINEOUT | * detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LINE | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the ra2pcards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
ZZ09U(show-interface-RA2P)# 1/5/LINEOUT detail

1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Shelf: 1 Slot: 5 Port: LINEOUT - RA2P Signal Port [OTS]
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
-----------------------------------------------------------------1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Associated Port
: 1/7/LINEIN
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Total Power Out
:
-15.2 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Signal Power Out
:
-14.9 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
ASE Power Out
:
-0.3 dBm
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
1234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789
Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command
# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-521
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

Commands description

This command displays the configuration of the input interface on a WTOCM card.
Use this command to:

Display the configuration for a specific interface port

Displays WaveKey and power information for all channels on a specific interface
port. You can optionally filter the results for the port to show information for a
specific channel.

Impact

Access levels

None.

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface wtocm shelf/slot/ IN[1-4] | * detail
show interface wtocm shelf/slot/ IN[1-4]| * channel
[frequency | summary]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/IN[1-4] | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the wtocm cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Detail - displays a detailed summary of parameters on this

interface.

channel[frequency
| summary]

Show channel power and WaveKey information.

Optionally follow with an integer value for a channel to
show only that channel or summary for a summary of all
channels.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-522
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# Successful Command example
(show-interface-wtocm-1/12/in1)# detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 12 Port: IN1 WTOCM Input Port [OTS]
-------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
State Qualifier: SGEO
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Description
:
Associated Monitored Port
:
Current Loss LD Port to WTOCM Port:
Total Power at WTOCM Port Input
:
Total Power at LD Port Output
:

1/8/LINE
-3.00 dB
-12.00 dBm
5.00 dBm

(show-interface-wtocm-1/14/in1)# channel summary

---------------------------------------------------------------Keys
Power
Keys
Keys
Keys
Location
Chan Expected Received Processed Received Unexpected
---------------------------------------------------------------1/14/IN1
9170 No
No
No
No
No
1/14/IN1
9180 Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
1/14/IN1
9190 No
Yes
No
No
Yes
1/14/IN1
9200 Yes
Yes
No
No
No
1/14/IN1
9210 No
No
No
No
No
1/14/IN1
9220 No
No
No
No
No
. . .

(show-interface-wtocm-1/14/in1)# channel

---------------------------------------------------------------Measured Measured
Wave
Wave
Wtocm In LD Out
Location
Chan
Key 1 Key 2 Pwr(dBm) Pwr (dBm) Applicability
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------1/14/IN1
9170
-99.00
-99.00
notApplicable
9180
9
553
-2.50
3.25
1/14/IN1
applicableAndConfirmed
1/14/IN1
9190
-15.20
-10.75
applicableAndUnexpected
1/14/IN1
9200
188
732
-3.25
2.75
applicableAndUnavailable
. . .
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-523
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

Core optics management commands

show interface wtocm shelf/slot/IN[1-4]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(show-interface-wtocm-1/14/in1)# channel 9170

Shelf: 1 Slot: 14 Port: IN1 Channel: 9170
----------------------------------------------------------Channel Power at WTOCM Port Input: -99.00 dBm
Channel Power at LD Port Output : -99.00 dBm
Wave Key Presence State
: notApplicable
Wave Key 1
:
Wave Key 2
:
Unexpected Wave Keys
:
(show-interface-wtocm-1/14/in1)# channel 9180
Shelf: 1 Slot: 14 Port: IN1 Channel: 9180
----------------------------------------------------------Channel Power at WTOCM Port Input: -12.00 dBm
Channel Power at LD Port Output :
5.00 dBm
Wave Key Presence State
: applicableAndConfirmed
Wave Key 1
:
9
Wave Key 2
: 553
Unexpected Wave Keys
:
(show-interface-wtocm-1/14/in1)# channel 9190
Shelf: 1 Slot: 14 Port: IN1 Channel: 9190
----------------------------------------------------------Channel Power at WTOCM Port Input: -15.20 dBm
Channel Power at LD Port Output : -10.75 dBm
Wave Key Presence State
: applicableAndUnexpected
Wave Key 1
:
Wave Key 2
:
Unexpected Wave Keys
: 250, 785

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# Error Command example
Error Response text

Related commands

None.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
5-524
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

6 T Management
O
Commands

Overview
Purpose

This chapter contains various commands related to OT management.

Sections

This chapter is divided into the following sections:

11DPE12 CLI Commands (p. 6-33)

11DPE12e CLI Commands (p. 6-140)
11DPM12 CLI Commands (p. 6-264)

11QPA4 CLI Commands (p. 6-460)

11STAR1 CLI Commands (p. 6-594)
11STGE12 CLI Commands (p. 6-699)
11STMM10 CLI Commands (p. 6-762)
112SCA1 CLI Commands (p. 6-877)

112SCX10 CLI Commands (p. 6-934)

112SA1L CLI Commands (p. 6-1034)
112SX10L CLI Commands (p. 6-1102)
43STA1P CLI Commands (p. 6-1202)

43SCX4 CLI Commands (p. 6-1275)

43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands (p. 6-1383)
4DPA2 CLI Commands (p. 6-1510)
4DPA4 CLI Commands (p. 6-1603)
PSS1GBE CLI Commands (p. 6-1728)

PSS1MD4 CLI Commands (p. 6-1808)

PSS1P21 CLI Commands (p. 6-1912)
SVAC CLI Commands (p. 6-1957)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

MVAC CLI Commands (p. 6-1981)

Other Commands (p. 6-2002)

Contents
11DPE12 CLI Commands

6-33

config interface 11dpe12

6-35

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-36

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

6-38

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-40

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-43

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-45

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-47

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-49

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-51

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

6-53

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-55

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-58

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-60

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-62

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

6-69

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-72

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-74

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-76

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-78

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-80

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

6-82

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-83

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-85

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-87

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-88

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-90

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

6-92

show interface 11dpe12

6-94

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-2
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-95

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-99

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-101

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-102

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-104

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-105

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-107

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

6-108

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-110

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-116

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-118

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

6-122

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-123

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-125

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-126

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-128

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-129

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

6-131

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-132

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-134

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-135

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-136

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-137

11DPE12e CLI Commands

6-140

config interface 11dpe12e

6-142

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-143

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

6-146

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

6-148

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

6-151

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

6-154

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-156

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-160

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-161

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-3
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-163

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-165

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-167

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

6-169

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-171

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-174

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-176

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-178

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

6-184

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-187

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-189

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-191

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-193

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-195

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

6-197

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

6-199

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-201

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-203

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-204

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-205

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-207

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

6-209

show interface 11dpe12e

6-211

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-212

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-215

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-217

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-218

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-220

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-221

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-223

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

6-224

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-226

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<L1/L2>]

6-230

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-4
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

6-232

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

6-233

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} remote mepid

6-234

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

6-236

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-238

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-241

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

6-245

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-246

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-248

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-249

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-251

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-252

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

6-254

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

6-255

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-257

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-258

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-259

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-260

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-262

11DPM12 CLI Commands

6-264

config interface 11dpm12

6-267

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-268

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-276

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

6-279

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

6-281

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

6-283

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-286

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}looduk

6-289

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

6-291

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

6-294

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-296

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}looduk

6-300

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

6-303

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-5
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

6-304

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-309

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

6-311

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-312

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-314

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-316

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-318

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

6-320

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

6-321

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

6-323

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

6-327

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

6-329

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

6-331

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk

6-335

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-338

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-342

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}

6-347

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-350

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-356

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-357

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-359

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-361

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-363

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-365

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-367

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-368

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-369

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-371

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

6-373

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

6-375

show interface 11dpm12

6-381

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-382

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-389

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-6
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

6-391

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

6-393

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

6-394

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-396

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400} looduk

6-398

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

6-399

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

6-401

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-402

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} looduk

6-404

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

6-407

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

6-408

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-411

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

6-413

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-414

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-416

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-418

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-420

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

6-421

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

6-423

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

6-425

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

6-427

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,stm4,stm16}

6-428

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk

6-430

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-432

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-435

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}

6-437

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-439

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-443

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-444

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-446

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-447

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-449

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-451

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-7
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-452

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-453

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-455

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

6-456

11QPA4 CLI Commands

6-460

config interface 11qpa4

6-462

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-463

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

6-466

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

6-468

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

6-470

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-473

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-476

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-479

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-482

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-483

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-488

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-490

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-492

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-494

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-496

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-498

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-500

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-502

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

6-504

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state

6-506

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

6-508

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

6-510

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

6-517

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw

6-518

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

6-520

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

6-522

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

6-524

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state

6-526

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-8
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

6-528

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

6-529

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

6-530

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

6-532

show interface 11qpa4

6-534

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-535

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

6-542

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

6-543

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-545

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-547

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-549

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-551

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-552

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-557

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-559

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-560

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-562

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-563

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-565

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-566

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-568

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

6-569

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

6-573

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

6-575

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

6-580

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw

6-581

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

6-583

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

6-584

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

6-586

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

6-588

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

6-589

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

6-590

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

6-591

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-9
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11STAR1 CLI Commands

6-594

config interface 11star1

6-596

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

6-597

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 state

6-599

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

6-601

config interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

6-603

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

6-606

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

6-609

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

6-612

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

6-613

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-618

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

6-620

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

6-622

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-624

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-626

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-628

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

6-630

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

6-631

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

6-633

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-635

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-637

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-639

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-644

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-645

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-647

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-649

show interface 11 star1

6-651

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

6-652

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

6-657

show interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

6-659

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

6-661

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

6-663

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

6-664

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-10
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

6-666

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-670

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

6-672

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

6-673

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-675

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-676

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-678

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

6-679

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

6-681

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

6-682

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-685

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-688

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-692

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-693

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-695

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-696

11STGE12 CLI Commands

6-699

config interface 11stge12

6-700

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-701

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

6-704

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-706

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-708

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-710

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-712

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-714

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-716

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

6-718

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-720

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-722

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-724

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-727

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-728

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

6-730

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-11
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-732

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-734

show interface 11stge12

6-736

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-737

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-739

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-740

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-742

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-743

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-745

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-747

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

6-748

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-750

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-751

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-753

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-755

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

6-756

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-758

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-759

11STMM10 CLI Commands

6-762

config interface 11stmm10

6-764

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-765

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

6-769

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

6-772

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-776

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-779

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

6-784

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

6-785

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-791

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-793

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-794

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-796

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-798

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-800

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-12
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-802

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-803

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

6-805

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

6-807

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

6-812

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-814

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-816

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-819

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-820

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-822

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-824

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-826

show interface 11stmm10

6-828

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-829

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

6-832

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

6-834

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-836

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-838

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

6-840

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

6-841

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-845

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-847

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-848

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-850

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-852

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-854

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-855

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-857

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1,stm4,stm16}

6-859

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

6-861

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-866

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-868

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-870

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-13
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-871

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-873

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-875

112SCA1 CLI Commands

6-877

config interface 112sca1

6-878

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

6-879

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 state

6-881

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

6-883

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-885

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-886

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

6-888

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-890

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-892

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-894

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-897

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-899

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-900

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-902

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-903

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-905

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-907

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-909

show interface 112sca1

6-910

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

6-911

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

6-913

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-914

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-915

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

6-917

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-918

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-920

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-922

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-923

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-925

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-14
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-926

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-928

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-929

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-931

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-932

112SCX10 CLI Commands

6-934

config interface 112scx10

6-936

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-937

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

6-939

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

6-941

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

6-945

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

6-948

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

6-951

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

6-952

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-956

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-958

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-959

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-961

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-963

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-965

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-967

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-968

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

6-970

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-972

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-974

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-976

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-979

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-981

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-982

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-984

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-985

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-987

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-989

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-15
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-991

show interface 112scx10

6-992

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-993

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

6-995

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

6-997

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

6-999

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

6-1001

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

6-1002

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-1004

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-1005

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-1007

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-1008

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-1010

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-1012

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-1013

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-1015

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

6-1016

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-1018

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-1019

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1021

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1023

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1025

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1026

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1028

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1029

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1031

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1032

112SA1L CLI Commands

6-1034

config interface 112sa1L

6-1035

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

6-1036

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 state

6-1038

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

6-1040

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-1042

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-16
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

6-1043

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-1045

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-1047

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-1049

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

6-1050

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 state

6-1053

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-1055

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-1057

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1060

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1062

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1063

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1065

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1066

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1068

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1070

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1072

show interface 112sa1L

6-1073

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

6-1074

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

6-1076

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-1077

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

6-1079

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-1080

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-1082

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-1083

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

6-1085

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-1086

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-1088

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1090

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1091

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1093

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1094

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1096

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1097

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-17
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1099

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1100

112SX10L CLI Commands

6-1102

config interface 112sx10L

6-1104

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-1105

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

6-1107

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

6-1109

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

6-1113

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

6-1116

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

6-1119

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

6-1120

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-1124

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-1126

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-1127

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-1129

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-1131

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-1133

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-1134

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-1136

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

6-1138

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 state

6-1140

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-1142

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-1144

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1147

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1149

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1150

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1152

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1153

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1155

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1157

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1159

show interface 112sx10L

6-1160

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-1161

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-18
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

6-1163

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

6-1165

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

6-1167

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

6-1169

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

6-1170

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-1172

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-1173

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-1175

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-1176

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-1178

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-1180

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-1181

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-1183

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

6-1184

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-1186

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-1187

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1189

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1191

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1193

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1194

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1196

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1197

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1199

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1200

43STA1P CLI Commands

6-1202

config interface 43sta1p

6-1203

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

6-1204

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 state

6-1206

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

6-1208

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

6-1210

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

6-1212

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-1213

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

6-1215

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-19
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-1217

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-1219

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

6-1221

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

6-1223

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1225

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-1227

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

6-1229

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3

6-1231

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1235

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-1236

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1238

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1240

show interface 43sta1p

6-1242

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

6-1243

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

6-1246

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

6-1247

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

6-1249

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-1250

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

6-1252

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-1253

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-1255

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

6-1257

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

6-1258

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1260

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

6-1263

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1265

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1268

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1269

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1271

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1272

43SCX4 CLI Commands

6-1275

config interface 43scx4

6-1277

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1277

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-20
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

6-1280

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

6-1282

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-1284

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-1287

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-1290

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-1293

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-1294

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1297

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-1299

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1300

config interface {43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1302

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1304

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1306

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1308

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1309

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

6-1311

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-1314

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3

6-1316

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1318

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1321

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1323

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1324

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1326

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1328

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1329

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1331

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1333

show interface 43scx4

6-1334

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1335

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

6-1340

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-1341

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-1343

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-1345

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-21
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-1346

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-1347

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1349

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-1351

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1353

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1354

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1356

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1357

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1359

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1360

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

6-1362

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3

6-1366

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1368

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1370

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1371

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1373

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1375

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1376

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1378

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1379

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1381

43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

6-1383

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

6-1385

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1386

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

6-1389

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

6-1391

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-1393

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-1396

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-1399

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-1402

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-1403

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1406

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-1408

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-22
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1409

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1411

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1413

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1415

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1417

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1418

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

6-1420

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 state

6-1423

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

6-1425

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1427

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1431

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1434

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1435

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1437

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1439

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1440

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1442

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1443

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1445

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1447

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

6-1448

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1449

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

6-1454

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-1455

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-1457

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-1459

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-1460

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 tcmlevel{1-3}

6-1463

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-1465

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1468

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-1470

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm tcmlevel{1-3}

6-1471

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1472

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-23
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1474

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1476

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1477

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1479

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1480

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

6-1482

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

6-1486

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3 tcmlevel{1-3}

6-1489

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1491

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1494

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1495

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1497

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm tcmlevel{1-3}

6-1499

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1500

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1502

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1503

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1505

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1506

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1508

4DPA2 CLI Commands

6-1510

config interface 4dpa2

6-1512

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

6-1513

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

6-1515

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

6-1518

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

6-1520

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

6-1522

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

6-1524

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt

6-1526

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

6-1528

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

6-1530

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

6-1532

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} state

6-1534

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

6-1536

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-24
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1538

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

6-1540

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

6-1542

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1544

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-1546

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1548

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1550

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

6-1552

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

6-1554

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

6-1556

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-1558

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

6-1560

show interface 4dpa2

6-1562

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

6-1563

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

6-1565

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

6-1567

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

6-1568

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

6-1570

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

6-1572

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt

6-1574

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

6-1576

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

6-1577

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

6-1579

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

6-1581

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1583

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

6-1586

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

6-1587

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1589

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-1590

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1592

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1594

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

6-1596

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

6-1597

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-25
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

6-1599

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

6-1601

4DPA4 CLI Commands

6-1603

config interface 4dpa4

6-1605

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1606

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

6-1611

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-1615

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

6-1619

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-1623

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1627

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1629

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1631

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1633

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1635

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1637

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1639

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

6-1641

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

6-1643

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1647

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

6-1649

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

6-1653

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1658

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-1659

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1661

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1663

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-1665

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-1667

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-1669

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-1670

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-1671

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-1673

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state

6-1675

show interface 4dpa4

6-1677

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-26
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1678

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

6-1683

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-1685

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

6-1687

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-1689

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1691

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1692

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1694

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1696

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1698

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1699

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1701

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

6-1703

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1705

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

6-1708

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

6-1710

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1714

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-1715

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1717

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1718

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-1720

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-1722

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-1723

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-1724

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-1726

PSS1GBE CLI Commands

6-1728

config interface pss1gbe

6-1729

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/pss1gbe

6-1731

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

6-1733

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-1735

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-1738

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-1739

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-1741

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-27
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-1744

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-1746

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

6-1748

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1749

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-1751

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-1753

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

6-1755

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-1758

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1764

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} dw

6-1766

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} ethernet

6-1768

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1770

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

6-1772

config interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1774

show interface pss1gbe

6-1776

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-1777

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-1779

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-1781

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-1782

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-1784

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-1785

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-1787

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

6-1788

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1789

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-1791

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-1793

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

6-1796

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1798

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-1799

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-1801

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1802

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1804

show interface pss1gbe shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

6-1806

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-28
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

PSS1MD4 CLI Commands

6-1808

config interface pss1md4

6-1809

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1811

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

6-1815

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-1818

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

6-1822

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-1826

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1830

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1832

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1833

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1835

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1837

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1839

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1841

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

6-1842

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

6-1844

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1848

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

6-1850

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

6-1853

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1858

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-1859

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1861

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1863

config interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-1865

show interface pss1md4

6-1867

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1868

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

6-1873

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-1875

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

6-1877

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-1879

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1881

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1883

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1885

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-29
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1887

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1889

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1891

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1893

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

6-1895

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1897

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

6-1900

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

6-1902

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1905

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-1906

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1908

show interface pss1md4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1910

PSS1P21 CLI Commands

6-1912

config interface pss1p21

6-1913

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21}

6-1914

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} e1

6-1917

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} pm

6-1918

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} pm e1

6-1919

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} state

6-1921

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1

6-1923

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1925

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1926

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1929

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 sdh

6-1931

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-1933

config interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L1 stm1

6-1935

show interface pss1p21

6-1939

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21}

6-1940

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} e1

6-1942

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} pm

6-1943

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/C{1-21} pm e1

6-1944

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1,2}

6-1946

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1948

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-30
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1949

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1951

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

6-1953

show interface pss1p21 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm stm1

6-1954

SVAC CLI Commands

6-1957

config interface svac

6-1958

config interface svac shelf/slot/C1

6-1959

config interface svac shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-1960

config interface svac shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-1962

config interface svac shelf/slot/C1 state

6-1964

config interface svac shelf/slot/L1

6-1966

config interface svac shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1968

config interface svac shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1969

config interface svac shelf/slot/L1 state

6-1971

show interface svac

6-1973

show interface svac shelf/slot/C1

6-1974

show interface svac shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-1975

show interface svac shelf/slot/L1

6-1977

show interface svac shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1978

MVAC CLI Commands

6-1981

config interface mvac

6-1981

config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8}

6-1983

config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} state

6-1985

config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} och

6-1987

config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm

6-1988

config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm opr

6-1989

config interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm opt

6-1991

show interface mvac

6-1993

show interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8}

6-1995

show interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} och

6-1996

show interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm

6-1997

show interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm opr

6-1998

show interface mvac shelf/slot/VA{1-8} pm opt

6-2000

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-31
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Other Commands

6-2002

config interface extwavekeys

6-2002

show interface extwavekeys

6-2004

show resource 11stmm10 shelf/slot

6-2005

1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges

6-2007

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-32
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11DPE12 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 11DPE12 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 11dpe12

6-35

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-36

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

6-38

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-40

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-43

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-45

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-47

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-49

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-51

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

6-53

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-55

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-58

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-60

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-62

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

6-69

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-72

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-74

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-76

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-78

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-80

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

6-82

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-83

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-85

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-87

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-33
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-88

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-90

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

6-92

show interface 11dpe12

6-94

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-95

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-99

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-101

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-102

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-104

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-105

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-107

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

6-108

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-110

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-116

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-118

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

6-122

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-123

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-125

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-126

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-128

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-129

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

6-131

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-132

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-134

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-135

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-136

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-137

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-34
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 11DPE12 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client C{1-12} ports, the line ports
L{1-2} or VOA ports VA{1-2}.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 11DPE12 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 11dpe12 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description
Dir
State State Qualifier
---------------------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/L2
Network
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C1
Client
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C2
Client
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C3
Client
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C4
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C5
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C6
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C7
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C8
Client
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-35
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3/2/C9
3/2/C10
3/2/C11
3/2/C12
3/2/VA1
3/2/VA2

Client
Client
Client
Client
VOA
VOA

Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi

Down Down UAS

Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Up
Down SGEO
Up
Down SGEO

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12}client ports on the 11DPE12 card.

Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set the 1 Gb Ethernet attributes
Set the FE attributes
Set the loopback mode

Set the performance monitoring

Set the administrative state
Set the client port type
Set the virtual time slot attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4, though not all keywords
apply to both of them.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
description [string]
detail
1gbe
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-36
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

fe
loopback [facility | terminal]
pm
state
type [1gbe | fe| unassigned]
vts{1-10}
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

1gbe

Sets the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.

fe

Sets the Fast Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe. This
sub-command applies only to 1830 PSS-4.

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-37
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm to configure
pm attributes.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11dpe12

shelf/slot/C{1-12} state.

type

Specifies the port type:

vts{1-10}

Set to 1gbe for 1 Gb Ethernet client

Set to fe for Fast Ethernet client (applies to 1830

PSS-4 only)

Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Sets the virtual time slot attributes. See config interface

11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11DPE12 # shelf/slot/C{1-12}

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-12} ports on the 11DPE12
card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-38
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help Displays the default and valid range.
<value> - Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours

disabled disable AINS

enabled enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-39
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

Command description

This command configures the 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set autonegotiation
Set the transmit frequency for the pluggable module
Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the pluggable module type

Set the timeslot assignment on the line port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
autoneg [disabled | enabled]
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-40
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

timeslot [line line vts vts]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

autoneg

Attribute that controls the status of auto-negotiation.

Enter this keyword followed by either of the following
values:

enabled

disabled

Default: disabled
channel

Specifies the wavelength of the pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

losprop

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-41
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto
timeslot[line line vts vts]

Configure the virtual timeslot on the selected line port.

Only applicable when the card mode is set to Fullrate (See
config card 11DPE12 shelf/slot).
Enter this keyword followed by the following:
Range of line: {0 to 2}
Range of vts: {0-10}

Notes:

1.

For timeslot provisioning, values for line and vts are entered at the same time.

2.

The timeslot provisioning is only applicable when the card mode is set to FullRate.

3.

Allowable combinations for line and vts: either the values are both zero or both non-zero.
Any other combinations are denied.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 1gbe timeslot line 1 vts 1
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 1gbe timeslot line 0 vts 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-42
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples of error responses

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1 1gbe timeslot line 1
Error: insufficient arguments Must enter both line and vts values

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1 1gbe timeslot line 1 vts 1

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode.

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1 1gbe timeslot line 0 vts 1

Error: Odu1 and vts must be both 0 or both non-zero.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12}client ports performance monitoring (pm)

attributes on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the received optical power group PM options

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
clearAll
ethernet
opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-43
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opt
pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet.

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-44
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12} Client ports with Ethernet Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-45
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm ethernet
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-46
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12}Client ports for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-47
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of
bins. Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the
end of the interval, the statistics are rolled into
subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are
stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The
contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile
identifier. Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm opr
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-48
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12}Client ports for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

clearRaw

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-49
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-50
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12} Client ports with PCS layer Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-51
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm pcs
(config-interface- 11DPE12 -1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-52
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12} client ports with the CE-VLAN ID map attributes
on the 11DPE12 card. This command is only applicable when the card mode is set to
Subrate or QinQ mode (See config card 11dpe12 shelf/slot). Use this command to set
the CE-VLAN ID map for each VTS within the port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}
cevlanid [value][direction]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

vts{1-10}

Specifies the virtual time slot within the port.

The valid values are: vts1, vts2, vts3, vts4, vts5, vts6,
vts7, vts8, vts9, vts10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-53
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Cevlanid

Configures the CE-VLAN ID map for the specified

VTS within the port.
Enter the keyword followed by the ID number or ID
ranges separated by comma:
Range: [1-4095], all, none
In Subrate mode, the client VTS/CE-VLAN ID
mapping is bidirectional. Users do not need to
configure the direction.
In QinQ mode, the client VTS/CE-VLAN ID mapping
is unidirectional. Users must specify the CE-VLAN ID
map direction. The valid directions are :

Egress The mapping direction is out from the

port

Ingress The mapping direction is into the port

IngressAndEgress - Ingress and Egress

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Example of SubRate
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 vts2 cevlanid 1-200,300
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 vts1 cevlanid none

Example of QinQ
#
#
#
#
#
#

config
config
config
config
config
config

interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface

11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12

1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1

vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2

cevlanid
cevlanid
cevlanid
cevlanid
cevlanid
cevlanid

1-200,300 ingress
none ingress
1-200 egress
none egress
1-200 ingressAndEgress
none ingressAndEgress

Examples of error responses

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1 vts1 cevlanid 1-200
Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode.

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1

egress

vts1 cevlanid 1,2,4,1-200

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode. Only QinQ mode
needdirection.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-54
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1

vts1 cevlanid 1,2,4,1-200

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode. QinQ mode must
provide direction.

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/C1

vts1 cevlanid none

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode. QinQ mode must
provide direction.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the LINE L{1-2} ports on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the description of the interface

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback
Set the ODU2 attributes
Set the OTU2 attributes

Set the tengige attributes

Set the Performance Monitoring
Configure the administrative state
Set the port type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-55
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

odu2
otu2
pm
state
tengige
type [otu2 | tengige | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface,

loopback

Configures the loopback.

ETo change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

odu2

Sets the ODU2 interface port parameters. See config

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.

otu2

Sets the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port. See
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-56
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pm

Sets the performance monitoring attributes associated with

the line port. See config interface 11dpe12
shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11dpe12

shelf/slot/L{1-2} state.

tengige

Sets the tengige attributes associated with the line port.

See config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige.

Type

Specifies the port type:

set to otu2 to set the port to OTU2.

Set to tengige to set the port to tenGige singal

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Note: 11DPE12 line port can be provisioned to tengige

only when the pack is under QinQ mode.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1

(config-interface- 11DPE12 -1/7/L1)#

Error Response
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 type tengige
Error: Pack is not under QinQ mode.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-57
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the L1 or L2 ports on the 11DPE12
card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-58
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:

system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes for
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1)# state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-59
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

Command description

This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the LINE {L1, L2} ports on the
11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response

Set the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Display the value of Payload Type Field within the ODU2

payload overhead.

ptmmresp

ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-60
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 odu2
(config-interface- 11DPE12 -1/7/L1-odu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-61
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

Command description

This command configures the L{1-2} ports with OTU2 attributes on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module

Configure the FEC used

Configure the GCC status
Set the OSPF area for the GCC0 channel
Configure the moduletype

Set the OTU2 rate

Set the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Configure the virtual time slot

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
fectype [efec2 | rsfec]
gccstat [disabled | enabled]
ospf [helloint [value] | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
mtu
moduletype [auto | user | value]
oturate [value]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-62
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

vts [vts source]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channelrx

Specifies the receive channel frequency. Not settable for

internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-63
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Specifies the transmit channel frequency. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:

fectype

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of forward

error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

efec2, for Enhanced FEC type 2

rsfec, for Reed-Solomon FEC

Default: efec2
gccstat

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to:

enabled to enable GCC0 processing

disabled to disable GCC0 processing

Default: enabled
ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time elapsed
before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-64
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval is
a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello interval
value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for Md5 128bit hash value key calculation. This
parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The value is 1
to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16 uppercase
or lowercase alphanumeric characters, the first character can
not be of a numeric value. The parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enabled.
Default: NUL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is

enabled.
Range:1255
Default: 1
ospf md5status

Set to enable: The md5 authentication is activated on the

OSPF area.

Set to disable: The md5 authentication is not required on

the OSPF area.

This parameter can be set to enable only if a md5key
and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it

is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype
is non-standard the mtu size is default.

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1473 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-65
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is

not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute shall
be set to user.

Default: auto
oturate

OTU2 rate. Specifies the line OTU2 rate.

Set to:

11.049, for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate

11.096, for 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate

Default: 11.096

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-66
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-67
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

vts

Configure the virtual time slot information. Only applicable

when the card mode is set to Fullrate (See config card
11DPE12 shelf/slot).
Enter this keyword followed by the virtual time slot selected:

vts1 - configure virtual time slot 1

vts2 - configure virtual time slot 2

vts3 - configure virtual time slot 3

vts4 - configure virtual time slot 4

vts5 - configure virtual time slot 5

vts6 - configure virtual time slot 6

vts7 - configure virtual time slot 7

vts8 - configure virtual time slot 8

vts9 - configure virtual time slot 9

vts10 - configure virtual time slot 10

For each selected virtual time slot ( vts1 to vts10), select one
of the following:

none - configure the virtual time slot to none.

c1 - configure the virtual time slot to c1

c2 - configure the virtual time slot to c2

c3 - configure the virtual time slot to c3

c4 - configure the virtual time slot to c4

c5 - configure the virtual time slot to c5

c6 - configure the virtual time slot to c6

c7 - configure the virtual time slot to c7

c8 - configure the virtual time slot to c8

c9 - configure the virtual time slot to c9

c10 - configure the virtual time slot to c10

c11 - configure the virtual time slot to c11

c12 - configure the virtual time slot to c12

l1slot1 - configure the virtual time slot to l1slot1

l1slot2 - configure the virtual time slot to l1slot2

l1slot3 - configure the virtual time slot to l1slot3

l1slot4 - configure the virtual time slot to l1slot4

l1slot5 - configure the virtual time slot to l1slot5

l1slot6 - configure the virtual time slot to l1slot6

l1slot7 - configure the virtual time slot to l1slot7

l1slot8 - configure the virtual time slot to l1slot8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
l1slot9 - configure the virtual time slot to l1slot9
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-68
8DG60888FAAA
3.6.0 and 3.6.1
l1slot10 - configure the virtual
time slot Release
to l1slot10
Issue 1 June 2011

l2slot1 - configure the virtual time slot to l2slot1

l2slot2 - configure the virtual time slot to l2slot2

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 otu2
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/l1 otu2 vts vts1 l2slot1
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/l1 otu2 vts vts1 c1

Examples of error responses

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1 otu2 vts vts1 c1
Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

Command description

This command configures the LINE L{1-2} ports with tengige attributes on the 11DPE12
card.
Use this command to:

Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module

Configure the pluggable module type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-69
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype [auto | user | value]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channelrx

Specifies the receive channel frequency. Not settable for

internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450,
9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370,
9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210,
9200, 9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575,
9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495,
9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415,
9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345, 9335,
9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-70
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Specifies the transmit channel frequency. Enter this

keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

moduletype

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450,
9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370,
9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210,
9200, 9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575,
9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495,
9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415,
9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345, 9335,
9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port. Enter this keyword to display the
current setting. To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:
- Enter one of the acceptable line port moduletype values:

10GB-ZR

XI-64.1

XL-64.2C

XL-64.2D

XL-64TU

XS-64.2b

XS-64.2C

Auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.
User - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is
not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute shall
be set to user.
Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-71
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 tengige

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports {L1, L2} with Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the Ethernet group options

Configure the received optical power group PM options

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-72
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configures the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/{L1, L2} pm
dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/{L1, L2} pm ethernet.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/{L1, L2} pm
opr.

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/{L1, L2} pm
opt.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-73
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports {L1, L2} with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-74
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics
are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin
0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents
of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm dw
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-75
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports {L1, L2} with Ethernet Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-76
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm ethernet
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-77
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configure the LINE ports L{1-2} for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Baseline
Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins and the Threshold Crossing Alert profile

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

clearRaw

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-78
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm opr
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-79
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports {L1, L2} for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Baseline
Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins and the Threshold Crossing Alert profile

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

clearRaw

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-80
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics
are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin
0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents
of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/1 pm opt
(config-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-81
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

Command description

This command configures the L{1-2} line ports with the SVLAN ID map attributes on
the 11DPE12 card. This command is only applicable when the card mode is set to QinQ
mode (See config card 11DPE12 shelf/slot. Use this command to set the SVLAN ID
map for each VTS within the port
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}
svlanid [value] [direction]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

vts{1-100}

Specifies the virtual time slot within the port.

The valid values are: vts{1-100}

svlanid

Configures the SVLAN ID map for the specified VTS

within the port.
Enter the keyword followed by the ID number:
ID number Range: [1-4095], none
Line VTS/SVLAN ID mapping is unidirectional. User
must specify the SVLAN ID map direction. The valid
directions are:

Egress The mapping direction is out from the port.

Ingress - The mapping direction is into the port.

IngressAndEgress Ingress and Egress

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-82
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#
#
#
#

config
config
config
config

interface
interface
interface
interface

11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12

1/7/L1
1/7/L1
1/7/L1
1/7/L1

vts2
vts2
vts1
vts1

svlanid
svlanid
svlanid
svlanid

1 ingress
100 egress
none ingress
none ingressAndEgress

Examples of error responses

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1

vts1 svlanid 1 ingress

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode.

# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1 vts1 svlanid 1,2,3,100
Error: Request Failed - invalid svlanid.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1 vts1 svlanid 1-200
Error: Request Failed - invalid svlanid.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1 vts1 svlanid 1
Error: Request Failed VTS/SVLAN mapping must provide direction.
# config interface 11dpe12 1/3/L1 vts1 svlanid none
Error: Request Failed VTS/SVLAN mapping must provide direction.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port
Set OCH attributes

Set performance monitoring attributes

Set the expected optical power output of the port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-83
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Set the administrative state

Set the port type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
description [string]
detail
och
pm
power
state
type [och | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

och

Sets the OCH interface port parameters.

See config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated

with the eVOA port. See config interface 11DPE12
shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-84
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port.

Enter this keyword followed by the expected power
value.
Range: -20 to -5.5 dBm
Default: -20 dBm

state

Sets the port state. See config interface 11DPE12

shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to och to assign the port.

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 type och

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

Command description

This command configures the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11DPE12 card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-85
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype [auto |value]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable eVOA port moduletype

values:
sVOA - slow VOA
fVOA - fast VOA

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-86
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA port
(VA{1-2}) of the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-minute and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr.

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opt.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-87
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-88
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline losclrd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-89
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-90
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-91
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set the state for the port

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-92
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-93
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on the 11DPE12 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client ports C{1-12}, the line ports
L{1-2}, or the VOA ports VA{1-2}.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 11DPE12 interfaces on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 *
Port
Admin Oper
State
Location Function Description
Dir State State Qualifier
----------------------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/L2
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C1
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C2
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C3
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C4
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C5
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C6
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C7
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C8
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-94
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3/2/C9
3/2/C10
3/2/C11
3/2/C12
3/2/VA1
3/2/VA2

Client
Client
Client
Client
VOA
VOA

Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Command description

This command displays the client ports C{1-12} on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display the 1 Gb Ethernet attributes

Display the FE attributes
Display the performance monitoring
Display all service activity on this interface

Display the virtual time slot attributes

Display CE-VLAN ID map for each VTS within the port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4, though not all keywords
apply to both of them.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
1gbe
detail
fe
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-95
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

vts{1-10}
cevlanid
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

1gbe

Displays the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

fe

Displays the Fast Ethernet port attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fe.
This sub-command only applies to 1830 PSS-4.

pm

Displays Performance Monitoring. See show interface

11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

After this keyword, enter one of the following:

brief

detail

vts{1-10}

Display the virtual time slot attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}.

cevlanid

Display CE-VLAN ID map for each VTS within the port.

This entry is applicable when the card mode is set to
Subrate or QinQ mode (See config card 11dpe12
shelf/slot).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11DPE12 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
State Qualifier: FAF
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Direction : Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Off
Description:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-96
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example of client information when pack mode is fullRate.

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11DPE12 Client Port [1GbE]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power

: -40.00 dBm
: -40.00 dBm

Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback

: Disabled
: Disabled

1GbE Settings
------------AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Auto Negotiation : Enabled
Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: 1000B-LX
Channel
: 1310
Time Slots
---------Working line
Working vts
Protection line
Protection vts

:
:
:
:

0
0
0
0

Example of client information when pack mode is subRate

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11DPE12 Client Port [1GbE]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback

: -40.00 dBm
: -40.00 dBm
: Disabled
: Disabled

Ingress Available Bandwidth : 1000 Mbps

Egress Available Bandwidth : 100 Mbps

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-97
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1GbE Settings
------------AINS Timer
AINS Countdown
Auto Negotiation
Laser
:
Module Type
Channel
:

: System
: 0m
: Enabled
Laser On
: 1000B-LX
1310

Example of client information when pack mode is QinQ

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11DPE12 Client Port [1GbE]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power

: -40.00 dBm
: -40.00 dBm

Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback

: Disabled
: Disabled

1GbE Settings
------------AINS Timer
AINS Countdown
Auto Negotiation
Laser
Module Type
Channel

:
:
:
:
:
:

System
0m
Enabled
Laser On
1000B-LX
1310

Example of client information when pack mode is subRate

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 cevlanid
VTS CE-VLAN ID
----------------------------------1
1-200
2
300-400
3
None
4
None
5
None
6
None
7
None
8
None
9
None
10
500-1000
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-98
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example of client information when pack mode is QinQ

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 cevlanid
VTS CE-VLAN ID
Direction
------------------------------------1
1-200
ingress
1
1-200
egress
2
300-400
ingress
10
500-1000
ingress

Example of error responses

# show interface 1/3/C1 cevlanid
Error: CE-VLAN ID mapping is applicable only in Sub-Rate or QinQ
card mode.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slotC{1-12}

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

Command description

This command displays the 1 Gb Ethernet client port attributes C{1-12} attributes on the
11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display autonegotiation setting
Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type

Display the timeslot allocation

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-99
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
ainstimer
autoneg
channel
losprop
moduletype
timeslot
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service debounce time.

autoneg

Displays auto-negotiation.

channel

Displays the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

losprop

Displays loss propagation behavior status.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

timeslot

Displays the timeslot assignment on the line port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 1gbe

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-100
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring data for the C{1-12} client ports on
the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Ethernet performance monitoring data options

Display the receive optical power performance monitoring options for this port
Display the transmitted optical power performance monitoring options for this port
Display the PCS group performance monitoring options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
ethernet.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-101
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 pm
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the C{1-12}Client ports with Ethernet Performance Monitoring
on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-102
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-103
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

Command description

This command displays received optical power performance monitoring on the

C{1-12}Client ports of the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data.

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-104
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 pm opr
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power performance monitoring data for
the C{1-12} Client ports on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-105
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 pm opt
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-106
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS performance monitoring data for the C{1-12}Client
ports on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-107
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/c1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

Command description

This command displays the virtual time slot data for the C{1-12}Client ports on the
11DPE12 card. Use this command to display the CE-VLAN ID map for each VTS within
the port
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-108
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

cevlanid
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

vts{1-10}

Specifies the virtual time slot within the port.

The valid values are: vts1, vts2, vts3, vts4, vts5, vts6,
vts7, vts8, vts9, vts10

cevlanid

Displays the CE-VLAN ID map for the specified VTS

within the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Example of SubRate display
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 vts2 cevlanid
CE-VLAN ID: 1-10

Example of QinQ display

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 vts2 cevlanid
CE-VLAN ID: 1-10 ingress
CE-VLAN ID: 1-5 egress
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 vts1 cevlanid
CE-VLAN ID: 1-10 ingress

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-109
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command displays the configured LINE ports L{1-2} on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the network port settings

Display the ODU2 attributes

Display the OTU2 attributes

Display the tenGige attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring
Display all service activity on this interface

Display SVLAN ID map for each VTS within the port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
svlanid
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
tengige
vts{1-100}
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-110
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

odu2

Display the ODU2 interface port parameters. See

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.

otu2

Display the OTU2 attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
otu2.

pm

Display Performance Monitoring. See show interface

11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.

svlanid

Display SVLAN ID map for each VTS within the port.

This entry is applicable when the card mode is set to
QinQ mode See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot

srvcActivity

Display all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

brief

detail

tengige

Display the tengige attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
tengige

vts{1-100}

Display the virtual time slot attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11DPE12 NW Port [OTU2]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction : Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:

Example of line information when pack mode is fullRate.

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11DPE12 NW Port [OTU2]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier
:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-111
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Received Power
Transmitted Power

: -10.04 dBm
: 2.19 dBm

Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback

: Disabled
: Disabled

OTU2 Settings
------------AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown : 0m
Channel
: 1491
Channel Rx
: 1471
Rate
: 11.096 Gbps
FEC Mode
: EFEC2
OSPF Adj State : Down

GCC Status

: Disabled

Operational Mode : ADDDROP

OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0

ODU2 Settings
------------Mapping Mode
: BITSYNC
Payload Type
: 131 (0x83)
Payload Type Mismatch Response : Disabled

TTI
OTU2
ODU2
----------------------------------------------------------exp_
sapi :
tx_
sapi :
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
timmresp :
Disabled
Disabled
Incoming :
Status
:
UNSPECIFIED
UNSPECIFIED

Virtual Time Slots

-----------------Virtual Time Slot 1:
Virtual Time Slot 2:
Virtual Time Slot 3:
Virtual Time Slot 4:
Virtual Time Slot 5:
Virtual Time Slot 6:
Virtual Time Slot 7:

c1
none
none
none
none
none
none

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-112
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Virtual Time Slot 8: none

Virtual Time Slot 9: none
Virtual Time Slot 10: none

Example of line information when pack mode is subRate

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/l1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11DPE12 NW Port [OTU2]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
Transmitted Power

: -40.00 dBm
: -33.01 dBm

Facility Loopback
: Disabled
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
Available Bandwidth : 1000 Mbps

OTU2 Settings
------------AINS Timer
AINS Countdown
Channel
Channel Rx
Rate
FEC Mode
OSPF Adj State

:
:
:
:
:
:
:

System
0m
1471
None
11.096 Gbps
EFEC2
Down

GCC Status

: Disabled

Operational Mode : ADDDROP

OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0

ODU2 Settings
------------Mapping Mode
: BITSYNC
Payload Type
: 133 (0x85)
Payload Type Mismatch Response : Disabled

TTI
OTU2
ODU2
----------------------------------------------------------exp_
sapi :
tx_
sapi :
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
timmresp :
Disabled
Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-113
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Incoming :
???????????????
???????????????
Status
:
UNSPECIFIED

UNSPECIFIED

Example of line information when pack mode is QinQ and sigType is OTU2
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11DPE12 NW Port [OTU2]
-----------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
: -40.00 dBm
Transmitted Power
: -33.01 dBm
Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback

: Disabled
: Disabled

Ingress Available Bandwidth : 1000 Mbps

Egress Available Bandwidth : 100 Mbps
OTU2 Settings
------------AINS Timer
AINS Countdown
Channel
Channel Rx
Rate
FEC Mode
OSPF Adj State

:
:
:
:
:
:
:

System
0m
1471
None
11.096 Gbps
EFEC2
Down

GCC Status

: Disabled

Operational Mode : ADDDROP

OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0

ODU2 Settings
------------Mapping Mode
: BITSYNC
Payload Type
: 133 (0x85)
Payload Type Mismatch Response : Disabled
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
---------------------------------------------------------------------exp_
sapi :
tx_
sapi :
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
timmresp :
Disabled
Disabled
Incoming :
???????????????
???????????????
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-114
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Status

UNSPECIFIED

UNSPECIFIED

Example of line information when pack mode is QinQ and sigType is 10GbE
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11DPE12 NW Port [10GbE LAN]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
:
Facility Loopback : Disabled
Transmitted Power
:
Terminal Loopback : Disabled
Ingress Available Bandwidth : 1000 Mbps
Egress Available Bandwidth : 100 Mbps
10GbE LAN Settings
------------------Channel Rx
: 9170
Channel Tx
: 9170
Module Type
: Auto
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 svlanid
VTS SVLAN ID
Direction
---------------------------------------------------------------1
1
ingress
1
1
eress
2
300
ingress
10
500
egress

Examples of error responses

# show interface 1/3/L1 svlanid
Error: SVLAN ID mapping is applicable only in QinQ card mode.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-115
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

Command description

This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the LINE ports L{1-2} on the 11DPE12
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response

Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Display the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
mappingmode
otu2rate
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

mappingmode

Display the mappingmode for the CBRX mapping to

ODU2P. The value is bitsync.

pldtype

Specifies the value of the Payload Type field within

the ODU2 payload overhead. pldtype has a default
value and is based on the encoded client signal. Valid
value is {0-255}.

ptmmresp

Display the ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-116
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Display the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier.

status - status of the incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 odu2
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-odu2)#

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 odu2 mappingmode

Mapping gmode

: bitsync

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-117
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

Command description

This command displays the LINE ports L{1-2} with OTU2 attributes on the 11DPE12
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the receive channel frequency
Display the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the FEC used

Display the GCC0 status

Display the OSPF attributes for the GCC0 channel
Display the OTU2 rate
Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes

Display the virtual time slot mappings

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
fectype
gccstat
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
packettype [std | nonstd]
mtu
oturate
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-118
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

vts [vts{1-10}]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channelrx

Displays the receive frequency.

channeltx

Displays the transmit frequency of the pluggable module.

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

gccstat

Displays the GCC0 status

ospf [area | adjstate]

Display the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel.

Enter this keyword followed by the following:

ospf helloint

Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area ID

Enter the keyword adjstate to display the OSPF

adjacency state

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time elapsed
before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval is
a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello interval
value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-119
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered.
The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
character can not be a numeric value. This parameter is
mandatory if md5_status is enableD
Default: NULL()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for md5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5status is enabled.
Range:1 255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on

the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not required

on the OSPF area.

This parameter can be set to enable only if a md5key and
md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it

is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype
is non-standard the mtu size is default.

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1473 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

oturate

Displays the line OTU2 rate

tti

Displays the OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier.

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-120
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

vts

Displays virtual time slots:

md5_key

vts1 - display virtual time slot 1

vts2 - display virtual time slot 2

vts3 - display virtual time slot 3

vts4 - display virtual time slot 4

vts5 - display virtual time slot 5

vts6 - display virtual time slot 6

vts7 - display virtual time slot 7

vts8 - display virtual time slot 8

vts9 - display virtual time slot 9

vts10 - display virtual time slot 10

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if KEYID is entered.
The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters. This
parameter is mandatory if md5_status is enabled.

keyid

KEYID is used for md5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Range:1 255
Default: 1

md5_status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on

the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not required

on the OSPF area.

This parameter can be set to enable only if a MD5KEY
and KEYID has been set.
Default: disable

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 otu2 vts vts1
Virtual Time Slot 1: c1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-121
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

Command description

This command displays the 10GbE LAN line (L{1-2}) port attributes on the 11DPE12
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the receive channel frequency
Display the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the pluggable module type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channelrx

Displays the receive frequency.

channeltx

Displays the transmit frequency of the pluggable module.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-122
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/29/L1 tengige ainstimer
AINS Timer :

10m

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring data for the L{1-2} LINE ports on
the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group options

Display the Ethernet group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
dw
ethernet
opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-123
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Display the Digital Wrapper group PM.

dw

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/{L1, L2} pm dw.

ethernet

Display the Ethernet group PM. See show interface

11dpe12 shelf/slot/{L1, L2} pm ethernet.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/{L1, L2} pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/{L1, L2} pm opt.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-124
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper performance monitoring data for the L{1-2}
LINE ports on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

clear

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-125
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm dw
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring data for the L{1-2} LINE
ports on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-126
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-127
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power performance monitoring data for the
L{1-2} LINE ports on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-128
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power performance monitoring data for
the L{1-2} LINE ports on the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-129
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-11DPE12-1/7/L1-pm-opt)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-130
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

Command description

This command displays the virtual times slot data for the L{1-2} Line ports on the
11DPE12 card. Use this command to display the SVLAN ID map for each VTS within
the port.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

svlanid
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

vts{1-100}

Specifies the virtual time slot within the port.

The valid values are: vts{1-100}.

svlanid

Specifies the virtual time slot within the port. The valid
values are: vts{1-100}.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 vts2 svlanid
SVLAN ID: 10 ingress

# show interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 vts2 svlanid

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-131
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

SVLAN ID: 10 ingress

SVLAN ID: 15 egress

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Command description

This command displays the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpe12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the eVOA port detailed settings

Display the OCH attributes

Display Performance Monitoring data
Display the expected power setting

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

detail
och
pm
power
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port.

och

Display the OCH interface port parameters. See show

interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-132
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pm

Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.

power

Display the expected optical output power.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11dpe12 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability : Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
AINS
:
AINS Timer
:
Use System AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown
Receive Power
:
Transmit Power
:
Expected Optical Output Power: -5.98 dBm

Pluggable Module Type: sVOA

# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 power

Expected Optical Output Power: -5.98 dBm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-133
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

Command description

This command displays the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11DPE12 card. Use this command to display the pluggable module type.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type on the specified

interface port

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 och moduletype
Module Type : sVOA

Related command

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-134
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA ports
(VA{1-2}) of the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the received optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM options. See

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm opr

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/ VA{1-2} pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-135
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baeline

Display the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-136
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason : losclrd
Baseline Value : -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related command

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11DPE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-137
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baeline

Display the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-138
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT Location: 1/8/VA1
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm) : OPT Max (dBm) : -5.88
OPT Average (dBm) : -8.98

Related command

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-139
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11DPE12e CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 11DPE12 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 11dpe12e

6-142

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-143

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

6-146

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

6-148

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

6-151

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

6-154

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-156

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-160

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-161

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-163

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-165

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-167

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

6-169

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-171

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-174

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-176

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-178

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

6-184

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-187

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-189

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-191

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-193

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-195

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

6-197

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-140
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

6-199

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-201

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-203

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-204

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-205

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-207

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

6-209

show interface 11dpe12e

6-211

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-212

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-215

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-217

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-218

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-220

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-221

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-223

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

6-224

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-226

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<L1/L2>]

6-230

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

6-232

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

6-233

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} remote mepid

6-234

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

6-236

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-238

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-241

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

6-245

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-246

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-248

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-249

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-251

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-252

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

6-254

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

6-255

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-257

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-141
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-258

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-259

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-260

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-262

config interface 11dpe12e

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 11dpe12e card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client C{1-12} ports, the line ports
L{1-2} or VOA ports VA{1-2}.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 11dpe12e cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 11dpe12e *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description Dir State State Qualifier
----------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-142
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3/2/L2
3/2/C1
3/2/C2
3/2/C3
3/2/C4
3/2/C5
3/2/C6
3/2/C7
3/2/C8
3/2/C9
3/2/C10
3/2/C11
3/2/C12
3/2/VA1
3/2/VA2

Network
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
VOA
VOA

Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi

Up
Down SGEO
Up
Down SGEO
Up
Down SGEO
Up
Down SGEO
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Up
Down SGEO
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Down Down UAS
Up
Down SGEO
Up
Down SGEO

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12}client ports on the 11dpe12e card.

Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port
Set the 1 Gb Ethernet attributes
Set the loopback mode

Set the performance monitoring

Set the administrative state
Set the client port type

Set the virtual time slot attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4, though not all keywords
apply to both of them.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-143
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}
description [string]
detail
1gbe
loopback [facility | terminal]
pm
state
type [1gbe | unassigned]
vts{1-10}
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any parameters
to display the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

1gbe

Sets the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-144
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm to
configure pm attributes.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface

11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} state.

type

Specifies the port type:

vts{1-10}

Set to 1gbe for 1 Gb Ethernet client

Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Sets the virtual time slot attributes. See config

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1
(config-interface-11DPE12e-1/7/C1)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11DPE12e # shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-145
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

Command description

This command configures the ethoam maintenance domain (MD) attributes on the
11DPE12E card.
Use this command to:

Create a new ethoam maintenance domain (MD)

Configure a maintenance association within a MD
Delete a specific MD
Show the details information of the created MD
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1
detail
create mdname < value > level <value> format <value>
ma{1-400}
delete
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/ethoam md1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and MD 1. Enter the shelf number,

a slash, the slot number, a slash, and MD 1.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the provisioned MD information

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-146
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

create

Create a MD on the pack. Follow this keyword with the

following:

Mdname: Specifies the maintenance domain name,

represented by a character string or null. Each

Maintenance Domain has unique name amongst all
those used or available to a service provider or
operator. Maintenance domain Default name is
"DEFAULT" if the MD name format is Character
String. No MD name shall be specified if the MD
name format is NULL
Default: DEFAULT
Range: 1-43 characters

Level: Sets the level of the maintenance domain. NE

will allow changing the specified maintenance level

only if there is no MEP associated with it
Default:4
Value: 4 (not provisionable in R1.5)

Format: the format of the MD name as it is used in the

maintenance association identifier (MAID) in CFM

PDUs. If string, the MD name is used; if null, no MD
name present.
Range: String or null
Default: String
Ma{1-400}

Configure maintenance association (MA) within the

maintenance domain (MD). See 'config card 11dpe12e
shelf/slot/ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

Delete

Deletes a specific MD.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 create mdname md1 format
string
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 create madname md1
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 delete
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 detail
Md index : 1
Md name : ma1
Format
: string
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-147
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Level

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ethoam md1 detail

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

Command description

This command configures the maintenance domain (MD) attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Create a new ethoam maintenance association (MA) within a specific maintenance

domain (MD)
Modify the parameters of a specific MA
Delete a specific MA within a MD

Add a remote maintenance end point identifier (MEPID) to the MEPID list for a
specific MA within a MD
Delete a specific remote MEPID for a specific within a MD

Show the detail information of a specific MA

Configure a maintenance end point (MEP) within a MA
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}
create maname <value> vid <integer> ccminterval <value>
modify [vid <integer> ]ccminterval <value> ]
delete
add remote mepid <integer>
delete remote mepid <integer>

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-148
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mep
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ethoam md1
ma{1-400}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md {1-8} ma {1-400}.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
ethoam md1 ma{1-400}.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the provisioned MA information

create

Create a MA within a MD on the pack. Follow this keyword

with the following:

Maname: Set the name of the maintenance name. It is

unique within the specified maintenance domain. The
name format is character string only.
Default: DEFAULT
Range: 1-43 characters

Vid: Specifies the VLAN identifier for this maintenance

association, with value 0 indicating that the MA is not
attached to a VID.
Default: null
Range:integer 1- 4094

Ccminterval: Specifies interval between continuity

check message (CCM) transmissions to be used by all

maintenance associated end points (MEPs) in the MA.
Default: 3.33 ms
Value: 3.33 ms (not provisioned in R1.5)
Modify

Modify the pareameters of a specific MA.

Vid: Specifies the VLAN identifier for this maintenance

association, with value 0 indicating that the MA is not
attached to a VID.
Default: null
Range:integer 1- 4094

Ccminterval: Specifies interval between continuity

check message (CCM) transmissions to be used by all

maintenance associated end points (MEPs) in the MA.
Default: 3.33 ms
Value: 3.33 ms (not provisioned in R1.5)
delete

Delete a specific MA

Add [remote mepid

<value> ]

Add a remote maintenance end point identifier (MEPID) to

the MEPID list for a specific MA.
MEPID: Remote maintenance end point identifier
Range: 1-8191

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-149
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

delete [remote mepid

<value> ]

Delete a specific remote MEPID

mep

Configure maintenance end point (MEP) within a

maintenance association. See detail config card 11dpe12e
shelf/slot/ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 create maname ma10
vid 10
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 modify vid 10
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 delete
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 add remote mepid 8
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 delete remote mepid 8
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 detail
Ma name
: ma10
Ma index : 10
Md index : 1
Vid
: 12
Ccminterval : 3.33ms
remote mepid : 1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ ethoam md 1 ma {1-400} detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-150
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

mep

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

Command description

This command configures the maintenance end point (MEP) attributes on the 11DPE12E
card.
Use this command to:

Create a new ethoam maintenance end point indentifier (MEPID) within a

maintenance association (MA)
Modify the parameters of a new ethoam maintenance end point indentifier (MEPID)
within a maintenance association (MA)
Delete a specific MEPID within a specific MA
Show the details information of MEPID
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slotethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep
detail mepid mepid
create mepid mepid interface <value> mepcc <enable|disable> active
<false|true>lowprdef<value>direction <up|down>
detail mepid mepid
modify mepid mepid [interface <value> ]mepcc <enable|disable>
][active <false|true>][lowprdef<value>]direction <up|down> ]
delete mepid mepid
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ethoam md1
ma{1-400} mep

Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md {1-8} ma {1-400}

mep {mepid <value>}. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and ethoam md1 ma{1-400}
mep{mepid <value>}.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-151
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

mep

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Display a specific MEP information.

Mepid: maintenance association end point identifier
(MEPID). It is an integer, unique over a given MA, identify
by a specific MEP.
Value Range: 1- 8191

create

Create the maintenance association end point (MEP).

Mepid: maintenance association end point identifier

(MEPID). It is an integer, unique over a given MA,
identify by a specific MEP.
Value Range: 1- 8191

Direction: Set the MEP direction as either a down-MEP

(pointing away from the MAC relay entity) or up-MEP
(pointing towards the MAC relay entity)
Default: down (not provisionable in R1.5)

Interface: set the card on which the MEP is to be

configured
Default: L1
Range: L1 and L2

Actsta: Set the MEP active status

Default: false
Range: true or false

Mepcc: Enabling or disabling the generation of

continuity check messages (CCMs) by this MEP

Default: disable
Range: enable or disable

Lowprdef: MEP Lowest Priority Defect that is allowed

to generate a defect.
Default: macRemErrXcon
Value: alldef; macRemErrXcon; remErrXcon; errXcon;
xcon; noXcon

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-152
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

mep

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

modify

Modify the parameters of a specific MEP

Mepid: maintenance association end point identifier

(MEPID). It is an integer, unique over a given MA,
identify by a specific MEP.
Value Range: 1- 8191

Direction: Set the MEP direction as either a down-MEP

(pointing away from the MAC relay entity) or up-MEP
(pointing towards the MAC relay entity)
Default: down (not provisionable in R1.5)

Interface: set the card on which the MEP is to be

configured
Default: L1
Range: L1 and L2

Actsta: Set the MEP active status

Default: false
Range: true or false

Mepcc: Enabling or disabling the generation of

continuity check messages (CCMs) by this MEP

Default: disable
Range: enable or disable

delete

Lowprdef: MEP Lowest Priority Defect that is allowed

to generate a defect.
Default: macRemErrXcon
Value: alldef; macRemErrXcon; remErrXcon; errXcon;
xcon; noXcon

Delete a specific MEP

Mepid: maintenance association end point identifier

(MEPID). It is an integer, unique over a given MA, identify

by a specific MEP.
Value Range: 1- 8191

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep create mepid1
interface L1 active false mepcc disable lowprdef macRemErrXcon
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep modify mepid1
interface L1 mepcc disable
# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep delete mepid1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-153
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

mep

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep detail mepid1
Md index : 1
Ma index : 1
Mepid
: 1
Direction : down
interface : L1
Actsta
: false
Mepcc
: disable
Lowprdef : macRemErrXcon

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep detail

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-12} ports on the 11dpe12e
card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-154
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

up
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help Displays the default and valid range.
<value> - Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours

disabled disable AINS

enabled enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-155
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

Command description

This command configures the 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Set autonegotiation
Set the transmit frequency for the pluggable module
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Set the timeslot assignment on the line port

Set the STPID in QinQ mode

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
autoneg [disabled | enabled]
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
stpid [stpid1 | stpid2 | stpid3 | stpid4]
timeslot [line line vts vts]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-156
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

autoneg

Attribute that controls the status of auto-negotiation.

Enter this keyword followed by either of the following
values:

enabled

disabled

Default: disabled
Note: The autoneg is provisionable only when the port
state is in OOS.
channel

Specifies the wavelength of the pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

losprop

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-157
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto
stpid

SVLAN Tag Protocol Identifier (STPID) it is used for

CE-VLAN tagged packets in QinQ mode.

stpid1 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid1.

stpid2 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid2.

stpid3 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid3.

stpid4 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid4.

Default: stpid1
timeslot [line line vts
vts]

Configure the virtual timeslot on the selected line port.

Only applicable when the card mode is set to Fullrate (See
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot").
Enter this keyword followed by the following:
Range of line: {0 to 2}
Range of vts: {0 to10}
Note:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-158
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note:

1. For timeslot provisioning, value of line and vts are entered at the same time.
2. Timeslot provisioning is not only applicable when the card mode is set to FullRate.
3. Allowable combinations for line and vts: either the values are both zero or
non-zero. Any other combinations are denied.
Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 1gbe timeslot line 1 vts 1
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 1gbe timeslot line 0 vts 0
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 1gbe stpid stpid2

Examples of error responses

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/3/C1

1gbe timeslot line 1

Error: insufficient arguments Must enter both line and vts values

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/3/C1

1gbe timeslot line 1 vts 1

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/3/C1

1gbe timeslot line 0

vts 1

Error: Odu1 and vts must be both 0 or both non-zero

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 1gbe autoneg disable

Error: Request Failed - invalid port state

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 1gbe stpid stpid2

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-159
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12} client ports performance monitoring (pm)
attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
clearAll
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups

on this interface

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
ethernet.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-160
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11dpe12e
shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11dpe12e
shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12} Client ports with Ethernet Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-161
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-162
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm ethernet

(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12}Client ports for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-163
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm opr
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-164
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12}Client ports for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-165
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-166
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12} Client ports with PCS layer Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-167
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm pcs
(config-interface- 11dpe12e -1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-168
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12} client ports with the CE-VLAN ID map attributes
on the 11dpe12e card. This command is only applicable when the card mode is set to
QinQ mode (See config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot).
Use this command to:

Set the classification Mode for each VTS flow within the port in QinQ mode

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} ingress
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10} egress
cmode cmodevalue
delete
detail
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

vts{1-10}

Specifies the virtual time slot within the port.

The valid values are: vts1, vts2, vts3, vts4, vts5, vts6,
vts7, vts8, vts9, vts10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-169
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

cmode

Classification mode, it is used to differ classification

mode in Q in Q mode. User must enter the keyword
followed by specific cmode, cmode_value and
cmode_direction.

SVLANID: SVLANID is used for SVLAN tagged

traffic.

CEVLANID The CEVLANID is used for CVLAN

traffic.

PORT: PORT is used for the fullrate service (fullrate

service is different from fullrate mode), all the port
packets which includes CE-VLAN tagged, SVLAN
tagged and un-tagged packets are mapped into the
line VTS.

Untagged: When the cmode is configured as

untagged mode ,a CEVLAN ID is provisioned for
untagged mode. then the incoming untagged and
priority tagged packet and CVLAN tagged which the
VLAN ID is same as the provision CEVLANID will
be treated as a flow , and a SVLAN will be added ,
when the flow is out from a client port ,the svlan will
be popped . The cevlan id for untagged mode can
only be a signal value .The default value is NULL

The valid value for each cmode are following:

Value of CEVLANID: ID number or ID ranges

separated by comma:
ID Range: [1-4095], null
Default: Null
Note: null string (zero length) is used to indicate that
no traffic flow is mapped into the client VTS.

Value of SVLANID unique ID number. ID Range:

[2- 4094], null
Default: Null

Value of PORT: All, null

Default: Null

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Example of QinQ
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 vts2 ingress cmode cevlanid 1-200,300
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/C1 vts2 ingress cmode cevlanid null
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-170
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

#
#
#
#
#

config
config
config
config
config

interface
interface
interface
interface
interface

11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12

1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1
1/7/C1

vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2

egress
egress
egress
egress
egress

cmode
cmode
cmode
cmode
cmode

svlanid 1
svlanid null
untagged 1
untagged null
port null

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}vts{1-10}

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the LINE L{1-2} ports on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Configure the description of the interface

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback
Set the ODU2 attributes
Set the OTU2 attributes

Set the tengige attributes

Set the Performance Monitoring
Configure the administrative state
Set the port type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu2
otu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-171
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

pm
state
tengige
type [otu2 | tengige | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

loopback

Configures the loopback.

ETo change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

odu2

Sets the ODU2 interface port parameters. See config

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.

otu2

Sets the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port. See
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2.

pm

Sets the performance monitoring attributes associated with

the line port. See config interface 11dpe12e
shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-172
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11dpe12e

shelf/slot/L{1-2} state.

tengige

Sets the tengige attributes associated with the line port.

See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}
tengige.

Type

Specifies the port type:

set to otu2 to set the port to OTU2.

Set to tengige to set the port to tenGige singal

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Note: 11DPE12 line port can be provisioned to tengige

only when the pack is under QinQ mode.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1

(config-interface- 11dpe12e -1/7/L1)#

Error Response
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 type tengige
Error: Pack is not under QinQ mode.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-173
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the L1 or L2 ports on the 11dpe12e
card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-174
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:

system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes for
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1)# state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-175
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

Command description

This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the LINE {L1, L2} ports on the
11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response

Set the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Display the value of Payload Type Field within the ODU2

payload overhead.

ptmmresp

ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-176
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 odu2
(config-interface- 11dpe12e -1/7/L1-odu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12eshelf/slot/L{1-2}odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-177
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

Command description

This command configures the L{1-2} ports with OTU2 attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module

Configure the FEC used

Configure the GCC status
Configure the GCC communication channel type
Set the OSPF area for the GCC channel

Configure the moduletype

Set the OTU2 rate
Set the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Configure the virtual time slot

Set the STPID in QinQ mode

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
fectype [efec2 | rsfec]
gccstat [disabled | enabled]
gcctype [gcc0|gcc1|gcc2]
ospf [helloint [value] |deadintvalue ||metric] [value]
pkttype [std]
mtu
moduletype [auto | user | value]
oturate [value]
stpid [stpid1 | stpid2 | stpid3 | stpid4]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-178
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

vts [vts source ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channelrx

Specifies the receive channel frequency. Not settable for

internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-179
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Specifies the transmit channel frequency. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:

fectype

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of forward

error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

efec2, for Enhanced FEC type 2

rsfec, for Reed-Solomon FEC

Default: efec2
gccstat

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to:

enabled to enable GCC0 processing

disabled to disable GCC0 processing

Default: enabled
gcctype

Specifies with GCC communication channel type will be

selected.
Values: GCC0, GCC1, GCC2

Default: GCC0.
ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time elapsed
before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-180
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval is
a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello interval
value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it

is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype
is non-standard the mtu size is default. For this pack
(11DPE12E), the packet type is fixed/default to standard
(std).

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is

not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute shall
be set to user.

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-181
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oturate

OTU2 rate. Specifies the line OTU2 rate.

Set to:

11.049, for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate

11.096, for 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate

Default: 11.096
stpid

SVLAN Tag Protocol Identifier (STPID) it is used for

SVLANTagged packets in QinQ mode.

Stpid1 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid1.

Stpid2 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid2.

Stpid3 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid3.

Stpid4 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid4.

Default: stpid1
Note: It is applicable only when the pack is in QinQ.
tti

Configure OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-182
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

vts

Configure the virtual time slot information. Only applicable

when the card mode is set to Fullrate (See config card
11dpe12eshelf/slot. Enter this keyword followed by the
virtual time slot selected.

vts1- configure virtual time slot 1

vts2- configure virtual time slot 2

vts3- configure virtual time slot 3

vts5- configure virtual time slot 5

vts6- configure virtual time slot 6

vts7- configure virtual time slot 7

vts8- configure virtual time slot 8

vts9- configure virtual time slot 9

vts10- configure virtual time slot 10

For each selected virtual time slot (vts1 to vts10), select one
of the following:

none- configure the virtual time slot to c1

c1- configure the virtual time slot to c1

c2- configure the virtual time slot to c2

c3- configure the virtual time slot to c3

c4- configure the virtual time slot to c4

c5- configure the virtual time slot to c5

c6- configure the virtual time slot to c6

c7- configure the virtual time slot to c7

c8- configure the virtual time slot to c8

c9- configure the virtual time slot to c9

c10- configure the virtual time slot to c10

c11- configure the virtual time slot to c11

c12- configure the virtual time slot to c12

11slot1- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot1

11slot2- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot12

11slot3- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot3

11slot4- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot4

11slot5- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot5

11slot6- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot6

11slot7- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot7

11slot8- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot8

11slot9- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot19

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11slot10- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot10
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-183
11slot1- configure the virtual time slot to 11slot1
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

12slot1- configure the virtual time slot to 12slot1

12slot2- configure the virtual time slot to 12slot2

12slot3- configure the virtual time slot to 12slot13

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#
#
#
#
#

config
config
config
config
config

interface
interface
interface
interface
interface

11dpe12e 1/7/L1 otu2

11dpe12e 1/7/l1 otu2 vts vts1 l2slot1
11dpe12e 1/7/l1 otu2 vts vts1 c1
11dpe12ee 1/7/c1 otu2 pvid 2
11dpe12ee 1/7/c1 otu2 stpid stpid2

Examples of error responses

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/3/L1

otu2 vts vts1 c1

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode

# config interface 11dpe12ee 1/7/c1 otu2 pvid 2

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode

# config interface 11dpe12ee 1/7/c1 otu2 stpid stpid2

Error: Request Failed - invalid card rate mode.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

Command description

This command configures the LINE L{1-2} ports with tengige attributes on the 11dpe12e
card.
Use this command to:

Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Configure the pluggable module type

Set the STPID in QinQ mode

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-184
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
stpid [stpid1 | stpid2 | stpid3 | stpid4]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channelrx

Specifies the receive channel frequency. Not settable for

internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-185
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Specifies the transmit channel frequency. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:

moduletype

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

DWDM: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560, 9540, 9530,

9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440,
9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350,
9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260,
9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170,
9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445, 9435,
9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365, 9355, 9345,
9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285, 9275, 9265, 9255,
9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195, 9185, 9175}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port. Enter this keyword to display the
current setting. To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:
- Enter one of the acceptable line port moduletype values:

10GB-ZR

XI-64.1

XL-64.2C

XL-64.2D

XL-64TU

XS-64.2b

XS-64.2C

Auto - If this value is configured, then the network element

shall accept the pluggable module.
User - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is not
on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable modules,
without generating an alarm, this attribute shall be set to user.
Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-186
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

stpid

SVLAN Tag Protocol Identifier (STPID) it is used for

SVLANTagged packets in QinQ mode.

Stpid1 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid1.

Stpid2 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid2.

Stpid3 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid3.

Stpid4 - The client stpid is provisioned with global

stpid4.

Default: stpid1

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 tengige
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 tengbe stpid stpid2

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}tengige

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports L{1-2} with Performance Monitoring attributes
on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the digital wrapper group options

Configure the Ethernet group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-187
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS layer monitor group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configures the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.

pcs

Configure the transmitted optical power group PCS

options.
See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-188
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports L{1-2} with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-189
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm dw
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-190
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports {L1, L2} with Ethernet Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-191
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm ethernet
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-192
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configure the LINE ports L{1-2} for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Baseline
Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins and the Threshold Crossing Alert profile

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

clearRaw

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-193
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm opr
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-194
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports L{1-2} for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Baseline
Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins and the Threshold Crossing Alert profile

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

clearRaw

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-195
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/1 pm opt
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-196
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the LINE ports with PCS layer Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-197
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/1 pm pcs
(config-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-198
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

Command description

This command configures the L{1-2} line ports with the classification mode map
attributes in Q in Q mode on the 11dpe12e card. This command is only applicable when
the card mode is set to QinQ mode (See config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot.
Use this command to set the SVLAN ID map for each VTS within the port
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100} ingress
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100} egress
cmode cmodevalue
delete
detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

vts{1-100}

Specifies the virtual time slot within the port.

The valid values are: vts{1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-199
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

cmode

Classification mode, it is used to differ classification

mode in Q in Q mode. User must enter the keyword
followed by specific cmode, cmode_value and
cmode_direction.
The valid cmode are:

SVLANID SVLANID is used for SVLAN tagged

traffic.

CEVLANID - The CEVLANID is used for CVLAN

traffic

Untagged: When the cmode is configured as

untagged mode ,a CEVLAN ID is provisioned for
untagged mode. then the incoming untagged and
priority tagged packet and CVLAN tagged which the
VLAN ID is same as the provision CEVLANID will
be treated as a flow , and a SVLAN will be added ,
when the flow is out from a client port ,the svlan will
be popped . The cevlan id for untagged mode can
only be a signal value .The default value is NULL

The valid values for each cmode are:

Value of CEVLANID: ID number or ID ranges

separated by comma:
ID Range: [14095], null SVLAN tagged traffic.
Default: null
Note: null string (zero-length) is used to indicate that
no traffic flow is mapped into the client VTS.

Value of untagged: unique ID number.

ID Range:[14094],NULL.
Default: null
Note: in 11DPE12e, when we use the CCM mode for
FlowCM (flow continuity monitoring), the line port
ingress VTS SVLAN ID and line port egress VTS
SVLAN ID must be same. So when the pack
FlowCM is set to CCM and the line ingress VTS#i
entity COMDE and line egress VTS#i entity COMDE
are set as SVLAN tagged, the line ingress VTS#i and
line egress VTS#i entity SVLAN ID must be same.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

Example of QinQ
# config interface 11dpe12 1/7/l1 vts2 ingress cmode cevlanid 1-200,300
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-200
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts {1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

#
#
#
#
#
#

config
config
config
config
config
config

interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface

11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12
11dpe12

1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/l1
1/7/C1

vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2
vts2

ingress cmode cevlanid null

egress cmode svlanid 1
egress cmode svlanid null
egress cmode untagged 1
egress cmode untagged null
egress cmode port null

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port
Set OCH attributes

Set performance monitoring attributes

Set the expected optical power output of the port
Set the administrative state
Set the port type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
description [string]
detail
och
pm
power
state
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-201
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [och | unassigned]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

och

Sets the OCH interface port parameters.

See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated

with the eVOA port. See config interface 11dpe12e
shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port.

Enter this keyword followed by the expected power
value.
Range: -20 to -5.5 dBm
Default: -20 dBm

state

Sets the port state. See config interface 11dpe12e

shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to och to assign the port.

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 type och

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-202
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

Command description

This command configures the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11dpe12e card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
moduletype [auto |value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable eVOA port moduletype

values:
fVOA - fast VOA
sVOA - slow VOA
auto - If this value is configured, then the
network element shall accept and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module.
Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-203
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA port
(VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-minute and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-204
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-205
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline losclrd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-206
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-207
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-208
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Set the state for the port

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-209
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-210
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12e

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on the 11dpe12e card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client ports C{1-12}, the line ports
L{1-2}, or the VOA ports VA{1-2}.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 11dpe12e interfaces on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description
Dir State State Qualifier
-----------------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/L2
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C1
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C2
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C3
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C4
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C5
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C6
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C7
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C8
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-211
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3/2/C9
3/2/C10
3/2/C11
3/2/C12
3/2/VA1
3/2/VA2

Client
Client
Client
Client
VOA
VOA

Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Command description

This command displays the client ports C{1-12} on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display the 1 Gb Ethernet attributes

Display the performance monitoring
Display all service activity on this interface
Display the virtual time slot attributes

Display CE-VLAN ID map for each VTS within the port

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4, though not all keywords
apply to both of them.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}
1gbe
detail
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
vts{1-10}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-212
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

cevlanid
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

1gbe

Displays the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

pm

Displays Performance Monitoring. See show interface

11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

After this keyword, enter one of the following:

brief

detail

vts{1-10}

Display the virtual time slot attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}.

cevlanid

Display CE-VLAN ID map for each VTS within the port.

This entry is applicable when the card mode is set to QinQ
mode (See config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11dpe12e Client Port [1GbE]
-----------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
State Qualifier: FAF
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Direction : Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Off
Description

Example of client information when pack mode is QinQ

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: C1 11dpe12e Client Port [1GbE]
----------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-213
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin State
State Qualifier

: Down
: FAF

Received Power
Transmitted Power

: -40.00 dBm
: -40.00 dBm

Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback

: Disabled
: Disabled

Oper State : Down

Ingress Available Bandwidth : 1000 Mbps

Egress Available Bandwidth
: 100 Mbps
1GbE Settings
------------AINS Timer
AINS Countdown
Auto Negotiation
Laser
Module Type
Channel
Pvid
: 3
Stpid
: 8
Time Slots
---------Working line
Working vts
Protection line
Protection vts

:
:
:
:
:
:

:
:
:
:

System
0m
Enabled
Laser On
1000B-LX
1310

0
0
0
0

Example of client information when pack mode is QinQ

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 cevlanidVTS CE-VLAN ID
rection
---------------------------------------------------------------1
1-200
ingress
1
1-200
egress
2
300-400
ingress
10
500-1000
ingress

Di-

Example of error responses

# show interface 1/3/C1 cevlanid
Error: CE-VLAN ID mapping is applicable only in QinQ card mode.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-214
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slotC{1-12}

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

Command description

This command displays the 1 Gb Ethernet client port attributes C{1-12} attributes on the
11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display the automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display autonegotiation setting
Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Display the timeslot allocation
Display the stpid in Q in Q mode

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
ainstimer
autoneg
channel
losprop
moduletype
timeslot

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-215
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

stpid
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service debounce time.

autoneg

Displays auto-negotiation.

channel

Displays the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

losprop

Displays loss propagation behavior status.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

timeslot

Displays the timeslot assignment on the line port.

stpid

Display the SVLAN Tag Protocol ID

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 1gbe

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-216
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring data for the C{1-12} client ports on
the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display the Ethernet performance monitoring data options

Display the receive optical power performance monitoring options for this port
Display the transmitted optical power performance monitoring options for this port
Display the PCS group performance monitoring options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
ethernet.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-217
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
pcs.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 pm
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the C{1-12}Client ports with Ethernet Performance Monitoring
on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-218
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-219
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

Command description

This command displays received optical power performance monitoring on the C{1-12}
Client ports of the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data.

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-220
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 pm opr
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power performance monitoring data for
the C{1-12} Client ports on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-221
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 pm opt
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-222
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS performance monitoring data for the C{1-12} Client
ports on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-223
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

Command description

This command displays the virtual time slot data for the C{1-12}Client ports on the
11dpe12e card.
Use this command to :

Display the classification mode mape for each VTS flow with the port in Q in Q

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-224
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

cmode
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

vts{1-10}

Specifies the virtual time slot within the port.

The valid values are: vts1, vts2, vts3, vts4, vts5, vts6,
vts7, vts8, vts9, vts10

cmode

Display the classification mode mape for the specified

VTS flow within the port in Q in Q mode.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
Example of QinQ display
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 vts2 cmode

CEVLANID
SVLANID
Untagged
PORT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------CE-VLANID: 1-10 ingress
SVLANID: 10 ingress
CE-VLNA ID 11
ALL ingress
ingress
CE-VLANID: 1-5 egress
SVLANID: 5 egress
CE-VLNA ID 11
egress
ALL egress

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 vts2 cmd cevlanid

CE-VLANID: 1-10 ingress
CE-VLANID: 1-5 egress

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 vts1 cmd svlanid

SVLANID: 10 ingress
SVLANID: 5 egress

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/c1 vts1 cmd untagged

CE-VLNA ID :11 ingress
CE-VLNA ID :11 ingress

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/C1 vts1 cmd port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-225
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Port: all ingress

Port: all egress

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/C{1-12} vts{1-10}

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command displays the configured LINE ports L{1-2} on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display the network port settings

Display the ODU2 attributes

Display the OTU2 attributes
Display the tenGige attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring

Display all service activity on this interface

Display SVLAN ID map for each VTS within the port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
svlanid
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-226
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

vts{1-100}
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

odu2

Displays the ODU2 interface port parameters. See

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.

otu2

Displays the OTU2 attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}
otu2.

pm

DisplaysPerformance Monitoring. See show interface

11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.

svlanid

Displays SVLAN ID map for each VTS within the

port. This entry is applicable when the card mode is set
to QinQ mode See show interface 11dpe12e
shelf/slot

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

brief

detail

tengige

Displays the tengige attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}
tengige

vts{1-100}

Displays the virtual time slot attributes. See show

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11dpe12e NW Port [OTU2]
--------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction : Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-227
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description:

Example of line information when pack mode is QinQ and sigType

is OTU2.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11dpe12e NW Port [OTU2]
---------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: FAF
Received Power
: -40.00 dBm
Transmitted Power
: -33.01 dBm
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
Facility Loopback
: Disabled
Terminal Loopback
: Disabled
Ingress Available Bandwidth : 1000 Mbps
Egress Available Bandwidth : 100 Mbps

OTU2 Settings
------------AINS Timer
AINS Countdown
Channel
Channel Rx
Rate
FEC Mode
OSPF Adj State
Pvid
: 3
Incres

:
:
:
:
:
:
:

System
0m
1471
GCC Status
: Disabled
None
11.096 Gbps
EFEC2
Operational Mode : ADDDROP
Down
OSPF Area Id
: 0.0.0.0
stpid
: 8
: HEX: 00 00

ODU2 Settings
------------Mapping Mode
: BITSYNC
Payload Type
: 133 (0x85)
Payload Type Mismatch Response : Disabled
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
--------------------------------------------------------------exp_
sapi :
tx_
sapi :
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
timmresp :
Disabled
Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-228
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Incoming :
???????????????
???????????????
Status
:
UNSPECIFIED

UNSPECIFIED

INCFTFL
---------------------------------------------------------------Incforwardftfltypeid : Hex: 00
Incforwardftfloperid : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Incbackwardftfltypeid : Hex: 00
Incbackwardftfloperid : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
INCRES
---------------------------------------------------------------Incresrow2
: HEX: 00 00
Incresrow4
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
Incexp
: HEX: 00 00

Example of line information when pack mode is QinQ and sigType is 10GbE.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 Port: L1 11dpe12e NW Port [10GbE LAN]
-------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
:
Facility Loopback : Disabled
Transmitted Power
:
Terminal Loopback : Disabled
Ingress Available Bandwidth : 1000 Mbps
Egress Available Bandwidth : 100 Mbps
10GbE LAN Settings
------------------Channel Rx
: 9170
Channel Tx
: 9170
Module Type
: Auto
Pvid
: 3

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 svlanid

VTS SVLAN ID
Direction
---------------------------------------------------------------1
1
ingress
1
1
egress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-229
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2
10

300
500

ingress
egress

Examples of Error responses

# show interface 1/3/L1 svlanid
Error: SVLAN ID mapping is applicable only in QinQ card mode

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2}

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<L1/L2>]

Command description

This command configures one CFM Stack table per bridge. It permits the retrieval of
information about the Maintenance Points configured on any line port on the 11dpe12e
card.
Use this command to:

Display OAM infomation of the maintenance points configured on any given

interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<L1/L2>]
detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port |
ethoam cfm stack

Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam cfm stack. Enter the shelf
number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and ethoam cfm
stack.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-230
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam cfm stack [<L1/L2>]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail

Display the following information of the CFM stake in line

port.
Mdindex: MD index
Maindex: MA index
Level: The level of the Maintenance Domain (MD) to which
the MPs MA is associated.
Mepid: MEPID if a MEP is configured, else value 0
Direction: indicating the direction of the MP
Vid: The VLAN ID to which the MP is attached.
Macaddress: MAC address of the MP.
interface: the interface (port) to which the MP is attached.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam cfm stack L1

Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam cfm stack L1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------interface
: L1
: 1
md index
ma index
: 6
level
: 6
mepid
: 100
direction
: up
vid
: 200
mac address
: 00:60:1d:2c:bd:aa

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-231
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

Command description

This command displays the ethoam maintenance domain attributes on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display detailed information for a specific MD

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1
detail
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/ethoam md1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md 1. Enter the shelf

number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the ethoam
md1
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the following information of the provisioned

maintenance domain:

Mdindex:Md index

Mdname: Md name

Level: md level

Format: the format of MD

Note: when the pack is initialized no ethoan MD1

information is available. Only after MD1 has been created,

the user can show detailed information of MD1.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-232
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam md1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Md index : 1
Md name : md1
level : 6
Format : String

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

Command description

This command displays the ethoam maintenance association attributes on the 11dpe12e
card. Use this command to display detailed information for a specific MA.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot
ethoam md1 ma{1-400}
detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ ethoam md1

ma{1-400}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md1 ma{1-400}. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
ethoam md1 ma {1-400}.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-233
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Display the following information of the provisioned

maintenance association:
Mdindex: MD index
Maindex: MA index
Maname: MA name
Vid: vid monitored by the maintenance association
Ccminterval: the interval between ccm transimission to be

used by all maintenance associations in the MA

Examples
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam md1 ma10
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Md index : 1
Ma index : 10
Ma name
: ma10
vid
: 100
ccminterval : 3.33 ms

Related commands
config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot

ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} remote

mepid
Command description

This command displays the remote MEPID of the ethoam maintenance association
attributes on the 11dpe12e card. Use this command to display detailed information for a
specific remote maintenance associated end point identifier (MEPID) within MA.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-234
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

remote mepid

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} remote mepid
detail
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ ethoam md 1 ma
{1-400} remote mepid

Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md 1 ma {1-400}

remote mepid. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot
number, a slash, and t ethoam md 1 ma {1-400} remote
mepid.
See CLI Manual section for valid numeric shelf/slot
ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the information the remote mepid in a specific

maintenance association.
Md index
Ma index
Remote mepid: remote mepid

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 11dpe12e ethoam md1 ma10 remote mepid detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam md1 ma10 remote mepid

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Md index
: 1
: 10
Ma index
Remote mepid
: 8

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md 1 ma 10 remote mepid

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-235
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

Command description

This command displays the Electrical Fast Ethernet client port attributes on the 11dpe12e
card.

Display detailed information for a specific maintenance associated end point

indentifier (MEPID) within MA
Display the MEP database
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS and 1830 PSS-4

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400}mep
mepid mepid
database
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/ethoam md1
ma{1-400} mep

Specifies the shelf, slot, and ethoam md1 ma{1-400}

mep{mepid <value>}. Enter the shelf number, a slash,
the slot number, a slash, and ethoam md1 ma{1-400}
mep{mepid <value>}
See 1830 PSS R3.6 valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-236
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mepid

Display the following information of a specific mepid

within the provisioned MEP:
Mdindex: md index
Maindex: ma index
Mepid: mepid
Direction: the direction of maintenance associated

end point
interface: the port of this MEP
Mepcc: the continuity check messages (CCMs) by this

MEP
Active: the active status by this MEP
Lowprdef: the lowest pripriority defect of this MEP
Macaddress: the mac address of this MEP
database

Display the following information of the mep

database:
Remote mepid: the Maintenance association End
Point Identifier of a remote MEP whose information
from the MEP Database is to be returned
Mac address: the mac address of the remote MEP (the

source address of the last received CCM) or 0 if no

CCM has been received
RDI: the State of the remote defect indication (RDI) bit

in the last received CCM (true for RDI=1), or false if

none has been received.
Value: true or false
interface status: the value of the interface status TLV
received in the last CCM from the remote MEP
Value: No interface status , up , down

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma10 mep mepid1

Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam md1 ma10 mep mepid1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-237
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show card 11dpe12e shelf/slot ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Ma index 1
Md index : 10
interface
: L1
mepid
: 1
direction : down
mepcc
: disable
active
: false
lowprdef : macRemErrXcon
mac address : 40:32:c8:6d:b3:2a:

# show card 11dpe12e 1/7 ethoam md1 ma8 mep database

Shelf: 1 Slot: 7 11dpe12e ethoam md1 ma10 mep database
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Remote mepid : 100
Mac address : 11:0a:2d:04:ac:82
Rdi
: false
interface status : up

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config card 11dpe12e shelf/slot

ethoam md1 ma{1-400} mep

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

Command description

This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the LINE ports L{1-2} on the 11dpe12e
card.
Use this command to:

Display the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response

Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Display the ODU2 incftfl attributes
Display the ODU2 incres attributes
Display the ODU2 incexp attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-238
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
incftfl
incres
incexp
mappingmode
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

incftfl

incres

Displays the FTFL information of this port, which

includes:

incoming forward fault indication field

incoming forward operator-specific field

incoming backward fault indication field

incoming backward operator-specific field

Displays the RES ODUK overhead of this port, which

includes:

Incoming RES in row 2

Incoming RES in row 4

incexp

Display the incoming EXP ODUK overhead.

mappingmode

Display the mappingmode for the CBRX mapping to

ODU2P. The value is bitsync

pldtype

Specifies the value of the Payload Type field within

the ODU2 payload overhead. pldtype has a default
value and is based on the encoded client signal. Valid
value is {0-255}.

ptmmressp

Displays the ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch response

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-239
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier.

status - status of the incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 odu2
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-odu2)#
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl
Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

Incoming

exp : Hex: 00 00

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 odu2 incres

Incoming res row2
Incoming res row4

: HEX: 00 00
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 odu2 mappingmode

Mapping mode

: bitsync

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-240
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

Command description

This command displays the LINE ports L{1-2} with OTU2 attributes on the 11dpe12e
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the receive channel frequency
Display the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the FEC used

Display the GCC status
Dispaly the GCC communication channel type
Display the OSPF attributes for the GCC channel
Display the OTU2 rate

Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes

Display the virtual time slot mappings
Display the stpid in Q in Q mode
Display the OTU2 incoming res attributes

Display the 1 second pre-fec and post-fec BER

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
fectype
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-241
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

gccstat
gcctype
incres
ospf [area | adjstate]| helloint| deadint | metric
packettype [std]
mtu
oturate
postfecber
prefecber
stpid
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
vts [vts{1-10}]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channelrx

Displays the receive frequency.

channeltx

Displays the transmit frequency of the pluggable module.

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

gccstat

Displays the GCC0 status

gcctype

Displays the GCC communication channel type.

Incres

Display the incomingRES OTUk overhead of this port

ospf [area | adjstate]

Display the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel.

Enter this keyword followed by the following:

Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area ID

Enter the keyword adjstate to display the OSPF

adjacency state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-242
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time elapsed
before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval
is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello interval
value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

packettype

Display the packet type.

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

oturate

Displays the line OTU2 rate

postfecber

Displays the 1second post-fec BER

prefecber

Displays the 1second pre-fec BER

stpid

Display the SVLAN Tag Protocol ID

tti

Displays the OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier.

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-243
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

vts

Displays virtual time slots:

vts1 - display virtual time slot 1

vts2 - display virtual time slot 2

vts3 - display virtual time slot 3

vts4 - display virtual time slot 4

vts5 - display virtual time slot 5

vts6 - display virtual time slot 6

vts7 - display virtual time slot 7

vts8 - display virtual time slot 8

vts9 - display virtual time slot 9

vts10 - display virtual time slot 10

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 otu2 vts vts1
Virtual Time Slot 1: c1

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 otu2 incres

Incoming res : Hex: 00 00

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type: GCC0

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 otu2 prefecber

Pre-fec BER: 1.23 E-9

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-244
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

Command description

This command displays the 10GbE LAN line (L{1-2}) port attributes on the 11dpe12e
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the receive channel frequency
Display the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the pluggable module type

Display the pvid in Q in Q mode

Display the stpid in Q in Q mode

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
moduletype
stpid
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channelrx

Displays the receive frequency.

channeltx

Displays the transmit frequency of the pluggable module.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-245
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

stpid

Display the SVLAN Tag Protocol ID

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/29/L1 tengige ainstimer
AINS Timer :

10m

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} tengige

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring data for the L{1-2} LINE ports on
the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group options

Display the Ethernet group options
Display the received optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options

Display the PCS layer monitor group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
dw
ethernet
opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-246
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opt
pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Display the Digital Wrapper group PM.

dw

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.

ethernet

Display the Ethernet group PM. See show interface

11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM.

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM.

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.

pcs

Display the PCS layer monitor group PM.

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-247
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper performance monitoring data for the L{1-2}
LINE ports on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

clear

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-248
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm dw
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring data for the L{1-2} LINE
ports on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-249
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11DPE12e-1/7/L1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-250
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power performance monitoring data for the
L{1-2} LINE ports on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-251
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power performance monitoring data for
the L{1-2} LINE ports on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-252
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-opt)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-253
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS performance monitoring data for the L{1-2} Line ports
on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-254
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11dpe12e-1/7/L1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

Command description

This command displays the virtual times slot data for the L{1-2} Line ports on the
11dpe12e card. Use this command to:

Display the classification mode map for each VTS flow with the port in Q in Q

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-255
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

cmode
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

vts{1-100}

Specifies the virtual time slot within the port.

The valid values are: vts{1-100}.

cmode

Display the classification mode map for the specified VTS

flow within the port in Q in Q mode.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 vts2 cmd
CEVLANID
SVLANID
Untagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------CE-VLANID: 1-10 ingress
SVLANID: 10 ingress
CE-VLNA ID 11
ingress
CE-VLANID: 1-5 egress
SVLANID: 5 egress
CE-VLNA ID 11
egress

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 vts2 cmd cevlanid

CE-VLANID: 1-10 ingress
CE-VLANID: 1-5 egress

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 vts1 cmd svlanid

SVLANID: 10 ingress
SVLANID: 5 egress

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/7/L1 vts1 cmd untagged

CE-VLNA ID :11 ingress
CE-VLNA ID :11 ingress

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} vts{1-100}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-256
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Command description

This command displays the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display the eVOA port detailed settings

Display the OCH attributes

Display Performance Monitoring data

Display the expected power setting

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

detail
och
pm
power
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port.

och

Display the OCH interface port parameters. See show

interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.

pm

Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.

power

Display the expected optical output power.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-257
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11dpe12e NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability : Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
AINS
:
AINS Timer
:
Use System AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown
Receive Power
:
Transmit Power
:
Expected Optical Output Power: -5.98 dBm

Pluggable Module Type: fVOA

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 power

Expected Optical Output Power: -5.98 dBm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

Command description

This command displays the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11dpe12e card. Use this command to display the pluggable module type.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-258
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type on the specified

interface port

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 och moduletype
Module Type : fVOA

Related command

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA ports
(VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Display the received optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-259
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM options. See

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm opr

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/ VA{1-2} pm

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-260
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-261
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason : losclrd
Baseline Value : -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related command

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpe12e card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-262
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPE12e CLI Commands

show interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpe12e 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT Location: 1/8/VA1
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm) : OPT Max (dBm) : -5.88
OPT Average (dBm) : -8.98

Related command

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpe12e shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-263
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11DPM12 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 11dpm12 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 11dpm12

6-267

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-268

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-276

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

6-279

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

6-281

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

6-283

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-286

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}looduk

6-289

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

6-291

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

6-294

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-296

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}looduk

6-300

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

6-303

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

6-304

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-309

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

6-311

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-312

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-314

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-316

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-318

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

6-320

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

6-321

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

6-323

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

6-327

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-264
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

6-329

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

6-331

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk

6-335

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-338

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-342

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}

6-347

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-350

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-356

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-357

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-359

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-361

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-363

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-365

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-367

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-368

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-369

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-371

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

6-373

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

6-375

show interface 11dpm12

6-381

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-382

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-389

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

6-391

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

6-393

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

6-394

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-396

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400} looduk

6-398

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

6-399

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

6-401

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-402

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} looduk

6-404

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

6-407

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

6-408

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-265
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-411

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

6-413

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-414

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-416

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-418

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-420

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

6-421

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

6-423

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

6-425

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

6-427

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,stm4,stm16}

6-428

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk

6-430

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-432

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

6-435

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}

6-437

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

6-439

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-443

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-444

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-446

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-447

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-449

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-451

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-452

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-453

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-455

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

6-456

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-266
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 11dpm12 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client ports (C{1-12}), or the line
ports (L{1-2}), or the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}).
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 11dpm12 cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11dpm12 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description Dir State State
Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/8/L1
Network
Uni
Up
Up
1/8/L2
Network
Uni
Up
Up
1/8/C1
Client
Uni
Down Down
UAS
1/8/C2
Client
Uni
Down Down
1/8/C3
Client
Uni
Down Down
UAS
1/8/C4
Client
Uni
Down Down
UAS
1/8/C5
Client
Uni
Down Down
UAS
1/8/C6
Client
Uni
Down Down
UAS
1/8/C7
Client
Uni
Down Down
UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-267
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/8/C8
1/8/C9
1/8/C10
1/8/C11
1/8/C12
1/8/VA1
1/8/VA2

Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
eVOA
eVOA

Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni
Uni

Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Up
Up
Up
Up

UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Command description

This command configures the client ports (C{1-12}) on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current detailed settings for the port
Set attributes for specific signal types

Set the loopback mode

Set the performance monitoring
Set the administrative state
Set the port type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
1gbe
3gsdi
description [string]
detail
fc100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-268
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

fc200
fc400
hdsdi
loopback [facility | terminal]
oc3
oc12
oc48
otu1
pm
sdsdi
state
stm1
stm4
stm16
type [1gbe | hdsdi | 3gsdi | fc100 | fc200 | fc400 | oc3 | oc12
| oc48 | otu1 | sdsdi| stm1 | stm4 | stm16 | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12} | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number,
a slash, and the port number, or * to list all of the
11dpm12 cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported
shelf type.

1gbe

Sets the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.

3gsdi

Sets the 3gsdi port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

description

Specifies a description for the interface port.

Enter this keyword followed by a string that
describes the interface, or enter this keyword
without any parameters to display the current
description for the interface.

detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-269
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

fc100

Sets the fc100 port attributes. See See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100,
fc200, fc400}

fc200

Sets the fc200 port attributes. See See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fc100.
{fc100, fc200, fc400}

fc400

Sets the fc400 port attributes. See See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fc100.
{fc100, fc200, fc400}

Hdsdi

Sets the HD-SDI port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi.

Loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this

keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this

keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal
loopback

oc3

Sets the OC-3 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3,
oc12, oc48}.

oc12

Sets the OC-12 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3,
oc12, oc48}.

oc48

Sets the OC-48 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3,
oc12, oc48}.

Odu1

Sets the ODU1 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-270
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Otu1

Sets the OTU1 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1.

Pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
pm.

sdsdi

Sets the SD-SDI port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi.

State

Sets the port state. See config interface

11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state.

stm1

Sets the STM-1 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,
stm4, stm16}.

stm4

Sets the STM-4 port attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,
stm4, stm16}.

stm16

Sets the STM-16 port type attributes. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,
stm4, stm16}.

Type

Configures the port type:

Set to 1gbe for 1 Gb Ethernet client

Set to 3gsdi for 3G-SDI client

Set to fc100 for FC-100 client

Set to fc200 for FC-200 client

Set to fc400 for FC-400 client

Set to hdsdi for HD-SDI client

Set to oc3 for SONET OC-3 client

Set to oc12 for SONET OC-12 client

Set to oc48 for SONET OC-48 client

Set to otu1 for OTU1 client

Set to sdsdi for SD-SDI client

Set to stm1 for SDH STM-1 client

Set to stm4 for SDH STM-4 client

Set to stm16 for SDH STM-6 client

Set to unassigned to set the port as

unassigned

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-271
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 type oc48
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11DPM12 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier : SGEO
Oper Capability: Disabled
Status LED :
Description:
Channel

AINS
: Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled
:

1GbE Settings
-------------LOS Propagation : Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Encapsulation Mode : GFP-T
Container
: ODU0
LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Payload Type Mismatch Response
Admin State
: Down

: Disabled

TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 11DPM12 Client Port [HDSDI]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-272
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin State : Up
State Qualifier : SGEO
Status LED :
Description:
Channel

Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled

AINS
: Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled
:

HDSDI Settings
-------------LOS Propagation : Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Container
: ODU0
LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Payload Type Mismatch Response
Admin State
: Down

: Disabled

TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 11DPM12 Client Port [SDSDI]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
State Qualifier : SGEO
Status LED :
Description:
Channel

AINS
: Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes AINS Countdown : 0m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-273
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled
:

SDSDI Settings
-------------LOS Propagation : Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Container
: OPTSG

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C1 11DPM12 Client Port [OTU1]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED : Solid Green
Description:
ChannelTx
ChannelRx

: 1471
: 1471

AINS
: AINS Timer :
Use System AINS Timer : AINS Countdown :
Received Power
Transmitd Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

:
:

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
:

OSPF Settings
------------------------------------------------------------------area
:
adjstate
:
helloint
:
deadint:
metric:
pkttype
:
mtu
:
OTU1 Settings
-------------FEC Mode
: RSFEC
LOS Progagation : Laser On
Module Type
: SS-16.2C
GCC Status
: Disabled
OSPF Area ID
:
OSPF Adj State :

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-274
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled
Disabled

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11DPM12 Client Port [OC48]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
State Qualifier :
Status LED : Solid Green
Description:
Channel

: 1511

AINS
: Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer
: No AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power
: -2.41 dBm Facility Loopback: Disabled
Transmitted Power : -3.17 dBm Terminal Loopback: Disabled
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
OC48 Settings
------------LOS Propagation
: Laser On
Module Type
: SS-16.1A
Signal Mode
: TRANSPARENT
Incoming J0
:
J0 Format: 16bytes
Mapping Mode
: BitSync
Container
: ODU1
LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Payload Type Mismatch Response
Admin State
: Down

: Disabled

TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-275
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

TTI Comparison
: Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

Command description

This command configures the 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Select the container that will be used for client signal to ODU2 multiplexing
Configure the LO ODUk attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
channel [value]
container [optsg | odu0]
looduk
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [ optsg | odu0]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-276
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype [auto | user |value]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

For electrical SFPs, the value None should be used.

container

Select the container that will be used for client GbE to

ODU2 multiplexing structure.

Set to optsg proprietary mapping into sub-ODU1

time slots. The ODU1 will be mapped into ODU2
with AMP per G.709.

Set to odu0 mapping into ODU0 with GMP per

G.709.

Default: Null
looduk

Configure client 1GbE ports LO ODUk attributes for

ODU2 multiplexing structure.
Note: This entry is applicable only when user select
ODU0 container for the 1GbE port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-277
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF)
or other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
Applies to both optical and electrical interfaces.
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
GE-BX20U
GE-BX20D
GE-BX40U
GE-BX40D

auto - if this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept and provision any qualified
Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute shall be set to user.

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-278
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C3 1gbe container odu0
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

Command description

This command configures the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.
Use this command to:

Set the LO ODUk Admin State

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Set the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
state [up | down]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-279
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

LO ODUk Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

State

Tti

Set the enabled to enable the consequent action.

Set to disabled to disable (turn off) the consequent

action.
Default: disabled

Set the LO ODUK admin state.

up - turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if

cross-connect exists and there is an alarm present.

down - suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting.

Default: down

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation
marks (quotation marks are optional). Default: Null
character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed
by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 1gbe looduk tti trccmp enabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-280
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 1gbe looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error Request fail wrong container
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

Command description

This command configures the 3G-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the pluggable module type
Select the container that will be used for client signal to ODU2 multiplexing
Configure the LO ODUk attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi
channel [value]
container [none | oduflex]
looduk
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-281
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype [auto | user | value ]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the shelf
number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 section for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

Channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following
values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None
For electrical SFPs, the value none should be used.

container

Select the container that will be used for client HD-SDI to ODU2
multiplexing structure.

Set to none: no mapping method

Set to oduflex: mapping with BMP into ODUflex which will

be mapped into ODU2 with GMP per G.709

Default: none
looduk

Configure client 3G-SDI ports LO ODUk attributes for ODU2

multiplexing structure.
Note: This entry is applicable only when user select ODUflex

container for the 3G-SDI port.

Losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port reacts to a
Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or other defect from
the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

laserOn: transmitter stays on

laserOff: turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

Applies to both optical and electrical interfaces.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-282
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the specified

interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following:
Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype values:

3GSDI-SH

3GSDI-MH
auto: If this value is configured, then the network element
shall accept and provision any qualified Alcatel-Lucent
pluggable module.
user: If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is
not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute shall
be set to user.

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 3gsdi losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 3gsdi container oduflex
Related commands
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

Command description

This command configures the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-283
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Use this command to:

Set the LO ODUk Admin State

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame

Set the LO ODUk Trail Trace Indentifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
state [up | down]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

ptmmresp

LO ODUk Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to enabled to enable the consequent action.

Set to disabled to disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
State

Set the LO ODUK admin state.

up: turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if cross-connect

exists and there is an alarm present.

down: suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting

Default: down

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-284
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Tti

Configure Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:

exp_sapi: Specifies the expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII

characters, enclosed in quotation marks (quotation marks
are optional). Default: Null character (15 bytes each with
hex value 00)

timmresp: Optical channel Path Trace Identifier Mismatch

Response.Enter this keyword followed by either of the

following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection
Set to disable to disable TIMM defect detection
Default: disabled

trccmp: Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

turns the comparison between the incoming sapi value and
the provisioned (i.e., exp_sapi) value as either on or off
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparson to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi: Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.

Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 3gsdi looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 3gsdi looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error Request fail wrong container

Related commands
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-285
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}
Command description

This command configures the SONET (fc-100, fc-200, or fc-400) client port (C{1-12})
attributes on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the fibre channel interface type
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Select the container that will be used for client signal to ODU2 multiplexing
Configure the LO ODUk attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} fc100
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C {1-12} fc200
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} fc400
channel [value]
container [ none | odu0 | odu1| oduflex ]
fcmode
looduk
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the shelf
number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-286
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following
values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

container

Select the container that will be used for client signal to ODU2
multiplexing structure.

Set to none: no mapping method

Set to odu0: mapping into ODU0 with GMP per G.709

Set to odu1: mapping into ODU1 with GMP per G.709

Set to oduflex: mapping with BMP into ODUflex which will

be mapped into ODU2 with GMP per G.709

Default: none
Note:

Allowable containers for FC100 are odu0

Allowable containers for FC200 are odu1
Allowable containers for FC400 are oduflex
fcmode

Specifies the FC interface type (Fibre Channel compliant with

INCITS x.320, or FICON, or ISC3 Peer Mode). Enter this
keyword followed by:

fc

ficon

isc3peer (applies to FC200 only)

Default: fc
looduk

Configure the client LO ODUk attributes for ODU2 multiplexing

structure.
Note: This entry is applicable only when user select non-optsg
container for the client port

Losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port reacts to a
Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or other defect from
the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

laserOn: transmitter stays on

laserOff : turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-287
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the specified

interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following:
Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype values:

For FC-100:
2FCLC-L
2FCSN-I
4FCLC-L
4FCSN-I
SS-16.1A

For FC-200:
2FCLC-L
2FCSN-I
4FCLC-L
4FCSN-I
SS-16.1A

For FC-400:
4FCLC-L
4FCSN-I
auto: If this value is configured, then the network element
shall accept and provision any qualified Alcatel-Lucent
pluggable module
user: If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is
not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute shall
be set to user
Default: auto

Examples
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 fc100 losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 fc100 container odu0
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 fc400 container oduflex
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 fc400 fcmode ficon
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-288
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}looduk
Command description

This command configures the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.
Use this command to:

Set the LO ODUk Admin State

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame
Set the LO ODUk Trail Trace Indentifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/
C{1-12} {fc100, fc400, fc400} looduk
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
state [up | down]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-289
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

LO ODUk Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Set to enabledto enable the consequent action.

Set to disabledto disable (turn off) the consequent

action.

Default: disabled
State

Set the LO ODUK admin state.

up: turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if

cross-connect exists and there is an alarm present.

down: suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting.

Default: down
Tti

Configure Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:

exp_sapi: Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks
(quotation marks are optional). Default: Null character
(15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp: Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp: Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword turns the comparison between the incoming
sapi value and the provisioned (i.e., exp_sapi) value as
either on or off:
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparson to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi: Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.

Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-290
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 fc100 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 fc100 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error Request fail wrong client container

Related commands
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400}
looduk

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

Command description

This command configures the HD-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Select the container that will be used for client signal to ODU2 multiplexing
Configure the LO ODUk attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi
channel [value]
container [optsg | odu1]
looduk
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-291
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype [auto | user | value]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

For electrical SFPs, the value None must be used.

container

looduk

Select the container that will be used for client

HD-SDI to ODU2 multiplexing structure.

Set to optsg - proprietary mapping into

sub-ODU1 time slots. The ODU1 will be mapped
into ODU2 with AMP per G.709.

Set to odu1 - mapping into ODU1 with GMP per

G.709
Default: NULL

Configure client HD-SDI ports LO ODUk attributes

for ODU2 multiplexing structure.
Note: This entry is applicable only when user select
ODU1 container for the HD-SDI port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-292
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

laserOn: transmitter stays on

laserOff: turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
Applies to both optical and electrical interfaces.
Moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port

moduletype values:
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2C

auto - if this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept and provision any qualified
Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute shall be set to user.

Default : auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 hdsdi losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 hdsdi container odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-293
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} hdsdi

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

Command description

This command configures the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.
Use this command to:

Set the LO ODUk Admin State

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Set the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
state [up | down]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-294
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

LO ODUk Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

State

Tti

Set the enabled to enable the consequent action.

Set to disabled to disable (turn off) the consequent

action.
Default: disabled

Set the LO ODUK admin state.

up - turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if

cross-connect exists and there is an alarm present.

down - suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting.

Default: down

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation
marks (quotation marks are optional). Default: Null
character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed
by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (i.e.,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-295
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 hdsdi looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 hdsdi looduk tti trccmp
enabled Error Request fail wrong container.
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

Command description

This command configures the SONET (OC-3, OC-12, or OC-48) client port (C{1-12})
attributes on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the J0 trace attributes

Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type
Select the container that will be used for client signal to ODU2 multiplexing
Configure the LO ODUk attributes
Specify the mapping mode for OC48 into OPUk

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} oc3
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} oc12
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} oc48
channel [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-296
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

container [ optsg | odu0 | odu1 ]

j0 [j0_fmt]
looduk
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [ async | bitsync ]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the wavelength of a pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

container

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Select the container that will be used for client signal to

ODU2 multiplexing structure.

Set to optsg - proprietary mapping into sub-ODU1

time slots. The ODU1 will be mapped into ODU2
with AMP per G.709.

Set to odu0 - mapping into ODU0 with GMP per

G.709
Default: NULL

Set to odu1 - mapping into ODU1 with GMP per

G.709
Default: NULL
Note:
Allowable containers for OC3 are optsg and odu0.
Allowable containers for OC12 are optsg and odu0.
Allowable containers for OC48 are optsg and odu1.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-297
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Configures J0 attributes:

j0_fmt J0 format.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the J0
format.
<value>= 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
<value>= 16: configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

looduk

Configure the client LO ODUk attributes for ODU2

multiplexing structure. Note: This entry is applicable only
when user select non-optsg container for the client port.

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
Mappingmode

Specify the mapping mode for constant bit rate client

signals OC48 into OPUk

Set to async - asynchronous mapping CBR into

ODUk information structure by the ODUkP/CBRx
adaptation function.

Set to bitsync - synchronous mapping CBR into

ODUk information structure by the ODUkP
adaptation function.

Default: bitsync
Note:

This entry is applicable only for OC48 only.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-298
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
For OC3:
SS-1.1
SL-1.1
SL-1.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For OC12:
SS-4.1
SL-4.1
SL-4.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For OC48:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A (includes SS-16.1)
SS-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc12 losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc12 container optsg
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc48 container odu1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-299
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc48 mappingmode async

Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc3 mappingmode async
Error Request Fail wrong signal type.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}looduk
Command description

This command configures the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex
Use this command to:

Set the LO ODUk Admin State

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Set the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12
shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}looduk
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
state [up | down]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-300
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ptmmresp

LO ODUk Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

State

Set the enabled to enable the consequent action.

Set to disabled to disable (turn off) the consequent

action.
Default: disabled

Set the LO ODUK admin state.

up - turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if

cross-connect exists and there is an alarm present.

down - suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting.

Default: down

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-301
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation
marks (quotation marks are optional). Default: Null
character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed
by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (i.e.,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 oc3 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 oc3 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error Request fail wrong client container.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-302
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

Command description

This command configures the ODU1 client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.
Use this command to:

Set the ODU1 trail trace attributes.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

tti

Configures Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi Specifies the expected incoming

Source Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword
followed by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in
quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)

trccmp Optical channel trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the
provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-303
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 odu1 tti trccmp enable
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

Command description

This command configures the OTU1 client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.
Use this command to:

Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module

Set the FEC type
Set the status of the GCC0 channel
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Set the OSPF area parameters for the GCC0 channel

Set the OTU1 trail trace attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
fectype [nofec | rsfec]
gccstat [disabled | enabled]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-304
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype [auto | user | value]

ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std]
mtu [value]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channelrx

Specifies the receive channel frequency. Not settable for

internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

channeltx

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the transmit channel frequency. Enter this

keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

fectype

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of

forward error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

nofec, for Enhanced FEC type 2

rsfec, for Reed-Solomon FEC

Default: rsfec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-305
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

gccstat

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to:

enabled to enable GCC0 processing

disabled to disable GCC0 processing

Default: disabled
ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 40.
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16
uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
character can not be a numeric value. This parameter is
mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on

the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set

to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-306
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default. For this
pack (11DPM12) the packet type is fixed/default to
standard (std).
Default: std

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is The default is

1500 Bytes.
Range: 576 - 1500

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1
SS-16.1A

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-307
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configures Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 otu1 fectype nofec
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-308
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12}client ports performance monitoring (PM)

attributes on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options

Configure the SDH group PM options
Configure the SONET group PM options
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-309
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface.

dw

Configure the digital wrapper group PM options. See

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet.

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11dpm12
shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11dpm12
shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the SDH group PM options. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the SONET group PM options. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 pm clearAll
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-310
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

Command description

This command the client (C{1-12}) port with Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-311
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm dw 0
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12} ports of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-312
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-313
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm ethernet 1 bins 5
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the client (C{1-10)} port of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-314
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-315
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C3 pm opr baseline 5
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the client (C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-316
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C3 pm opt clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-317
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12} ports of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-318
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm pcs clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-319
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12} ports of the 11dpm12 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-320
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm sdh 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12} ports of the 11dpm12 card.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-321
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-322
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm sonet profile 3
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

Command description

This command configures the SD-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the pluggable module type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-323
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Select the container that will be used for client signal to ODU2 multiplexing
Configure the LO ODUk attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi
channel [value]
container [optsg | odu0]
looduk
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

For electrical SFPs, the value None must be used.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-324
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

container

Select the container that will be used for client

SD-SDI to ODU2 multiplexing structure.

looduk

Set to optsg - proprietary mapping into

sub-ODU1 time slots. The ODU1 will be mapped
into ODU2 with AMP per G.709.

Set to odu1 - mapping into ODU1 with GMP per

G.709
Default: NULL

Configure client ports LO ODUk attributes for ODU2

multiplexing structure
Note: This entry is applicable only when user select
ODU0 container for the client port.

Losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

laserOn: transmitter stays on

laserOff: turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
Applies to both optical and electrical interfaces.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-325
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port

moduletype values:
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2C

auto - if this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept and provision any qualified
Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute shall be set to user.

Default : auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 sdsdi losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 sdsdi container odu0
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-326
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

Command description

This command configures the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.
Use this command to:

Set the LO ODUk Admin State

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Set the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
state [up | down]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ptmmresp

LO ODUk Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Set the enabled to enable the consequent action.

Set to disabled to disable (turn off) the consequent

action.
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-327
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

State

Set the LO ODUK admin state.

Tti

up - turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if

cross-connect exists and there is an alarm present.

down - suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting.

Default: down

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation
marks (quotation marks are optional). Default: Null
character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed
by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (i.e.,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 sdsdi looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 sdsdi looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error Request fail wrong container.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-328
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the client ports (C{1-12}) on the
11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-329
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
<value>- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 state ains enabled
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-330
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}
Command description

This command configures the SDH (STM-1, STM-4, STM-16) client port (C{1-12})
attributes on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Select the container that will be used for client signal to ODU2 multiplexing
Configure the LO ODUk attributes
Specify the mapping mode for STM16 into OPUk

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} stm1
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} stm4
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} stm16
channel [value]
container [ optsg | odu0 | odu1 ]
j0 [j0_fmt]
looduk
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [ async | bitsync ]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-331
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype [auto | user | value]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the wavelength of a pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

container

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Select the container that will be used for client STM1,

STM4 or STM16 to ODU2 multiplexing structure.

Set to optsg - proprietary mapping into sub-ODU1

time slots. The ODU1 will be mapped into ODU2
with AMP per G.709.

Set to odu0 - mapping into ODU0 with GMP per

G.709.

Set to odu1 - mapping into ODU1 with GMP per

G.709
Default: NULL
Note:
Allowable containers for STM1 are optsg and
odu0.
Allowable containers for STM4 are optsg and
odu0.
Allowable containers for STM16 are optsg and
odu1.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-332
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Configures J0 attributes:

looduk

j0_fmt J0 format.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the J0
format.
<value>= 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte
mode
<value>= 16: configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

Configure client ports LO ODUk attributes for ODU2

multiplexing structure.
Note: This entry is applicable only when user select
non-optsg container for the client port

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
Mappingmode

Specify the mapping mode for constant bit rate client

signals STM16 into OPUk .

Set to async - asynchronous mapping CBR into

ODUk information structure by the ODUkP/CBRx
adaptation function.

Set to bitsync - synchronous mapping CBR into

ODUk information structure by the ODUkP
adaptation function.

Default: None
Note: This entry applies only to STM16.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-333
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
For STM-1:
SS-1.1
SL-1.1
SL-1.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
FE-BX40U
FE-BX40D
For STM-4:
SS-4.1
SL-4.1
SL-4.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
GE-BX20U
GE-BX20D
GE-BX40U
GE-BX40D
For STM-16:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A (includes SS-16.1)
SS-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-334
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 stm4 losprop laserOff
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 stm16 container odu1
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 stm16 mappingmode aysnc
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16} looduk
Command description

This command configures the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.
Use this command to:

Set the LO ODUk Admin State

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Set the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} looduk
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
state [up | down]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-335
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16} looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ptmmresp

LO ODUk Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

State

Set the enabled to enable the consequent action.

Set to disabled to disable (turn off) the consequent

action.
Default: disabled

Set the LO ODUK admin state.

up - turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if

cross-connect exists and there is an alarm present.

down - suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting.

Default: down

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-336
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16} looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation
marks (quotation marks are optional). Default: Null
character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed
by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (i.e.,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 stm1 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 stm16 looduk tti trccmp enabled
Error Request fail wrong container.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/
C{1-12}{stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-337
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current port settings

Set the loopback mode

Set the ODU2 attributes
Set the OTU2 attributes
Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the administrative state

Set the port type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu2
otu2
pm
state
type [otu2 | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-338
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback

odu2

Sets the ODU2 interface port parameters. See config

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.

otu2

Sets the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port. See
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated

with the line port. See config interface 11dpm12
shelf/slot/L{1-2} PM.

state

Sets the port state. See config interface 11dpm12

shelf/slot/L{1-2} state to configure the state.

type

Specifies the port type:

Set to otu2 to assign the port.

Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned.

Note:
If Line port is associated with any LO-ODUk
cross-connection, setting the port to unassigned
should be denied.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-339
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 loopback facility enable
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 11DPM12 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED : Solid Green
Description:
ChannelTx
ChannelRx

: 1471
: 1471

AINS
: AINS Timer :
Use System AINS Timer : AINS Countdown :
Received Power
Transmitd Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

:
:

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
:

OSPF Settings
------------------------------------------------------------------area:
adjstate:
helloint:
deadint:
metric:
pkttype:
mtu:
OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode : RSFEC
Rate
: 10.709 Gbps
Module Type : SS-16.2C
GCC Status : Disabled
OSPF Area ID :
OSPF Adj State :
Pre-FEC BER : 1.23 E-9
Post-FEC BER : 1.23 E-9
ODU2 Settings
------------Payload Type
: 128 (0x80)
Payload Type Mismatch Response

: Disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-340
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

EXP LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8

TX LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8
INC LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled
Disabled
incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Incoming EXP : Hex: 00 00

Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 type unassigned
Error Request Fail LO ODUk XC exsits.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-341
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

Command description

This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set the payload type

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response
Set the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Modify the LO ODUk structure of HO ODU2

Configure the LO ODUk attributes of HO ODU2

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
exp_looduk [string]
looduk {1-8}
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
tx_looduk [string]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-342
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

exp_looduk

Modify the exptected LO ODUk structures of

HO ODU2 attributes: To modify LO ODUk of
HO ODU2, users must enter a string
containing odukType#oduid-tsMap. When
multiple looduk is needed, users must use &
to separate them. When no string is provided,
system will display all expected LO ODUk of
HO ODU2 attributes.

odukType - Specifies the ODUk type.

Following values are the valid
ODUkTypes:
ODU0 - set to ODU0 type.
ODU1 - set to ODU1 type.

oduid - Specifies the unique ID assigned

to the LO ODUk. It is a single number
between 1 to 8.
Note: The oduid shall be equal to the
smallest Number of its occupied Time slot
number.

tsMap - Specifies the numbers of Time

Slots assigned to the LO ODUk. It can be
a single TS number or TS ranges
separated by comma.
Range of TS: [1-8]
Note:
1. If ODUkType is ODU0, ODU0
occupies 1 TS.
2. If ODUkType is ODU1, ODU1
occupies 2 TSs.

Default: the default LO ODUk string for HO

ODU2 is ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#33&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#5-5&ODU0#66&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8
looduk{1-8}

Configure attributes for a specific LO ODUk

in the line ports. See command config
interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
looduk{1-8}.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-343
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Pldtype

ODU2 Payload Type.

Enter this keyword to display the current
setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by a 2-digit hexadecimal value.
Must be the same on both ends.

0x21 - indicate a GMP capable

multiplexed ODUk structure supporting
ODTUk.ts and ODTUjk (k=2).

0x20 - indicate interworking with legacy

4xODU1 to ODU2 equipment.

Default: 0x21
Ptmmresp

ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response.

Specifies whether the OT will take a
consequent action or pass the received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current
setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the

consequent action

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-344
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tti

Configures OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier

attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected

incoming Source Access Point Identifier.
Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each
with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace

Identifier Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of
the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM
defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM
defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the
comparison between the incoming sapi
value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this
keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each
with hex value 00)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-345
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tx_looduk

Modify the transmitted LO ODUk structures

of HO ODU2 attributes: To modify LO ODUk
of HO ODU2, users must enter a string
containing odukType#oduid-tsMap. When
multiple looduk is needed, users must use &
to separate them.
When no string is provided, system will
display all transmitted LO ODUk of HO
ODU2 attributes.

odukType - Specifies the ODUk type.

Following values are the valid
ODUkTypes:
ODU0 - set to ODU0 type.
ODU1 - set to ODU1 type.

oduid - Specifies the unique ID assigned

to the LO ODUk. It is a single number
between 1 to 8.
Note: The oduid shall be equal to the
smallest Number of its occupied Time slot
number.

tsMap - Specifies the numbers of Time

Slots assigned to the LO ODUk. It can be
a single TS number or TS ranges
separated by comma.
Range of TS: [1-8]
Note:
1. If ODUkType is ODU0, ODU0
occupies 1 TS.
2. If ODUkType is ODU1, ODU1
occupies 2 TSs.
Default: the default LO ODUk string for
HO ODU2 is ODU0#1-1&ODU0#22&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4ODU0#55&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7& ODU0#8-8
Note: The tx_looduk structure can be
changed only when the adminState of the
related LO ODUk is down, and No XC
present.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 ptmmresp enabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-346
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 exp_looduk

ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#5-5&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#77&ODU0#8-8

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tx_looduk odu1#6-6,7

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tx_looduk odu1#1-1,
2&odu1#3-3,4
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tx_looduk
ODU1#1-1,2&ODUflex#3-3,4,5& ODU0#6-6&ODU0#7-7&ODU0#8-8

Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tx_looduk odu0#5-4
Error Request Fail wrong ODUID

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tx_looduk odu0#5-5

Error Request Fail adminState is up.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}

Command description

This command configures the attributes of LO ODUk for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the current LO ODUk settings

Set the admin state for the LO ODUk of HO ODU2

Set the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-347
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

looduk{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}
detail
state [up | down]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

looduk{1-8}

Specifies the unique ID assigned to the LO ODUk. It is

a single number between 1 to 8.

Detail

Display the current settings for the port.

State

Set the LO ODUK admin state.

up - turn up the LO ODUk alarm reporting if

cross-connect exists and there is an alarm present.

down - suppressing the LO ODUk alarm reporting.

Default: down

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-348
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

looduk{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation
marks (quotation marks are optional). Default: Null
character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed
by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (i.e.,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 lodouk1 tti trccmp
enabled
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 lodouk1 detail
LO ODUk Type : ODU1 TSMap : 1,2
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-349
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

looduk{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ L{1-2}odu2 looduk{1-8}

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

Command description

This command configures the OTU2 attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Set the status of the GCC0 channel

Set the pluggable module type

Set the OSPF area parameters for the GCC0 channel
Configure the FEC used
Set the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Set the packet type and mtu size

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
fectype [efec | rsfec | efec2]
gccstat [disabled | enabled]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std]
mtu [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-350
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channelrx

Specifies the expected receive channel frequency or

wavelength of the pluggable module. Not settable for
internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560,

9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480,
9470, 9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400,
9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320,
9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240,
9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170, 9605,
9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445,
9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365,
9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285,
9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205,
9195, 9185, 9175}

CWDM wavelengths: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551,

1571, 1591, 1611}

B&W wavelengths: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-351
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Specifies the expected transmit channel frequency or

wavelength of the pluggable module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

fectype

DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560,

9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480,
9470, 9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400,
9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320,
9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240,
9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170, 9605,
9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555, 9545, 9535, 9525,
9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465, 9455, 9445,
9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375, 9365,
9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285,
9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205,
9195, 9185, 9175}

CWDM wavelengths: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551,

1571, 1591, 1611}

B&W wavelengths: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode.

Specifies the type of forward error correction on the
interface port:

Set to efec AMCC Enhanced FEC

Set to rsfec Reed-Solomon FEC

Set to to efec2 ALU Enhanced FEC

Default: efec2
gccstat

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to enabled to enable GCC0 processing.

Set to disabled to disable GCC0 processing

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-352
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified line port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable line port moduletype

values:
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C
XL-64.2D
XL-64TU
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-ZR

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept and provision any qualified
Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.

Default: auto
ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 40.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-353
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16
uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
character can not be a numeric value. This parameter is
mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on

the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set

to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default. For this
pack (11DPM12) the packet type is fixed/default to
standard (std).
Default: std

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-354
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configures OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 otu2 channeltx 1550
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-355
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the line ports
(L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configures the digital wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-356
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm clearAll
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
line ports (L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-357
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm dw 0 profile 1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-358
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-359
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm opr baseline losclrd

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-360
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the line (L{1-2}) port of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

clearRaw

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-361
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm opt clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-362
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 11dpm12
card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-363
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
<value>- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 state ains enabled
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-364
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set OCH attributes

Set performance monitoring attributes
Set the expected optical power output of the port
Set the administrative state

Set the port type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
description [string]
detail
och
pm
power
state
type [och | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-365
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

och

Sets the OCH interface port parameters.

See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated

with the eVOA port. See config interface 11dpm12
shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port.

Enter this keyword followed by the expected power
value.
Range: -15 to -5.5 dBm

state

Sets the port state. See config interface 11dpm12

shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to och to assign the port.

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 type och

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-366
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

Command description

This command configures the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
moduletype [auto |value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable eVOA port moduletype

values:
fVOA
sVOA -

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept and provision any qualified
Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module.

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-367
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA port
(VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-minute and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-368
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-369
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics
are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin
0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents
of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline losclrd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-370
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-371
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics
are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin
0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents
of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-372
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Set the state for the port

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-373
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA(1-2) state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
<value>- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-374
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

Command description

This command configures the Low order structure OPTSG for an ODU1PTF on the
11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Create an OPTSG of ODU1PTF

Delete an OPTSG of ODU1PTF
Set ODU0 Interworking
Set the payload type

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODU1 frame
Set the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Set the admin state for the ODU1PTF

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/oduptf{1-8}
exp_optsg [create | string| delete OPTSGID]
detail
odu0interwk [enabled | disabled]
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
state [up | down]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
tx_optsg [create | string| delete OPTSGID]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-375
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

odu1ptf{1-8}

Specifies the unique ID ODU1PTF ID of the 11DPM12. It is a

single number between 1 to 8.

exp_optsg

Create or delete an expected OPTSG of ODU1PTF attributes:

To create an expected OPTSG : Enter create followed by a
string containing clientSigType#optsgId-tsMap.
To delete an expected OPTSG : Enter delete followed by the
OPTSGID.
Without additional input, system will display the all current
expected OPTSG setting within the ODU1PTF.

sigtype - specified the client signal type is to be carried in

the OPTSG. Valid client signal type are: 1GBE, HDSDI,
OC3, OC12, OC48, STM1, STM4, STM16 and SDSDI

OPTSGID - Specifies the unique ID assigned to the

OPTSG. It is a single number within the range 1 to 16.
Note: The optsgid shall be equal to the smallest Number of
its occupied Time slot number.

TS - Specifies the numbers of Time Slots assigned to the

OPTSG. It can be a single TS number or TS ranges
separated by comma.
Range of TS: [1-16]

Note:
1. If any TS to be assigned is associated with another OPTSG
which ID is non-zero value, the creation of the OPTSG
should be rejected.
2. The time slots assigned to an OPTSG can be selected
arbitrary within the ODU1 except for OPTSG of GbE.
OPTSG of GbE can only be assigned either 8 odd time
slots or 8 even time slots.
3. When interworking with 4DPA4, user must provision
OPTSGID within range 1-4. There is no NE validation.
4. Delete an expected OPTSG will delete the OPTSG
facilities and create an ID=0 for each single timeslot.
detail

Displays the current detailed settings for the ODU1PTF.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-376
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Odu0interwk

Standard ODU0 Interworking. When disabled, ODU1 Payload

Type should be set to 0x80 and there is proprietary encoding of
OPTS OH in PSI bytes and LosProp in APS/PCC bytes.
The 11DPM12 can then interwork at 2xODU0 only with
another 4DPA4 at the far end.
When enabled, ODU1 Payload Type should be set to 0x20
(ODU multiplex structure) and there is no proprietary use of
PSI or APS/PCC bytes. The 11DPM12 can then interwork with
standard 2xODU0 equipment at the far end.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to enabled to enable standard ODU0 interworking.

Set to disabled to disable (turn off) standard ODU0

interworking

Default: disabled
pldtype

ODU1 Payload Type.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by a 2-digit
hexadecimal value. Must be the same on both ends.

0x80 - indicates a proprietary mixture of sub-ODU1

signals

0x20 - indicates standard 2xODU0 interworking

Default: 0x80
Ptmmresp

ODU1 Level Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

Set to enabled to enable the consequent action.

Set to disabled to disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
state

Set the admin state.

up - turn up the ODU1PTF entity

down - disable the ODU1PTF entity

Default: down

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-377
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configures Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks. Default: Null
character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword turns the comparison between the incoming
sapi value and the provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value as
either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-378
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tx_optsg

Create or delete an transmitted OPTSG of ODU1PTF

attributes:
To create an transmitted OPTSG : Enter create followed by a
string containing optsgId-tsMap.
To delete an transmitted OPTSG : Enter delete followed by
the OPTSGID.
Without additional input, system will display the all current
expected OPTSG setting within the ODU1PTF.

OPTSGID - Specifies the unique ID assigned to the

OPTSG. It is a single number within the range 1 to 16.
Note: The optsgid shall be equal to the smallest Number of
its occupied Time slot number.

TS - Specifies the numbers of Time Slots assigned to the

OPTSG. It can be a single TS number or TS ranges
separated by comma.
Range of TS: [1-16]

Note:
1. If any TS to be assigned is associated with another OPTSG
which ID is non-zero value, the creation of the OPTSG
should be rejected.
2. The time slots assigned to an OPTSG can be selected
arbitrary within the ODU1 except for OPTSG of GbE.
OPTSG of GbE can only be assigned either 8 odd time
slots or 8 even time slots.
3. The signal type is unequipped in the OPTSG before
users set up the cross connect.
4. When interworking with 4DPA4, user must provision
OPTSGID within range 1-4. There is no NE validation.
5. Delete an transmitted OPTSG will delete the OPTSG
facilities and create an ID=0 for each single timeslot.
6. When the OPTSG is associated with OPTSG XC, the
provision should be rejected.

Examples

This section provides the examples of command usage.

config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 exp_optsg create 1gbe#1-1,
3,5,7,9,11,13,15

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-379
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tx_optsg create 1-1,3,5,7,

9,11,13,15
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 exp_optsg delete 1
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tx_optsg delete 1
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 exp_optsg
Client Signal Type
OPTSG ID
TS Map
----------------------------------------------------------------1GBE
1
1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 odu0interwk enabled

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tx_optsg

Client Signal Type
OPTSG ID
TS Map
----------------------------------------------------------------UnEquipped
1
1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15
STM1
2
2

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 detail

Payload Type
:
Payload Type Mismatch Response : Disabled
Admin State
: Down
ODU InterWork
: Disabled
EXP OPTSG Structure
TX OPTSG Structure
INC OPTSG Structure

: 1GbE#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15&STM1#2-2
: UnEquipped#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,15&STM1#2-2
: 1GbE#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15&STM1#2-2

TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled

Error response
# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 exp_optsg create 1gbe#11,3,5,7,9,11,13,15
Error Request Fail timeslot is associated with other OPTSG
already

# config interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tx_optsg delete 1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-380
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Error Request Fail - OPTSG XC exists

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

show interface 11dpm12

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on the 11dpm12 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-12}) ports or the line
(L1) port.
Use this command to:

Access subcommands that allow you to display details for the client ports (C{1-12}),
or the line ports (L{1-2}), or the eVOA ports (VA{1-2})
Display all the 11dpm12 ports on the NE

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 11dpm12 ports
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-381
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show interface 11dpm12 *

Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description
Dir
State State Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/8/L1 Network
Uni
Up
Up
1/8/L2 Network
Uni
Up
Up
1/8/C1 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C2 Client
Uni
Down Down
1/8/C3 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C4 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C5 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C6 Client
Uni
Down Down
1/8/C7 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C8 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C9 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C10 Client
Uni
Down Down
1/8/C11 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/C12 Client
Uni
Down Down UAS
1/8/VA1 eVOA
Uni
Up
Up
1/8/VA2 eVOA
Uni
Up
Up

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Command description

This command displays client port (C{1-12}) details on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display client port detailed settings

Display client port type attributes {1gbe, hdsdi, oc3, oc12, oc48, otu1, stm1, stm4,
stm16}
Display performance monitoring values
Display current transmitted optical power, received optical power, transmitted LBC
and laser temperature on this port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-382
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
1gbe
detail
hdsdi
oc3
oc12
oc48
otu1
pm
sdsdi
stm1
stm4
stm16
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

1gbe

Displays the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See sshow

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

hdsdi

Display the HD-SDI port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi.

oc3

Displays the OC-3 port attributes. See show interface

11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}.

oc12

Displays the OC-12 port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,
oc48}.

oc48

Displays the OC-48 port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,
oc48}.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-383
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

otu1

Displays the OTU1 port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1.

pm

Displays the performance monitoring attributes. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm.

stm1

Displays the STM-1 port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}.

stm4

Displays the STM-4 port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}.

stm16

Displays the STM-16 port attributes. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 - 11dpm12 Client Port [1GbE]
-------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction: Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 - 11dpm12 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction: Bidirectional Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11DPM12 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier : SGEO
Oper Capability: Disabled
Status LED :
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-384
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description:
Channel

AINS
: Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled
:

1GbE Settings
-------------LOS Propagation : Laser On
Module Type : Auto
Encapsulation Mode : GFP-T
Container : ODU0
LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Payload Type Mismatch Response
Admin State
: Down

: Disabled

TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 11DPM12 Client Port [HDSDI]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
State Qualifier : SGEO
Status LED :
Description:
Channel

AINS
: Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-385
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

LBC
:
Laser Temperature

HDSDI Settings
-------------LOS Propagation : Laser On
Module Type : Auto
Container : ODU0
LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Payload Type Mismatch Response
Admin State
: Down

: Disabled

TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 11DPM12 Client Port [SDSDI]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier : SGEO
Oper Capability: Disabled
Status LED :
Description:
Channel

AINS
: Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled
:

SDSDI Settings
-------------LOS Propagation : Laser On
Module Type : Auto
Container : OPTSG

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-386
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 11DPM12 Client Port [SDSDI]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
State Qualifier : SGEO
Status LED :
Description:
Channel

AINS
: Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

SDSDI Settings
-------------LOS Propagation : Laser On
Module Type : Auto
Container : OPTSG

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C1 11DPM12 Client Port [OTU1]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED : Solid Green
Description:
ChannelTx
ChannelRx

: 1471
: 1471

AINS
: AINS Timer :
Use System AINS Timer : AINS Countdown :
Received Power
Transmitd Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

:
:

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
:

OSPF Settings
------------------------------------------------------------------area:
adjstate:
helloint:
deadint:
metric:
pkttype:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-387
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mtu:
OTU1 Settings
-------------FEC Mode : RSFEC
LOS Progagation : Laser On
Module Type : SS-16.2C
GCC Status : Disabled
OSPF Area ID :
OSPF Adj State :
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled
Disabled

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11DPM12 Client Port [OC48]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED : Solid Green
Description:
Channel

: 1511

AINS
: Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer
: No AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power
: -2.41 dBm Facility Loopback: Disabled
Transmitted Power : -3.17 dBm Terminal Loopback: Disabled
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
OC48 Settings
------------LOS Propagation : Laser On
Module Type : SS-16.1A
Signal Mode
: TRANSPARENT
Incoming J0 :
J0 Format: 16bytes
Mapping Mode : BitSync
Container
: ODU1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-388
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

LO ODUk
-------Payload Type
:
Payload Type Mismatch Response
Admin State
: Down

: Disabled

TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

Command description

This command displays the 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Display the container used by the client for ODU2 multiplexing
Display the encapsulation mode
Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type

Display laser bias current and transmitted laser temperature of this port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-389
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
ainstimer
channel
container
encmode
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

container

Display the container used by client for ODU2

multiplexing.

encmode

Displays the encapsulation mode used to transport the

1GbE LAN signal.

losprop

Displays loss propagation behavior status.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 1gbe channel
Channel: 1491

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 1gbe losprop

LOSPROP Action: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-390
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 1gbe container

Container : ODU0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C1{1-12} 1gbe

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

Command description

This command displays the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex
Use this command to:

Display the LO ODUk Admin State

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Display the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Display the Payload Type of client port LO ODUk.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-391
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

State

Display the admin state of the client LO ODUk.

Tti

Display the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

ex_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier.

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 1gbe looduk tti trccmp
TTI Comparison: Enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-392
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

Command description

This command displays the 3G-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Display the container used by the client for ODU2 multiplexing

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C {1-12} 3gsdi
ainstimer
channel
container
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the shelf
number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

Ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

Channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable module.

container

Display the container used by client for ODU2 multiplexing.

losprop

Display the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type to be used on the specified

interface port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-393
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 3gsdi channel
Channel : 1551

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

Command description

This command displays the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.
Use this command to:

Display the LO ODUk Admin State

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame
Display the LO ODUk Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C {1-12} 3gsdi looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-394
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]

Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

Pldtype

Display the Payload Type of client port LO ODUk.

Ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

State

Display the admin state of the client LO ODUk.

Tti

Display the Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:

exp_sapi : expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi: incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp: Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.

trccmp: Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi: transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

status: status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 hdsdi looduk tti trccmp
TTI Comparison: Enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 3gsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-395
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}
Command description

This command displays the SONET (OC-3, OC-12, or OC-48) client port (C{1-12})
attributes on the 11dpm12 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module
Display the fiber channel interface type
Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the container used by the client for ODU2 multiplexing

Display the pluggable module type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ C{1-12} fc100
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fc200
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} fc400
ainstimer
channel
container
fcmode
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges
for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-396
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

Channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

container

Display the container used by client for ODU2

multiplexing.

fcmode

Displays the J0 attributes:

fc

ficon

isc3peer (applies to FC200 only)

Losprop

Display the loss propagation behavior setting.

Moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc48 losprop
LOSPROP Action: LaserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-397
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400} looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400} looduk
Command description

This command displays the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.
Use this command to:

Display the LO ODUk Admin State

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Display the LO ODUk Trail Trace Indentifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/
C{1-12} {fc100, fc200, fc400} looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges
for each supported shelf type.

Pldtype

Display the Payload Type of client port LO ODUk.

Ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

State

Display the admin state of the client LO ODUk.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-398
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {fc100, fc200,

fc400} looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tti

Display the Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:

exp_sapi: expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi : incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp: Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.

trccmp: Optical channel Trace compare.

tx_sapi: transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

status: status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 fc100 looduk tti trccmp
TTI Comparison: Enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,
oc48}looduk

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

Command description

This command displays the HD-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12
card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module

Display the loss propagation behavior

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-399
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the pluggable module type

Display the container used by the client for ODU2 multiplexing

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi
ainstimer
channel
container
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

container

Display the container used by client for ODU2

multiplexing.

losprop

Displays loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 hdsdi channel
Channel : 1551
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-400
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

Command description

This command displays the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.
Use this command to:

Display the LO ODUk Admin State

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Display the LO ODUK Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Display the incoming Payload Type of client port LO

ODUk.

ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

State

Display the admin state of the client LO ODUk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-401
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tti

Display the Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:

ex_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 hdsdi looduk tti trccmp
TTI Comparison: Enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} hdsdi looduk

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

Command description

This command displays the SONET (OC-3, OC-12, or OC-48) client port (C{1-12})
attributes on the 11dpm12 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module
Display the J0 attributes
Display the loss propagation behavior

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-402
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the container used by the client for ODU2 multiplexing

Display the mapping mode for OC48
Display the pluggable module type

Display the signal mode

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} oc3
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} oc12
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} oc48
ainstimer
channel
container
j0 [ j0_fmt | j0_inc ]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sigmode
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

container

Display the container used by client for ODU2

multiplexing.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-403
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Displays J0 attributes:

j0_fmt J0 format.

j0_inc Incoming J0

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

mappingmode

Display the mapping mode for client OC48 signal.

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

sigmode

Display the signal mode. Only transparent mode is

supported on 11dpm12.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 oc48 losprop
LOSPROP Action: LaserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

looduk
Command description

This command displays the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-404
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48} looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Use this command to:

Display the LO ODUk Admin State

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.

Display the LO ODUK Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Display the incoming Payload Type of client port LO

ODUk.

ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

State

Display the admin state of the client LO ODUk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-405
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12,

oc48} looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tti

Display the Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:

ex_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 oc3 looduk tti trccmp
TTI Comparison: Enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12
shelf/slot/C{1-12} {oc3, oc12, oc48} looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-406
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

Command description

This command displays the ODU1 attributes for the client (C{1-12}) ports on the
11dpm12 card. Use this command to set the ODU1 trail trace identifier attributes.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | trccmp | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

tti

Displays Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp Optical channel trace compare

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 odu1 tti trccmp
TTI Comparison: Enabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-407
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} odu1

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-12}) port with OTU1 attributes on the 11dpm12
card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel values of the pluggable module
Display the FEC type

Display the status of the GCC0 channel

Display the pluggable module type
Display the OSPF attributes for the GCC0 channel
Display the OTU1 trail trace attributes
Display laser bias current and transmitted laser temperature of this port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
fectype
gccstat
moduletype
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-408
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mtu [value]
oturate
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channelrx

Display the expected receive channel wavelength.

channeltx

Display the expected transmit channel wavelength or

frequency.

fectype

Displays the Forward error correction mode setting.

gccstat

Displays the status of GCC0 signal processing.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

ospf [area | adjstate]

Displays the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel.

Enter this keyword followed by the following:

ospf helloint

Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area ID

Enter the keyword adjstate to display the OSPF

adjacency state

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 40.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-409
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16
uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
character can not be a numeric value. This parameter is
mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on

the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set

to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default. For this
pack (11DPM12) the packet type is fixed/default to
standard (std).
Default: std

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

tti

Configures Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp Optical channel trace compare.

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point identifier

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-410
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 otu1 channelrx
ChannelRx: 1511

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 otu1 fectype

FEC Mode: RSFEC

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} otu1

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the client (C{1-12})
ports of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Ethernet group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options
Display the PCS group PM options
Display the SDH group PM options
Display the SONET group PM options

Display the DW group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
dw
ethernet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-411
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

dw

Display the digital wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw.

ethernet

Display the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.

pcs

Display the PCS group PM options. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.

sdh

Display the SDH group PM options. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh.

sonet

Display the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm sonet
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-412
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
client (C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
detail
clear

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

clear

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-413
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm dw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm dw

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-414
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 pm ethernet 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=Ethernet Interval=0
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-415
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client (C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-416
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason : losclrd
Baseline Value : -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-417
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client (C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-418
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 pm opt 0 1
Group: OPT Interval: 0 Bin: 1 Location: 1/8/C4
----------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2009/01/05 14:15:00 (UTC)
Bin Status
: Complete
OPT Min (dBm) : -5.75
OPT Max (dBm) : -5.74
OPT Average (dBm) : -5.74

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-419
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-420
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 pm pcs 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=PCS
Interval Length : 1440 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 8
TCA Profile ID : 3

Interval=0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-421
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-422
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 pm sdh 1 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=SDH
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 4

Interval=1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sdh

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-12}) ports of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-423
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 pm sonet raw
Group: SONET Location: 1/8/C1
-------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:52.55 (UTC)
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx

CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL

:
:
:

0
0
0
:

:
:
:
:
:

1220978
0
0
0
0
0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-424
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Rx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

UASS
CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS

:
:
:
:

1221141
0
0
0
:

:
:
:
:
:
:

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm sonet

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

Command description

This command displays the SD-SDI client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module
Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type

Display the container used by the client for ODU2 multiplexing

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi
ainstimer
channel
container
losprop
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-425
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

Channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

container

Display the container used by client for ODU2

multiplexing.

Losprop

Display the loss propagation behavior setting.

Moduletype

Display the pluggable module type to be used on

the specified interface port.

Examples

This section provides examples of command usage.

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C4 sdsdi channel
Channel : 1551

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-426
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

Command description

This command displays the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1.
Use this command to:

Display the LO ODUk Admin State

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Display the LO ODUK Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Display the incoming Payload Type of client port LO

ODUk.

ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

State

Display the admin state of the client LO ODUk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-427
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tti

Display the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

ex_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 sdsdi looduk tti trccmp
TTI Comparison: Enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} sdsdi looduk

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1,stm4,

stm16}
Command description

This command displays the SDH (STM-1, STM-4, STM-16) client port (C{1-12})
attributes on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module
Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the container used by the client for ODU2 multiplexing

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-428
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

{stm1,stm4,stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the mappingmode for the STM16 client

Display the pluggable module type
Display laser bias current and transmitted laser temperature of this port

Display the signal mode

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} stm1
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} stm4
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} stm16
ainstimer
channel
container
j0 [j0_fmt | j0_inc]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sigmode
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module.

container

Display the container used by client for ODU2

multiplexing.

j0

Displays J0 attributes:

j0_fmt J0 format.

j0_inc Incoming J0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-429
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

{stm1,stm4,stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

mappingmode

Display the mapping mode for client STM16.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

sigmode

Display the signal mode. Only transparent mode is

supported on 11dpm12.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C2 stm16 losprop
LOSPROP Action : LaserOn

Related commands

The following are a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16} looduk
Command description

This command displays the LO ODUk attributes for the client ports (C{1-12}). It is
applicable only when the client container is ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex.
Use this command to:

Display the LO ODUk Admin State

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response for the LO ODUk frame.
Display the LO ODUK Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-430
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16} looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12
shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Display the incoming Payload Type of client port LO

ODUk.

ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

State

Display the admin state of the client LO ODUk

Tti

Display the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

ex_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/C1 stm1 looduk tti trccmp
TTI Comparison: Enabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-431
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4,

stm16} looduk

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12
shelf/slot/C{1-12} {stm1, stm4, stm16} looduk

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command displays the configured line ports (L{1-2}) on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the line port detailed settings

Display the ODU2 attributes

Display the OTU2 attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring data
Display current transmitted optical power, received optical power, transmitted LBC
and laser temperature on this port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-432
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

odu2

Display the ODU2 interface port parameters. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2.

otu2

Displays the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}otu2.

pm

Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 11DPM12 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED : Solid Green
Description:
ChannelTx
ChannelRx

: 1471
: 1471

AINS
: AINS Timer :
Use System AINS Timer : AINS Countdown :
Received Power
Transmitd Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

:
:

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :
:

OSPF Settings
------------------------------------------------------------------area:
adjstate:
helloint:
deadint:
metric:
pkttype:
mtu:
OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode : RSFEC
Rate
: 10.709 Gbps
Module Type : SS-16.2C
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-433
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

GCC Status : Disabled

OSPF Area ID :
OSPF Adj State :
Pre-FEC BER : 1.23 E-9
Post-FEC BER : 1.23 E-9
ODU2 Settings
------------Payload Type
: 128 (0x80)
Payload Type Mismatch Response : Disabled
EXP LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODUO#2-2&ODUO#3-3&ODUO#4-4&ODUO#55&ODUO#6-6&ODUO#7-7&ODUO#8-8
TX LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODUO#2-2&ODUO#3-3&ODUO#4-4&ODUO#55&ODUO#6-6&ODUO#7-7&ODUO#8-8
INC LO ODUk Structure : ODU0#1-1&ODUO#2-2&ODUO#3-3&ODUO#4-4&ODUO#55&ODUO#6-6&ODUO#7-7&ODUO#8-8

TTI
OTU2
ODU2
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled
Disabled
incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Incoming EXP : Hex: 00 00

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-434
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

Command description

This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the line (L{1-2}) port on the 11dpm12
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Payload Type

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response
Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Display LO ODUk attributes

Display the incoming ODU2 FTFL bytes

Display the incoming ODU2 EXP bytes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2
exp_looduk
incexp
incftfl
inc_looduk
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
tx_looduk
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-435
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

exp_looduk

Display all expected LO ODUk of HO ODU2

attributes. The information format is
odukType#oduid-tsMap separated by &.

incexp

Display the incoming ODU2 EXP overhead (2

bytes) of this port.

incftfl

Displays the incoming ODU2 FTFL information of

this port, which include:

Incoming forward fault indication field (1 byte)

Incoming forward operator identifier field (9

bytes)

Incoming backward fault indication field (1

byte)

Incoming backward operator identifier field (9

bytes)

inc_looduk

Display all incoming LO ODUk of HO ODU2

attributes. The information format is
odukType#oduid-tsMap separated by &.

Pldtype

Display the Payload Type of Line Port ODU2 entity.

Ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

Tti

Display the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

tx_looduk

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace

Identifier Mismatch Response.

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier.

status - status of the incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

Display all transmitted LO ODUk of HO ODU2

attributes. The information format is
odukType#oduid-tsMap separated by &.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-436
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response: Enabled

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 tti trccmp

TTI Comparison: Enabled

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 exp_looduk

ODU0#1-1&ODU0#2-2&ODU0#3-3&ODU0#4-4&ODU0#5-5&ODU0#6-6&ODU0#77&ODU0#8-8

# show interface 11dpm12 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl

incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00

# show interface 11dpm12 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

Incoming EXP : Hex: 00 00

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}

Command description

This command displays the LO ODUk attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the LO ODUK Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-437
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

Looduk{1-8}

Specifies the unique ID assigned to the LO ODUk. It

is a single number between 1 to 8.

Detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port.

Tti

Display the Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

status - status of the incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 odu2 looduk1 tti trccmp
TTI Comparison: Enabled

Related commands

The following is the related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu2 looduk{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-438
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

Command description

This command displays line port (L{1-2}) with OTU2 attributes on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel values of the pluggable module

Display the FEC type

Display the status of the GCC0 channel
Display the pluggable module type
Display the OSPF attributes for the GCC0 channel

Display the OTU2 rate

Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes attributes
Display the line side OTURATE
Display the 1-second pre-fec and post-fec BER

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
fectype
gccstat
moduletype
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std]
postfecber
prefecber
mtu
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-439
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

oturate
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channelrx

Display the expected receive channel wavelength.

channeltx

Display the expected transmit channel wavelength or

frequency.

detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port.

fectype

Display the forward error correction mode.

gccstat

Display the status of GCC0 signal processing.

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

ospf [area | adjstate]

Display the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel. Enter

this keyword followed by the following:

ospf helloint

Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area

ID

Enter the keyword adjstate to display the OSPF

adjacency state

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than
the hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 40.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-440
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is
entered. The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The
string can be 1 to 16 uppercase or lowercase
alphanumeric characters; the first character can not be
a numeric value. This parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is

activated on the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be

set to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid has
been set.
Default: disable
oturate

OTURATE: 10.709 Gbps.

packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or

not. If it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If
the packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default.
For this pack (11DPM12) the packet type is
fixed/default to standard (std).

postfecber

Display the 1-second post-fec BER.

prefecber

Display the 1-second pre-fec BER

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

Range: 576 1500

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-441
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Display the OTU1 Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

inc_sapi - actual incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 otu2 channelrx
ChannelRx: 1511

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 otu2 fectype

FEC Mode: RSFEC

# show interface 11dpm12 1/29/L1 otu2 prefecber

Pre-FEC BER : 1.23 E-9

# show interface 11dpm12 1/29/L1 otu2 postfecber

Post-FEC BER : 1.23 E-9

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-442
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the line ports (L{1-2})
of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Display the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM options. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-443
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the line
ports (L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-444
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm dw 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/L1 Group=Digital Wrapper
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7

Interval=0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-445
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-446
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason: losclrd
Baseline Value: -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time: 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-447
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-448
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/L1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT
Location: 1/8/L1
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm)
: OPT Max (dBm)
: -5.88
OPT Average (dBm) : -8.98

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Command description

This command displays the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-2}) on the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the eVOA port detailed settings

Display the OCH attributes
Display Performance Monitoring data

Display the expected power setting

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

detail
och
pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-449
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

power
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port.

och

Display the OCH interface port parameters. See show

interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.

pm

Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.

power

Display the expected optical output power.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11dpm12 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel

: None

AINS
:
Use System AINS Timer
Received Power
Transmitted Power

AINS Timer :
:
AINS Countdown :

:
:

OCH Settings
-----------Measured Network Output Power
Expected Network Output Power
Module Type
: fVOA

: -5.98 dBm
: -6.00 dBm

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 power

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-450
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The expected optical output power of the port: -6.00 dBm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

Command description

This command displays the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the pluggable module type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
ainstimer
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type on the specified

interface port

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-451
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 och moduletype

Module Type : fVOA

Related command

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA ports
(VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the received optical power group PM options

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM options. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options. See

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-452
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm opr

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/ VA{1-2} pm

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-453
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason : losclrd
Baseline Value : -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related command

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-454
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) of the 11dpm12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-455
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT Location: 1/8/VA1
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm) : OPT Max (dBm) : -5.88
OPT Average (dBm) : -8.98

Related command

The following is a related command:

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

Command description

This command displays the OPTSG attributes for the ODU1PTF{1-8} on the 11dpm12
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Payload Type

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-456
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Display optsg attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}
detail
exp_optsg
inc_optsg
pldtype
ptmmresp
state
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
tx_optsg
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port.

ext_optsg

Display all expected OPTSGs of the ODU1PTF including

expected client signal type carried, OPTSG ID and 155M
Time-Slot Map.

inc_optsg

Display all incoming OPTSGs of the ODU1PTF including

incoming client signal type carried, OPTSG ID and 155M
Time-Slot Map.
Note: client signal type is unequipped when there is no
cross connect established.

Pldtype

Display the ODU1 Payload Type.

ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

state

Display the admin state of ODU1PTF.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-457
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Display the OTU1 Trail Trace Indentifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

inc_sapi - actual incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Display all transmitted OPTSGs of the ODU1PTF

including transmitted client signal type carried, OPTSG ID
and 155M Time-Slot Map.

tx_optsg

Note: client signal type is unequipped when there is no

cross connect established.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response: Enabled

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tti trccmp

TTI Comparison: Enabled

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 exp_optsg

Client Signal
Type
OPTSG ID TS Map
----------------------------------------------------------------1GBE
1
1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15

# show

interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 tx_optsg

Client Signal
Type
OPTSG ID TS Map
----------------------------------------------------------------UnEquipped
1
1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15
STM1
2
2

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 inc_optsg

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-458
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11DPM12 CLI Commands

show interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Client Signal Type OPTSG ID TS Map

----------------------------------------------------------------1GBE
1 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15

# show interface 11dpm12 1/8/odu1ptf1 detail

Payload Type
:
Payload Type Mismatch Response
Admin State
: Down
ODU InterWork
: Disabled

: Disabled

EXP OPTSG Structure

: 1GbE#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15&STM1#2-2
TX OPTSG Structure
: UnEquipped#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,15&STM1#2-2
INC OPTSG Structure
: 1GbE#1-1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15&STM1#2-2
TTI
LO ODUk
--------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled

Related command

The following is a related command

config interface 11dpm12 shelf/slot/odu1ptf{1-8}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-459
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11QPA4 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 11QPA4 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 11qpa4

6-462

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-463

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

6-466

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

6-468

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

6-470

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-473

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-476

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-479

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-482

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-483

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-488

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-490

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-492

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-494

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-496

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-498

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-500

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-502

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

6-504

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state

6-506

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

6-508

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

6-510

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

6-517

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw

6-518

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-460
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

6-520

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

6-522

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

6-524

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state

6-526

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

6-528

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

6-529

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

6-530

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

6-532

show interface 11qpa4

6-534

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-535

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

6-542

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

6-543

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-545

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-547

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-549

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-551

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-552

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-557

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-559

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-560

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-562

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-563

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-565

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-566

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-568

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

6-569

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

6-573

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

6-575

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

6-580

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw

6-581

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

6-583

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

6-584

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

6-586

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-461
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

6-588

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

6-589

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

6-590

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

6-591

config interface 11qpa4

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 11QPA4 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-4}) port, line (L{1-4} )
port or eVOA (VA{1-4}) port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 11QPA4 cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L{1-4}, VA{1-4}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 11qpa4 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description
Dir
State State Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-462
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/11/L1
1/11/L12
1/11/L13
1/11/L14
1/11/C1
1/11/C2
1/11/C3
1/11/C4
1/11/VA1
1/11/VA2
1/11/VA3
1/11/VA4

Network
Network
Network
Network
Client
Client
Client
Client
eVOA1
eVOA2
eVOA3
eVOA4

Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi

Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down

UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set the client port type {fc10g, fc8g, oc192, stm64, tengige, otu2} and attributes
Set the loopback mode
Set the PM attributes
Set the state

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
description [string]
detail
fc10g
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-463
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

fc8g
loopback [facility | terminal]
oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
state
stm64
tengige
type [fc10g | fc8g | oc192 | otu2 | tengige | stm64 | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

fc10g

Sets the 10G Fibre Channel port attributes. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g.

fc8g

Sets the 8G Fibre Channel port attributes. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-464
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

oc192

Sets the OC-192 port attributes. See config interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192.

Odu2

Sets the ODU2 port attributes. To configure ODU2

attributes, see config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
odu2 to configure ODU2 attributes.

Otu2

Sets the OTU2 port attributes. To configure OTU2

attributes, see config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
otu2 to configure OTU2 attributes.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} PM to configure pm
attributes.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11qpa4

shelf/slot/C{1-4} state.

Stm64

Sets the STM-64 port attributes. See config interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64.

Tengige

Sets the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-465
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Specifies the port type:

set to oc192 for SONET client

set to stm64 for SDH client

set to fc10g for 10G fiber channel client

set to fc8g for 8G fiber channel client

set to tengige for 10GbE LAN client

set to otu2 for OTU2 client

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/c1
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1)

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-4} port on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-466
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use
the system value.
help Displays the default and valid range.
<value> - Sets the number of hours and
minutes for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours

disabled disable AINS

enabled enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword

with force to force the port down. This can affect
service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-11qpa4-1/3/c1)# state up

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-467
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port 10G Fibre Channel attributes on the
11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency of the client port

Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-468
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

losprop

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Loss propagation.Specifies how the near end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end
client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
XI-64.1
10GB-SR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-469
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 fc10g
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-fc10g)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port 8G Fibre Channel attributes on the
11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency of the client port

Set the encapsulation mode

Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g
channel [value]
encmode [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-470
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype [auto | user | value]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

encmode

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the encapsulation mode used to transport the

8G- FC client signal. Enter this keyword followed by the
value of gfp-t.
Default: gfp-t.

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-471
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter the acceptable Client port moduletype values:

X8FCLC-L
X8FCSN-I

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 fc8g
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-fc8g)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-472
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port OC-192 attributes on the 11QPA4
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Set the Signal Defect Threshold level

Set the Signal Fail Threshold level

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]
sfth [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-473
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

j0

losprop

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0
Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt - J0 format
Enter this keyword followed keyword followed by a
value for the J0 format:
<value> = 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
<value> = 16:configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

trccmp - J0 trace compare

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(i.e., expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Loss propagation. Specifies how the near end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end
client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-474
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Pluggable module type. Specifies the pluggable module

type to be used on the specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-ZR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto
sdth`

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed by a
value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9}
Default: 10-6

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed by a value
for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 oc192
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-oc192)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-475
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port STM-64 attributes on the 11QPA4
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the pluggable module type

Set the Signal Defect Threshold level
Set the Signal Fail Threshold level

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-476
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sfth [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

j0

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0
Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt - J0 format
Enter this keyword followed keyword followed by a
value for the J0 format:
<value> = 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
<value> = 16: configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

trccmp - J0 trace compare

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-477
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Loss propagation specifies how the near end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end
client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Pluggable module type. Specifies the pluggable module

type to be used on the specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-ZR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm, this
attribute is set to user

Default: auto
sdth`

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed by a
value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9}
Default: 10-6

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed by a
value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-478
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 stm64
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-stm64)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

Command description

This command configures the 10GbE LAN client (C{1-4}) port attributes on the 11QPA4
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the encapsulation mode

Set the error frame drop behavior
Set the loss propagation behavior
Configure the pluggable module type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
channel [value]
encmode [value]
errfrmdrop [disabled | enabled]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-479
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype [auto | user | value]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

encmode

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following four
values:

cbrlan11.049

cbrlan11.096

gfp-f Generic Framing Protocol, Proprietary, where

the client Ethernet frame preamble is preserved.

gfp-p - Generic Framing Protocol, Proprietary, where

the client Ethernet frame preamble is preserved.

Default: gfp-f
errfrmdrop

Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP
transport modes.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following
values:

enabled

disabled

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-480
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-SR
10GB-ZR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 tengige
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-tengige)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-481
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port ODU2 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to set the ODU2 trail trace Identifier attributes.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-482
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 odu2
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-odu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port OTU2 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Set the type of FEC used on this interface

Set the status of the GCC channel

Set the GCC communication channel type
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Set the OSPF attributes

Set the OTU signal rate
Set the OTU2 trail trace identifier attributes
Set the packet type and MTU size for GCC interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-483
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

gccstat [disabled | enabled]

gcctype [GCC0|GCC1|GCC2]
fectype [nofec | rsfec]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
mtu [value]
oturate [value]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channelrx

Specifies the receive channel frequency. Not settable for

internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change
the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}
B&W {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

channeltx

Specifies the transmit channel frequency. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-484
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

fectype

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of forward

error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

nofec, for FEC correction disabled

rsfec, for Reed-Solomon FEC

Default: rsfec
gccstat

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to:

enabled to enable GCC1/GCC2/GCC3 processing

disabled to disable GCC1/GCC2/GCC3 processing

Default: enabled
gcctype

Specifies which GCC communication channel type will be

selected.
Values: GCC0; GCC1; GCC2
Default: GCC0
Note: This parameter is only applicable to 1830 PSS.

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval is
a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello interval
value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation. This
parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The value is 1
to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16 uppercase
or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first character can
not be a numeric value. This parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-485
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on

the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not required

on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set to enable

only if a md5key and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it

is standard, the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype
is non-standard, the mtu size is default. For this pack
(11QPA4) the packet type is fixed/default to standard (std).
Default: std

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
10GB-ZR
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is

not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute shall
be set to user.

Default: auto
oturate

OTU2 rate. Specifies the line OTU2 rate.

Set to:

10.709 , for standard OTU2 rate

11.049 , for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate

11.096 , for 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate

Default: 10.709
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-486
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 otu2
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-otu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-487
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port performance monitoring (pm)
attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the RX optical power group PM options

Configure the TX optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options
Configure the SDH group PM options
Configure the SONET group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-488
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

cconfig interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the SDH group PM options. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the SONET group PM options. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 pm
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/11/c1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-489
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-490
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics
are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin
0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents
of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm dw 0
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-dw-0)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-491
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with Ethernet Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-492
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm ethernet 0
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-ethernet-0)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-493
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12}Client ports for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-494
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm opr
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-495
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

clearRaw

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-496
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-497
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with PCS layer Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-498
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm pcs
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-499
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with SONET/SDH Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-500
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm sonet 0
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-sonet-0)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-501
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with SONET/SDH Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-502
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm sdh 0
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-sdh-0)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-503
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback

Set the ODU2 attributes
Set the OTU2 attributes
Set the Performance Monitoring

Configure the administrative state

Set the port type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu2
otu2
pm
state
type [otu2 | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-504
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

odu2

Sets the ODU2 interface port parameters. See config

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2.

otu2

Sets the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port. See
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2.

pm

Sets the performance monitoring attributes associated with

the line port. See config interface 11qpa4
shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11qpa4

shelf/slot/L{1-4} state.

Type

Specifies the port type:

set to otu2 to set the port to OTU2.

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-505
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the L{1-4} port on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-506
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:

system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes for
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1)# state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-507
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

Command description

This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the LINE (L{1-4}) port on the
11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Set the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Set the Payload Type Mismatch response
Set the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

mappingmode

ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode. This attribute specifies

the mappng mode that wil be used when the client port
signal is provisioned to OC-192, STM-64 or 10GbE WAN.
Set to:

bitsync bit synchronous CBR mapping

async asynchronous CBR mapping

Default: bitsync

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-508
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pldtype

Specifies the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame. pldtype has a
default value and is based on the encoded client signal.
This attribute only applies when the client signal is not an
OTM0.2 signal.
Range: 0-255

ptmmresp

ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword turns the comparison between the incoming
sapi value and the provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value
as either on or off.
Set to:
Configure comparison to enabled.
Configure comparison to disabled.
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-509
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with OTU2 attributes on the 11QPA4
card.
Use this command to:

Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Set the status of the GCC channel

Set the GCC communication channel type

Set the pluggable module type
Set the Operational Mode
Set the OSPF area parameters for the GCC0 channel
Configure the FEC used on this interface

Set the OTU2 trail trace attributes

Set the OTU2 signal rate
Set the CrossRegPartner port
Set the packet type and MTU size

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {11qpa4} shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
gccstat [disabled | enabled]
gcctype [GCC0/GCC1/GCC2]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-510
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

oprmode [adddrop | crossregen <value>]

| addonly<value> | dropcontinue]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | mdstatus
value | md5key value | md5keyid value]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
mtu [value]
fectype [efec | rsfec | efec2]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
oturate [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channelrx

Specifies the receive channel frequency. Not settable for

internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:

DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560,

9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470,
9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380,
9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200,
9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555,
9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465,
9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375,
9365, 9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285,
9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195,
9185, 9175}

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-511
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Specifies the transmit channel frequency. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:

gccstat

DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570, 9560,

9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470,
9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400, 9390, 9380,
9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290,
9280, 9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200,
9190, 9180, 9170, 9605, 9595, 9585, 9575, 9565, 9555,
9545, 9535, 9525, 9515, 9505, 9495, 9485, 9475, 9465,
9455, 9445, 9435, 9425, 9415, 9405, 9395, 9385, 9375,
9365, 9355, 9345, 9335, 9325, 9315, 9305, 9295, 9285,
9275, 9265, 9255, 9245, 9235, 9225, 9215, 9205, 9195,
9185, 9175}

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to:

enabled to enable GCC1/GCC2/GCC3 processing

disabled to disable GCC0/GCC2/GCC3 processing

Default: enabled
gcctype

Specifies which GCC communication channel type will be

selected.
Values: GCC0; GCC1; GCC2
Default: GCC0

ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time elapsed
before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval is
a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello interval
value.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-512
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation. This
parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The value is 1
to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16 uppercase
or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first character can
not be a numeric value. This parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enabled.

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is enabled.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on

the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not required on

the OSPF area. This parameter can be set to enable only
if a md5key and md5keyid have been set.

Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it

is standard, the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype
is non-standard, the mtu size is default. For this pack
(11QPA4) the packet type is fixed/default to standard (std).
Default: std

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

Range: 576 -1500

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-513
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oprmode

Operational mode of the 11QPA4. This parameter applies to

all line ports.

Set to ADDDROP In this mode pack is processing

signal in both transmission directions (ingress, from
client port towards the line side; egress, from line side to
client port)

Set to CROSSREGEN In this mode the Line port input

signal is looped towards another line port output via 8x8
matrix. Corresponding client ports cannot be used.
1. Value : L{1-4}
2. value must be different than its own port
Set to ADDONLY: in this mode, pack is processing
signal in ingress direction (form client port towards
the line side)
Value: C{14}
Set to DROPCONTINUE: in this mode, pack is
processing the signal in egress direction and looping
the signal from the line side input towards the line
side output

Default: ADDDROP
fectype

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of forward

error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

efec - FEC connection established

rsfec Reed-Solomon FEC

Set to efec2 ALU Enhanced FEC

Default: rsfec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-514
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

oturate

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

OTU2 rate. Specifies the line OTU2 rate.

Set to:

10.709 - for standard OTU2 rate

11.049 for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate

11.096 ffor 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate

11.27 when client signal is set to 10G FC

Default: 10.709
Note:

1. When the line side oprmode is ADDDROP, this

parameter is retrieval only. It can be 10.709, 11.049,
11.096 or 11.27.
2. When the line side oprmode is CROSSREGEN, this
pramater is provisionable. It can be set to 10.709, 11.049
or 11.096.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-515
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1

otu2

# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1

otu2 oprMode crossRegen L2

# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1

otu2 oprMode addonly C1

# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L2

otu2 oprMode adddrop

// delete the L2 port in the multicast connection

Examples of error responses that are unique to this CLI command

# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1

otu2 oprMode crossRegen

Error: missing CrossRegPartner

# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1

otu2 oprMode crossRegen l1

Error: CrossLinePort must be different than current provisioning

line port

# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 otu2 oprMode addonly

Error: missing corresponding client port for this multicast
connection.

Config 11QPA4 shelf/slot/L3 otu2 oprmode addonly C1

Error: the client port C3 associated to line port L3 must be
unassigned

Config 11QPA4 shelf/slot/L2 otu2 oprmode addonly C1

Error: the default multicast member C1 -- > L1 must be created
firstly

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-516
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the tandem connection monitoring group options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configures the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-517
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1 -pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-518
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics
are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin
0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents
of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/l1 pm dw
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1 -pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-519
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command configure the LINE (L{1-4}) port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-520
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics
are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin
0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents
of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm opr
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-521
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-4} ) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

clearRaw

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-522
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics
are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin
0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents
of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm opt
(config-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1 -pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-523
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Command description

This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set OCH attributes

Set performance monitoring attributes
Set the expected optical power output of the port
Set the administrative state

Set the port type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
description [string]
detail
och
pm
power
state
type [och | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-524
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

och

Sets the OCH interface port parameters.

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated with

the eVOA port. See config interface 11qpa4
shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by the expected power value.
Range: -20 to -5.5 dBm
Default: -20 dBm

state

Sets the port state. See cconfig interface 11qpa4

shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to och to assign the port.

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 type och

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-525
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) on the
11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the state for the port

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-526
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:

system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes for
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-527
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

Command description

This command configures the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) on the
11QPA4 card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och
moduletype [auto | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable eVOA port moduletype

values:
sVOA - slow VOA
fVO A - fast VOA

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept and provision any qualified
Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module.

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 och moduletype sVOA

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-528
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

Command description

This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA port
(VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-minute and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr.

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-529
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-530
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics
are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin
0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents
of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 33
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 1-day bins.
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline 1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-531
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-532
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 33
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 1-day bins.
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-533
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on the 11QPA4 card. Use this
command to access subcommands that allow you to display the configuration of the client
(C{1-4}) port, line (L{1-4} ) port or eVOA (VA{1-4}) port.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 11qpa4 interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L{1-4}, VA{1-4}

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description Dir State State Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/11/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L2 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L3 Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/L4
Network
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/C1 Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
1/11/C2 Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
1/11/C3 Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
1/11/C4 Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
1/11/VA1 eVOA
Bi
Up
Down
1/11/VA2 eVOA
Bi
Up
Down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-534
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/11/VA3
1/11/VA4

eVOA
eVOA

Bi
Bi

Up
Up

Down
Down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the client (C{1-4}) port on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display the client port type {fc10g, fc8g, oc192, stm64, tengige, otu2} attributes
Display the performance monitoring attributes
Display all service activity on this port
Display current received optical power and transmitted optical power of this port

Display laser bias current and transmitted laser temperature of this port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
detail
fc10g
fc8g
oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
stm64
tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-535
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

srvcActivity [brief | detail]

Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings and current analog data for

the port.
Analog data includes received optical power and
transmitted optical power, transmitted laser bias current
and laser temperature.

fc10g

Displays the 10G Fibre Channel port attributes. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g.

fc8g

Displays the 8G Fibre Channel port attributes. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g.

oc192

Displays the OC-192 port attributes. See show interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192.

Odu2

Displays the ODU2 port attributes. See show interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2.

Otu2

Displays the OTU2 port attributes. See show interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm.

Stm64

Sets the STM-64 port attributes. See config interface

11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64.

tengige

Displays the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

brief

detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-536
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 9 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [OTU2]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
State Qualifier: SGEO
Oper State: Down
Oper Capability: Disabled
Direction : Bidirectional Status LED :
Description:

# show interface 11qpa4 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [10GbE LAN]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

10GbE LAN Settings

---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Encapsulation Mode : GFP-F
Error Frame Drop
: Disabled

# Show interface 11qpa4 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [OTU2]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-537
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power :
Transmitted Power

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

OTU2 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type : Auto
FEC Mode
: RSFEC
TTI
--exp_sapi
:
tx_sapi
:
trccmp
: Disabled
timmresp
: Disabled
Inc_sapi
:
Status
: unknown
ODU2 Settings
------------TTI
--exp_sapi
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Inc_sapi
:
Status
: unknown

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl

incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

Incoming EXP : Hex: 00

00

# show interface 11qpa4 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [FC10G]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-538
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

State Qualifier

: SGEO

Received Power
:
Transmitted Power :
LBC
:
Laser Temperature :

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled
FC10G Settings
------------AINS Timer
:
AINS Countdown:
Channel
:
Laser
:
Module Type
:

System
0m
None
Laser On
Auto

# show interface 11qpa4 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [OC192]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power

:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

OC192 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Mapping Mode
: ASYNC
J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-539
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Incoming
Status

:
: unknown

# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C4 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11QPA4 SDH Client Port [STM64]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State : Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power

:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

STM64 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Mapping Mode
: ASYNC
J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Incoming :
Status
: unknown

# show interface 11qpa4 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11QPA4 Client Port [FC8G]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-540
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Received Power
:
Transmitted Power
:
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
FC8G Settings
----------------------------Channel
: None
Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Encmode : GFP-T

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C1 srvcActivity detail

Service Activity:
OCH Trail: 43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1
Location Description
Status
APS Group
APS Member
------------------------------------------------------------------A-End: G07U (43.43.43.43) (ITU 60)
1/8/C1 11QPA4 Client Port
Active
--Z-End: G05U (39.39.39.39) (ITU 60)
2/8/C1 11QPA4 Client Port
Inactive

Working

# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
XC
Traffic APS
Service
Direction
ITU
Status
Member
------------------------------------------------------------------9250-swi
A-End
25
Active
-Z-End
25
Active
--

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-541
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port 10G Fibre Channel attributes on the
11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the loss propagation parameter
Display the pluggable module type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g
ainstimer
channel
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation provisioning.

moduletype

Displays the configured pluggable module type used on

the specified interface port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-542
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 fc10g
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/C1-fc10g)#
ainstimer
Display AINS debounce time
channel
Display channel
moduletype
Display module type
losprop
Display laser action

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc10g

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port 8G Fibre Channel attributes on the
11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the encapsulation mode
Display the loss propagation parameter
Display the pluggable module type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g
ainstimer
channel
encmode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-543
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

encmode

Displays the encapsulation mode used to transport the

FC 8G signal.

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation provisioning.

moduletype

Displays the configured pluggable module type used

on the specified interface port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 fc8g
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/C1-fc8g)#
ainstimer
Display AINS debounce time
channel
Display channel
moduletype
Display module type
losprop
Display laser action
encmode
Display encapsulation mode

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-544
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port OC-192 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Display the Signal Defect Threshold level

Display the Signal Fail Threshold level

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192
ainstimer
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-545
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

j0_status - Incoming J0 status

trccmp - J0 trace compare

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type.

sdth`

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 oc192 losprop
LOSPROP Action : laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-546
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port STM-64 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Display the Signal Defect Threshold level

Display the Signal Fail Threshold level

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64
ainstimer
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | timmresp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-547
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

j0_status - Incoming J0 status

timmresp - J0 mismatch response

losprop

Displays the loss propagation setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type.

sdth`

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 stm64 moduletype
Module Type: XI-64.1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-548
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

Command description

This command displays the 10GbE LAN client (C{1-4}) port attributes on the 11QPA4
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display encapsulation mode
Display the error frame drop behavior

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Display the client port multicast information

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
ainstimer
channel
encmode
errfrmdrop
losprop
moduletype
MulticastTo
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-549
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

encmode

Displays the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.

errfrmdrop

Displays the error frame drop behavior.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

MulticastTo

Display the client port multicasts information if it exists.

Values: Any combination of L1, L2, L3 and L4 seperated
by space; none.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C1 tengige multicastto
Multicast To: L1 L2 L4

# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/C1 tengige multicastto

Multicast To: none

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-550
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port ODU2 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | trccmp]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

tti

ospf md5key

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the
first character can not be a numeric value. This parameter
is mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-551
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated

on the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set

to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 odu2
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/C1-odu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port OTU2 attributes on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the receive channel frequency

Display the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the type of FEC used on this interface
Display the status of the GCC channel

Display the GCC communication channel type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-552
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Display the OSPF attributes

Display the OTU signal rate

Display the OTU2 trail trace identifier attributes
Display the 1-second pre-fec and post-fec BER

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
detail
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
losprop
moduletype
mtu
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]]
mtu
oturate
pkttype [std | nonstd]
postfecber
prefecber

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-553
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/LC{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channelrx

Displays the receive frequency.

channeltx

Displays the transmit frequency of the pluggable module.

detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port.

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

gccstat

Displays the status of GCC0 signal processing.

gcctype

Displays the GCC communication channel type.

Note: This parameter is only applicable to 1830 PSS.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time elapsed
before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval is
a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead interval
value must always be greater than the hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-554
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation. This
parameter is mandatory if md5keyidis entered. The value is 1
to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16 uppercase or
lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first character can not
be a numeric value. This parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enabled
Default: NULL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on the

OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not required on

the OSPF area. This parameter can be set to enable only if

a md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it is

standard the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype is
non-standard the mtu size is default. For this pack (11QPA4)
the packet type is fixed/default to standard (std).
Default: std

postfecber

Display the 1-second post-fec BER.

prefecber

Display the 1-second pre-fec BER.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

ospf [area | adjstate]

Displays the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel.

Enter this keyword followed by the following:

oturate

Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area ID

Enter the keyword adjstate to display the OSPF

adjacency state

Displays the client OTU2 rate

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-555
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 otu2 gccstatus
GCC Status : disabled

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 otu2 prefecber

Pre-fec BER : 1.23 E-9

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/C1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type : GCCO

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-556
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes
on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the Ethernet group PM options
Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power group PM

Display the PCS group PM

Display the SDH group PM
Display the SONET group PM

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-557
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

cshow interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.

Opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
opr.

Opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
pm opt.

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.

sdh

Displays the SDH group PM options. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.

sonet

Displays the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/11/C1 pm
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/11/C1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-558
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port
of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

clear

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-559
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm dw
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-560
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-561
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the
C{1-4} port of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-562
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm opr
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port
of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-563
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm opt
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-opt)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-564
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-565
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-566
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm sdh
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-sdh)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-567
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
11QPA4 card..
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

clear

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-568
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/C1 pm sonet
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/c1-pm-sonet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Command description

This command displays the LINE (L{1-4} ) port configuration data on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display details of the network port settings

Display the ODU2 attributes
Display the OTU2 attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring data

Display the current received optical power and transmitted optical power of this port
Display laser bias current and transmitted laser temperature of this port
Display all service activity on this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-569
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

odu2
otu2
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

odu2

Displays the ODU2 interface port parameters. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2.

otu2

Displays the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2.

pm

Displays the performance monitoring attributes. See

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter one of the following:

brief

detail

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qa4 1/8/L1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 11QPA4 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:

# show interface 11qa4 1/8/L1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 11QPA4 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-570
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel
:
AINS
:
Use System AINS Timer
Receive Power
Transmit Power

:
:

Pluggable Module Type

Channel: 1471

AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown :
Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :

: Auto

LOS Propagation: Laser On

OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode:
Opr Mode: crossRegen
Otu Rate:
CrossRegPartner: L2

ODU2 Settings
------------Payload Type Mismatch Response :
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled
Disabled

# show interface 11qa4 1/8/L1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 11QPA4 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
Channel :
AINS
:
Use System AINS Timer

AINS Timer :
:
AINS Countdown :

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-571
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Receive Power :
Transmit Power :

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :

Pluggable Module Type: Auto

Channel: 1471

LOS Propagation: Laser On

OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode:
Opr Mode: addDrop
Otu Rate:
CrossRegPartner: none
ODU2 Settings
------------Payload Type Mismatch Response :
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled
Disabled

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl

incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

Incoming EXP: Hex: 00 00

# show interface 11qpa4 4/8/l1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
XC
Traffic APS
Service
Direction ITU
Status Member
-------------------------------------------------------------------43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1 A-End
60
Active
-Z-End
60
Inactive
Working
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-572
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show interface 11qpa4 4/8/l1 srvcActivity detail

Service Activity:

OCH Trail: 43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1

Location Description
Status
APS Group APS Member
-------------------------------------------------------------------A-End: G07U (43.43.43.43) (ITU 60)
2/8/C1 11QPA4 Client Port
Active
--Z-End: G05U (39.39.39.39) (ITU 60)
4/8/C1 11QPA4 Client Port

Inactive

Working

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4}

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

Command description

This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the LINE (L{1-4} ) port on the 11QPA4
card.
Use this command to:

Display the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Display the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Display the Payload Type Mismatch response
Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Display the ODU2 incoming ftfl attributes

Display the ODU2 incoming exp attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-573
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2
incftfl
incexp
mappingmode
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

incftfl

Display the FTFL information of this port, which includes:

incoming forward fault indication field

incoming forward operator-identifier field

incoming backward fault indication field

incoming backward operator-identifier field

incexp

Display the incoming EXP ODUk overhead

mappingmode

Displays ODU2 mapping mode.

pldtype

Displays the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.

ptmmresp

Displays the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-574
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 odu2
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/C1-odu2)#

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl

incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

Incoming EXP : Hex: 00 00

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

Command description

This command displays the LINE (L{1-4} ) port with OTU2 attributes on the 11QPA4
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the expected channel values of the pluggable module

Display the status of the GCC channel

Display the GCC communication channel type
Display the pluggable module type
Display the operating mode
Display the OSPF attributes for the GCC0 channel

Display the FEC used

Display the OTU2 rate
Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-575
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the CrossRegPartner port

Display the 1-second pre-fec and post-fec BER
Display the line port multicastfrom information

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {11qpa4} shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
detail
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
moduletype
mtu
oprmode
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
oturate
pkttype [std | nonstd]
postfecber
prefecber
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
CrossRegPartner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-576
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

multicastfrom
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channelrx

Display the expected receive channel wavelength.

channeltx

Display the expected transmit channel wavelength or

frequency.

gccstat

Display the status of GCC0 signal processing.

gcctype

Display the GCC communication channel type.

Note: This parameter is only applicable to 1830 PSS.

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

oprmode

Display the operating mode of the line port.

ospf [area | adjstate]

Display the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel.

Enter this keyword followed by the following:

ospf helloint

Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area ID

Enter the keyword adjstate to display the OSPF

adjacency state

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time elapsed
before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval is
a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello interval
value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-577
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation. This
parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The value is 1
to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16 uppercase
or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first character can
not be a numeric value. This parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enabled.
Default: NUL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is enabled.
Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on

the OSPF area

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not required

on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set to enable

only if a md5key and md5keyid have been set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it

is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype
is non-standard the mtu size is default. For this pack
(11QPA4) the packet type is fixed/default to standard (std).
Default: std

postfecber

Display the 1-second post-fec BER

prefecber

Display the 1-second pre-fec BER

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

Range: 1-65535

oturate

Displays the OTU2 rate.

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-578
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

CrossRegPartner

Displays the CrossRegPartner port when oprmode is

crossRegen
Note: When oprMode is not crossRegen, this field shall
display as NONE.

multicastfrom

Displays the multicastfrom information when oprmode is

addonly.
Value: C{1-4}, None
Note: when oprmode is not addonly, this field will display as

none.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 oprMode
oprMode : CROSSREGEN

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 CrossRegPartner

crossRegenLine Port: L3

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 oprMode

oprMode : ADDDROP

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 CrossRegPartner

crossRegenLine: NONE

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type : GCCO

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 prefecber

Pre-fec BER : 1.23 E-9

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 multicastfrom

MulticastFrom : C1

# show interface 11qpa4 1/29/L1 otu2 multicasrfrom

MulticastFrom : none

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-579
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} otu2

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

Command description

This command displays the client (L{1-4} ) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes
on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power PM

Display the tandem connection monitoring group PM

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-580
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/11/L1 pm
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/11/L1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the L{1-4} port
of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-581
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm dw
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-582
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the
L{1-4} port of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Displays the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-583
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opr

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the
L{1-4} port of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-584
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/3/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-11QPA4-1/3/L1-pm-opt)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-585
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-4} pm opt

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Command description

This command displays the configured eVAO ports (VA{1-4}) on the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the eVOA port detailed settings

Display the OCH attributes

Display Performance Monitoring data

Display the expected power setting

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer.

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}
detail
och
pm
power
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

och

Displays the OCH interface port parameters.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-586
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pm

Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See show

interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm.

power

Display the expected optical output power.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: VA1 - 11QPA4 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State : Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
AINS
:
AINS Timer :
Use System AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown :
Receive Power :
Transmit Power :
Expect Power
:
Pluggable Module Type: sVOA

# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 power

The expected optical output power of the port: -20.00 dBm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-587
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

Command description

This command displays the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) on the
11QPA4 card. Use this command to display the pluggable module type.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type on the specified interface

port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 och moduletype
Module Type : sVOA

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-588
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA ports
(VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card. Use this command to display the transmitted optical
power group PM options.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm
opt
opr
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

opt

Display the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt.

opr

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opr

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-589
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-590
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason: losclrd
Baseline Value: -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time: 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opr

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the eVOA ports (VA{1-4}) of the 11QPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-591
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including number of Bins and assigned TCA Profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-592
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11QPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11qpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT Location: 1/8/VA1
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm) : OPT Max (dBm) : -5.88
OPT Average (dBm) : -8.98

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-593
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11STAR1 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 11STAR1 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 11star1

6-596

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

6-597

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 state

6-599

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

6-601

config interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

6-603

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

6-606

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

6-609

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

6-612

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

6-613

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-618

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

6-620

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

6-622

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-624

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-626

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-628

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

6-630

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

6-631

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

6-633

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-635

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-637

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-639

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-644

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-645

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-647

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-594
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-649

show interface 11 star1

6-651

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

6-652

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

6-657

show interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

6-659

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

6-661

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

6-663

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

6-664

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

6-666

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-670

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

6-672

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

6-673

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-675

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-676

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-678

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

6-679

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

6-681

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

6-682

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-685

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-688

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-692

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-693

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-695

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-696

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-595
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 11star1 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C1) port or line (L1) port
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 11star1 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C1, L1

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 *
Port
Admin Oper
State
Location
Function Description Dir State State Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/11/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
1/11/C1
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-596
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port on the 11star1 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set the client port type {fc10g, oc192, stm64, tengige, otu2} and attributes
Set the loopback mode
Set the PM attributes
Set the state

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/c1
description [string]
detail
fc10g
loopback [facility | terminal]
oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
state
stm64
tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-597
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [fc10g | oc192 | otu2 | tengige | stm64 | unassigned]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

fc10g

Sets the 10G Fiber Channel port attributes. See config

interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g.

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting. To change the setting, enter
this keyword followed by one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting. To change the setting, enter
this keyword followed by one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback

oc192

Sets the OC-192 port attributes. See config interface

11star1 shelf/slot/C1 oc192.

odu2

Sets the ODU2 port attributes. Seeconfig interface 11star1

shelf/slot/C1 odu2 to configure ODU2 attributes.

otu2

Sets the OTU2 port attributes. See config interface 11star1

shelf/slot/C1 otu2 to configure OTU2 attributes.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 PM to configure pm
attributes.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11star1

shelf/slot/C1 state to configure the state.

stm64

Sets the STM-64 port attributes. See config interface

11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-598
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tengige

Sets the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See config interface

11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to oc192 for SONET client

set to stm64 for SDH client

set to fc10g for 10G fiber channel client

set to tengige for 10GbE LAN client

set to otu2 for OTU2 client

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/11/c1
(config-interface-11star1-1/11/c1)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the C1 port on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-599
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/c1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service. Enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value} - Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-11star1-1/3/c1)# state up

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-600
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port 10G Fiber Channel attributes on the 11star1
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency of the client port

Set the loss propagation parameter
Set the pluggable module type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 fc10g
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-601
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port. Enter

this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver. Enter
this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
10GB-SR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2C

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.

Default: auto

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11star1 1/11/c1 fc10g
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-602
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

config interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port OC-192 attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes

Set the loss propagation parameter

Set the pluggable module type
Set the Signal Defect Threshold level

Set the Signal Fail Threshold level

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 oc192
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]
sfth [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-603
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port. Enter

this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

j0

losprop

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0. Enter this keyword followed by

either one of the following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt - J0 format. Enter this keyword followed by a

value for the J0 format:
{Value} = 1 configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
{value} = 16 configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

trccmp - J0 trace compare. This keyword enables and

disables the comparison between the incoming J0
value and the provisioned (that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Loss propagation: Specifies how the near end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-604
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Pluggable module type: Specifies the pluggable module

type to be used on the specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.

Default: auto
sdth

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed by a
value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10n
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9}
Default: 10-6

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed by a value
for the bit error rate, expressed as 10n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/11/C1 oc192
(config-interface-11STAR-1/11/c1-oc192)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-605
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 oc192

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port STM-64 attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes

Set the loss propagation parameter

Set the pluggable module type
Set the Signal Defect Threshold level

Set the Signal Fail Threshold level

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]
sfth [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-606
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port. Enter

this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

j0

losprop

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0. Enter this keyword followed by

either one of the following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt - J0 format. Enter this keyword followed by a

value for the J0 format:
{Value} = 1 - configure J0 format to 1-byte
mode
{value} = 16 - configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

trccmp - J0 trace compare. This keyword enables and

disables the comparison between the incoming J0
value and the provisioned (i.e., expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Loss propagation: Specifies how the near end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-607
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Pluggable module type: Specifies the pluggable module

type to be used on the specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.

Default: auto
sdth

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed by a
value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9}
Default: 10-6

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed by a value
for the bit error rate, expressed as 10n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/11/C1 stm64
(config-interface-11star1-1/11/c1-stm64)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-608
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

Command description

This command configures the 10GbE LAN client (C1) port attributes on the 11star1 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the encapsulation mode

Set the error frame drop behavior

Set the loss propagation behavior
Configure the pluggable type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige
channel [value]
encmode[value]
errfrmdrop [disabled | enabled]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-609
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port. Enter

this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

encmode

Specifies the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal. Enter this keyword followed by one
of the following four values:

cbrlan11.049

cbrlan11.096

gfp-f - specifies the use of the Generic Framing

protocol (ITU-T G.7041)

gfp-p - Generic Framing Protocol, Proprietary, where

the client Ethernet frame preamble is preserved.

Default: gfp-f
errfrmdrop

Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP
transport modes. Enter this keyword followed by either of
the following values:

enabled

disabled

Default: disabled
losprop

Loss propagation: Specifies how the near end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end
client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-610
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
10GB-SR
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.

Default: auto

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/11/c1 tengige
(config-interface-11star1-1/11/c1-tengige)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-611
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port ODU2 attributes on the 11star1 card. Use
this command to set the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/11/c1 odu2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-612
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(config-interface-11star1-1/11/c1-odu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port OTU2 attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module

Set the type of FEC used on this surface
Set the status of the GCC0 channel
Set the GCC communication channel type

Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the pluggable module type
Set the OSPF attributes
Set the OTU signal rate
Set the OTU2 trail trace identifier attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
fectype [nofec | rsfec]
gccstat [disabled | enabled]
gcctype [GCCO | GGC1| GCC2]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-613
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype [auto | user | value]

ospf [ helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
mtu [value]
oturate [value]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channelrx

Specifies the receive channel frequency. Not settable for

internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

channeltx

Specifies the transmit channel frequency for the client

port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

fectype

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of

forward error correction on the interface port

Set to nofec - FEC correction disabled

Set to rsfec - Reed-Solomon FEC

Default: rsfec
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-614
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

gccstat

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to enabled to enable GCC0 processing

Set to disabled to disable GCC0 processing

Default: enabled
gcctype

Specifies which GCC communication channel type will be

selected.
Values: GCC0; GCC1; GCC2
Default: GCC0

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-615
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the
first character can not be a numeric value. This parameter
is mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: NUL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enable. Range: 1- 255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated

on the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set

to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid have been
set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default.
Default: nonstd

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1473 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-616
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oturate

OTU2 rate. Specifies the client OTU2 rate.

Set to 10.709 - for standard OTU2 rate

Set to 11.049 - for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate

Set to 11.096 - for 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate

Default: 10.709
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(i.e., exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/c1 otu2
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-otu2)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-617
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the Ethernet group PM options

Configure the Received optical power group PM options

Configure the Transmitted optical power group PM options
Configure the PCS group PM options
Configure the SDH group PM options
Configure the SONET group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-618
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options.

See config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options.

See config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the SDH group PM options.

See config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the SONET group PM options.

See config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/11/c1 pm
(config-interface-11star1-1/11/c1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-619
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-620
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm dw 0
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-dw-0)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-621
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with Ethernet Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-622
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm ethernet 0
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-ethernet-0)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-623
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

lsclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-624
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm opr
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-625
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11star1 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt
baseline [vlaue]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

lsclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-626
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm opt
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-627
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with PCS layer Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-628
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm pcs
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-629
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with SDH Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-630
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm sdh 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with SONET/SDH Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-631
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm sonet 0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-632
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(config-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-sonet-0)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port on the 11star1 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback
Set the ODU2 attributes
Set the OTU2 attributes

Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the expected optical output power of the port
Configure the administrative state
Set the port type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu2
otu2
pm
power [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-633
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

state
type [otu2]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface:

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback

odu2

Sets the ODU2 port attributes. See config interface

11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2 to configure ODU2 attributes.

otu2

Sets the OTU2 port attributes. See config interface

11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2 to configure OTU2 attributes.

pm

Configure Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 PM to configure pm
attributes.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by a value: {-20.00 to 4.00} dBm.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11star1

shelf/slot/L1 state to configure the state.

type

Specifies the port type: Set to ots to set the port to OTS

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-634
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/l1
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/L1)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the L1 port on the 11star1 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-635
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-11star1-1/3/L1)# state down
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-636
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

Command description

This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the LINE (L1) port on the 11STAR1
card.
Use this command to:

Set the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Set the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Set the Payload Type Mismatch response
Set the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

mappingmode

ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode.

This attribute specifies the mapping mode that will be
used when the client port signal is provisioned to
OC-192, STM-64 or 10GbE WAN.

Set to bitsync - bit synchronous CBR mapping

Set to async - asynchronous CBR mapping

Default: bitsync

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-637
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pldtype

Specifies the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame. pldtype has a
default value and is based on the encoded client signal.
This attribute only applies when the client signal is not an
OTM0.2 signal.
Range: 0-255

ptmmresp

ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (i.e.,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-638
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/l1 odu2
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/L1-odu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with OTU2 attributes on the 11STAR1
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Configure the FEC used

Set the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Set the OTU2 regeneration response
Set the status of the GCC channel
Set the GCC communication channel type

Set the pluggable module type

Set the OSPF area parameters for the GCC channel
Set the packet type and mtu size

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2
channel [value]
fectype [efec | rsfec]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi ]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-639
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

gccstat [disabled | enabled]

gcctype [GCC0/GCC1/GCC2]
moduletype [auto | user | value ]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
mtu [ value ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Attribute that configures the frequency of the tunable

transponder.
Set to one of the following values:

fectype

DWDM: {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575,

9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535,
9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495,
9490, 9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455,
9450, 9445, 9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415,
9410, 9405, 9400,9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375,
9370, 9365, 9360, 9355, 9350, 9345, 9340, 9335,
9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310, 9305, 9300, 9295,
9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,
9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9215, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode.

Specifies the type of forward error correction on the
interface port

Set to efec - Enhanced FEC

Set to rsfec - Reed-Solomon FEC

Default: efec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-640
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

RegenResp

Configure OTU2 Regeneration Response for OPS

configuration

Set to LaserOn:Line port laser is turned on if there is

no client OTU2 LOS/LOF alarm

Set to LaserOff : Line port laser is shut down if client

OTU2 LOS/LOF alarm is detected

Default: LaserOn
Gccstat

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing

Set to enabled: to enable GCC1/GCC2/GCC3

processing

Set to disabled: to disable GCC0/GCC2/GCC3

processing
Default: disabled
gcctype

Specifies which GCC communication channel type will be

selected.
Values: GCC0, GCC1, GCC2
Default: GCC0

ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Default: 165535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Default: 1 65535

ospf md5key

Key used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation. This
parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The value
is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16
uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
character can not be a numeric value. This parameter is
mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: NUL ()

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-641
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enabled.
Range: 1 to 255

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated

on the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set

to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid have been
set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default. For this
pack (11QPA4) the packet type is fixed/default to standard
(std).
Default: std

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-642
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configures OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(i.e., exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/l1 otu2
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/L1-otu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-643
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with Performance Monitoring attributes on
the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-644
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/l1 pm
(config-interface- 11star1 -1/3/L1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-645
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 pm dw
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/L1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-646
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-647
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/l1 pm opr
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/L1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-648
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-649
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 1/3/l1 pm opt
(config-interface-11star1-1/3/L1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-650
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11 star1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11 star1

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on the 11STAR1 card. Use this
command to access subcommands that allow you to display the configuration of the client
(C1) port or line (L1) port.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
# show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 11star1 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C1, L1

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11star1 *
Port
Admin Oper
State
Location Function Description Dir State State Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/11/L1 Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
1/11/C1

Client

Bi

Down

Down

UAS

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-651
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the client (C1) port on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display the client port type {fc10g, oc192, stm64, tengige, otu2} attributes

Display the performance monitoring attributes

Display all service activity on this port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/c1
detail
fc10g
oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
stm64
tengige
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

fc10g

Displays the 10G Fibre Channel port attributes. See show

interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-652
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oc192

Sets the OC-192 port attributes. See config interface

11star1 shelf/slot/C1 oc192.

odu2

Displays the ODU2 port attributes. Seeshow interface

11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2 to configure ODU2 attributes.

otu2

Displays the OTU2 port attributes. See show interface

11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2 to configure OTU2 attributes.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See show

interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 PM to configure pm
attributes.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

brief

detail

stm64

Displays the STM-64 port attributes. See show interface

11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64.

tengige

Displays the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See show

interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 otu2
(show-interface-11star1-1/29/C1-otu2)#

# show interface 11star1 1/15/C1

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11ATAR1 Client Port [OTU2]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
State Qualifier:
SGEO
Oper Capability: Disabled
Oper State: Down
Direction : Bidirectional
Status LED
:

# show interface 11STAR1 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11STAR1 Client Port [10GbE LAN]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-653
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description
Channel

:
: None

AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

10GbE LAN Settings

---------------Laser
Module Type
Encapsulation Mode
Error Frame Drop

:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

:
:
:
:

Laser On
Auto
GFP-F
Disabled

# Show interface 11STAR1 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11STAR1 Client Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

OTU2 Settings
---------------Laser
Module Type
FEC Mode

:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

: Laser On
: Auto
: RSFEC

TTI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-654
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

--exp_sapi
tx_sapi
trccmp
timmresp
Inc_sapi
Status

:
:
: Disabled
: Disabled
:
: unknown

Incoming res
ODU2 Settings
------------TTI
--exp_sapi
trccmp
Inc_sapi
Status

: HEX: 00 00

:
: Disabled
:
: unknown

Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00

Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Incoming exp : Hex: 00 00
Incoming res row2
Incoming res row4

: HEX: 00 00
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00

# show interface 11STAR1 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11STAR1 Client Port [FC10G]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Received Power
:
Transmitted Power :
LBC
:
Laser Temperature :

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled
FC10G Settings
------------AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown: 0m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-655
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Channel
Laser
Module Type

: None
: Laser On
: Auto

# show interface 11STAR1 1/15/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 15 Port: C1 11STAR1 Client Port [OC192]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel
: None
AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

OC192 Settings
---------------Laser
Module Type
Mapping Mode

:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

: Laser On
: Auto
: ASYNC

J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Incoming :
Status
: unknown

# show interface 11STAR1 1/8/C4 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 11QPA4 SDH Client Port [STM64]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
:
Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-656
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Channel

: None

AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

STM64 Settings
---------------Laser
Module Type
Mapping Mode

:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

: Laser On
: Auto
: ASYNC

J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Incoming :
Status
: unknown

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port 10G Fibre Channel attributes on the
11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the loss propagation parameter

Display the pluggable module type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-657
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 fc10g
ainstimer
channel
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the configured Automatic In-Service Debounce

time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

losprop

Displays the configured loss propagation provisioning.

moduletype

Displays the configured pluggable module type used on

the specified interface port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 fc10g
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/C1-fc10g)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 fc10g
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-658
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port OC-192 attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Display the Signal Defect Threshold level

Display the Signal Fail Threshold level

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 oc192
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-659
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1shelf/slot/C1 oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Displays the J0 attributes:

j0_ex- Expected J0

j0_fmt- J0 format

j0_inc- Incoming J0

j0_status- Incoming J0 status

trccmp- J0 trace compare.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/C1 oc192 losprop
LOSPROP Action : laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-660
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port STM-64 attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Display the Signal Defect Threshold level

Display the Signal Fail Threshold level

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | timmresp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-661
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Configure J0 attributes.
Displays the J0 attributes:

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt

- J0 format

j0_inc- Incoming J0 status

j0_status- Incoming J0 status

timmresp- J0 mismatch response

losprop

Displays the loss propagation setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/C1 stm64 moduletype
Module Type: XI-64.1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-662
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

Command description

This command displays the 10GbE LAN client (C1) port attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of a pluggable module

Display the encapsulation mode

Display the error frame drop behavior
Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige
ainstimer
channel
encmode
errfrmdrop
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

encmode

Displays the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-663
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

errfrmdrop

Displays the error frame drop behavior.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 tengige ainstimer
AINS Timer :

10m

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 tengige

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port ODU2 attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes

Display the ODU2 incoming ftfl attributes
Display the ODU2 incoming res attributes

Display the ODU2 incoming exp attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2
incftfl
incres
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-664
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

incexp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | trccmp]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

incftfl

Incres

Display the FTFL information of this port, which

includes:

Incoming forward fault indication field

Incoming forward operator-specific field

Incoming backward fault indication field

Incoming backward operator-specific field

Display the RES ODUk overhead of this port, which

includes:

Incoming RES in row 2

Incoming RES in row 4

incexp

Display the incoming EXP ODUK overhead.

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi- expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi- incoming Source Access Point Identifier.

status- Status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

trccmp- Optical channel Trace compare.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 odu2
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/C1-odu2)#

# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 odu2 incftfl

Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-665
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00

Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00

# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 odu2 incexp

Incoming

exp : Hex: 00 00

# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 odu2 incres

Incoming res row2
Incoming res row4

: HEX: 00 00
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 odu2

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port OTU2 attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the receive channel frequency

Display the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the type of FEC used on this interface
Display the status of the GCC channel

Display the GCC communication channel type

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Display the OSPF attributes
Display the OTU signal rate

Display the OTU2 trail trace identifier attributes

Display the 1second pre-fec and post-fec BER

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-666
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
detail
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
incres
losprop
moduletype
mtu
oturate
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
postfecber
prefecber
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channelrx

Displays the receive frequency.

channeltx

Displays the transmit frequency of the pluggable module.

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

gccstat

Displays the status of GCC0 signal processing.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-667
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

ospf [area | adjstate]

Displays the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel.

Enter this keyword followed by the following:

ospf helloint

Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area ID

Enter the keyword adjstate to display the OSPF

adjacency state

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to
16 uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the
first character can not be a numeric value. This parameter
is mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: NUL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enabled.

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated

on the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set

to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid have been
set.
Default: disable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-668
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default.
Default: nonstd
Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1473 Bytes.

mtu

Range: 576 - 1500

oturate

Displays the client OTU2 rate.

postfecber

Display the 1-second post-fec BER

prefecber

Display the 1-second pre-fec BER

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier.

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 otu2 gccstatus
GCC Status :

disabled

# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 otu2 incres

Incoming res:

HEX: 00 00

# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 otu2 prefecber

Pre-fec BER : 1.25 E-9

# show interface 11star1 1/29/C1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type : GCC0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-669
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 otu2

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the Ethernet group PM
Display the received optical power group PM

Display the transmitted optical power PM

Display the PCS layer group PM
Display the SONET group PM
Display the SDH group PM

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-670
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt.

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options. See show interface

11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs.

sdh

Displays the SDH group PM options. See show interface

11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh.

sonet

Displays the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/11/c1 pm
(show-interface-11star1-1/11/C1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-671
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of
the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

clear

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-672
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm dw
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of the
11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-673
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-674
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the C1
port of the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-675
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm opr
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the C1
port of the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-676
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm opt
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-opt)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-677
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of the 11STAR1
card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-678
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of the
11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-679
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm sdh
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-sdh)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-680
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of the
11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

clear

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-681
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/c1 pm sonet
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/c1-pm-sonet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port configuration data on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display details of the network port settings

Display the ODU2 attributes
Display the OTU2 attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring data

Display the expected output power from the port

Display all service activity on this interface
Display current transmitted optical power, received optical power, transmitted LBC,
laser temperature and transponder transmit power on this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-682
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
power
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

odu2

Displays the ODU2 interface port parameters. See show

interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2.

otu2

Displays the OTU2 attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Displays the expected optical output power of the port.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter one of the following:

brief

detail

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/29/L1 power
The expected optical output power of the port:

-7.61 dBm

# show interface 11star1 1/8/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-683
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 11STAR1 NW Port [OTU2]

----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:

# show interface 11star1 1/8/L1 detail

----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
Channel :
AINS
:
Use System AINS Timer

AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown :

Receive Power
:
Facility Loopback :
Transmit Power
:
Terminal Loopback :
LBC:
Laser Temperature:
Transponder Transmit Power :
Pluggable Module Type: Auto
Channel: 1471

LOS Propagation: Laser On

OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode:
ODU2 Settings
------------Payload Type Mismatch Response :
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled
Disabled

# show interface 11star1 4/8/l1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-684
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

XC
Traffic APS
Service
Direction ITU Status
Member
------------------------------------------------------------------43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1
A-End
60
Active
--

# show interface 11star1 4/8/l1 srvcActivity detail

Service Activity:

OCH Trail: 43.43.43.43/2/8/L1-39.39.39.39/4/8/L1

Location Description
Status
APS Group APS Member
------------------------------------------------------------------A-End: G07U (43.43.43.43) (ITU 60)
2/8/C1 11STAR1 Client Port
Active
--Z-End: G05U (39.39.39.39) (ITU 60)
4/8/C1 11STAR1 Client Port

Inactive

Working

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

Command description

This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Display the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Display the Payload Type Mismatch response
Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Display the ODU2 incoming ftfl attributes

Display the ODU2 incoming res attributes
Display the ODU2 incoming exp attributes

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-685
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2
incftfl
incres
incexp
mappingmode
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Display the FTFL information of this port, which
includes:

incres

Incoming forward fault indication field

Incoming forward operator-specific field

Incoming backward fault indication field

Incoming backward operator-specific field

Display the RES ODUk overhead of this port, which

includes:

Incoming RES in row 2

Incoming RES in row 4

incexp

Display the incoming EXP ODUK overhead.

mappingmode

Displays ODU2 mapping mode.

pldtype

Displays the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.

ptmmresp

Displays the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-686
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp-sapi
- expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi- incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp- Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp
- Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi- transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/29/L1 odu2 mappingmode
Mapping mode :

BITSYNC

# show interface 11star1 1/29/L1 odu2 incftfl

Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00

# show interface 11star1 1/29/L1 odu2 incexp

Incoming

exp : Hex: 00 00

# show interface 11star1 1/29/L1 odu2 incres

Incoming res row2
Incoming res row4

: HEX: 00 00
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-687
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port with OTU2 attributes on the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Display the FEC used

Display the incoming reserve OH
Display the OTU2 rate
Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes

Display the incoming res attributes

Display the 1second pre-fec and post-fec BER
Display the OTU2 regeneration response
Display the status of the GCC channel

Display the GCC communication channel type

Display the pluggable module type
Display the OSPF attributes for the GCC0 channel

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2
ainstimer
channel
detail
fectype
gccstat
gcctype
moduletype
mtu

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-688
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status

value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
incres
oturate
postfecber
prefecber
RegenResp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the frequency of the tunable transponder.

detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

GCCstat

Display the status of GCC signal processing

GCCtype

Display the type of GCC communication channel

Moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes

incres

Display the incomingRES OTUk overhead of this port

oturate

Displays the OTU2 rate.

ospf [area | adjstate]

Display the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel. Enter

this keyword followed by the following:

Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area ID

Enter the keyword adjstate to display the OSPF

adjacency state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-689
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 165535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Range: 165535

Ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 165535

ospf md5key

Key used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation. This
parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The value
is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16
uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
character can not be a numeric value. This parameter is
mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: NUL ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enabled.
Range: 1 to 255

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated

on the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set

to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid have been
set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default. For this
pack (11QPA4) the packet type is fixed/default to standard
(std).
Default: std

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-690
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

RegenResp

Displays the OTU2 regeneration response for OPS

application.

tti

Displays the OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp- Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/29/L1 otu2 fectype
FEC Mode :

EFEC

# show interface 11star1 1/29/L1 otu2 incres

Incoming res:

HEX: 00 00

# show interface 11star1 1/29/L1 otu2 postfecber

Post-fec BER : 1.2 E-9

# show interface 11star1 1/29/L1 otu2 Regenresp

regenresp : laseroff

# show interface 11star1 1/29/L1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type : GCC0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-691
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (L1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power PM

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-692
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show interface 11star1 1/11/l1 pm

(show-interface-11star1-1/11/l1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the L1 port of
the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-693
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/L1 pm dw
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/l1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-694
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-695
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/L1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 11STAR1 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-696
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11star1 1/3/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-11star1-1/3/L1-pm-opt)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-697
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STAR1 CLI Commands

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-698
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11STGE12 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 11STGE12 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 11stge12

6-700

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-701

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

6-704

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-706

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-708

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-710

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-712

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-714

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-716

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

6-718

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-720

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-722

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-724

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-727

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-728

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

6-730

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-732

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-734

show interface 11stge12

6-736

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

6-737

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

6-739

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

6-740

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

6-742

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

6-743

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-699
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

6-745

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

6-747

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

6-748

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-750

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-751

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-753

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-755

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

6-756

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-758

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-759

config interface 11stge12

Command description

This command the interface ports on the 11STGE12 card. Use this command to access
subcommands that allow you to configure the client C{1-12} ports or the line (L1) port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 11stge12 cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (port): Range (port): C{1-12}, L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-700
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 11dpe12 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function
Description
Dir State State
Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C1
Client
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C2
Client
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C3
Client
Bi
Up
Down SGEO
3/2/C4
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C5
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C6
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C7
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C8
Client
Bi
Down Down SGEO
3/2/C9
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C10 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C11 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
3/2/C12 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Command description

This command configures the client ports (C{1-12}) on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port
Set the 1 Gb Ethernet attributes
Set the loopback mode

Set the performance monitoring

Set the administrative state
Set the client port type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-701
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
description [string]
detail
1gbe
loopback [facility | terminal]
pm
state
type [1gbe | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any parameters
to display the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

1gbe

Sets the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-702
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm to
configure pm attributes.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface

11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to 1gbe for 1 Gb Ethernet client

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/C1
(config-interface-11stge12-1/3/C1)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-703
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-12} ports on the 11stge12 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-704
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help Displays the default and valid range.
<value> - Sets the number of hours and
minutes for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours

disabled disable AINS

enabled enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword

with force to force the port down. This can affect
service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config-interface- 11stge12 -1/3/C1 state down
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-705
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

Command description

This command configures the 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the
11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set autonegotiation
Set the channel frequency for the pluggable module
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
autoneg [disabled | enabled]
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

autoneg

Attribute that controls the status of auto-negotiation.

Enter this keyword followed by either of the following
values:

enabled

disabled

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-706
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the wavelength of the pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

losprop

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF)
or other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

moduletype

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-707
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/C1 1gbe
(config-interface-11stge12-1/3/C1-1gbe)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

Command description

This command the C{1-12}client ports performance monitoring (pm) attributes on the
11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface

Configure the Ethernet group PM options

Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options
Configure the PCS group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
clearAll
ethernet
opr
opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-708
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet.

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11stge12
shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11stge12
shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# configure interface 11stge12 1/7/C1 pm
(config-interface-11stge12-1/7/C1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-709
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

Command description

This command the C{1-12}Client ports with Ethernet Performance Monitoring attributes
on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-710
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/7/C1 pm ethernet
(config-interface-11stge12-1/7/C1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-711
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12} Client ports for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-712
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/7/C1 pm opr
(config-interface-11stge12-1/7/C1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-713
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the C{1-12}Client ports for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-714
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/7/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-11stge12-1/7/C1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-715
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

Command description

This command the C{1-12}Client ports with PCS layer Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-716
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/7/C1 pm pcs
(config-interface-11stge12-1/7/C1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-717
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback

Set the ODU2 attributes
Set the OTU2 attributes
Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the expected optical output power of the port

Configure the administrative state
Set the port type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu2
otu2
pm
power [value]
state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-718
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [otu2]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface:

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback

odu2

Sets the ODU2 port attributes. See config interface

11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2 to configure ODU2
attributes.

otu2

Sets the OTU2 port attributes. See config interface

11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2 to configure OTU2 attributes.

pm

Configure Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 PM to configure pm
attributes.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by a value: {-20.00 to 4.00} dBm.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 11stge12

shelf/slot/L1 state to configure the state.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-719
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Specifies the port type: Set to otu2 to set the port to

OTU2.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/L1
(config-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the L1 port on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-720
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1)# state down
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-721
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

Command description

This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the LINE (L1) port on the 11STAR1
card.
Use this command to:

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response

Set the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ptmmresp

ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-722
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (i.e.,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 odu2
(config-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-odu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-723
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with OTU2 attributes on the 11STGE12
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Configure the FEC used
Set the OTU2 rate
Set the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2
channel [value]
fectype [efec2 | rsfec]
oturate [value]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-724
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Attribute that configures the frequency of the tunable

transponder.
Set to one of the following values:

fectype

DWDM: {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575,

9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535,
9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495,
9490, 9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455,
9450, 9445, 9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415,
9410, 9405, 9400,9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375,
9370, 9365, 9360, 9355, 9350, 9345, 9340, 9335,
9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310, 9305, 9300, 9295,
9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,
9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9215, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode.

Specifies the type of forward error correction on the
interface port

Set to efec2 - for Enhanced FEC type 2

Set to rsfec - for Reed-Solomon FEC

Default: efec2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-725
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configures OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(that is., exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 otu2
(config-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-otu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-726
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with Performance Monitoring attributes on
the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the Digital Wrapper group options
Configure the Ethernet group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configures the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-727
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm
(config-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-728
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm dw
(config-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-729
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with Ethernet Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-730
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm ethernet
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm ethernet

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-731
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-732
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm opr
(config-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11star1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-733
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-734
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm opt
(config-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-735
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stge12

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on the 11STGE12 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client C{1-12} ports or the line (L1)
port.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 11stge12 interfaces on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): Range (port): C{1-12}, L1

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description
Dir State State Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------------3/2/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C1
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C2
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C3
Client
Bi
Up
Down
SGEO
3/2/C4
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C5
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C6
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
3/2/C7
Client
Bi
Down
Down
UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-736
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3/2/C8
3/2/C9
3/2/C10
3/2/C11
3/2/C12

Client
Client
Client
Client
Client

Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi

Down
Down
Down
Down
Down

Down
Down
Down
Down
Down

UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Command description

This command displays the client ports (C{1-12}) on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display the 1 Gb Ethernet attributes
Display the performance monitoring

Display all service activity on this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}
1gbe
detail
pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-737
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

srvcActivity [brief | detail]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

1gbe

Displays the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See show

interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

pm

Displays Performance Monitoring. See show interface

11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

After this keyword, enter one of the following:

brief

detail

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/c1
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/C1)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slotC{1-12}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-738
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

Command description

This command displays 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-12}) attributes on the 11STGE12
card.
Use this command to:

Display the automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display autonegotiation
Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe
ainstimer
autoneg
channel
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service debounce time.

autoneg

Displays auto-negotiation.

channel

Displays the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-739
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Displays loss propagation behavior status.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11stge12 1/3/c1 1gbe
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/C1-1gbe)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} 1gbe

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring data for the C{1-12}client ports on
the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Ethernet performance monitoring data options

Display the receive optical power performance monitoring options for this port
Display the transmitted optical power performance monitoring options for this port
Display the PCS group performance monitoring options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
ethernet
opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-740
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opt
pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet group PM options.

See show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm
ethernet.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt.

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options.

See show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/7/C1 pm
(show-interface-11stge12-1/7/C1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-741
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the C{1-12}Client ports with Ethernet Performance Monitoring
on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-742
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration

values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/c1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/C1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm ethernet

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

Command description

This command displays received optical power performance monitoring on the C{1-12}
Client ports of the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data.

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-743
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/c1 pm opr
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/C1-pm-opr)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-744
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

Command description

This command the transmitted optical power performance monitoring data for the
C{1-12}Client ports on the 11STGE12 card
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-745
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration

values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/c1 pm opt
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/C1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-746
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS performance monitoring data for the C{1-12} Client
ports on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-747
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/c1 pm pcs
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/C1-pm-pcs)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm pcs

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command displays the configured LINE (L1) port on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the network port settings

Display the ODU2 attributes

Display the OTU2 attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring
Display the expected output power from the port

Display all service activity on this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-748
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1
detail
odu2
otu2
pm
power
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

odu2

Displays the ODU2 interface port parameters. See show

interface 11stge121 shelf/slot/L1 odu2.

otu2

Displays the OTU2 attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Displays the expected optical output power of the port.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter one of the following:

brief

detail

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/L1
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-749
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

Command description

This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the LINE (L1) port on the 11STGE12
card..
Use this command to:

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response

Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ptmmresp

Displays the ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-750
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp-sapi
- expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi- incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp- Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp
- Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi- transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 odu2
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-odu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

Command description

This command displays the LINE (L1) port with OTU2 attributes on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the tunable transponder
Display the FEC used

Display the OTU2 rate

Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-751
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2
ainstimer
channel
fectype
oturate
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the frequency of the tunable transponder.

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

oturate

Displays the OTU2 rate.

tti

Displays the OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp- Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-752
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 otu2
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-otu2)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge1 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays performance monitoring data for the LINE (L1) port on the
11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Digital Wrapper group PM options

Display the Ethernet group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power PM
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm
dw
ethernet
opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-753
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

ethernet

Display the Ethernet group PM. See show interface

11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-754
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper performance monitoring data for the LINE
(L1) port on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-755
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm dw
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring data for the LINE (L1) port
on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-756
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm ethernet
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-pm-ethernet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-757
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power performance monitoring data for the
LINE (L1) port on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-758
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power performance monitoring data for
the LINE (L1) port on the 11STGE12 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-759
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stge12 1/3/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-11stge12-1/3/L1-pm-opt)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-760
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STGE12 CLI Commands

show interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stge12 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-761
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11STMM10 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 11STMM10 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 11stmm10

6-764

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-765

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

6-769

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

6-772

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-776

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-779

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

6-784

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

6-785

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-791

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-793

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-794

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-796

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-798

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-800

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-802

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-803

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

6-805

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

6-807

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

6-812

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-814

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-816

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-819

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-820

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-822

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-762
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-824

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-826

show interface 11stmm10

6-828

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-829

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

6-832

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

6-834

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-836

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-838

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

6-840

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

6-841

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-845

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-847

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-848

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-850

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-852

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-854

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-855

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-857

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1,stm4,stm16}

6-859

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

6-861

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

6-866

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

6-868

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-870

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-871

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-873

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-875

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-763
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 11STMM10 card. Use this command
to access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-10}) ports or the line
(L1) port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 11stmm10 cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (port): C{1-10}, L1

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 11stmm10 *
Port
Admin Oper
State
Location Function Description
Dir
State State Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/11/L1 Network
Bi
Up
Up
1/11/C1 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
1/11/C2 Client
Bi
Down Down
1/11/C3 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
1/11/C4 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
1/11/C5 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
1/11/C6 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-764
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/11/C7 Client
1/11/C8 Client
1/11/C9 Client
1/11/C10 Client

Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi

Down Down
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up

UAS

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Command description

This command configures the client ports (C{1-10}) on the 11STMM10 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set the loopback mode
Set the performance monitoring
Set the state

Set the client port type

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}
1gbe
cbr2g5
description [string]
detail
fc100
fc200
fc400
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-765
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

loopback [facility | terminal]

oc3
oc12
oc48
odu1
otu1
pm
state
stm1
stm4
stm16
type [1gbe | cbr2g5 | fc100 | fc200 | fc400 | oc3 | oc12 | oc48
| stm1 | stm4 | stm16 | otu1 | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

1gbe

Sets the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe.

cbr2g5

Sets the CBR2g5 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any parameters
to display the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

fc100

Sets the FC100 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200, fc400}.

fc200

Sets the FC200 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200, fc400}.

fc400

Sets the FC400 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200, fc400}.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-766
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

oc3

Sets the OC-3 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48}.

oc12

Sets the OC-12 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48}.

oc48

Sets the OC-482 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48}.

odu1

Sets the ODU1 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1.

otu1

Sets the OTU1 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm.

state

Sets the port state. See config interface 11stmm10

shelf/slot/C{1-10} state.

stm1

Sets the STM-1 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4, stm16}.

stm4

Sets the STM-4 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4, stm16}.

stm16

Sets the STM-16 port attributes. See config interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4, stm16}.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-767
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Configures the port type:

Set to 1gbe for 1 Gb Ethernet client

Set to cbr2g5 for CBR2G5 client

Set to fc100 for1Gb Fibre Channel client

Set to fc200 for 2 Gb Fibre Channel client

Set to fc400 for 4Gb Fibre Channel client

Set to oc3 for SONET OC-3 client

Set to oc12 for SONET OC-12 client

Set to oc48 for SONET OC-48 client

Set to otu1 for OTU1 client

Set to stm1 for SDH STM-1 client

Set to stm4 for SDH STM-4 client

Set to stm16 for SDH STM-6 client

Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C1 type oc48
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-768
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

Command description

This command configures the 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-10}) attributes on the
11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Set the encapsulation mode
Set the error frame drop behavior
Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the pluggable module type

Set the time slot allocation on the line port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe
channel [value]
encmode [gfp-t]
errfrmdrop [disabled]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user |value]
timeslot [odu1 odu1_trib vts vts]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-769
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the wavelength of the pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

encmode

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611} -

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the encapsulation mode used to transport the

1GbE Ethernet signal. Enter this keyword followed by
the following value:
gfp-t - Generic Framing Protocol, transparent
encapsulation option
Default - gfp-t

errfrmdrop

Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded

or passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP
transport modes.
Enter this keyword followed by the following value:
disabled
Default: disabled

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-770
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute shall be set to user.

Default: auto
timeslot [odu1 odu1_trib vts
vts]

Specifies the time slot on the line port. Both odu1 and
vts must be entered at the same time.
Enter this keyword followed by the following:

Enter the keyword odu1 to specify the ODU1

tributary within the line port, followed by a value
from the following range: {0-4}

Enter the keyword vts to specify the STS3c time

slot within the ODU1, followed by a value from
the following range: {0 or 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19,
22, 25, 28, 31, 34, 37, 40, 43, 46}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C9 1gbe timeslot odu1 3 vts 1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-771
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C1{1-10} 1gbe

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

Command description

This command configures the CBR2G5 client ports (C{1-10}) attributes on the
11STMM10 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Set the J0 section trace attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the mapping mode

Set the pluggable module type
Set the received BER signal defect threshold
Set the received BER signal fail threshold
Set the timeslot assignment on the line port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]
sfth [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-772
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

timeslot [odu1 odu1_trib vts vts]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the wavelength of a pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

j0

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Configures J0 attributes:

j0_ex Expected J0.

Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt J0 format.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the J0
format.
<value>=1: configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
<value>=16: configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

trccmp J0 trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(i.e., expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-773
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF)
or other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
mappingmode

Specifies the type of mapping of the CBR2g5 signal

into the ODU1 structure:

bitsync

async

Default: bitsync
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
SL-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto
sdth

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed by
a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8 10-9}
Default: 10-6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-774
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive

BER defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

timeslot [line line vts vts]

Specifies the time slot on the line port. Both odu1 and
vts must be entered at the same time.
Enter this keyword followed by the following:

Enter the keyword odu1 to specify the ODU1

tributary within the line port, followed by a value
from the following range: {0-4}

the keyword vts to specify the STS3c time slot

within the ODU1, followed by a value from the
following range: {0 or 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22,
25, 28, 31, 34, 37, 40, 43, 46}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/6/C7 cbr2g5 sfth 10-5
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-775
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}
Command description

This command configures the Fiber Channel (FC100, FC200, or FC400) client port
(C{1-10}) attributes on the 11STMM10 card
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Set the fibre channel interface type
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Set the timeslot assignment on the line port

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} fc100
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} fc200
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} fc400
channel [value]
fcmode [fc | ficon]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
timeslot [odu1 odu1_trib vts vts]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-776
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the wavelength of a pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

fcmode

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the FC interface type (Fibre Channel

compliant with INCITS x.320 or FICON).
Enter this keyword followed by:

fc

ficon

Default: fc
losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
mappingmode

Specifies the type of mapping of the CBR2g5 signal

into the ODU1 structure:

bitsync

async

Default: bitsync

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-777
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
For FC100 and FC200:
2FCSN1
2FCLC-L
4FCSN-1
4FCLC-L
SS-16.1A
For FC400:
4FCSN-1
4FCLC-L

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto
timeslot [line line vts vts]

Specifies the time slot on the line port. Both odu1 and
vts must be entered at the same time.
Enter this keyword followed by the following:

Enter the keyword odu1 to specify the ODU1

tributary within the line port, followed by a value
from the following range: {0-4}

the keyword vts to specify the STS3c time slot

within the ODU1, followed by a value from the
following range: {0 or 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22,
25, 28, 31, 34, 37, 40, 43, 46}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/8/C2 fc100 fcmode ficon

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-778
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}
Command description

This command configures the SONET (OC-3, OC-12, or OC-48) client port (C{1-10})
attributes on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Set the J0 section trace attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the pluggable module type

Set the received BER signal defect threshold
Set the received BER signal fail threshold
Set the timeslot assignment on the line port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc3
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc12
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc48
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_tx | timmresp | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]
sfth [value]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-779
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

timeslot [odu1 odu1_trib vts vts]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the wavelength of a pluggable module.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-780
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Configures J0 attributes:

j0_ex Expected J0.

Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt J0 format.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the J0
format.
<value>=1: configure J0 format to 1-byte
mode
<value>=16: configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

j0_tx Transmitted J0.

Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabledto enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disabledto disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp J0 trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(i.e., expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-781
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
For OC3:
SL-1.1
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For OC12:
SL-4.1
SL-16.2C
SS-4.1
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For OC48:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-782
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

sdth

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise

a signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8 10-9}
Default: 10-6

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive

BER defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

timeslot [line line vts vts]

Specifies the time slot on the line port. Both odu1 and
vts must be entered at the same time.
Enter this keyword followed by the following:

Enter the keyword odu1 to specify the ODU1

tributary within the line port, followed by a value
from the following range: {0-4}

the keyword vts to specify the STS3c time slot

within the ODU1, followed by a value from the
following range: {0 or 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22,
25, 28, 31, 34, 37, 40, 43, 46}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/8/C1 oc12 losprop laserOff
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-783
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

Command description

This command configures tthe ODU1 client port (C{1-10}) attributes on the 11stmm10
card. Use this command to set the ODU1 trail trace attributes.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

tti

Configures Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi Specifies the expected incoming

Source Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword
followed by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in
quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)

trccmp Optical channel trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the
provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-784
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C4 odu1 tti trccmp enable
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

Command description

This command configures the OTU1 client port (C{1-10}) attributes on the 11stmm10
card.
Use this command to:

Set the receive channel frequency

Set the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module

Configure the FEC type
Set the status of the GCC0 channel
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Set the OSPF area parameters for the GCC0 channel

Set the time slot allocation for the line port
Set the OTU1 trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1
channelrx[value]
channeltx[value]
fectype [nofec | rsfec]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-785
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

gccstat [disabled | enabled]

losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
ospf [deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5keyid value]

value md5key

pkttype [std | nonstd]

mtu [value]
timeslot [odu1 odu1_trib vts vts]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channelrx

Specifies the receive channel frequency. Not settable for

internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

channeltx

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the transmit channel frequency. Enter this

keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

CWDM: {1611, 1591, 1571, 1551, 1531, 1511, 1491,

1471}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-786
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

fectype

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of

forward error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

nofec, for Enhanced FEC type 2

rsfec, for Reed-Solomon FEC

Default: rsfec
gccstat

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to:

enabled to enable GCC0 processing

disabled to disable GCC0 processing

Default: enabled
ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 40.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16
uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
character can not be a numeric value. This parameter is
mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-787
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on

the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set

to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default.
Default: nonstd

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1473 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-788
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1
SS-16.1A

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.

Default: auto
timeslot [odu1 odu1_trib
vts vts]

Specifies the time slot on the line port. Both odu1 and vts
must be entered at the same time.
Enter this keyword followed by the following:

Enter the keyword odu1 to specify the ODU1 tributary

within the line port, followed by a value from the
following range: {0-4}

Enter the keyword vts to specify the STS3c time slot

within the ODU1, followed by a value from the
following range: {0 or 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25,
28, 31, 34, 37, 40, 43, 46}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-789
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C4 otu2 fectype nofec
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-790
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

Command description

This command configures the C{1-10}client ports performance monitoring (PM)

attributes on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the received optical power group PM options

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options
Configure the SDH group PM options
Configure the SONET group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-791
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface.

dw

Configure the digital wrapper group PM options. See

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet.

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11stmm10
shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 11stmm10
shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the SDH group PM options. See config

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the SONET group PM options. See config

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C7 pm clearAll
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-792
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
client (C{1-10} ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-793
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C1 pm dw 0 bins 20
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10} ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-794
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-795
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C1 pm ethernet 1 bins 5
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the client (C{1-10)} port of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-796
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-797
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C3 pm opr baseline 5
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the client (C{1-10}) ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-798
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C3 pm opt clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-799
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10} ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-800
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C1 pm pcs clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-801
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

Command description

This command the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client (C{1-10} ports
of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-802
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C1 pm sdh 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

Command description

This command the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client (C{1-10}
ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-803
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-804
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C1 pm sonet profile 3
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the client ports (C{1-10}) on the
11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-805
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/11/C10 ains enabled
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-806
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}
Command description

This command configures the SDH (STM-1, STM-4, STM-16) client port (C{1-10})
attributes on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Set the J0 section trace attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Set the received BER signal defect threshold

Set the received BER signal fail threshold
Set the timeslot allocation on the line port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm1
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm4
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm16
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_tx | timmresp | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]
sfth [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-807
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

timeslot [odu1 odu1_trib vts vts]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the wavelength of a pluggable module.

Set to {0, 1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-808
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Configures J0 attributes:

j0_ex Expected J0.

Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt J0 format.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the J0
format.
<value>=1: configure J0 format to 1-byte
mode
<value>=16: configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

j0_tx Transmitted J0.

Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabledto enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disabledto disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp J0 trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-809
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
For STM1:
SL-1.1
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For STM4:
SL-4.1
SL-16.2C
SS-4.1
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For STM16:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-810
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

sdth

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise

a signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8 10-9}
Default: 10-6

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive

BER defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

timeslot [line line vts vts]

Specifies the time slot on the line port. Both odu1 and
vts must be entered at the same time.
Enter this keyword followed by the following:

Enter the keyword odu1 to specify the ODU1

tributary within the line port, followed by a value
from the following range: {0-4}

the keyword vts to specify the STS3c time slot

within the ODU1, followed by a value from the
following range: {0 or 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22,
25, 28, 31, 34, 37, 40, 43, 46}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/C7 stm1 moduletype sl-1.1
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10
shelf/slot/C{1-10} C{1-10} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-811
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback

Set the ODU2 attributes
Set the OTU2 attributes
Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the expected optical output power of the port

Configure the administrative state
Set the port type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu2
otu2
pm
power [value]
state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-812
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [otu2]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface:

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback

odu2

Sets the ODU2 interface port parameters. See config

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2.

otu2

Sets the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port. See
config interface 11stmm10shelf/slot/L1 otu2.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated

with the line port. See config interface 11stmm10
shelf/slot/L1 PM.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by a value in the following range.
Range: -20 to 4 dBm

state

Sets the port state. See config interface 11stmm10

shelf/slot/L1 state to configure the state.

type

Specifies the port type: Set to ot2 to assign the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-813
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/L1 loopback facility enable
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

Command description

This command configures the ODU2 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 11stmm10
card.
Use this command to:

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response

Set the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R2.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-814
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (i.e.,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/L1 odu2 ptmmresp enable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-815
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

Command description

This command configures the OTU2 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 11stmm10
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Configure the FEC type
Set the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2
channel [value]
fectype [efec | rsfec]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-816
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Attribute that configures the frequency of the tunable

transponder.
Set to one of the following values:

fectype

DWDM: {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575,

9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535,
9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495,
9490, 9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455,
9450, 9445, 9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415,
9410, 9405, 9400,9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375,
9370, 9365, 9360, 9355, 9350, 9345, 9340, 9335,
9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310, 9305, 9300, 9295,
9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,
9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9215, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode.

Specifies the type of forward error correction on the
interface port

Set to efec - Enhanced FEC

Set to rsfec - Reed-Solomon FEC

Default: efec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-817
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configures OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(i.e., exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/L1 otu2 channel 9560
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-818
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the line (L1) port of
the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configures the digital wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-819
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/L1 pm clearAll
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
line (L1) port of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-820
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/L1 pm dw 0 profile 1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-821
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the line (L1) port of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-822
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/L1 pm opr baseline losclrd

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-823
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the line (L1) port of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-824
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/3/L1 pm opt clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-825
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the line port (L1) on the 11stmm10
card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-826
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 11stmm10 1/11/L1 ains enabled
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-827
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stmm10

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on the 11stmm10 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-10}) ports or the line
(L1) port.
Use this command to:

Access subcommands that allow you to display details for the client C{1-10} ports or
the line (L1) port
Display all the 11STMM10 ports on the NE
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 11stmm10 ports
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (port): C{1-10}, L1

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description
Dir
State State Qualifier
------------------------------------------------------------------1/11/L1 Network
Bi
Up
Up
1/11/C1 Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-828
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/11/C2
1/11/C3
1/11/C4
1/11/C5
1/11/C6
1/11/C7
1/11/C8
1/11/C9
1/11/C10

Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client
Client

Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi
Bi

Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Down Down
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up

UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS
UAS

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Command description

This command displays client port (C{1-10}) details on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display client port type attributes {1gbe, cbr2g5, fc100, fc200, fc400, oc3, oc12,
oc48, odu1, otu1, stm1, stm4, stm16}
Display performance monitoring values

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}
1gbe
cbr2g5
detail
fc100
fc200
fc400
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-829
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

oc3
oc12
oc48
odu1
otu1
pm
stm1
stm4
stm16
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

1gbe

Displays the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe.

cbr2g5

Displays the CBR2g5 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

fc100

Displays the FC100 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,
fc400}.

fc200

Displays the FC200 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,
fc400}.

fc400

Displays the FC400 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,
fc400}..

oc3

Displays the OC-3 port attributes. See show interface

11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48}.

oc12

Displays the OC-12 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12,
oc48}.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-830
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oc48

Displays the OC-48 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12,
oc48}.

odu1

Displays the ODU1 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1.

otu1

Displays the OTU1 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1.

pm

Displays the performance monitoring attributes. See

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm.

stm1

Displays the STM-1 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}.

stm4

Displays the STM-4 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}.

stm16

Displays the STM-16 port attributes. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C10
Shelf: 1 Slot: 11 Port: C10 - 11STMM10 Client Port [FC400]
-------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction: Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C10 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 11 Port: C10 - 11STMM10 Client Port [FC400]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Received Power
: -5.98 dBm
Transmitted Power : -5.53 dBm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-831
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Facility Loopback
Terminal Loopback

: Disabled
: Disabled

FC400 Settings
-------------AINS Timer
: 10m
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Laser
: Laser On
Module Type
: 4FCSN-1
Channel
: 850
Fcmode
: FiberChannel
Encapsulation Mode : GFP-T
TimeSlots
-------odu1 : 3
vts : 1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

Command description

This command displays the 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-10}) attributes on the
11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Display the encapsulation mode

Display the errored frame drop behavior

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type

Display the time slot allocation on the line port

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-832
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe
ainstimer
channel
encmode
errfrmdrop
losprop
moduletype
timeslot
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

encmode

Displays the encapsulation mode used to transport the

1GbE Ethernet signal.

errfrmdrop

Displays whether inbound errored frames are

discarded or passed.

losprop

Displays loss propagation behavior status.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

timeslot

Displays the time slot within the line port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-833
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C8 1gbe encmode
Encapsulation Mode: GFP-T

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C8 1gbe errfrmdrop

Errored Frame Drop: Disabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C1{1-10} 1gbe

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

Command description

This command displays the CBR2G5 client ports (C{1-10}) attributes on the 11stmm10
card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Display the J0 section trace attributes
Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the mapping mode
Display the pluggable module type

Display the received BER signal defect threshold

Display the received BER signal fail threshold
Display the timeslot assignment on the line port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-834
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sdth
sfth
timeslot
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

j0

Displays the J0 attributes:

j0_ex Expected J0.

j0_fmt J0 format.

j0_inc Incoming J0

j0_status Incoming J0 status

trccmp J0 trace compare.

losprop

Displays loss propagation behavior setting.

mappingmode

Displays the type of mapping of the CBR2g5 signal

into the ODU1 structure.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive

BER defect declaration.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-835
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

timeslot

Displays the time slot within the line port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C10 cbr2g5 mappingmode
Mapping Mode: BITSYNC

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C10 cbr2g5 moduletype

Pluggable Module Type: auto

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} cbr2g5

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}
Command description

This command displays the Fiber Channel (FC100, FC200, or FC400) client port
(C{1-10}) attributes on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Display the fiber channel interface type
Display the encapsulation mode

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Display the timeslot allocation for the line port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-836
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} fc100
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} fc200
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} fc400
ainstimer
channel
encmode
fcmode
losprop
moduletype
timeslot
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

encmode

Displays the Encapsulation mode.

fcmode

Displays the FC interface type.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

timeslot

Displays the time slot within the line port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C10 fc400 fcmode
FC Mode: FC

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-837
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} fc100
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} fc200
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} fc400

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

Command description

This command displays the SONET (OC-3, OC-12, or OC-48) client port (C{1-10})
attributes on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module
Display the J0 section trace attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Display the received BER signal defect threshold
Display the received BER signal fail threshold
Display the timeslot allocation for the line port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc3
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc12
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc48
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | j0_tx | timmresp |
trccmp]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-838
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
timeslot
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module.

j0

Displays J0 attributes:

j0_ex Expected J0.

j0_fmt J0 format.

j0_inc Incoming J0

j0_status Incoming J0 status

j0_tx Transmitted J0.

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp J0 trace compare.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold required for

Excessive BER defect declaration.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

timeslot

Displays the time slot within the line port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C2 oc48 sfth
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-839
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {oc3, oc12,

oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Signal Fail Threshold: 10-3

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C2 oc48 losprop

LOS Propagation: Laser On

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc3
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc12
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc48

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

Command description

This command displays the ODU1 attributes for the client (C{1-10}) ports on the
11stmm10 card. Use this command to set the ODU1 trail trace identifier attributes.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp][exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | trccmp]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-840
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configures Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp Optical channel trace compare

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C1 odu1 tti trccmp
TTI Comparison: Enabled

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/l1 odu1 tti status

TTI Status: Unavailable

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu1

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-10}) port OTU1 attributes on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the receive channel frequency

Display the transmit channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the FEC type

Display the status of the GCC0 channel

Display the loss propagation behavior

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-841
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the pluggable module type

Display the OSPF attributes for the GCC0 channel
Display the time slot allocation for the line port

Display the OTU1 trail trace attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1
ainstimer
channelrx
channeltx
fectype
gccstat
losprop
moduletype
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status
value md5key value md5keyid value]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
mtu [value]
timeslot
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channelrx

Displays the receive frequency of the pluggable module.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-842
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Displays the transmit frequency of the pluggable module.

fectype

Displays the Forward error correction mode setting.

gccstat

Displays the status of GCC0 signal processing.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

ospf area

Displays the OSPF settings for the GCC0 channel.

Enter this keyword followed by the following:

ospf helloint

Enter the keyword area to display the OSPF area ID

Enter the keyword adjstate to display the OSPF

adjacency state

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 40.
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16
uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
character can not be a numeric value. This parameter is
mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-843
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key calculation.

This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid is entered. The
value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The string can be 1 to 16
uppercase or lowercase alphanumeric characters; the first
character can not be a numeric value. This parameter is
mandatory if md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus is
enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is activated on

the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be set

to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid has been set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default.
Default: nonstd

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1473 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

timeslot

Displays the time slot within the line port.

tti

Configures Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp Optical channel trace compare.

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point identifier

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-844
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C5 otu1 moduletype
Pluggable Module Type: Auto

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu1

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the client (C{1-10})
ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the Ethernet group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options
Display the PCS group PM options
Display the SDH group PM options

Display the SONET group PM options

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
dw
ethernet
opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-845
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

dw

Display the digital wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
dw.

ethernet

Display the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM. See

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM. See

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
opt.

pcs

Display the PCS group PM options. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs.

sdh

Display the SDH group PM options. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh.

sonet

Display the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11stmm10 1/3/C1 pm sonet
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-846
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
client (C{1-10}) ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
detail
clear

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-847
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C2 pm dw 1 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/11/C2 Group=Digital Wrapper
Interval Length : 1440 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 8
TCA Profile ID : 8

Interval=1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-848
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
detail
clear

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-12}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-849
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C2 pm ethernet 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/11/C2 Group=Ethernet Interval=0
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client (C{1-10}) ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-850
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C4 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason : losclrd
Baseline Value : -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-851
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client (C{1-10}) ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-852
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C4 pm opt 0 1
Group: OPT Interval: 0 Bin: 1 Location: 1/11/C4
----------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2009/01/05 14:15:00 (UTC)
Bin Status
: Complete
OPT Min (dBm) : -5.75
OPT Max (dBm) : -5.74
OPT Average (dBm) : -5.74

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-853
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-854
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C2 pm pcs 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/11/C6 Group=PCS
Interval Length : 1440 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 8
TCA Profile ID : 3

Interval=0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 11stmm10 card
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-855
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdhx
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-856
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C2 pm sdh 1 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/11/C6 Group=SDH
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 4

Interval=1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-857
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/12/C1 pm sonet raw
Group: SONET Location: 1/12/C1
-------------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:52.55 (UTC)
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx

CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL

:
:
:

0
0
0
:

:
:
:

1220978
0
0
0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-858
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Rx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

UASL
FCL
UASS
CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS

:
:
:
:
:
:

0
0
1221141
0
0
0
:

:
:
:
:
:
:

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} {stm1,stm4,

stm16}
Command description

This command displays the SDH (STM-1, STM-4, STM-16) client port (C{1-10})
attributes on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module
Display the J0 section trace attributes
Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type

Display the received BER signal defect threshold
Display the received BER signal fail threshold
Display the time slot allocation on the line port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-859
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

{stm1,stm4,stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm1
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm4
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm16
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | j0_tx | timmresp |
trccmp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
timeslot
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module.

j0

Displays J0 attributes:

j0_ex Expected J0.

j0_fmt J0 format.

j0_inc Incoming J0

j0_status Incoming J0 status

j0_tx Transmitted J0.

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp J0 trace compare.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-860
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

{stm1,stm4,stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold required for

Excessive BER defect declaration.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

timeslot

Displays the time slot within the line port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C2 stm16 sfth
Signal Fail Threshold: 10-3

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/C2 stm16 losprop

LOS Propagation: Laser On

Related commands

The following are a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm1
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm4
config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm16

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command displays the configured line (L1) port on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the network port settings

Display the ODU2 attributes

Display the OTU2 attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring data
Display all service activity on this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-861
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1
detail
fetsmap
netsmap
odu2
otu2
pm
power [value]
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

fetsmap

Display the time slot allocation for the far-end port.

netsmap

Display the time slot allocation for the specified port.

odu2

Display the ODU2 interface port parameters. See show

interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2.

otu2

Displays the OTU2 attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2.

pm

Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Display the expected optical output power.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-862
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

srvcActivity

Display all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

brief

detail

Specifies the port type: Set to ot2 to assign the port.

type

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 11 Port: L1 - 11STMM10 NW Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description:
Frequency
:
AINS
:
AINS Timer :
Use System AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown :
Receive Power
Transmit Power

:
:

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :

Measured Network Output Power: -5.98 dBm

Expected Network Output Power: -5.98 dBm
OTU2 Settings
------------FEC Mode:
ODU2 Settings
------------Payload Type Mismatch Response :
TTI
OTU2
ODU2
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-863
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled

Disabled

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/L1 power

Measured Network Output Power: -5.98 dBm
Expected Network Output Power: -5.98 dBm

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/L1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
XC
Traffic APS
Service
Direction ITU Status
Member
------------------------------------------------------------------9250-swi
A-End
25
Active
-Z-End
25
Active
--

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/L1 fetsmap

ODU1 #1
Time Slot
Client
Interface Type
----------------------------------------------------------------1
C1
OC3
4
C2
OC3
7
10
13
C3
OC12
16
C3
OC12
19
C3
OC12
22
C3
OC12
25
28
31
34
37
40
43
46
ODU1 #2
Time Slot
Client
Interface Type
----------------------------------------------------------------1
C4
GBE
4
C4
GBE
7
C4
GBE
10
C4
GBE
13
C4
GBE
16
C4
GBE
19
C4
GBE
22
C5
FC100
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-864
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

25
28
31
34
37
40
43
46

C5
C5
C5
C5
C5
-

FC100
FC100
FC100
FC100
FC100
-

ODU1 #3
Time Slot
Client
Interface Type
----------------------------------------------------------------1
C6
OC48
4
C6
OC48
7
C6
OC48
10
C6
OC48
13
C6
OC48
16
C6
OC48
19
C6
OC48
22
C6
OC48
25
C6
OC48
28
C6
OC48
31
C6
OC48
34
C6
OC48
37
C6
OC48
40
C6
OC48
43
C6
OC48
46
C6
OC48
ODU1 #4
Time Slot
Client
Interface Type
----------------------------------------------------------------1
C10
OC3
4
7
10
13
16
19
C8
OTU1
22
C8
OTU1
25
C8
OTU1
28
C8
OTU1
31
34
37
40
43
46
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-865
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

Command description

This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response

Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R2.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ptmmresp

Display the ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch Response.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-866
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp Optical channel trace compare.

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/l1 odu2 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response: Enabled

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/l1 odu2 tti trccmp

TTI Comparison: Enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-867
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port with OTU2 attributes on the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Display the FEC type

Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2
ainstimer
channel
fectype
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the AINS timer value.

channel

Displays the frequency of the tunable transponder.

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-868
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp Optical channel trace compare.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/L1 otu2 channel
Frequency: 9250

# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/L1 otu2 fectype

FEC Mode: EFEC2

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-869
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the line (L1) port of the
11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Display the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM options. See

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-870
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 11stmm10 1/3/L1 pm dw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the line
(L1) port of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-871
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/L1 pm dw 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/11/L1 Group=Digital Wrapper
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7

Interval=0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-872
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the line (L1) port of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-873
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/L1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason: losclrd
Baseline Value: -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time: 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-874
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the line (L1) port of the 11stmm10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-875
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
11STMM10 CLI Commands

show interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 11stmm10 1/11/L1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT Location: 1/11/L1
-------------------------------Start Time
: 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm) : OPT Max (dBm) : -5.88
OPT Average (dBm) : -8.98

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 11stmm10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-876
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

112SCA1 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 112SCA1 CLI commands config and show.
Contents
config interface 112sca1

6-878

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

6-879

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 state

6-881

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

6-883

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-885

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-886

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

6-888

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-890

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-892

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-894

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-897

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-899

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-900

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-902

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-903

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-905

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-907

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-909

show interface 112sca1

6-910

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

6-911

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

6-913

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-914

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-915

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

6-917

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-877
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-918

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-920

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-922

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-923

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-925

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-926

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-928

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-929

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-931

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-932

config interface 112sca1

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 112sca1 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C1) port or line (L1) port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 112sca1 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C1, L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-878
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set the client port type {hundredGige} and attributes

Set the loopback mode
Set the administrative state

Set the PM attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/c1
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
pm
state
hundredGige
type [hundredGige | unassigned]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-879
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to display

the current setting. To change the setting, enter this
keyword followed by one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting. To change the setting, enter this
keyword followed by one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback

testsignal - Test Signal Generator. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting. To change the setting, enter this
keyword followed by one of the following:

enabled - enables the test signal generator

disabled - disables the test signal generator

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 PM to configure pm
attributes.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 112sca1

shelf/slot/C1 state to configure the state.

hundredGige

Sets the hundredGige port attributes. See config interface

112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to hundredGige for 100 GbE client

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-880
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/11/c1 type otu4
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the C1 port on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/c1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-881
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service. Enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value} - Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 min to 96 hrs
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This command affects
service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-112sca1-1/3/c1)# state down
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-882
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

Command description

This command configures the 100GbE LAN client (C1) port attributes on the 112sca1
card.
Use this command to:

Set the error frame drop behavior

Set the loss propagation behavior
Configure the pluggable type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige
errfrmdrop [disabled | enabled]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

errfrmdrop

Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP
transport modes. Enter this keyword followed by either of
the following values:

enabled

disabled

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-883
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Loss propagation: Specifies how the near-end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end
client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the CFP pluggable module type to be used on

the specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port CFP module

type values:
c113g4c (100GbE only)
c113g4cd (dual rate 100 GbE/OTU4)
c113g10c (10x10G)

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element accepts the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user.

Default: auto

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/11/c1 hundredGige losprop laseron
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-884
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the Received optical power group PM options

Configure the Transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-885
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

dw

Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw.
Configure the PCS group PM options.

pcs

See config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/11/c3 pm clearall
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with PCS layer Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-886
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/c1 pm pcs clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-887
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the description of the interface

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback

Set the ODU4 attributes
Set the OTU4 attributes
Set the operation mode

Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the expected optical output power of the port
Configure the administrative state
Set the port type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu4
otu4
pm
power [value]
state
type [otu4]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-888
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface:

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback

odu4

Sets the ODU4 port attributes. See config interface

112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4 to configure ODU4 attributes.

otu4

Sets the OTU4 port attributes. See config interface

112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4 to configure OTU4 attributes.

pm

Configure Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm to configure pm
attributes.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by a value: {-17.0 to 1.7} dBm.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 112sca1

shelf/slot/L1 state to configure the state.

type

Specifies the port type: Set to otu4 to set the port to OTU4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-889
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/l1 power 2.0
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the L1 port on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-890
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 min to 96 hrs
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This command affects
service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 112sca1 1/3/L1 state down
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-891
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

Command description

This command configures the ODU4 attributes for the LINE (L1) port on the 112sca1
card.
Use this command to:

Set the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Set the Payload Type Mismatch response
Set the ODU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Specifies the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame. pldtype has a
default value and is based on the encoded client signal.
Range: 0-255
Default: 20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-892
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

ODU4 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT takes a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/l1 odu4 ptmmresp disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-893
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with OTU4 attributes on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Set the transmit channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Set the receive channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Configure the FEC used

Set the OTU4 trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4
channeltx [value]
channelrx
fectype [afec] [value]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-894
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Attribute that configures the frequency of the tunable

transponder.
Set to one of the following values:

channelrx

DWDM: {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575,

9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535,
9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495,
9490, 9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455,
9450, 9445, 9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415,
9410, 9405, 9400,9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375,
9370, 9365, 9360, 9355, 9350, 9345, 9340, 9335,
9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310, 9305, 9300, 9295,
9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,
9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9215, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135,
9130, 9125, 9120, 9115}

Not set: None

Attribute that configures the receive channel frequency of

the tunable transponder.
Set to one of the following values:

DWDM: {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575,

9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535,
9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495,
9490, 9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455,
9450, 9445, 9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415,
9410, 9405, 9400,9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375,
9370, 9365, 9360, 9355, 9350, 9345, 9340, 9335,
9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310, 9305, 9300, 9295,
9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,
9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9215, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135,
9130, 9125, 9120, 9115}

Not set: None

fectype

Forward error correction mode.

Specifies the type of forward error correction on the
interface port

Set to afec - Alcatel-Lucent FEC

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-895
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configures OTU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/l1 otu4 channel 9600
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-896
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with Performance Monitoring attributes on
the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the received compensated Chromatic dispersion options

Configure the received compensated differential group delay options
Configure the receiver frequency offset options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm
clearAll
cd
dgd
foff
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-897
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearAll

Clears current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

cd

Configure the Chromatic Dispersion group PM options.

See config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd.

dgd

Configure the Differential Group Delay group PM

options. See config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm
dgd.

foff

Configure the Frequency Offset group PM options. See

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff.

dw

Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/l1 pm clearAll
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-898
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-899
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 pm dw 0 profile 3
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received compensated chromatic
dispersion group Performance Monitoring options on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-900
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/l1 pm cd 1 bins 6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-901
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received, compensated differential
group delay group Performance Monitoring options on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-902
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/l1 pm dgd 1 bins 6
Related commands

None

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received frequency offset group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-903
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/l1 pm foff 1 bins 6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-904
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-905
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/l1 pm opr baseline newsystem
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-906
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-907
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/l1 pm opt 1 bins 6
Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-908
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received frequency offset group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-909
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sca1 1/3/l1 pm prefecbits 1 bins 6
Related commands

None

show interface 112sca1

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on the 112sca1 card. Use this
command to access subcommands that allow you to display the configuration of the client
(C1) port or line (L1) port.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-910
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
# show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 112sca1 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C1, L1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the client (C1) port on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display the client port type {hundredGige} attributes

Display the performance monitoring attributes
Display all service activity on this port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/c1
detail
pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-911
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

srvcActivity [brief | detail]

hundredGige
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sca1 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See show

interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm to configure pm
attributes.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

hundredGige

brief

detail

Displays the 100-GbE port attributes. See show interface

112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 112sca1 1/2/C1 pm
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-912
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

Command description

This command displays the 100GbE client (C1) port attributes on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the error frame drop behavior

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige
ainstimer
errfrmdrop
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

errfrmdrop

Displays whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-913
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 112sca1 1/3/C1 hundredGige losprop
LOSPROP Action: laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the OTU4 Section Monitor group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM

Display the transmitted optical power PM
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm
dw
ethernet
opr
opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-914
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm dw.

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options. See show interface

112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/11/c1 pm dw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of the 112sca1
card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-915
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/3/c1 pm pcs 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-916
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port configuration data on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Display details of the network port settings

Display the ODU4 attributes

Display the OTU4 attributes

Display the Performance Monitoring
Display the expected output power from the port
Display all service activity on this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1
detail
odu4
otu4
pm
power [value]
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number or * to list all the 112sca1 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

odu4

Displays the ODU4 interface port parameters. See show

interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-917
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

otu4

Displays the OTU4 attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Displays the expected optical output power of the port.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter one of the following:

brief

detail

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/29/L1 power
The expected optical output power of the port:

-7.61 dBm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

Command description

This command displays the ODU4 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Display the Payload Type Mismatch response
Display the ODU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-918
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number or * to list all of the 112sca1 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Displays the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.

ptmmresp

Displays the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

tti

Displays the ODU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp-sapi
- expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi- incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - ODU4 TTI status

timmresp- Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp- Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi- transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/29/L1 odu4 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response :

enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 odu4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-919
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port with OTU4 attributes on the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the transmit channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Display the receive channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Display the FEC used
Display the OTU4 trail trace attributes
Display the 1-sec prefec BER and postfec BER values
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4
ainstimer
channeltx
channelrx
fectype
prefecber
postfecber
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channeltx

Display the transmit frequency of the tunable transponder.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-920
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channelrx

Display the receive channel frequency of the tunable

transponder.

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

prefecber

Display the 1-second prefec BER value

postfecber

Display the 1-second postfec BER value

tti

Displays the OTU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - OTU4 Trail Trace status

timmresp- Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/29/L1 fectype
FEC Mode :

EFEC

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-921
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (L1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the received compensated chromatic dispersion group PM options
Display the received compensated Differential group display PM options
Display the received Frequency Offset PM options

Display the received optical power group PM

Display the transmitted optical power PM
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm
dw
cd
dgd
foff
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-922
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

cd

Displays the compensated Chromatic dispersion group PM

options. See show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd.

dgd

Displays the compensated differential group delay group

PM options. See show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm
dgd.

foff

Displays the frequency offset group delay group PM

options. See show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm
foff.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/11/l1 pm
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command displays the compensated chromatic dispersion Performance Monitoring

on the L1 port of the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-923
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/3/L1 pm cd 1 clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-924
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command displays the received compensated differential group delay Performance
Monitoring on the L1 port of the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-925
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/3/L1 pm dgd 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command displays the received frequency offset Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-926
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/3/L1 pm foff 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-927
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the L1 port of
the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-928
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/3/L1 pm dw 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-929
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/3/L1 pm opr 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-930
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-931
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/3/L1 pm opt clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command displays the received frequency offset Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112sca1 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-932
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCA1 CLI Commands

show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sca1 1/3/L1 pm prefecbits 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sca1 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-933
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

112SCX10 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 112scx10 CLI commands config and show.
Contents
config interface 112scx10

6-936

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-937

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

6-939

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

6-941

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

6-945

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

6-948

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

6-951

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

6-952

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-956

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-958

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-959

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-961

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-963

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-965

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-967

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-968

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

6-970

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-972

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-974

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-976

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-979

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-981

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-982

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-984

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-934
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-985

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-987

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-989

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-991

show interface 112scx10

6-992

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-993

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

6-995

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

6-997

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

6-999

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

6-1001

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

6-1002

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-1004

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-1005

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-1007

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-1008

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-1010

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-1012

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-1013

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-1015

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

6-1016

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-1018

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-1019

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1021

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1023

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1025

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1026

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1028

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1029

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1031

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1032

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-935
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 112scx10 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-10}) ports or the line
(L1) port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 112scx10 cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (port): C{1-10}, L1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-936
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Command description

This command configures the client ports (C{1-10}) on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set the client port type [oc192, stm64, otu2, tenGige] and attributes
Set the loopback mode
Set the administrative state
Set the performance monitoring attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
state
stm64
tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-937
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [oc192 | otu2 | stm64 | tengige | unassigned]

Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any parameters
to display the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

oc192

Sets the OC-192 port attributes. See config interface

112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192.

odu2

Sets the ODU2 port attributes. See config interface

112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2.

otu2

Sets the OTU2 port attributes. See config interface

112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface

112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state to configure the
state.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-938
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

stm64

Sets the STM-64 port attributes. See config interface

112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64.

tenGige

Sets the tenGige port attributes. See config interface

112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tenGige.

type

Configures the port type:

Set to oc192 for SONET client

Set to stm64 for SDH client

Set to otu2 for OTU2 client

Set to tenGige for 10GbE client

Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/11/C1 type oc192
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the client ports (C{1-10}) on the
112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-939
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 min to 96 hrs
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This command is service
affecting.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

config-interface-112scx10-1/3/C1 # state down

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-940
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-10}) port OC-192 attributes on the 112scx10
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the mapping mode

Set the XFP module type
Set the Signal Defect Threshold level
Set the Signal Fail Threshold level
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-941
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sfth [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

j0

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Configures J0 attributes:

j0_ex Expected J0.

Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16 byte
Byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt J0 format.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the J0
format.
<value>=1: configure J0 format to 1-byte
mode
<value>=16: configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode

trccmp J0 trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-942
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
mappingmode

sdth

Mapping Mode. Specifies the mapping mode used for

the SONET/SDH signal.

Set to async for asynchronous mapping

Set to bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise

a signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8 10-9}
Default: 10-6

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive

BER defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-943
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port module

type values:
10GB-ZR
10GB-SR
L-64.2
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element accepts the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 112scx10 1/11/C1 oc192 moduletype 10GB-ZR
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc-192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-944
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-10}) port STM-64 attributes on the 112scx10
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the mapping mode

Set the XFP module type

Set the Signal Defect Threshold level
Set the Signal Fail Threshold level
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]
sfth [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-945
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

j0

losprop

Configures J0 attributes:

j0_ex Expected J0.

Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16 byte
1 byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt J0 format.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the J0
format.
<value>=1: configure J0 format to 1 byte
mode
<value>=16: configure J0 format to 16 byte
mode

trccmp J0 trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-946
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mappingmode

Mapping Mode. Specifies the mapping mode used for

the SONET/SDH signal.

sdth

Set to async for asynchronous mapping

Set to bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise

a signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9}
Default: 10-6

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive

BER defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port module

type values:
10GB-ZR
10GB-SR
L-64.2
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element accepts the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/11/C1 stm64 mappingmode async
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-947
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

Command description

This command configures the 10 GbE LAN client (C{1-10}) port attributes on the
112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the encapsulation mode
Set the error frame drop behavior

Set the loss propagation behavior

Configure the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige
channel [value]
encmode [cbrlan11.049 | cbrlan11.096 | gfp-f | gfp-p]
errfrmdrop [enabled | disabled]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-948
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

encmode

Specifies the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following four
values:
Configures J0 attributes:

errfrmdrop

gfp-f Specifies the use of the Generic Framing

protocol (ITU-T G.7041)

gfp-p Generic Framing Protocol, Proprietary, where

the client Ethernet frame preamble is preserved.

cbrlan11.049 Specifies the use of 11.049 transparent

mapping.

cbrlan11.096 Specifies the use of 11.096 transparent

mapping
Default: Previously existing value

Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP transport
modes.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following
values:

enabled

disabled
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-949
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port module type

values:
10GB-ZR
10GB-SR
L-64.2
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element accepts the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/11/c1 tengige losprop laseron
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-950
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

Command description

This command configures the ODU2 client port (C{1-10}) attributes on the 112scx10
card. Use this command to set the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

tti

Configures Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi Specifies the expected incoming

Source Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword
followed by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in
quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)

trccmp Optical channel trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the
provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-951
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 112scx10 1/11/c1 odu2 tti trccmp disabled
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

Command description

This command configures the OTU2 client port (C{1-10}) attributes on the 112scx10
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the Forward Error Correction (FEC) type

Set the OTU rate
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the XFP pluggable module type
Set the OTU2 layer trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2
channel[value]
fectype [afec | efec | nofec | rsfec]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
otu rate [11.709 | 11.709 | 11.096]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-952
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

fectype

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of

forward error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

nofec, no FEC

efec2 for Alcatel-Lucent FEC

efec for enhanced FEC

rsfec, for Reed-Solomon FEC

Default: rsfec
losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-953
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port module type

values:
10GB-ZR
10GB-SR
L-64.2
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute be
set to user.

Default: auto
oturate

OTU2 rate. Specifies the client OTU2 rate

Set to 10.709 for standard OTU2 rate

Set to 11.049 for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate

Set to 11.096 for 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate

Default: 10.709

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-954
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/C4 otu2 fectype nofec
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-955
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

Command description

This command configures the C{1-10}client ports performance monitoring (PM)

attributes on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the received optical power group PM options

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options
Configure the SDH group PM options
Configure the SONET group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-956
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearAll

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface.

dw

Configure the digital wrapper group PM options. See

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 112scx10
shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 112scx10
shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the SDH group PM options. See config

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the SONET group PM options. See config

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/11/C3 pm clearall
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-957
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
client (C{1-10} ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-958
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/c1 pm dw 0 bins 4
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10} ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-959
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-960
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/c{1-10} pm ethernet 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the client (C{1-10)} port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-961
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-962
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 pm opr baseline losclrd
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the client (C{1-10}) ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-963
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 pm opt profile 7

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-964
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the PCS layer performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10} ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-965
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 pm pcs clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-966
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-10}) port with SDH Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-967
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 pm sdh 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-10}) port with SONET Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-968
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-969
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 pm sonet 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port configuration data on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the description of the interface

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback
Set the ODU4 attributes
Set the OTU4 attributes
Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the expected optical output power of the port

Configure the administrative state
Set the port type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-970
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu4
otu4
pm
power [value]
state
type [otu4]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface:

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-971
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

odu4

Sets the ODU4 interface port parameters. See config

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4.

otu4

Sets the OTU4 attributes associated with the line port. See
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated

with the line port. See config interface 112scx10
shelf/slot/L1 PM.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by a value: {-17.00 to +1.7} dBm

state

Sets the port state. See config interface 112scx10

shelf/slot/L1 state to configure the state.

type

Specifies the port type: Set to otu4 to assign the port to

otu4.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/l1 power 2.0
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the line port (L1) on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-972
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 min to 96 hrs
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This command affects
service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/L1 state down

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-973
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

Command description

This command configures the ODU4 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 112scx10
card.
Use this command to:

Set the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Set the Payload Type Mismatch response
Set the ODU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Specifies the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame. pldtype has a
default value and is based on the encoded client signal.
Range: 0-255
Default: 20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-974
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

ODU4 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT takes a consequent action or passes the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/l1 odu4 ptmmresp disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-975
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

Command description

This command configures the OTU4 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 112scx10
card.
Use this command to:

Set the transmit channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Set the receive channel frequency of the tunable transponder
Configure the FEC used

Configure the operation mode

Set the OTU4 trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4
channeltx [value]
channelrx [value]
oprmode [value]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-976
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Attribute that configures the frequency of the tunable

transponder.
Set to one of the following values:

channelrx

DWDM: {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575,

9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535,
9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495,
9490, 9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455,
9450, 9445, 9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415,
9410, 9405, 9400,9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375,
9370, 9365, 9360, 9355, 9350, 9345, 9340, 9335,
9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310, 9305, 9300, 9295,
9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,
9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9215, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135,
9130, 9125, 9120, 9115}

Not set: None

Attribute that configures the receive channel frequency of

the tunable transponder.
Set to one of the following values:

DWDM: {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575,

9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535,
9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495,
9490, 9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455,
9450, 9445, 9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415,
9410, 9405, 9400,9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375,
9370, 9365, 9360, 9355, 9350, 9345, 9340, 9335,
9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310, 9305, 9300, 9295,
9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,
9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9215, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135,
9130, 9125, 9120, 9115}

Not set: None

oprmode

Operation Mode. Specifies the mode of the pack. Enter

this keyword followed by one of the following values:

add_drop

regen

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-977
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configures OTU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/l1 otu4 channel 9600
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-978
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the line (L1) port of
the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the received compensated chromatic dispersion options

Configure the received compensated differential group delay options
Configure the receiver frequency offset options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm
clearAll
cd
dgd
foff
dw
opr
opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-979
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

prefecbits
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

cd

Configure the Chromatic Dispersion group PM options.

See config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd.

dgd

Configure the Differential Group Delay group PM

options.
See config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd.

foff

Configure the Frequency Offset group PM options.

See config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff.

dw

Configures the digital wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

prefecbits

Configure the prefec error bits group PM options. See

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/l1 pm clearAll
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-980
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
line (L1) port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-981
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 pm dw 0 profile 3

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port for received compensated chromatic
dispersion group Performance Monitoring options on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-982
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/l1 pm cd 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-983
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port for received, compensated differential group
delay group Performance Monitoring options on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-984
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/l1 pm dgd 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port for received frequency offset group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-985
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/l1 pm foff 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-986
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command configures the received Optical Power (OPR) group performance
monitoring attributes on the line (L1) port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-987
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/l1 pm opr baseline newsystem

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-988
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the line (L1) port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-989
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112scx10 1/3/l1 pm opt 1 bins 6
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-990
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received frequency offset group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-991
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112scx10 1/3/l1 pm prefecbits 1 bins 6
Related commands

None

show interface 112scx10

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on the 112scx10 card.

Use this command to:

Access subcommands that allow you to display details for the client C{1-10} ports or
the line (L1) port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-992
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 112scx10 ports
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (port): C{1-10}, L1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the client (C{1-10}) port on the 112scx10
card.
Use this command to:

Display the client port settings

Display the client port type {oc192, stm64, tenGige, otu2}

Display the performance monitoring attributes

Display all service activity on this port

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-993
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
stm64
tengige
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

oc192

Displays the OC-192 port attributes. See show

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192.

odu2

Displays the ODU2 port attributes. See show interface

112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2.

otu2

Displays the OTU2 port attributes. See show interface

112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm.

srvcActivity

Display all service activity on this interface. Enter one

of the following:

brief

detail

stm64

Displays the STM-64 port attributes. See show

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64.

tenGige

Displays the tenGige port attributes. See show

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tenGige.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 112scx10 1/2/C1 pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-994
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10}

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-10}) port OC-192 attributes on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the mapping mode

Display the pluggable module type

Display the Signal Defect Threshold level
Display the Signal Fail Threshold level
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sdth

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-995
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sfth
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

ainstimer

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module

j0

Displays the J0 attributes:

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - J0 incoming

j0_status - J0 status

trccmp - J0 trace compare

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

mappingmode

Displays the mapping mode used for the SONET/SDH

signal.

Display async for asynchronous mapping

Display bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise

a signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive

BER defect declaration.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 oc192 losprop
LOSPROP Action : laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-996
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-10}) port STM-64 attributes on the 112scx10
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module
Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the mapping mode
Display the pluggable module type
Display the Signal Defect Threshold level
Display the Signal Fail Threshold level
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sdth

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-997
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sfth
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112scx10 card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

ainstimer

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module

j0

Displays the J0 attributes:

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - J0 incoming

j0_status - J0 status

trccmp - J0 trace compare

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

mappingmode

Displays the mapping mode used for the SONET/SDH

signal.

Display async for asynchronous mapping

Display bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise

a signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive

BER defect declaration.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 stm64 moduletype
Module Type : XI-64.1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-998
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C1{1-10} stm64

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-10}) port 10GbE attributes on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Display the encapsulation mode

Display the error frame drop behavior
Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige
ainstimer
channel
encmode
errfrmdrop
losprop

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-999
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-service Debounce time.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module.

encmode

Displays the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.

errfrmdrop

Displays whether inbound error frames are discarded

or passed.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 tengige losprop
LOSPROP Action: laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1000
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

Command description

This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the client (C{1-10}) ports on the
112scx10 card. Use this command to set the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | trccmp]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number or * to list all of the 112scx10 cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

tti

Displays Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access

Point Identifier

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

status status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp Optical channel trace compare

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/29/C1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1001
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-10}) port OTU2 attributes on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the FEC type

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the OTU rate

Display the pluggable module type

Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2
ainstimer
channel
fectype
losprop
moduletype
oturate

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1002
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module.

fectype

Displays the Forward error correction mode setting.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

oturate

Displays the OTU rate.

tti

Display Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/29/C1 otu2 losprop
LOSPROP Action: laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1003
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the client (C{1-10})
ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the OTU2 Section Monitor group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power group PM
Display the SDH group PM

Display the SONET group PM

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

dw

Display the digital wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1004
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ethernet

Display the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM. See

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM. See

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt.

pcs

Display the PCS group PM options. See show

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs.

sdh

Display the SDH group PM options. See show

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh.

sonet

Display the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 112scx10 1/11/C1 pm dw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
client (C{1-10}) ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display the PM data for a specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1005
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
detail
clear

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Display performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 pm dw 0 clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1006
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
detail
clear

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1007
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration

values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 pm ethernet clearraw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client (C{1-10}) ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1008
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays the baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration

values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1009
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 pm opr 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client (C{1-10}) ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1010
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays the baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration

values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 pm opt clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1011
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS layer performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1012
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration

values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/C{1-10} pm pcs 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 112scx10 card
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1013
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration

values.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/C{1-10} pm sdh clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1014
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw data
Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1015
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration

values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/C1 pm sonet 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command displays the configured line (L1) port on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the network port settings

Display the ODU4 attributes
Display the OTU4 attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring data

Display all service activity on this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1016
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1
detail
odu4
otu4
pm
power [value]
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number or * to list all of the 112scx10 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

odu4

Display the ODU4 interface port parameters. See show

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4.

otu4

Displays the OTU4 attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4.

pm

Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

sshow interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Display the expected optical output power.

srvcActivity

Display all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

brief

detail

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/29/L1 power
The expected optical output power of the port: -7.61 dBm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1017
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

Command description

This command displays the ODU4 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Display the Payload Type Mismatch response

Display the ODU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number or * to list all of the 112scx10 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Display the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.

ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1018
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - ODU4 TTI status

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp Optical channel trace compare.

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/29/L1 odu4 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response: Enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 odu4

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port with OTU4 attributes on the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the transmit channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Display the receive channel frequency of the tunable transponder
Display the operation mode used
Display the FEC used
Display the OTU4 trail trace attributes

Display the 1-sec prefec BER and postfec BER values

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1019
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4
ainstimer
channeltx
channeltx
fectype
oprmode
prefecber
postfecber
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channeltx

Displays the transmit channel frequency of the tunable

transponder.

channelrx

Display the receive channel frequency of the tunable

transponder.

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

oprmode

Display the operation mode.

prefecber

Display 1-second prefec BER value

postfecber

Display 1-second postfec BER value

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1020
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays OTU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status OTU4 Trail Trace Status

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp Optical channel trace compare.

tx_sapi Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/29/L1 fectype
FEC Mode : EFEC

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 otu4

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the line (L1) port of the
112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group options

Display the received compensated chromatic dispersion PM options

Display the received compensated Differential Group Display PM options
Display the received Frequency Offset PM options

Display the received optical power group PM

Display the transmitted optical power group PM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1021
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm
dw
cd
dgd
foff
opr
opt
prefecbits
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Display the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

cd

Display the compensated Chromatic Dispersion group PM

options. See show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm
cd.

dgd

Display the compensated differential group delay group

PM options. See show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1
pm dgd.

foff

Display the frequency offset group PM options. See

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM options. See

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1022
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

prefecbits

Display the prefec error bits group PM options. See show

interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 112scx10 1/11/l1 pm
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command displays the received compensated Chromatic Dispersion Performance

Monitoring on the L1 port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1023
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/L1 pm cd 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1024
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command displays the received compensated differential group delay Performance
Monitoring on the L1 port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1025
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/L1 pm dgd 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command displays the received frequency offset Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1026
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/L1 pm foff 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1027
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the line
(L1) port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1028
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/L1 pm dw 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the line (L1) port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display the PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1029
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays the baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration

values.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/L1 pm opr 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1030
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the line (L1) port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the PM data
Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1031
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/L1 pm opt clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command displays the received frequency offset Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112scx10 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1032
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SCX10 CLI Commands

show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112scx10 1/3/L1 pm prefecbits 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112scx10 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1033
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

112SA1L CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 112sa1L CLI commands config and show.
Contents
config interface 112sa1L

6-1035

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

6-1036

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 state

6-1038

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

6-1040

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-1042

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

6-1043

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-1045

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-1047

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-1049

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

6-1050

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 state

6-1053

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-1055

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-1057

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1060

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1062

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1063

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1065

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1066

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1068

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1070

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1072

show interface 112sa1L

6-1073

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

6-1074

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

6-1076

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1034
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-1077

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

6-1079

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-1080

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-1082

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

6-1083

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

6-1085

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-1086

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-1088

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1090

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1091

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1093

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1094

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1096

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1097

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1099

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1100

config interface 112sa1L

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 112sa1L card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C1) port or line (L1) port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS16.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1035
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 112sa1L cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C1, L1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port
Set the client port type {hundredGige} and attributes
Set the loopback mode

Set the administrative state

Set the PM attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/c1
description [string]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1036
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail
loopback [facility | terminal | testsignal]
pm
state
hundredGige
type [hundredGige | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

pm

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to display

the current setting. To change the setting, enter this
keyword followed by one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting. To change the setting, enter this
keyword followed by one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback
testsignal - Test Signal Generator. Enter this keyword to
display the current setting. To change the setting, enter this
keyword followed by one of the following:
enabled - enables the test signal generator
disabled - disables the test signal generator

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 PM to configure pm
attributes.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1037
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 112sa1L

shelf/slot/C1 state to configure the state.

hundredGige

Sets the hundredGige port attributes. See config interface

112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to hundredGige for 100 GbE client

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/11/c1 type otu4
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the C1 port on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/c1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1038
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service. Enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value} - Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 min to 96 hrs
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This command affects
service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-112sa1L-1/3/c1)# state down
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1039
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

Command description

This command configures the 100 GbE LAN client (C1) port attributes on the 112sa1L
card.
Use this command to:

Set the error frame drop behavior

Set the loss propagation behavior
Configure the pluggable type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige
errfrmdrop [disabled | enabled]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

errfrmdrop

Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP
transport modes. Enter this keyword followed by either of
the following values:

enabled

disabled

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1040
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Loss propagation: Specifies how the near-end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end
client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the CFP pluggable module type to be used on

the specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port CFP module

type values:
c113g4c (100GbE only)
c113g4cd (dual rate, 100GbE/OTU4)
c113g10c (10x10G)

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element accepts the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user.

Default: auto

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/11/c1 hundredGige losprop laseron
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1041
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the Received optical power group PM options

Configure the Transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1042
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

dw

Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options.

See config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet.
Configure the received optical power group PM options.

opr

See config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr.

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM
options.

opt

See config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt.

Configure the PCS group PM options.

pcs

See config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/11/c3 pm clearall
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with Ethernet Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1043
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1044
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/c1 pm ethernet 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1045
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/c1 pm opr baseline losclrd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1046
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1047
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/c1 pm opt profile 7
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1048
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with PCS layer Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1049
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/c1 pm pcs clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Configure the description of the interface

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback

Set the ODU4 attributes
Set the OTU4 attributes
Set the operation mode

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1050
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the expected optical output power of the port
Configure the administrative state

Set the port type

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu4
otu4
pm
power [value]
state
type [otu4]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1051
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback

odu4

Sets the ODU4 port attributes. See config interface

112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4 to configure ODU4
attributes.

otu4

Sets the OTU4 port attributes. See config interface

112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4 to configure OTU4 attributes.

pm

Configure Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm to configure pm
attributes.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by a value: {-17.0 to 1.7} dBm.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 112sa1L

shelf/slot/L1 state to configure the state.

type

Specifies the port type: Set to otu4 to set the port to OTU4

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/l1 power 2.0
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1052
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the L1 port on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1053
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 min to 96 hrs
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This command affects
service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 112sa1L 1/3/L1 state down
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1054
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

Command description

This command configures the ODU4 attributes for the LINE (L1) port on the 112sa1L
card.
Use this command to:

Set the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Set the Payload Type Mismatch response
Set the ODU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Specifies the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame. pldtype has a
default value and is based on the encoded client signal.
Range: 0-255
Default: 20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1055
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

ODU4 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT takes a consequent action or pass the
received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect
detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel trace compare.

This keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/l1 odu4 ptmmresp disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1056
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with OTU4 attributes on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Set the OTU4 trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4
channel [value]
oprmode [value]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1057
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Attribute that configures the frequency of the tunable

transponder.
Set to one of the following values:

oprmode

DWDM: {9285, 9280. 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,

9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9205, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135,
9130, 9125, 9120, 9115, 9110, 9105, 9100, 9095,
9090, 9085, 9080, 9075, 9070, 9065, 9060, 9055,
9050, 9045, 9040, 9035, 9030, 9025, 9020, 9015,
9010, 9005, 9000, 8995, 8990, 8985, 8980, 8975,
8970, 8965, 8960, 8955, 8950, 8945, 8940, 8935,
8930, 8925, 8920, 8915, 8910, 8905, 8900, 8895,
8890, 8885, 8880, 8875, 8870, 8865, 8860, 8855,
8850, 8845, 8840, 8835, 8830, 8825, 8820, 8815,
8810, 8805, 8800, 8795, 8790, 8785, 8780, 8775,
8770, 8765, 8760, 8755, 8750, 8745, 8740, 8735,
8730, 8725, 8720, 8715, 8710, 8705, 8700, 8695,
8690, 8685, 8680, 8675, 8670, 8665, 8660, 8655,
8650}

Not set: None

Operation mode. Specifies the type of operation mode on

the interface port
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following
values:

ADDDROP

REGEN

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1058
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configures OTU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/l1 otu4 channel 8650
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1059
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with Performance Monitoring attributes on
the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the received compensated chromatic dispersion options

Configure the received compensated differential group delay options
Configure the receiver frequency offset options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm
clearAll
cd
dgd
foff
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1060
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearAll

Clears current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

cd

Configure the Chromatic Dispersion group PM options.

See config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd.

dgd

Configure the Differential Group Delay group PM

options. See config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm
dgd.

foff

Configure the Frequency Offset group PM options. See

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff.

dw

Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/l1 pm clearAll
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1061
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1062
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L pm dw 0 profile 3
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received compensated chromatic
dispersion group Performance Monitoring options on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1063
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/l1 pm cd 1 bins 6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1064
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received, compensated differential
group delay group Performance Monitoring options on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1065
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/l1 pm dgd 1 bins 6
Related commands

None

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received frequency offset group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1066
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/l1 pm foff 1 bins 6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1067
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1068
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/l1 pm opr baseline newsystem
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1069
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1070
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/l1 pm opt 1 bins 6
Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1071
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received frequency offset group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1072
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sa1L 1/3/l1 pm prefecbits 1 bins 6
Related commands

None

show interface 112sa1L

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on the 112sa1L card. Use this
command to access subcommands that allow you to display the configuration of the client
(C1) port or line (L1) port.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1073
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
# show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 112sa1L cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C1, L1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the client (C1) port on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display the client port type {hundredGige} attributes

Display the performance monitoring attributes
Display all service activity on this port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/c1
detail
pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1074
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

srvcActivity [brief | detail]

hundredGige
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sa1L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See show

interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm to configure pm
attributes.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

hundredGige

brief

detail

Displays the 100 GbE port attributes. See show interface

112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 112sa1L 1/2/C1 pm
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1075
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

Command description

This command displays the 100 GbE client (C1) port attributes on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the error frame drop behavior

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige
ainstimer
errfrmdrop
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/c1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

errfrmdrop

Displays whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1076
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 112sa1L 1/3/C1 hundredGige losprop
LOSPROP Action: laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 hundredGige

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display the OTU4 Section Monitor group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM

Display the transmitted optical power PM
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm
dw
ethernet
opr
opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1077
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

pcs
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm dw.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt.

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options. See show interface

112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/11/c1 pm dw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1078
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of the
112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1079
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/C1 pm ethernet clearraw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm ethernet

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the C1
port of the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1080
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/C1 pm opr 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1081
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the C1
port of the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1082
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/c1 pm opt clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of the 112sa1L
card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1083
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/c1 pm pcs 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1084
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port configuration data on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display details of the network port settings

Display the ODU4 attributes

Display the OTU4 attributes

Display the Performance Monitoring
Display the expected output power from the port
Display all service activity on this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1
detail
odu4
otu4
pm
power [value]
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number or * to list all the 112sa1L cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

odu4

Displays the ODU4 interface port parameters. See show

interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1085
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

otu4

Displays the OTU4 attributes associated with the line

port. See show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Displays the expected optical output power of the port.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter one of the following:

brief

detail

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/29/L1 power
The expected optical output power of the port:

-7.61 dBm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

Command description

This command displays the ODU4 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Display the Payload Type Mismatch response
Display the ODU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1086
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number or * to list all of the 112sa1L cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Displays the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.

ptmmresp

Displays the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

tti

Displays the ODU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp-sapi
- expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi- incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - ODU4 TTI status

timmresp- Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp- Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi- transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/29/L1 odu4 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response :

enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 odu4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1087
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port with OTU4 attributes on the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Display the FEC used

Display the operation mode
Display the OTU4 trail trace attributes
Display the 1-second prefec BER and postfec BER values
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4
ainstimer
channel
fectype
oprmode
prefecber
postfecber
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the frequency of the tunable transponder.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1088
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

oprmode

Displays the operation mode.

prefecber

Displays the 1-second prefec BER value.

postfecber

Displays the 1-second postfec BER value.

tti

Displays the OTU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - OTU4 Trail Trace status

timmresp- Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/29/L1 fectype
FEC Mode :

EFEC

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1089
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (L1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the received compensated chromatic dispersion group PM options
Display the received compensated Differential group display PM options
Display the received Frequency Offset PM options

Display the received optical power group PM

Display the transmitted optical power PM
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm
dw
cd
dgd
foff
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1090
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

cd

Displays the compensated Chromatic dispersion group PM

options. See show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm
cd.

dgd

Displays the compensated differential group delay group

PM options. See show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm
dgd.

foff

Displays the frequency offset group delay group PM

options. See show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm
foff.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/11/l1 pm
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command displays the compensated chromatic dispersion Performance Monitoring

on the L1 port of the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1091
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/L1 pm cd 1 clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1092
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command displays the received compensated differential group delay Performance
Monitoring on the L1 port of the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1093
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/L1 pm dgd 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command displays the received frequency offset Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1094
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/L1 pm foff 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1095
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the L1 port of
the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed:

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1096
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/L1 pm dw 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1097
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/L1 pm opr 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1098
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1099
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/L1 pm opt clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command displays the received frequency offset Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112sa1L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1100
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SA1L CLI Commands

show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sa1L 1/3/L1 pm prefecbits 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sa1L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1101
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

112SX10L CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 112sx10L CLI commands config and show.
Contents
config interface 112sx10L

6-1104

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-1105

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

6-1107

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

6-1109

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

6-1113

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

6-1116

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

6-1119

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

6-1120

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-1124

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-1126

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-1127

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-1129

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-1131

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-1133

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-1134

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-1136

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

6-1138

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 state

6-1140

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-1142

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-1144

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1147

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1149

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1150

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1152

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1102
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1153

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1155

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1157

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1159

show interface 112sx10L

6-1160

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

6-1161

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

6-1163

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

6-1165

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

6-1167

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

6-1169

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

6-1170

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

6-1172

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

6-1173

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

6-1175

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

6-1176

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

6-1178

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

6-1180

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

6-1181

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

6-1183

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

6-1184

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

6-1186

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

6-1187

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1189

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1191

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1193

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1194

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1196

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1197

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1199

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1200

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1103
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 112sx10L card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-10}) ports or the line
(L1) port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 112sx10L cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-10}, L1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1104
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Command description

This command configures the client ports (C{1-10}) on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set the client port type [oc192, stm64, otu2, tenGige] and attributes
Set the loopback mode
Set the administrative state
Set the performance monitoring attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
state
stm64
tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1105
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [oc192 | otu2 | stm64 | tengige | unassigned]

Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any parameters
to display the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

oc192

Sets the OC-192 port attributes. See config interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192.

odu2

Sets the ODU2 port attributes. See config interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2.

otu2

Sets the OTU2 port attributes. See config interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} state to configure the
state.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1106
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

stm64

Sets the STM-64 port attributes. See config interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64.

tenGige

Sets the tenGige port attributes. See config interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tenGige.

type

Configures the port type:

Set to oc192 for SONET client

Set to stm64 for SDH client

Set to otu2 for OTU2 client

Set to tenGige for 10GbE client

Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/11/C1 type oc192
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the client ports (C{1-10}) on the
112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1107
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:

system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes for
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 min to 96 hrs
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This command is service
affecting.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

config-interface-112sx10L-1/3/C1 # state down

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1108
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-10}) port OC-192 attributes on the 112sx10L
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the mapping mode

Set the XFP module type
Set the Signal Defect Threshold level
Set the Signal Fail Threshold level
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1109
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sfth [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

j0

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Configures J0 attributes:

j0_ex Expected J0.

Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16 byte
Byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt J0 format.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the J0
format.
<value>=1: configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
<value>=16: configure J0 format to 16-byte mode

trccmp J0 trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1110
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
mappingmode

sdth

Mapping Mode. Specifies the mapping mode used for the

SONET/SDH signal.

Set to async for asynchronous mapping

Set to bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed by a
value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8 10-9}
Default: 10-6

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed by a value
for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1111
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port module type

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element accepts the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 112sx10L 1/11/C1 oc192 moduletype 10GB-ZR
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc-192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1112
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-10}) port STM-64 attributes on the 112sx10L
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the mapping mode

Set the XFP module type

Set the Signal Defect Threshold level
Set the Signal Fail Threshold level
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdth [value]
sfth [value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1113
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

j0

losprop

Configures J0 attributes:

j0_ex Expected J0.

Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16 byte
1 byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt J0 format.
Enter this keyword followed by a value for the J0
format.
<value>=1: configure J0 format to 1 byte mode
<value>=16: configure J0 format to 16 byte mode

trccmp J0 trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1114
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mappingmode

Mapping Mode. Specifies the mapping mode used for the

SONET/SDH signal.

sdth

Set to async for asynchronous mapping

Set to bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition. Enter this keyword followed by a
value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9}
Default: 10-6

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration. Enter this keyword followed by a value
for the bit error rate, expressed as 10-n.
Range: {10-3, 10-4, 10-5}
Default: 10-3

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port module type

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element accepts the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/11/C1 stm64 mappingmode async

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1115
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

Command description

This command configures the 10 GbE LAN client (C{1-10}) port attributes on the
112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the encapsulation mode
Set the error frame drop behavior

Set the loss propagation behavior

Configure the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige
channel [value]
encmode [cbrlan11.049 | cbrlan11.096 | gfp-f | gfp-p]
errfrmdrop [enabled | disabled]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1116
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:
CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}
B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}
Not set: None

encmode

Specifies the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following four
values:
Configures J0 attributes:

errfrmdrop

gfp-f Specifies the use of the Generic Framing

protocol (ITU-T G.7041)

gfp-p Generic Framing Protocol, Proprietary, where

the client Ethernet frame preamble is preserved.

cbrlan11.049 Specifies the use of 11.049 transparent

mapping.

cbrlan11.096 Specifies the use of 11.096 transparent

mapping
Default: Previously existing value

Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP transport
modes.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following
values:

enabled

disabled
Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1117
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port module type

values:
10GB-ZR
10GB-SR
XI-64.1
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C
XL-64.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element accepts the pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute is
set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/11/c1 tengige losprop laseron
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1118
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

Command description

This command configures the ODU2 client port (C{1-10}) attributes on the 112sx10L
card. Use this command to set the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

tti

Configures Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

trccmp Optical channel trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 112sx10L 1/11/c1 odu2 tti trccmp disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1119
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

Command description

This command configures the OTU2 client port (C{1-10}) attributes on the 112sx10L
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the Forward Error Correction (FEC) type
Set the OTU rate

Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the XFP pluggable module type
Set the OTU2 layer trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2
channel[value]
fectype [rsfec | nofec | efec | efec2]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
oturate [10.709 | 11.049 | 11.096]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1120
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following values:

fectype

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of forward

error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

rsfec: for Reed-Solomon FEC

nofec: no FEC

efec: enhanced FEC

efec2: Alactel-Lucent FEC

Default: rsfec
losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To change
the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1121
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port module type

values:
10GB-ZR
XI-64.1
XL-64.2C
XS-64.2b
XS-64.2C

auto - If this value is configured, then the network

element accept the pluggable module.

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module that is

not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute be set
to user.

Default: auto
oturate

OTU2 rate. Specifies the client OTU2 rate

Set to 10.709 for standard OTU2 rate

Set to 11.049 for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate

Set to 11.096 for 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate

Default: 10.709

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1122
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure OTU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/C4 otu2 fectype nofec
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1123
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

Command description

This command configures the C{1-10}client ports performance monitoring (PM)

attributes on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the received optical power group PM options

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options
Configure the SDH group PM options
Configure the SONET group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1124
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configure the digital wrapper group PM options. See

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 112sx10L
shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the SDH group PM options. See config

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the SONET group PM options. See config

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/11/C3 pm clearall
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1125
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
client (C{1-10} ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1126
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/c1 pm dw 0 bins 4
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10} ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1127
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1128
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/c{1-10} pm ethernet 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the client (C{1-10)} port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1129
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 pm opr baseline losclrd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1130
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the client (C{1-10}) ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1131
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 pm opt profile 7
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1132
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the PCS layer performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10} ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1133
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 pm pcs clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-10}) port with SDH Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1134
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1135
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 pm sdh 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-10}) port with SONET Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1136
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 pm sonet 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1137
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port configuration data on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Configure the description of the interface

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback

Set the ODU4 attributes
Set the OTU4 attributes
Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the expected optical output power of the port

Configure the administrative state
Set the port type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu4
otu4
pm
power [value]
state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1138
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [otu4]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface:

loopback

Configures the loopback. To change the setting, enter this

keyword followed by one of the following:

facility - Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to display

the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the facility loopback
disabled - disables the facility loopback

terminal - Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled - enables the terminal loopback
disabled - disables the terminal loopback

odu4

Sets the ODU4 interface port parameters. See config

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4.

otu4

Sets the OTU4 attributes associated with the line port. See
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated with

the line port. See config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1
PM.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port. Enter

this keyword followed by a value in the following range.
Range: -17.0 dBm to 1.7 dBm

state

Sets the port state. See config interface 112sx10L

shelf/slot/L1 state to configure the state.

type

Specifies the port type: Set to otu4 to assign the port to otu4.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1139
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/l1 power 2.0
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the line port (L1) on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1140
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:

system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes for
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 min to 96 hrs
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This command affects service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/L1 state down
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1141
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

Command description

This command configures the ODU4 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 112sx10L
card.
Use this command to:

Set the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Set the Payload Type Mismatch response
Set the ODU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Specifies the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame. pldtype has a
default value and is based on the encoded client signal.
Range: 0-255
Default: 20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1142
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

ODU4 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies whether

the OT takes a consequent action or passes the received
signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword turns the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value as either on or off.
Configure comparison to enabled
Configure comparison to disabled
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/l1 odu4 ptmmresp disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1143
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

Command description

This command configures the OTU4 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 112sx10L
card.
Use this command to:

Set the transmit channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Set the receive channel frequency of the tunable transponder
Configure the operation mode

Set the OTU4 trail trace attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4
channeltx [value]
channelrx [value]
oprmode [value]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1144
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Attribute that configures the transmit frequency of the

tunable transponder.
Set to one of the following values:

channelrx

DWDM: {9285, 9280. 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,

9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9205, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135,
9130, 9125, 9120, 9115, 9110, 9105, 9100, 9095,
9090, 9085, 9080, 9075, 9070, 9065, 9060, 9055,
9050, 9045, 9040, 9035, 9030, 9025, 9020, 9015,
9010, 9005, 9000, 8995, 8990, 8985, 8980, 8975,
8970, 8965, 8960, 8955, 8950, 8945, 8940, 8935,
8930, 8925, 8920, 8915, 8910, 8905, 8900, 8895,
8890, 8885, 8880, 8875, 8870, 8865, 8860, 8855,
8850, 8845, 8840, 8835, 8830, 8825, 8820, 8815,
8810, 8805, 8800, 8795, 8790, 8785, 8780, 8775,
8770, 8765, 8760, 8755, 8750, 8745, 8740, 8735,
8730, 8725, 8720, 8715, 8710, 8705, 8700, 8695,
8690, 8685, 8680, 8675, 8670, 8665, 8660, 8655,
8650}

Not set: None

Attribute that configures the receive channel frequency of

the tunable transponder.
Set to one of the following values:

DWDM: {9285, 9280. 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,

9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9205, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135,
9130, 9125, 9120, 9115, 9110, 9105, 9100, 9095,
9090, 9085, 9080, 9075, 9070, 9065, 9060, 9055,
9050, 9045, 9040, 9035, 9030, 9025, 9020, 9015,
9010, 9005, 9000, 8995, 8990, 8985, 8980, 8975,
8970, 8965, 8960, 8955, 8950, 8945, 8940, 8935,
8930, 8925, 8920, 8915, 8910, 8905, 8900, 8895,
8890, 8885, 8880, 8875, 8870, 8865, 8860, 8855,
8850, 8845, 8840, 8835, 8830, 8825, 8820, 8815,
8810, 8805, 8800, 8795, 8790, 8785, 8780, 8775,
8770, 8765, 8760, 8755, 8750, 8745, 8740, 8735,
8730, 8725, 8720, 8715, 8710, 8705, 8700, 8695,
8690, 8685, 8680, 8675, 8670, 8665, 8660, 8655,
8650}

Notset: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1145
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oprmode

Operation Mode. Specifies the mode of the pack. Enter

this keyword followed by one of the following values:

tti

ADDDROP

REGEN

Configures OTU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the
following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/l1 otu4 channel 9600
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1146
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the line (L1) port of
the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the received compensated chromatic dispersion options

Configure the received compensated differential group delay options
Configure the receiver frequency offset options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm
clearAll
cd
dgd
foff
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1147
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearAll

Clears current 15 min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

cd

Configure the Chromatic Dispersion group PM options.

See config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd.

dgd

Configure the Differential Group Delay group PM options.

See config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd.

foff

Configure the Frequency Offset group PM options.

See config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff.

dw

Configures the digital wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/l1 pm clearAll
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1148
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
line (L1) port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1149
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed by

an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics are
placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics are
rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are
stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L pm dw 0 profile 3

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port for received compensated chromatic
dispersion group Performance Monitoring options on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1150
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed by

an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics are
placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics are
rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are
stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/l1 pm cd 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1151
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port for received, compensated differential group
delay group Performance Monitoring options on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1152
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed by

an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics are
placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics are
rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are
stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/l1 pm dgd 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port for received frequency offset group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1153
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed by

an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics are
placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics are
rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are
stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/l1 pm foff 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1154
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command configures the received Optical Power (OPR) group performance
monitoring attributes on the line (L1) port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1155
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following

values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed by

an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics are
placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics are
rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are
stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a
list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/l1 pm opr baseline newsystem

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1156
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the line (L1) port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value. Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1157
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed by

an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics are
placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the statistics are
rolled into subsequent bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are
stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword followed by

an integer value for the profile identifier. Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/l1 pm opt 1 bins 6
Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1158
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L1) port for received frequency offset group
Performance Monitoring options on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15 min and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1159
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active statistics
are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 112sx10L 1/3/l1 pm prefecbits 1 bins 6
Related commands

None

show interface 112sx10L

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on the 112sx10L card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to display details for the client C{1-10} ports or the
line (L1) port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1160
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 112sx10L ports on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-10}, L1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the client (C{1-10}) port on the 112sx10L
card.
Use this command to:

Display the client port settings

Display the client port type {oc192, stm64, tenGige, otu2}

Display the performance monitoring attributes
Display all service activity on this port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}
detail
oc192
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1161
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

odu2
otu2
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
stm64
tengige
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

oc192

Displays the OC-192 port attributes. See show interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192.

odu2

Displays the ODU2 port attributes. See show interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2.

otu2

Displays the OTU2 port attributes. See show interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm.

srvcActivity

Display all service activity on this interface. Enter one of

the following:

brief

detail

stm64

Displays the STM-64 port attributes. See show interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64.

tenGige

Displays the tenGige port attributes. See show interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tenGige.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 112sx10L 1/2/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1162
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10}

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-10}) port OC-192 attributes on the 112sx10L
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the mapping mode
Display the pluggable module type
Display the Signal Defect Threshold level
Display the Signal Fail Threshold level
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sdth

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1163
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sfth
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module

j0

Displays the J0 attributes:

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - J0 incoming

j0_status - J0 status

trccmp - J0 trace compare

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

mappingmode

Displays the mapping mode used for the SONET/SDH

signal.

Display async for asynchronous mapping

Display bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 oc192 losprop
LOSPROP Action : laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1164
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} oc192

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-10}) port STM-64 attributes on the 112sx10L
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module
Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the mapping mode
Display the pluggable module type
Display the Signal Defect Threshold level
Display the Signal Fail Threshold level
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sdth

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1165
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sfth
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number of the 112sx10L card.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module

j0

Displays the J0 attributes:

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - J0 incoming

j0_status - J0 status

trccmp - J0 trace compare

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

mappingmode

Displays the mapping mode used for the SONET/SDH

signal.

Display async for asynchronous mapping

Display bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold for Excessive BER

defect declaration.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 stm64 moduletype
Module Type : XI-64.1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1166
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C1{1-10} stm64

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-10}) port 10GbE attributes on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency for a pluggable module

Display the encapsulation mode

Display the error frame drop behavior
Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige
ainstimer
channel
encmode
errfrmdrop
losprop

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1167
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-service Debounce time.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module.

encmode

Displays the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.

errfrmdrop

Displays whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 tengige losprop
LOSPROP Action: laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1168
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

Command description

This command displays the ODU2 attributes for the client (C{1-10}) ports on the
112sx10L card. Use this command to set the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | trccmp]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number or * to list all of the 112sx10L cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

tti

Displays Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp Optical channel trace compare

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/29/C1 odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1169
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} odu2

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-10}) port OTU2 attributes on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the FEC type

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the OTU rate

Display the pluggable module type

Display the OTU2 trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2
ainstimer
channel
fectype
losprop
moduletype
oturate

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1170
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module.

fectype

Displays the Forward error correction mode setting.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

oturate

Displays the OTU rate.

tti

Display Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier Mismatch

Response.

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/29/C1 otu2 losprop
LOSPROP Action: laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1171
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the client (C{1-10})
ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the OTU2 Section Monitor group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power group PM
Display the SDH group PM

Display the SONET group PM

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Display the digital wrapper group PM options. See show

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1172
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ethernet

Display the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM. See show

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM. See

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt.

pcs

Display the PCS group PM options. See show interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs.

sdh

Display the SDH group PM options. See show interface

112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh.

sonet

Display the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 112sx10L 1/11/C1 pm dw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
client (C{1-10}) ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display the PM data for a specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1173
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
detail
clear

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Display performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 pm dw 0 clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1174
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm dw

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
detail
clear

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1175
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 pm ethernet clearraw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm ethernet

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client (C{1-10}) ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1176
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 pm opr 1 clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1177
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opr

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client (C{1-10}) ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data

Display the PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1178
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Displays the baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration

values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 pm opt clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1179
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS layer performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1180
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/C{1-10} pm pcs 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm pcs

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 112sx10L card
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1181
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/C{1-10} pm sdh clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1182
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client
(C{1-10}) ports of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw data
Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-10}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1183
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/C1 pm sonet 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/C{1-10} pm sonet

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command displays the configured line (L1) port on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the network port settings

Display the ODU4 attributes
Display the OTU4 attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring data

Display all service activity on this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1184
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

odu4
otu4
pm
power [value]
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number or * to list all of the 112sx10L cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

odu4

Display the ODU4 interface port parameters. See show

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4.

otu4

Displays the OTU4 attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4.

pm

Display the Performance Monitoring parameters. See

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Display the expected optical output power.

srvcActivity

Display all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

brief

detail

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/29/L1 power
The expected optical output power of the port: -7.61 dBm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1185
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

Command description

This command displays the ODU4 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame
Display the Payload Type Mismatch response

Display the ODU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number or * to list all of the 112sx10L cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges section for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Display the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.

ptmmresp

Display the Payload Type Mismatch Response

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1186
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - ODU4 TTI status

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp Optical channel trace compare.

tx_sapi transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/29/L1 odu4 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response: Enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 odu4

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port with OTU4 attributes on the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the transmit channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Display the receive channel frequency of the tunable transponder
Display the operation mode used
Display the FEC used
Display the OTU4 trail trace attributes

Display 1-sec prefec BER and postfec BER values

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1187
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4
ainstimer
channeltx
channelrx
fectype
oprmode
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channeltx

Displays the transmit channel frequency of the tunable

transponder.

channelrx

Displays the receive channel frequency of the tunable

transponder

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

oprmode

Display the operation mode.

prefecber

Display 1-sec prefec BER value

postfecber

Display 1-sec postfec BER value

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1188
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays OTU4 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status OTU4 Trail Trace Status

timmresp Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp Optical channel trace compare.

tx_sapi Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/29/L1 fectype
FEC Mode : AFEC

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 otu4

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the line (L1) port of the
112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group options

Display the received compensated chromatic dispersion PM options

Display the received compensated Differential Group Display PM options
Display the received Frequency Offset PM options

Display the received optical power group PM

Display the transmitted optical power group PM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1189
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm
dw
cd
dgd
foff
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Display the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See show

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

cd

Display the compensated Chromatic Dispersion group PM

options. See show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd.

dgd

Display the compensated differential group delay group PM

options. See show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm
dgd.

foff

Display the frequency offset group PM options. See show

interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff.

opr

Display the received optical power group PM options. See

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Display the transmitted optical power group PM options. See

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1190
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 112sx10L 1/11/L1 pm
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command displays the received compensated Chromatic Dispersion Performance

Monitoring on the L1 port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1191
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/L1 pm cd 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1192
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command displays the received compensated differential group delay Performance
Monitoring on the L1 port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1193
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/L1 pm dgd 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command displays the received frequency offset Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1194
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/L1 pm foff 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1195
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the line
(L1) port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1196
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/L1 pm dw 0 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the line (L1) port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Display the PM data for a specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1197
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/L1 pm opr 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1198
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the line (L1) port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the PM data
Display the PM data for a specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays the baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1199
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bins

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/L1 pm opt clearRaw
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command displays the received frequency offset Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 112sx10L card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS, except PSS-16.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1200
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
112SX10L CLI Commands

show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15-min interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 112sx10L 1/3/L1 pm prefecbits 1 clear
Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 112sx10L shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1201
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

43STA1P CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 43STA1P CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 43sta1p

6-1203

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

6-1204

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 state

6-1206

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

6-1208

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

6-1210

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

6-1212

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-1213

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

6-1215

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-1217

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-1219

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

6-1221

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

6-1223

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1225

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-1227

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

6-1229

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3

6-1231

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1235

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-1236

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1238

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1240

show interface 43sta1p

6-1242

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

6-1243

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

6-1246

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

6-1247

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1202
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

6-1249

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm

6-1250

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

6-1252

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

6-1253

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

6-1255

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

6-1257

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

6-1258

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1260

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

6-1263

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1265

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1268

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1269

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1271

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1272

config interface 43sta1p

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 43sta1p card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C1) port or line (L{1-2} )
port.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1203
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C1, L{1-2}

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Specify a name and description for the card

Set the client port type (oc768, stm256, otu3) and attributes
Set the tti trail trace
Set the state
Set the PM attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1
description [string]
detail
oc768
odu3
otu3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1204
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

pm
state
stm256
type [oc768 | otu3 | stm256 | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 |*

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

oc768

Sets the OC-768 port attributes. See config interface

43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768.

Odu3

Sets the ODU3 port attributes. To configure ODU3

attributes, see config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1
odu3.

Otu3

Sets the OTU3 port attributes. To configure OTU3

attributes, see config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1
otu3.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 PM to configure pm
attributes.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 43sta1p

shelf/slot/C1 state to configure the state.

Stm256

Sets the STM-256 port attributes. See config interface

43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256.

type

Specifies the port type:

Set to oc768 for SONET client

Set to stm256 for SDH client

Set to otu3 for OTU3 client

Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1205
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/11/c1
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/11/c1)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the C1 port on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 state
down [force]
up
mt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1206
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]

Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 |*

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

ains

Set to ains to set the admin state to Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help Displays the default and valid range.
<value> - Enter the number of hours and
minutes for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours

Default value: system

disabled disable AINS

enabled enable AINS

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1)# state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1207
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port OC-768 attributes on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Set the J0 attributes

Set the loss propagation behavior
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1208
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Configure J0 attributes.

losprop

j0_ex - Expected J0
Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt - J0 format
Enter this keyword followed keyword followed by a
value for the J0 format:
<value> = 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
<value> = 16:configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode

trccmp - J0 trace compare

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(i.e., expected) value.
Set to enable to enable comparison
Set to disable to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Loss propagation. Specifies how the near end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end
client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/11/C1 oc768
(config-interface-11STAR-1/11/c1-oc768)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1209
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port STM-256 attributes on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Set the J0 attributes

Set the loss propagation behavior
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1 |*

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1210
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Configure J0 attributes.

losprop

j0_ex - Expected J0
Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
1-byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt - J0 format
Enter this keyword followed keyword followed by a
value for the J0 format:
<value> = 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte mode
<value> = 16:configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

trccmp - J0 trace compare

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enable to enable comparison
Set to disable to disable comparison
Default: disable

Loss propagation. Specifies how the near end client facing

transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of
Frame (LOF) or other defect from the far-end
client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/11/C1 stm256
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/11/c1-stm256)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1211
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port OTU3 attributes on the 43sta1p card. Use
this command to set the loss propagation behavior.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3
losprop
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1212
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 otu3
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-otu3)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm

Command description

This command configures the client (C1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this interface

Configure the RX optical power group PM options

Configure the TX optical power group PM options
Configure the intervals for the OTU3 Section Monitor or SONET/SDH
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1213
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clear current all bins in all groups on this interface.

dw

Configure the OTU3 Section Monitor group PM options.

See config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm
opt.

sdh

Configure the SDH group PM options. See config

interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the SONET group PM options. See config

interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/11/C1 pm
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/11/c1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1214
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with OTU3 Section Monitoring attributes
on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1215
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 pm dw 0
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-pm-dw-0)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1216
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Client C1 ports for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1217
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 pm opr
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1218
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1219
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 pm opt
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1220
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with SDH Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1221
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 pm sdh 0
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-pm-sdh-0)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1222
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C1) port with SONET Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1223
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 pm sonet 0
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-pm-sonet-0)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1224
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-2}) port on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Configure the description of the interface

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback

Set the ODU3 attributes
Set the OTU3 attributes
Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the expected optical output power of the port

Configure the administrative state
Set the port type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu3
otu3
pm
power [<value>]
state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1225
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [otu3]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface, or
enter this keyword without any parameters to display the
current description for the interface.

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

odu3

Sets the ODU3 interface port parameters. See config

interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3.

otu3

Sets the OTU3 attributes associated with the line port. See
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3.

pm

Sets the performance monitoring attributes associated with

the line port. See config interface 43sta1p
shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 43sta1p

shelf/slot/L{1-2} state.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1226
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Type

Specifies the port type:

Set to ots to set the port to OTS.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/L{1-2}
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/L{1-2})#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the L{1-2} port on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display the current settings for the port

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
down [force]
up
mt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1227
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2} | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS timer:

system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes for
the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/L{1-2})# state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1228
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

Command description

This command configures the ODU3 attributes for the LINE (L{1-2}) port on the 43sta1p
card.
Use this command to:

Set the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response
Set the ODU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3
mappingmode
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the network
element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

mappingmode

ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode. This attribute specifies the

mapping mode that will be used when the client port signal is
provisioned to OC-768 or STM-256.
Set to:

bitsync bit synchronous CBR mapping

async asynchronous CBR mapping

Default: previously existing value

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1229
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

ODU3 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies whether

the OT will take a consequent action or pass the received
signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/L{1-2} odu3
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/L{1-2}-odu3)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1230
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1pshelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-2} ) port with OTU3 attributes on the 43sta1p
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency of the tunable transponder

Configure the FEC used
Set the OTU3 trail trace attributes

Set the status of the GCC channel

Set the GCC communication channel type
Set the OSPF attributes
Set the packet size and mtu size
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43sta1p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3
channel
fectype
gccstat [disabled | enabled]
gcctype [GCCO/GCC1/GCC2]
ospf [helloint value | deadint value | metric value]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
mtu [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1231
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Attributes that configures the frequency of tunable

transformer.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

fectype

Set to: {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575,

9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535,
9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495,
9490, 9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455,
9450, 9445, 9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415,
9410, 9405, 9400, 9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375,
9370, 9365, 9360, 9355, 9350, 9345, 9340, 9335,
9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310, 9305, 9300, 9295,
9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255,
9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215,
9210, 9205, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of

forward error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

ufec - Ultra FEC

Default: ufec
gccstat

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to:

enabled to enable GCC1/GCC2/GCC3 processing

disabled to disable GCC1/GCC2/GCC3 processing

Default: disabled
gcctype

Specifies which GCC communication channel type will be

selected.
Values: GCC0; GCC1; GCC2
Default: GCC0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1232
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than the
hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If

it is standard, the mtu size can be configured. If the
packettype is non-standard, the mtu size is default.
Default: nonstd

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

Range: 576 - 1500

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1233
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure OTU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the provisioned
(that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/L{1-2}

otu3

(config-interface- 43sta1p -1/3/L{1-2}-otu3)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1234
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-2} ) port with Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Clear all bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears all bins in all groups on this interface.

dw

Configures the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1235
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/L{1-2} pm
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/L{1-2} -pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-2}) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1236
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/L{1-2} pm dw
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/L{1-2} -pm-dw)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1237
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-2}) port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1238
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/L{1-2}

pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1239
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/L{1-2}-pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the LINE (L{1-2}) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1240
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 43sta1p 1/3/L{1-2} pm opt
(config-interface-43sta1p-1/3/L{1-2} -pm-opt)#
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1241
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43sta1p

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on the 43sta1p card. Use this
command to access subcommands that allow you to display the configuration of the client
(C1) port or line (L{1-2}) port.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C1, L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1242
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the client (C1) port on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display the client port type {oc768, stm256, otu3} attributes

Display the performance monitoring attributes

Display all service activity on this port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1
detail
oc768
odu3
otu3
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
stm256
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Displays the current settings and current analog data for

the port.

oc768

Displays the OC-768 port attributes. See show interface

43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1243
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

odu3

Displays the ODU3 port attributes. See show interface

43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 odu3.

otu3

Displays the OTU3 port attributes. See show interface

43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

stm256

brief

detail

Sets the STM-256 port attributes. See config interface

43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/C1 pm
Current value:

#show-interface-43sta1p 1/10/c1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 Port: C1 - 43STA1P Client Port [OTU3]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
State Qualifier : SGEO
Oper State : Down
Oper Capability : Disabled
Direction
: Bidirectional
Status LED
:
Description :

#show-interface-43sta1p 1/10/c1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 Port: C1 - 43STA1P Client Port [OTU3]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability
:
Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
Use System AINS Timer
AINS Timer

: Disabled
: Enabled
: System

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1244
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

AINS Countdown

: 0m

Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

:
:
:

Incoming res

: HEX: 00 00

OTU3 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On

# show-interface-43sta1p 1/10/c1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 Port: C1 - 43STA1P Client Port [OC768]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability
:
Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
AINS
Use System AINS Timer
AINS Timer
AINS Countdown
Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

: Disabled
: Enabled
: System
: 0m
:
:
:

OC768 Settings
---------------Laser
: Laser On
J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Incoming :
Status
: unknown

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1245
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port OC-768 attributes on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768
ainstimer
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | timmresp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1246
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Displays J0 attributes.

losprop

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

j0_status - J0 status

timmresp - J0 trace compare

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 oc768 losprop
LOSPROP Action : laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 oc768

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port STM-256 attributes on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1247
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256
ainstimer
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | timmresp]
losprop
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

j0

Configure J0 attributes.

losprop

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

j0_status - Incoming J0 status

timmresp - J0 trace compare

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 stm256 moduletype
losprop: laseron

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 stm256

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1248
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port OTU3 attributes on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the incoming res attribute

Display the 1second pre-fec BER
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3
ainstimer
losprop
incres
postfec
prefec
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

Display the incoming RES OTUk overhead of this port.
Display the 1-second post-fec BER.
Display the 1-second pre-fec BER

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1249
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/C1 otu3 losprop
losprop :

laserON

# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/C1 otu3 incres

Incoming res:

HEX: 00 00

# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/C1 otu3 prefec

Pre-fec BER : 1.23 E-9

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 otu3

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (C1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display the OTU3 Section Monitoring group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power group PM
Display the SDH group PM

Display the SONET group PM

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm
dw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1250
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opr
opt
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options. See

cshow interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt.

sdh

Displays the SDH group PM options. See show interface

43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh.

sonet

Displays the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/11/C1 pm
(show-interface-43sta1p-1/11/C1-pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1251
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the OTU3 Section Monitor Performance Monitoring on the C1
port of the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1252
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 pm dw
(show-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the C1
port of the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1253
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays raw PM data.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Display performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Display collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 pm opr
(show-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-pm-opr)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1254
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opr

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

Command description

This command the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of
the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1255
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Display raw PM data.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Display Performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Display collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 pm opt
(show-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-pm-opt)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1256
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of the 43sta1p
card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw PM data.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1257
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 pm sdh
(show-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-pm-sdh)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sdh

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET Performance Monitoring on the C1 port of the
43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1258
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw PM data.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/3/C1 pm sonet
(show-interface-43sta1p-1/3/c1-pm-sonet)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm sonet
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1259
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command displays the LINE (L{1-2}) port configuration data on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display details of the network port settings

Display the ODU3 attributes

Display the OTU3 attributes

Display the Performance Monitoring data
Display the expected output power from the port
Display all service activity on this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}
detail
odu3
otu3
pm
power
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2} | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

odu3

Displays the ODU3 interface port parameters. See show

interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1260
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

otu3

Displays the OTU3 attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3.

pm

Displays the performance monitoring attributes. See

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter one of the following:

brief

detail

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/L{1-2} power
The expected optical output power of the port : -7.61 dBm

#show-interface-43sta1p 1/10/L1

Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 Port: L1 - 43STA1P NW Port [OTU3]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
State Qualifier : SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Oper State : Down
Direction
: Bidirectional
Status LED
:
Description :

#show-interface-43sta1p 1/10/L1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 10 Port: L1 - 43STA1P NW Port [OTU3]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability
:
Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

: None

AINS
Use System AINS Timer
AINS Timer
AINS Countdown

: Enabled
: Enabled
: System
: 10m

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1261
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Received Power
:
Disabled
Transmitted Power
:
Disabled
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
Transponder Transmit Power :
Incoming res

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :

: HEX: 00 00

OTU3 Settings
------------Expected Network Output Power
FEC Mode

: -20.00 dBm
: UFEC

ODU3 Settings
------------Mapping Mode
: BITSYNC
Payload Type Mismatch Response : Disabled

TTI
OTU3
ODU3
----------------------------------------------------------------exp_sapi
:
timmresp
:
Disabled
Disabled
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
tx_sapi
:
inc_sapi
:
status
:
unknown
unknown
Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Incoming exp : Hex: 00 00
Incoming res row2
Incoming res row4

: HEX: 00 00
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1262
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

Command description

This command displays the ODU3 attributes for the LINE (L{1-2} ) port on the 43sta1p
card.
Use this command to:

Display the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response
Display the ODU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Display the incoming ftfl attributes

Display the incoming res attributes

Display the incoming exp attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3
incftfl
incres
incexp
mappingmode
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2} | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

mappingmode

Displays ODU3 mapping mode.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1263
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

Displays the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - ODU3 TTI status

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

Display the FTFL information of this port, which includes:

incftfl

incoming forward fault indication field

incoming forward operator-specific field

incoming backward fault indication field

incoming backward operator-specific field

Display the RES ODUk overhead of this port, which

includes:

incres

Incoming RES in row 2

Incoming RES in row 4

Display the incoming EXP ODUk overhead.

incexp

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/L{1-2} odu3 mappingmode
Mapping mode :

BITSYNC

# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/L1 odu3 incftfl

Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/L1 odu3 incexp
Incoming exp : Hex: 00 00
# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/L1 odu3 incres
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1264
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Incoming res row2

Incoming res row4

: HEX: 00 00
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1pshelf/slot/L1 odu3

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 otu3

Command description

This command displays the LINE (L{1-2}) port with OTU3 attributes on the 43sta1p
card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the tunable transponder
Display the FEC used

Display the OTU3 trail trace attributes

Display the OTU3 incoming RES attributes
Display the 1-second pre-fec and post-fec BER
Display the status of the GCC channel
Display the GCC communication channel type

Display the OSPF attributes

Display the packet type and mtu size
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface {43sta1p} shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu3
ainstimer
channel
fectype
incres
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1265
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

postfecber
prefecber
gccstat
gcctype
mtu
ospf [area | adjstate] | helloint | deadint | metric]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2} | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Display the frequency of the tunable transponder.

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode.

gccstat

Displays the status of GCC signal processing

gcctype

Displays the GCC communication channel type

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time elapsed
before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval is
a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello interval
value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 30.
Range: 1-65535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1266
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it

is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype
is non-standard the mtu size is default.
Default: std
Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

tti

exp_sapi - Expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - Incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - OTU3 Trail trace status

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

tx_sapi - Transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/L1 fectype
FEC Mode : EFEC

# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/L1 otu3 incres

Incoming res

HEX: 00 00

# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/L1 otu3 postfecber

Post-fec BER : 1.29 E-9

# show interface 43sta1p 1/29/L1 otu3 gcctype

GCC type

: GCC0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1267
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (L{1-2}) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes
on the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power PM
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2} | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1268
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/11/L1 pm
(show-interface-43sta1p-1/11/L{1-2} -pm)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the L{1-2} port
of the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/C1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1269
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bins
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2} | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw PM data.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/3/L{1-2} pm dw
(show-interface-43sta1p-1/3/L1 -pm-dw)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1270
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the
L{1-2} port of the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Displays the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays raw PM data.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1271
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/3/L1 pm opr
(show-interface-43sta1p-1/3/L{1-2} -pm-opr)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 43sta1p card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1272
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2} | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43sta1p interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays raw PM data.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43sta1p 1/3/L1 pm opt
(show-interface-43sta1p-1/3/L{1-2}-pm-opt)#

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1273
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STA1P CLI Commands

show interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43sta1p shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1274
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

43SCX4 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 43SCX4 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 43scx4

6-1277

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1277

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

6-1280

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

6-1282

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-1284

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-1287

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-1290

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-1293

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-1294

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1297

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-1299

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1300

config interface {43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1302

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1304

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1306

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1308

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1309

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

6-1311

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 state

6-1314

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3

6-1316

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1318

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1321

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1323

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1324

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1275
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1326

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1328

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1329

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1331

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1333

show interface 43scx4

6-1334

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1335

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

6-1340

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-1341

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-1343

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-1345

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-1346

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-1347

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1349

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-1351

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1353

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1354

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1356

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1357

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1359

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1360

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

6-1362

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3

6-1366

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1368

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1370

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1371

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1373

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1375

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1376

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1378

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1379

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1381

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1276
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 43SCX4 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-4}) ports or line (L1)
port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43SCX4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43scx4}

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) ports on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Set the client port type {oc192, stm64, fc8g, otu2 or tenGige} and attributes
Set the loopback mode

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1277
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Set the state

Set the PM attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
description [string]
detail
fc8g
loopback [facility | terminal]
oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
state
stm64
tengige
type [fc8g| oc192 | otu2 | stm64 | tengige | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

fc8g

Sets the fc8g port attributes. Set config interface 43scx4

shelf/slot/ C{14} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1278
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

oc192

Sets the OC-192 port attributes. See config interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192.

Odu2

Sets the ODU2 port attributes. To configure ODU2

attributes, see config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
odu2.

Otu2

Sets the OTU2 port attributes. To configure OTU2

attributes, see config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
otu2.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} PM to configure pm
attributes.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 43scx4

shelf/slot/C{1-4} state.

stm64

Sets the STM-64 port attributes. See config interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64.

Tengige

Sets the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See config interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tenGige.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1279
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Specifies the port type:

set to oc192 for SONET client

set to stm64 for SDH client

Set to fc8g for 8G Fibre Channel client

set to tengige for 10GbE client

set to otu2 for OTU2 client

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/11/C1 type oc192

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-4} port on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1280
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

mt
up
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help Displays the default and valid range.
<value> - Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours

disabled disable AINS

enabled enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-43scx4-1/3/C1)# state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1281
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) ports 8G Fibre channel attribute on the
43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency of the client port

Set the loss propagation behaviour
Set the pluggable module type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port. Enter

this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following values:
CWDM:{1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set:None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1282
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.To change
the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:

laserOn: transmitter stays on

laserOff: transmitter stays on

Default: laserOn
Moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:
Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype values:

X8FCLC-L

X8FCSN-I

auto: If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user: If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 43scx4 1/11/C1 fc8g
(config-interface-43SCX4-1/11/c1-fc8g)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1283
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port OC-192 attributes on the 43SCX4
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the mappingmode

Set the XFP module type

Set the signal degrade threshold
Set the signal fail threshold
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdthvalue
sfthvalue
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1284
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

j0

losprop

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0
Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt - J0 format
Enter this keyword followed keyword followed by
a value for the J0 format:
<value> = 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte
mode
<value> = 16:configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

trccmp - J0 trace compare

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Loss propagation. Specifies how the near-end

client-facing transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal
(LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or other defect from the
far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1285
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mapping mode

Mapping Mode. Specifies the mapping mode used for

the SONET/SDH signal.

moduletype

Set to async for asynchronous mapping

Set to bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

Pluggable Module Type. This attribute specifies the

XFP pluggable module type used on the port. Enter this
keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:
{auto, user, 10GB-ZR, XI-64.1, XL-64.2C, XS-64.2B,
XS-64.2C}

sdth

Specifies the transmitted BER threshold required to

raise a signal degrade condition. Enter this keyword
followed by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as
10 -n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9}

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal degrade condition. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10 -n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/11/C1 oc192 moduletype 10GB-ZR

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1286
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port STM-64 attributes on the 43SCX4
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the mappingmode

Set the XFP moduletype

Set the signal degrade threshold
Set the signal fail threshold
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdthvalue
sfthvalue
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1287
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

j0

losprop

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0
Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt - J0 format
Enter this keyword followed keyword followed by
a value for the J0 format:
<value> = 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte
mode
<value> = 16:configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

trccmp - J0 trace compare

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Loss propagation. Specifies how the near-end

client-facing transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal
(LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or other defect from the
far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1288
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mapping mode

Mapping Mode. Specifies the mapping mode used for

the SONET/SDH signal.

moduletype

Set to async for asynchronous mapping

Set to bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

Pluggable Module Type. This attribute specifies the

XFP pluggable module type used on the port. Enter this
keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:
{auto, user, 10GB-ZR, XI-64.1, XL-64.2C,
XS-64.2B, XS-64.2C}

sdth

Specifies the transmitted BER threshold required to

raise a signal degrade condition. Enter this keyword
followed by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as
10 -n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9} Default: 10-5

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise

a signal degrade condition. Enter this keyword
followed by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as
10 -n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9 }

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 43scx4 1/11/C1 stm64 mappingmode async

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1289
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

Command description

This command configures the 10GbE LAN client (C{1-4}) port attributes on the 43SCX4
card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the encapsulation mode
Set the error frame drop behavior
Set the loss propagation behavior

Configure the pluggable module type

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
channel [value]
encmode [gfp-f | gfp-p]
errfrmdrop [disabled | enabled]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1290
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

encmode

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following
four values:

gfp-f specifies the use of the Generic Framing

protocol (ITU-T G.7041)

gfp-p Generic Framing Protocol, Proprietary,

where the client Ethernet frame preamble is
preserved.

cbrlan11.049 constant bit rate LAN overclocked,

11.048 Gb/s (43SCX4 only)

cbrlan11.096 constant bit rate LAN overclocked,

11.096 Gb/s (43SCX4 only)

Default: previously existing value

errfrmdrop

Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded

or passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP
transport modes.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following
values:

enabled

disabled

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1291
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Pluggable Module Type. This attribute specifies the

XFP pluggable module type used on the port. Enter this
keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:
{auto, user, 10GB-SR, 10GB-ZR, XI-64.1,
XL-64.2C, XS-64.2B, XS-64.2C}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/11/c1 tengige losprop laseron

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1292
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port ODU2 attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to set the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/11/c1 odu2 tti trccmp disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1293
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port OTU2 attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the Forward Error Correction (FEC) mode

Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the XFP pluggable module type
Set the OTU2 layer Trail Trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2
channel [value]
fectype [nofec | rsfec | efec | efec2]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
oturate [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1294
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

fectype

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of

forward error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

nofec - FEC correction disabled

rsfec Reed-Solomon FEC

efec Enhance FEC

efec2 Alcatel-Lucent FEC

Default: rsfec
losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
oturate

OTU2 rate specifies the client OTU2 rate:

Set to 10.709 for standard OTU2 rate

Set to 11.049 for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate

Set to 11.096 for 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1295
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Pluggable Module Type. This attribute specifies the XFP

pluggable module type used on the port. Enter this
keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:
{auto, user, 10GB-ZR, XI-64.1, XL-64.2C, XS-64.2B,
XS-64.2C}

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/C4 otu2 fectype nofec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1296
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port performance monitoring (pm)
attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the Ethernet group PM options

Configure the RX optical power group PM options

Configure the TX optical power group PM options
Configure the PCS group PM options
Configure the SDH group PM options
Configure the SONET group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1297
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface

dw

Configure the digital wrapper (dw) group PM options.

See config interface 43scx4shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 43scx4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 43scx4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the SDH group PM options. See config

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the SONET group PM options. See config

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/11/C3 pm clearall

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1298
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1299
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/c1 pm dw 0 bins 4

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) ports with Ethernet Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1300
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1301
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/c{1-4} pm ethernet 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

config interface {43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1302
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface {43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1303
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface {43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm opr baseline losclrd

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 43scx4 card or 43scx4.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1304
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm opt profile 7

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1305
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) ports with PCS layer Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1306
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm pcs clearRaw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1307
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with SDH Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1308
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm sdh 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with SONET Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1309
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1310
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm sonet 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the description of the interface

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback
Set the ODU3 attributes
Set the OTU3 attributes

Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the expected optical output power of the port
Configure the administrative state
Set the port type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1311
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu3
otu3
pm
power [value]
state
type [otu3]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current description for the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1312
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

odu3

Sets the ODU3 interface port parameters. See config

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3.

otu3

Sets the OTU3 attributes associated with the line port.

See config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3.

pm

Configure Performance Monitoring. See config

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port.

Enter this keyword followed by a value: {-17.0 to -1.3}
dBm.for the 43SCX4 card.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 state.

Type

Specifies the port type:

set to otu3 to set the port to OTU3.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/l1 power 2.0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1313
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the L1 port on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1314
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1315
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3

Command description

This command configures the ODU3 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the payload type field of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.
Set the Payload Type Mismatch response

Set the ODU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Specifies the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame. pldtype has a default
value and is based on the encoded client signal.
Range: 0-255
Default: 20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1316
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

ODU3 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies whether

the OT will take a consequent action or pass the received
signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/l1 odu3 ptmmresp disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1317
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4shelf/slot/L1 odu3

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port with OTU3 attributes on the 43scx4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the transmit and receive channel frequency

Configure the operation mode used

Set the OTU3 trail trace attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
oprmode [ADDDROP, REGEN]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1318
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channelrx

Attribute that configures the frequency of the tunable

transponder.

For 43scx4 set to {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580,

9575, 9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535,
9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495, 9490,
9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455, 9450, 9445,
9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415, 9410, 9405, 9400,
9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375, 9370, 9365, 9360, 9355,
9350, 9345, 9340, 9335, 9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310,
9305, 9300, 9295, 9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265,
9260, 9255, 9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220,
9215, 9210, 9205, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135, 9130,
9125, 9120, 9115}

Not set: None

channeltx

Attribute that configures the frequency of the tunable

transponder:

Set to: {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575,

9570,
9530,
9490,
9450,
9410,
9370,
9330,
9290,
9250,
9210,
9170,
9130,

9565,
9525,
9485,
9445,
9405,
9365,
9325,
9285,
9245,
9205,
9165,
9125,

9560,
9520,
9480,
9440,
9400,
9360,
9320,
9280,
9240,
9200,
9160,
9120,

9555, 9550,
9515, 9510,
9475, 9470,
9435, 9430,
9395, 9390,
9355, 9350,
9315, 9310,
9275, 9270,
9235, 9230,
9195, 9190,
9155, 9150,
9115}

9545,
9505,
9465,
9425,
9385,
9345,
9305,
9265,
9225,
9185,
9145,

9540,
9500,
9460,
9420,
9380,
9340,
9300,
9260,
9220,
9180,
9140,

9535,
9495,
9455,
9415,
9375,
9335,
9295,
9255,
9215,
9175,
9135,

Not set: None

oprmode

The Operation mode specifies the type of operation mode

supported on the interface:

ADDDROP: Add/Drop mode

REGEN: Regeneration mode

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1319
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure OTU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/l1 otu3 channeltx 9600|9610

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1320
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port with Performance Monitoring attributes on
the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the chromatic dispersion group PM options

Configure the differential group delay group PM options
Configure the frequency offset group PM options
Configure the pre-FEC group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm
clearAll
cd
dgd
dw
foff
opr
opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1321
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

prefecbits
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

cd

Configure the chromatic dispersion group PM options. See

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd.

dgd

Configure the differential group delay group PM options.

See config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd.

dw

Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

foff

Configure the frequency offset group PM options. See

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

prefecbits

Configures the pre-FEC group PM options.See config

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/l1 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1322
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command configures the Line L1 port for chromatic group Performance Monitoring
options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1323
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/l1 pm cd 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command configures the Line L1 port differential group delay group Performance
Monitoring options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1324
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm dgd 1 bins 6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1325
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

None

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 43SCX4 or 43SCXL card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1326
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 pm dw 0 profile 3

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1327
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command configures the Line L1 port for frequency offset group Performance
Monitoring options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1328
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm foff 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command configure the line (L1) port for received optical power group Performance
Monitoring options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1329
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1330
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/l1 pm opr baseline newsystem

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1331
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/l1 pm opt 1 bins 6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1332
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command configures the Line L1 port for pre-FEC group Performance Monitoring
options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1333
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm prefecbits 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

show interface 43scx4

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on the 43SCX4 card. Use this
command to access subcommands that allow you to display the configuration of the client
(C{1-4}) ports or line (L1) port.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1334
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43SCX4 or 43SCXL
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the client (C{1-4}) port on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display the client port type {oc192, stm64, fcg8, tenGige, otu2} attributes
Display the performance monitoring attributes
Display all service activity on this port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
detail
fcg8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1335
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
stm64
tengige
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

fcg8

Display the fcg8 port attributes. See show interface

43SCX4 shelf/slot/C{14} FCG8.

oc192

Displays the OC-192 port attributes. See show interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192.

Odu2

Displays the ODU2 port attributes. See show interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2.

Otu2

Displays the OTU2 port attributes. See show interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

brief

detail

Stm64

Sets the STM-64 port attributes. See show interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64.

tengige

Displays the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See show

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tenGige.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1336
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/2/C1 pm

#show-interface 1/2/c1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: C1 - 43scx4 Client Port [OTU2]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
State Qualifier: SGEO
Oper Capability: Disabled
Oper State: Down
Direction : Bidirectional
Status LED
:
Description:
# show-interface-43scx4 1/2/c1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: C1 - 43scx4 Client Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

: None

AINS
Use System AINS Timer
AINS Timer
AINS Countdown

:
:
:
:

Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

OTU2 Settings
---------------Laser
Module Type
FEC Mode
TTI
--exp_sapi
tx_sapi
trccmp
timmresp
Inc_sapi
Status
Incoming res

Disabled
Enabled
System
0m

:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

: Laser On
: Auto
: RSFEC

:
:
: Disabled
: Disabled
:
: unknown
: HEX: 00 00

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1337
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ODU2 Settings
------------TTI
--exp_sapi
trccmp
Inc_sapi
Status

:
: Disabled
:
: unknown

Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00

Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Incoming exp : Hex: 00 00
Incoming res row2 : HEX: 00 00
Incoming res row4 : HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
#show-interface-43scx4 1/2/c1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: C1 - 43scx4 Client Port 10GbE LAN
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

: None

AINS
Use System AINS Timer
AINS Timer
AINS Countdown

: Disabled
: Enabled
: System
: 0m

Received Power
Transmitted Power

:
:

10GbE LAN Settings

---------------Laser
Module Type
Encapsulation Mode
Error Frame Drop

:
:
:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

Laser On
Auto
GFP-F
Disabled

#show-interface-43scx4 1/2/c1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: C1 - 43scx4 Client Port OC192
----------------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1338
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin State
State Qualifier
Status LED
Description

: Down
: SGEO
:
:

Channel

: Down
: Disabled

: None

AINS
Use System AINS Timer
AINS Timer
AINS Countdown

: Disabled
: Enabled
: System
: 0m

Received Power
Transmitted Power

:
:

OC192 Settings
---------------Laser
Module Type
Mapping Mode

Oper State
Oper Capability

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

: Laser On
: Auto
: ASYNC

J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Incoming :
Status
: unknown

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1339
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port 8G Fibre Channel attributes on the
43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fcg8
ainstimer
channel [value]
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

losprop

Displays the configured loss propagation provisioning..

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1340
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43scx4 1/29/C1 fc8g
(show-interface-43SCX4-1/3/C1-fc8g)#
ainstimer
Display AINS debounce time
channel
Display channel
moduletype
Display module type
losprop
Display laser action

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port OC-192 attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Display the signal degrade threshold
Display the signal fail threshold
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192
ainstimer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1341
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

j0

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

j0_status - Incoming J0 status

trccmp - J0 trace compare

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold required for

excessive BER defect declaration.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 oc192 losprop
LOSPROP Action : laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1342
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port STM-64 attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type

Display the signal degrade threshold

Display the signal fail threshold
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64
ainstimer
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1343
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sfth
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

j0

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

j0_status - Incoming J0 status

timmresp - J0 trace compare

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold required for

excessive BER defect declaration.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 stm64 moduletype
Module Type: XI-64.1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1344
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port 10GbE attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display encapsulation mode

Display the error frame drop behavior
Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
ainstimer
channel
encmode
errfrmdrop
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1345
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

encmode

Displays the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.

errfrmdrop

Displays whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 tengige losprop
LOSPROP Action: laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

Command description

This command the client (C{1-4}) port ODU2 attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1346
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | trccmp]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43SCX4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

tti

exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 43scx4 1/29/C1 odu2

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port OTU2 attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the type of FEC used on this interface

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1347
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the OTURATE

Display the OTU2 Trail Trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2
ainstimer
channel
detail
fectype
incres
losprop
moduletype
oturate
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module.

fectype

Display the Forward error correction mode setting.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

oturate

Display the OTURATE.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1348
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/29/C1 otu2 losprop
LOSPROP Action:

laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes
on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the OTU2 Section Monitor group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM

Display the transmitted optical power group PM

Display the SDH group PM
Display the SONET group PM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1349
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the dw group PM options See show interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.

Opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-12} pm opr.

Opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt.

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options. See show interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.

sdh

Displays the SDH group PM options. See show interface

43scx4shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.

sonet

Displays the SONET group PM options. See show

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1350
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/11/C1 pm dw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper (dw) Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4}
ports of the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1351
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm dw 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1352
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} ports of the
43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1353
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm ethernet clearraw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the
C{1-4} port of the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1354
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm opr 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1355
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port
of the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1356
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm opt clearRaw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS layer Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} ports of
the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1357
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/3/C{1-4} pm pcs 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1358
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1359
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/C{1-4} pm sdh clearRaw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1360
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm sonet 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1361
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port configuration data on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display details of the network port settings

Display the ODU3 attributes

Display the OTU3 attributes

Display the Performance Monitoring
Display the expected output power from the port
Display all service activity on this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1
detail
odu3
otu3
power
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43SCX4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

odu3

Display the ODU3 interface port parameters. See show

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1362
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

otu3

Display the OTU3 attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3.

pm

Displays the performance monitoring attributes. See

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Display the expected optical output power of the port.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter one of the following:

brief

detail

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/29/L1 power
The expected optical output power of the port:

-7.61 dBm

#show-interface 1/2/L1

Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: L1 - 43scx4 NW Port [OTU3]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
State Qualifier : SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Oper State : Down
Direction
: Bidirectional
Status LED
:
Description :

#show-interface 1/2/L1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: L1 - 43scx4 NW Port [OTU3]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability
: Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

: None

AINS
: Enabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 10m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1363
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Received Power
:
Disabled
Transmitted Power
:
Disabled
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
Transponder Transmit Power :
OTU3 Settings
------------Expected Network Output Power
FEC Mode
Operational Mode
Incoming res

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :

: -20.00 dBm
: AFEC
: ADDDROP

: HEX: 00 00

ODU3 Settings
------------Payload Type
Payload Type Mismatch Response

: 32 (0x20)
: Disabled

TTI
OTU3
ODU3
----------------------------------------------------------------exp_sapi
:
timmresp
:
Disabled
Disabled
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
tx_sapi
:
inc_sapi
:
status
:
unknown
unknown
Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Incoming exp : Hex: 00 00
Incoming res row2
: HEX: 00 00
Incoming res row4
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
Tcmlevel : 1 2 3
----------------------------------------------------TCMmode : NIM
Aisondef : disable
Brstintvl : 6
Btstth : 30%
exp_dapi :
exp_sapi :
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1364
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Ltcresp : disable
tx_dapi :
tx_sapi :
Ttimon : N
Timmresp : disable
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: L1 - 43scx4 NW Port [OTU3]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability
: Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

: None

AINS
: Enabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 10m
Received Power
:
Disabled
Transmitted Power
:
Disabled
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
Transponder Transmit Power :
OTU3 Settings
------------Expected Network Output Power
FEC Mode
Operational Mode
Incoming res

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :

: -20.00 dBm
: AFEC
: ADDDROP

: HEX: 00 00

ODU3 Settings
------------Payload Type
Payload Type Mismatch Response

: 32 (0x20)
: Disabled

TTI
OTU3
ODU3
----------------------------------------------------------------exp_sapi
:
timmresp
:
Disabled
Disabled
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
tx_sapi
:
inc_sapi
:
status
:
unknown
unknown
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1365
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00

Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Incoming exp : Hex: 00 00
Incoming res row2
: HEX: 00 00
Incoming res row4
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
Tcmlevel : 1 2 3
----------------------------------------------------TCMmode : NIM
Aisondef : disable
Brstintvl : 6
Btstth : 30%
exp_dapi :
exp_sapi :
Ltcresp : disable
tx_dapi :
tx_sapi :
Ttimon : N
Timmresp : disable

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3

Command description

This command displays the ODU3 attributes for the LINE (L1 ) port on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.
Display the Payload Type Mismatch response
Display the ODU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1366
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43SCX4 or 43SCXL cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Displays the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.

ptmmresp

Displays the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

tti

Display the ODU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

status - ODU3 TTI status

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/29/L1 odu3 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response:

enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4shelf/slot/L1 odu3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1367
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port with OTU3 attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the transmit channel frequency of the 43SCX4

Display the receive channel frequency of the 43SCX4

Display the FEC used
Display the operation mode
Display the OTU3 trail trace attributes

Display the 1-sec prefec BER and postfec BER

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3
ainstimer
channeltx
channelrx
fectype
oprmode
postfecber
prefecber
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1368
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channelrx

Display the receive channel frequency

channeltx

Display the transmit channel frequency

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode type.

oprmode

Display the operation mode.

postfecBER

Display the 1-second postfec BER

prefecBER

Display the 1-second prefec BER

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

status - OTU3 Trail Trace status

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43scx4 1/29/L1 fectype
FEC Mode :

EFEC2

# show interface 43scx4 1/29/L1 otu3 postfecber

Post-fec BER : 1.29 E-9

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1369
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (L1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the chromatic dispersion group PM options
Display the differential group delay group PM options
Display the frequency offset group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM

Display the transmitted optical power PM
Display the pre-FEC group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm
cd
dgd
foff
dw
opr
opt
prefecbits
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1370
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

cd

Display the chromatic dispersion group PM options. See

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd.

dgd

Display the differential group delay group PM options. See

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

foff

Display the frequency offset group PM options. See show

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.
Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

opt

See show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

prefecbits

Display the pre-FEC group PM options. See show interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/11/L1 pm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the L1 port of
the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1371
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm dw 0 clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1372
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Displays the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1373
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm opr 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1374
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1375
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm opt clearRaw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command displays the Chromatic Dispersion Performance Monitoring on the L1

port of the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1376
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm cd 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1377
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command displays the Differential Group Delay Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1378
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm dgd 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command displays the Frequency Offset Performance Monitoring on the L1 port of
the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1379
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm foff 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1380
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command displays the pre-FEC Performance Monitoring on the L1 port of the
43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1381
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43SCX4 CLI Commands

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm prefecbits 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1382
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI commands - config and
show.
Contents
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

6-1385

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1386

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

6-1389

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

6-1391

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-1393

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-1396

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-1399

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-1402

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-1403

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1406

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-1408

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1409

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1411

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1413

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1415

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1417

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1418

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

6-1420

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 state

6-1423

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

6-1425

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1427

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1431

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1434

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1383
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1435

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1437

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1439

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1440

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1442

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1443

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1445

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1447

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

6-1448

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1449

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

6-1454

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

6-1455

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

6-1457

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

6-1459

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

6-1460

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2 tcmlevel{1-3}

6-1463

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

6-1465

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1468

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

6-1470

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm tcmlevel{1-3}

6-1471

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1472

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1474

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1476

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1477

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1479

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1480

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

6-1482

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

6-1486

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3 tcmlevel{1-3}

6-1489

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

6-1491

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1494

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

6-1495

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

6-1497

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1384
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm tcmlevel{1-3}

6-1499

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

6-1500

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

6-1502

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

6-1503

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

6-1505

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

6-1506

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

6-1508

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card. Use this
command to access subcommands that allow you to configure the client (C{1-4}) ports or
line (L1) port.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43STX4 or 43STX4P
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1385
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) ports on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Set the client port type {oc192, stm64, fc8g, otu2 or tenGige} and attributes

Set the loopback mode

Set the state
Set the PM attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}
description [string]
detail
fc8g
loopback [facility | terminal]
oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
state
stm64
tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1386
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [fc8g| oc192 | otu2 | stm64 | tengige | unassigned]

Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

fc8g

Sets the fc8g port attributes. Set config interface

43stx4|43stx4p shelf/slot/ C {14} fc8g

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

oc192

Sets the OC-192 port attributes. See config interface

43stx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192.

Odu2

Sets the ODU2 port attributes. To configure ODU2

attributes, see config interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
odu2.

Otu2

Sets the OTU2 port attributes. To configure OTU2

attributes, see config interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
otu2.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1387
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See config

interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} PM to configure pm
attributes.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 43stx4

shelf/slot/C{1-4} state.

stm64

Sets the STM-64 port attributes. See config interface

43stx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64.

Tengige

Sets the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See config interface

43stx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} tenGige.

type

Specifies the port type:

set to oc192 for SONET client

set to stm64 for SDH client

Set to fc8g for 8G Fibre Channel client

set to tengige for 10GbE client

set to otu2 for OTU2 client

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/11/C1 type oc192

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1388
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the C{1-4} port on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1389
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help Displays the default and valid range.
<value> - Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours

disabled disable AINS

enabled enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This can affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

(config-interface-43stx4-1/3/C1)# state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1390
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) ports 8G Fibre channel attribute on the
43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency of the client port

Set the loss propagation behaviour
Set the pluggable module type

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port. Enter

this keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following values:
CWDM:{1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,
1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set:None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1391
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.To change
the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:

laserOn: transmitter stays on

laserOff: transmitter stays on

Default: laserOn
Moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:
Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype values:

X8FCLC-L

X8FCSN-I

auto: If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the pluggable module.

user: If the user wants to use a pluggable module that

is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this attribute
shall be set to user.

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 43scx4 1/11/C1 fc8g
(config-interface-43SCX4-1/11/c1-fc8g)#

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1392
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port OC-192 attributes on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the mappingmode

Set the XFP module type

Set the signal degrade threshold (applies to 43SCX4 only)
Set the signal fail threshold (applies to 43SCX4 only)
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdthvalue
sfthvalue
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1393
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

j0

losprop

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0
Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt - J0 format
Enter this keyword followed keyword followed by
a value for the J0 format:
<value> = 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte
mode
<value> = 16:configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

trccmp - J0 trace compare

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Loss propagation. Specifies how the near-end

client-facing transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal
(LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or other defect from the
far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1394
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mapping mode

Mapping Mode. Specifies the mapping mode used for

the SONET/SDH signal.

moduletype

Set to async for asynchronous mapping

Set to bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

Pluggable Module Type. This attribute specifies the

XFP pluggable module type used on the port. Enter this
keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:
{auto, user, 10GB-ZR, XI-64.1, XL-64.2C, XS-64.2B,
XS-64.2C}

sdth

Specifies the transmitted BER threshold required to

raise a signal degrade condition. Enter this keyword
followed by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as
10 -n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9} Default: 10-5
(applies only to the 43SCX4)

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal degrade condition. Enter this keyword followed
by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as 10 -n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9} Default: 10-5
(applies only to the 43SCX4)

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4p 1/11/C1 oc192 moduletype 10GB-ZR

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1395
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port STM-64 attributes on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the J0 attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the mappingmode

Set the XFP moduletype

Set the signal degrade threshold (applies to 43SCX4 only)
Set the signal fail threshold (applies to 43SCX4 only)
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | trccmp]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
mappingmode [async | bitsync]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
sdthvalue
sfthvalue
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1396
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

j0

losprop

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0
Enter this keyword followed by either one of the
following:
15-character string if the format is 16-byte
byte in Hex format if the value of j0_fmt is
1_byte

j0_fmt - J0 format
Enter this keyword followed keyword followed by
a value for the J0 format:
<value> = 1: configure J0 format to 1-byte
mode
<value> = 16:configure J0 format to 16-byte
mode
Default: 16

trccmp - J0 trace compare

This keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming J0 value and the provisioned
(that is, expected) value.
Set to enabled to enable comparison
Set to disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Loss propagation. Specifies how the near-end

client-facing transmitter port reacts to a Loss of Signal
(LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or other defect from the
far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1397
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

mapping mode

Mapping Mode. Specifies the mapping mode used for

the SONET/SDH signal.

moduletype

Set to async for asynchronous mapping

Set to bitsync for bit-synchronous mapping

Pluggable Module Type. This attribute specifies the

XFP pluggable module type used on the port. Enter this
keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:
{auto, user, 10GB-ZR, XI-64.1, XL-64.2C,
XS-64.2B, XS-64.2C}

sdth

Specifies the transmitted BER threshold required to

raise a signal degrade condition. Enter this keyword
followed by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as
10 -n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9} Default: 10-5
(applies only to the 43SCX4)

sfth

Specifies the received BER threshold required to raise

a signal degrade condition. Enter this keyword
followed by a value for the bit error rate, expressed as
10 -n.
Range: {10-5, 10-6, 10-7, 10-8, 10-9 } Default: 10-5
(applies only to the 43SCX4)

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 43stx4p 1/11/C1 stm64 mappingmode async

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1398
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

Command description

This command configures the 10GbE LAN client (C{1-4}) port attributes on the 43STX4
or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the encapsulation mode
Set the error frame drop behavior
Set the loss propagation behavior

Configure the pluggable module type

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
channel [value]
encmode [gfp-f | gfp-p]
errfrmdrop [disabled | enabled]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1399
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

encmode

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.
Enter this keyword followed by one of the following
four values:

gfp-f specifies the use of the Generic Framing

protocol (ITU-T G.7041)

gfp-p Generic Framing Protocol, Proprietary,

where the client Ethernet frame preamble is
preserved.

cbrlan11.049 constant bit rate LAN overclocked,

11.048 Gb/s (43SCX4 only)

cbrlan11.096 constant bit rate LAN overclocked,

11.096 Gb/s (43SCX4 only)

Default: previously existing value

errfrmdrop

Specifies whether inbound error frames are discarded

or passed. This attribute is only meaningful for GFP
transport modes.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following
values:

enabled

disabled

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1400
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
moduletype

Pluggable Module Type. This attribute specifies the

XFP pluggable module type used on the port. Enter this
keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:
{auto, user, 10GB-SR, 10GB-ZR, XI-64.1,
XL-64.2C, XS-64.2B, XS-64.2C}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/11/c1 tengige losprop laseron

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1401
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port ODU2 attributes on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card. Use this command to set the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2
tti [exp_sapi | trccmp ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00)

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/11/c1 odu2 tti trccmp disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1402
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port OTU2 attributes on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Set the channel frequency

Set the Forward Error Correction (FEC) mode
Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the XFP pluggable module type

Set the OTU2 layer Trail Trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2
channel [value]
fectype [nofec | rsfec | efec | efec2]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
oturate [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1403
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the channel frequency for the client port.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following values:

fectype

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571, 1591,

1611}

B&W {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of

forward error correction on the interface port.
Set to:

nofec - FEC correction disabled

rsfec Reed-Solomon FEC

efec Enhance FEC

efec2 Alcatel-Lucent FEC

Default: rsfec
losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter port

reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) or
other defect from the far-end client-facing receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn transmitter stays on

laserOff turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
oturate

OTU2 rate specifies the client OTU2 rate:

Set to 10.709 for standard OTU2 rate

Set to 11.049 for 11.049 Gb/s overclocked rate

Set to 11.096 for 11.096 Gb/s overclocked rate

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1404
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Pluggable Module Type. This attribute specifies the XFP

pluggable module type used on the port. Enter this
keyword to display the current setting. To change the
setting, enter this keyword followed by one of the
following:
{auto, user, 10GB-ZR, XI-64.1, XL-64.2C, XS-64.2B,
XS-64.2C}

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed
by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15
ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value
00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison between
the incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/3/C4 otu2 fectype nofec

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1405
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

Command description

This command configures the client (C{1-4}) port performance monitoring (pm)
attributes on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the Ethernet group PM options

Configure the RX optical power group PM options

Configure the TX optical power group PM options
Configure the PCS group PM options
Configure the SDH group PM options
Configure the SONET group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
clearAll
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1406
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface

dw

Configure the digital wrapper (dw) group PM options.

See config interface {43stx4|43stx4p}
shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
ethernet.

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
pm opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface {43stx4|43stx4p}
shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/C1 pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the SDH group PM options. See config

interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the SONET group PM options. See config

interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4p 1/11/C3 pm clearall

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1407
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1408
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/3/c1 pm dw 0 bins 4

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

ethernet
Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) ports with Ethernet Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1409
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1410
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43stx4 1/3/c{1-4} pm ethernet 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port for received optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1411
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1412
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4p 1/3/C1 pm opr baseline losclrd

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 43STX4 card or 43STX4P.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the perceived optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 11qpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1413
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, new system

otreplaced, OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 pm opt profile 7

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1414
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) ports with PCS layer Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1415
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute
bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 pm pcs clearRaw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1416
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with SDH Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1417
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 pm sdh 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the Client (C{1-4}) port with SONET Performance Monitoring
attributes on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1418
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1419
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 pm sonet 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Configure the description of the interface

Display the network port settings

Configure the loopback
Set the ODU3 attributes
Set the OTU3 attributes

Set the Performance Monitoring

Set the expected optical output power of the port
Configure the administrative state
Set the port type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1420
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu3
otu3
pm
power [value]
state
type [otu3]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to
display the current description for the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1421
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

odu3

Sets the ODU3 interface port parameters. See config

interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3.

otu3

Sets the OTU3 attributes associated with the line port.

See config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1
otu3.

pm

Configure Performance Monitoring. See config

interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port.

Enter this keyword followed by a value: {-17.0 to -1.3}
dBm.for the 43SCX4 card.

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface

{43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 state.

Type

Specifies the port type:

set to otu3 to set the port to OTU3.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4p 1/3/l1 power 2.0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1422
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the L1 port on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P
card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1423
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/3/L1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1424
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

Command description

This command configures the ODU3 attributes for the line (L1) port on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Set the payload type field of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.
Set the Payload Type Mismatch response
Set the ODU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

pldtype

Specifies the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame. pldtype has a default
value and is based on the encoded client signal.
Range: 0-255
Default: 20

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1425
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

ODU3 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies whether

the OT will take a consequent action or pass the received
signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:

enabled - enable the consequent action

disabled - disable (turn off) the consequent action

Default: disabled
tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response.
Enter this keyword followed by either of the following:
Set to enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
Set to disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to:
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/3/l1 odu3 ptmmresp disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1426
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p}shelf/slot/L1 odu3

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port with OTU3 attributes on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Set the transmit and receive channel frequency

Configure the operation mode used
Set the OTU3 trail trace attributes
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
oprmode [ADDDROP, REGEN]
fectype [efec]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1427
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channelrx

Attribute that configures the frequency of the tunable

transponder.

For 43STX4, set to {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580,

9575, 9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535,
9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495, 9490,
9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455, 9450, 9445,
9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415, 9410, 9405, 9400,
9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375, 9370, 9365, 9360, 9355,
9350, 9345, 9340, 9335, 9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310,
9305, 9300, 9295, 9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265,
9260, 9255, 9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220,
9215, 9210, 9205, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175,
9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135, 9130,
9125, 9120, 9115}

For 43STX4P, set to {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585,

9580, 9575, 9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540,
9535, 9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495,
9490, 9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455, 9450,
9445, 9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415, 9410, 9405,
9400, 9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375, 9370, 9365, 9360,
9355, 9350, 9345, 9340, 9335, 9330, 9325, 9320, 9315,
9310, 9305, 9300, 9295, 9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270,
9265, 9260, 9255, 9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225,
9220, 9215, 9210, 9205, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180,
9175, 9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135,
9130, 9125, 9120, 9115}}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1428
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channeltx

Attribute that configures the frequency of the tunable

transponder:

Set to: {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575,

9570,
9530,
9490,
9450,
9410,
9370,
9330,
9290,
9250,
9210,
9170,
9130,

9565,
9525,
9485,
9445,
9405,
9365,
9325,
9285,
9245,
9205,
9165,
9125,

9560,
9520,
9480,
9440,
9400,
9360,
9320,
9280,
9240,
9200,
9160,
9120,

9555, 9550,
9515, 9510,
9475, 9470,
9435, 9430,
9395, 9390,
9355, 9350,
9315, 9310,
9275, 9270,
9235, 9230,
9195, 9190,
9155, 9150,
9115}

9545,
9505,
9465,
9425,
9385,
9345,
9305,
9265,
9225,
9185,
9145,

9540,
9500,
9460,
9420,
9380,
9340,
9300,
9260,
9220,
9180,
9140,

9535,
9495,
9455,
9415,
9375,
9335,
9295,
9255,
9215,
9175,
9135,

For 43STX4P, set to {9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585,

9580, 9575, 9570, 9565, 9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540,
9535, 9530, 9525, 9520, 9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495,
9490, 9485, 9480, 9475, 9470, 9465, 9460, 9455, 9450,
9445, 9440, 9435, 9430, 9425, 9420, 9415, 9410, 9405,
9400, 9395, 9390, 9385, 9380, 9375, 9370, 9365, 9360,
9355, 9350, 9345, 9340, 9335, 9330, 9325, 9320, 9315,
9310, 9305, 9300, 9295, 9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270,
9265, 9260, 9255, 9250, 9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225,
9220, 9215, 9210, 9205, 9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180,
9175, 9170, 9165, 9160, 9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135,
9130, 9125, 9120, 9115}}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1429
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure OTU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/3/l1 otu3 channel 9600

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1430
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port with OTU3 attributes on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the transmit and receive channel frequency

Configure the operation mode used

Set the OTU3 trail trace attributes

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
oprmode[ADDDROP, REGEN]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1431
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channelrx

Attribute that configures the receive frequency of the tunable

transponder.

channeltx

oprmode

{9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575, 9570, 9565,

9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535, 9530, 9525, 9520,
9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495, 9490, 9485, 9480, 9475,
9470, 9465, 9460, 9455, 9450, 9445, 9440, 9435, 9430,
9425, 9420, 9415, 9410, 9405, 9400, 9395, 9390, 9385,
9380, 9375, 9370, 9365, 9360, 9355, 9350, 9345, 9340,
9335, 9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310, 9305, 9300, 9295,
9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255, 9250,
9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215, 9210, 9205,
9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175, 9170, 9165, 9160,
9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135, 9130, 9125, 9120, 9115}

Not set: None

Attribute that configures the transmit frequency of the tunable

transponder.

{9605, 9600, 9595, 9590, 9585, 9580, 9575, 9570, 9565,

9560, 9555, 9550, 9545, 9540, 9535, 9530, 9525, 9520,
9515, 9510, 9505, 9500, 9495, 9490, 9485, 9480, 9475,
9470, 9465, 9460, 9455, 9450, 9445, 9440, 9435, 9430,
9425, 9420, 9415, 9410, 9405, 9400, 9395, 9390, 9385,
9380, 9375, 9370, 9365, 9360, 9355, 9350, 9345, 9340,
9335, 9330, 9325, 9320, 9315, 9310, 9305, 9300, 9295,
9290, 9285, 9280, 9275, 9270, 9265, 9260, 9255, 9250,
9245, 9240, 9235, 9230, 9225, 9220, 9215, 9210, 9205,
9200, 9195, 9190, 9185, 9180, 9175, 9170, 9165, 9160,
9155, 9150, 9145, 9140, 9135, 9130, 9125, 9120, 9115}

Not set: None

Operation mode. Specifies the type of operation mode

supported on the interface

Set to ADDDROP Add/drop mode

Set to REGEN Regeneration mode

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1432
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure OTU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed by
either of the following:
Set to:
enabled to enable TIMM defect detection.
disabled to disable TIMM defect detection.
Default: disabled

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This keyword

enables and disables the comparison between the
incoming sapi value and the provisioned (that is,
exp_sapi) value.
Set to
enabled to enable comparison
disabled to disable comparison
Default: disabled

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by 15 ASCII
characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex value 00).

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/l1 otu3 channel 9600

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1433
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port with Performance Monitoring attributes on
the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface
Configure the digital wrapper group options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the tandem connection monitoring (TCM) group pm options

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
tcmlevel {1-6}
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

dw

Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1434
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm
opr.
Configures the transmitted optical power group PM
options.

opt

See config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

opt.
tcmlevel {1-6}

Configure the TCM group PM options in every TCM

level. See config interface 43stx4p shelf/slot/L1 pm
tcmlevel{1-3}.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/3/l1 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port with Performance Monitoring attributes on
the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this line interface

Configure the digital wrapper group options

Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the chromatic dispersion group PM options

Configure the differential group delay group PM options
Configure the frequency offset group PM options
Configure the pre-FEC group PM options

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1435
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm
clearAll
cd
dgd
dw
foff
opr
opt
prefecbits
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clears current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this

interface.

cd

Configure the chromatic dispersion group PM options. See

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd.

dgd

Configure the differential group delay group PM options.

See config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd.

dw

Configure the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

foff

Configure the frequency offset group PM options. See

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff.

opr

Configures the received optical power group PM options.

See config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm
opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1436
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Configures the transmitted optical power group PM

options.
See config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm
opt.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43scx4 1/3/l1 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command configures the Line L1 port for chromatic group Performance Monitoring
options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1437
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/C1 pm sdh 1 clear

Related commands

None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1438
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command configures the Line L1 port differential group delay group Performance
Monitoring options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1439
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm dgd 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port with Digital Wrapper Performance
Monitoring attributes on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1440
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 pm dw 0 profile 3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1441
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command configures the Line L1 port for frequency offset group Performance
Monitoring options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1442
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm foff 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command configure the line (L1) port for received optical power group Performance
Monitoring options on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1443
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1444
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4 1/3/l1 pm opr baseline newsystem

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command configures the line (L1) port for transmitted optical power group
Performance Monitoring options on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline[value]
clearRaw

interval
bins[number_of_bins]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1445
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
profile[profile_id]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, for LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in
bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins.
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#config interface 43stx4p 1/3/l1 pm opt 1 bins 6

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1446
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command configures the Line L1 port for pre-FEC group Performance Monitoring
options on the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1447
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 8 for 1-day bins, 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 8 for 1-day bins, 33 for 15-minute bins.

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm dgd 1 bins 6

Related commands

None

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the interfaces on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P
card. Use this command to access subcommands that allow you to display the
configuration of the client (C{1-4}) ports or line (L1) port.
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1448
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 43STX4 or 43STX4P
cards on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p}

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Command description

This command displays the configuration of the client (C{1-4}) port on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display client port settings

Display the client port type {oc192, stm64, fcg8, tenGige, otu2} attributes
Display the performance monitoring attributes
Display all service activity on this port
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}
detail
fcg8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1449
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

oc192
odu2
otu2
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
stm64
tengige
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

fcg8

Display the fcg8 port attributes. See show interface

43SCX4 shelf/slot/C{14} FCG8.

oc192

Displays the OC-192 port attributes. See show interface

{43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192.

Odu2

Displays the ODU2 port attributes. See show interface

{43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2.

Otu2

Displays the OTU2 port attributes. See show interface

{43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2.

pm

Displays the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

brief

detail

Stm64

Sets the STM-64 port attributes. See show interface

{43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64.

tengige

Displays the 10 GbE LAN port attributes. See show

interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tenGige.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1450
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43stx4 1/2/C1 pm

#show-interface 1/2/c1
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: C1 - 43STX4P Client Port [OTU2]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Down
State Qualifier: SGEO
Oper Capability: Disabled
Oper State: Down
Direction : Bidirectional
Status LED
:
Description:
# show-interface-43stx4p 1/2/c1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: C1 - 43STX4P Client Port [OTU2]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

: None

AINS
Use System AINS Timer
AINS Timer
AINS Countdown

:
:
:
:

Received Power
Transmitted Power
LBC
:
Laser Temperature

OTU2 Settings
---------------Laser
Module Type
FEC Mode
TTI
--exp_sapi
tx_sapi
trccmp
timmresp
Inc_sapi
Status
Incoming res

Disabled
Enabled
System
0m

:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

: Laser On
: Auto
: RSFEC

:
:
: Disabled
: Disabled
:
: unknown
: HEX: 00 00

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1451
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

ODU2 Settings
------------TTI
--exp_sapi
trccmp
Inc_sapi
Status

:
: Disabled
:
: unknown

Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00

Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Incoming exp : Hex: 00 00
Incoming res row2 : HEX: 00 00
Incoming res row4 : HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
#show-interface-43stx4p 1/2/c1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: C1 - 43STX4P Client Port 10GbE LAN
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

: None

AINS
Use System AINS Timer
AINS Timer
AINS Countdown

: Disabled
: Enabled
: System
: 0m

Received Power
Transmitted Power

:
:

10GbE LAN Settings

---------------Laser
Module Type
Encapsulation Mode
Error Frame Drop

:
:
:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

Laser On
Auto
GFP-F
Disabled

#show-interface-43stx4p 1/2/c1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: C1 - 43STX4P Client Port OC192
----------------------------------------------------------------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1452
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Admin State
State Qualifier
Status LED
Description

: Down
: SGEO
:
:

Channel

: Down
: Disabled

: None

AINS
Use System AINS Timer
AINS Timer
AINS Countdown

: Disabled
: Enabled
: System
: 0m

Received Power
Transmitted Power

:
:

OC192 Settings
---------------Laser
Module Type
Mapping Mode

Oper State
Oper Capability

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

: Laser On
: Auto
: ASYNC

J0 Settings
----------j0_fmt
: specific16Byte
j0_ex
:
trccmp
: Disabled
Incoming :
Status
: unknown

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1453
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port 8G Fibre Channel attributes on the
43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} fcg8
ainstimer
channel [value]
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

losprop

Displays the configured loss propagation provisioning..

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1454
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 43scx4 1/29/C1 fc8g
(show-interface-43SCX4-1/3/C1-fc8g)#
ainstimer
Display AINS debounce time
channel
Display channel
moduletype
Display module type
losprop
Display laser action

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc8g

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port OC-192 attributes on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the J0 attributes
Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Display the signal degrade threshold (applies to 43SCX4 only)
Display the signal fail threshold (applies to 43SCX4 only)
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192
ainstimer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1455
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth
sfth
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

j0

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

j0_status - Incoming J0 status

trccmp - J0 trace compare

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold required for

excessive BER defect declaration.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 oc192 losprop
LOSPROP Action : laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1456
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc192

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port STM-64 attributes on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the J0 attributes

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Display the signal degrade threshold (applies to 43SCX4 only)
Display the signal fail threshold (applies to 43SCX4 only)
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64
ainstimer
channel [value]
j0 [j0_ex | j0_fmt | j0_inc | j0_status | trccmp]
losprop
moduletype
sdth

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1457
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sfth
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

j0

Configure J0 attributes.

j0_ex - Expected J0

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

j0_status - Incoming J0 status

timmresp - J0 trace compare

losprop

Displays the Loss propagation setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type.

sdth

Displays the received BER threshold required to raise a

signal defect condition.

sfth

Displays the received BER threshold required for

excessive BER defect declaration.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 stm64 moduletype
Module Type: XI-64.1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm64

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1458
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port 10GbE attributes on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display encapsulation mode
Display the error frame drop behavior

Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige
ainstimer
channel
encmode
errfrmdrop
losprop
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Displays the wavelength of the pluggable module.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1459
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

encmode

Displays the encapsulation mode used to transport the

10GbE LAN signal.

errfrmdrop

Displays whether inbound error frames are discarded or

passed.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4p 1/3/C1 tengige losprop
LOSPROP Action: laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} tengige

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

Command description

This command the client (C{1-4}) port ODU2 attributes on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P
card.
Use this command to:

Display the ODU2 trail trace identifier attributes.

Display the ODU2 incoming ftfl attributes

Display the ODU2 incoming res attributes
Display the ODU2 incoming exp attributes

Display the ODU2 tcmlevel (only for 43stx4p card)

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1460
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2
incftfl
incres
incexp
tcmlevel {1-3}
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | trccmp]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43STX4 or 43STX4P cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

incftfl

Display the FTFL information of this port, which includes:

incoming forward fault indication field

incoming forward operator-specific field

incoming backward fault indication field

incoming backward operator-specific field

Note: incftfl is not supported on the 43SCX4.

incres

Display the RES ODUk overhead of this port, which

includes:

Incoming RES in row 2

Incoming RES in row 4

Note: incres is not supported on the 43SCX4.

incexp

Display the incoming EXP ODUk overhead.

Note: incexp is not supported on the 43SCX4.

tcmlevel {1-3

Display the attribures of every TCM level. See 'show

interface 43stx4p shelf/slot/ C{1-4} odu2 tcmlevel{1-3}'

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1461
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 43stx4 1/29/C1 odu2
show interface 43stx4 1/29/C1 odu2
# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/C1 odu2 incftfl
Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/C1 odu2 incexp
Incoming exp : Hex: 00 00
# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/C1 odu2 incres
Incoming res row2
: HEX: 00 00
Incoming res row4
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1462
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

tcmlevel{1-3}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

tcmlevel{1-3}
Command description

Displays the client (C1-C4) ports ODU2 attributes on the {43stx4|43stx4p} card. Use this
command to:
Display the ODU2 TCM attributes at every TCM level.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43stx4p shelf/slot/c{1-4} odu2 tcmlevel{1-3}
aisondef
exp_sapi
inc_sapi
tx_sapi
exp_dapi
inc_dapi
tx_dapi
status
ttimon
timmresp
tcmmode
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1463
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} odu2

tcmlevel{1-3}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Tcmlevel{1-3}

Display the attribute of every TCM level.

aisondef: AIS on the ODUk or not on the TCM defect

exp_dapi: expected destination Access Point Identifier

exp_sapi: expected siurce Access Point Identifier

inc_dapi- incoming destination Access Point Identifier

inc_sapi: incoming source Access Point Identifier

tx_dapi : transmitted destinaltion Access Point Identifier

tx_sapi: transmitted source Access Point Identifier

ttimon: Trail Trace Identifier Monitoring

status: status of the incoming TTI

tcmmode: tcm operational mode

Value: NIM; Terminated; Transparent

Examples
# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/C1 odu2 tcmlevel1
(show-interface-43stx4p-1/29/C1-odu2 tcmlevel1)#

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/C1 odu2 tcmlevl1

Aisondef : disable
exp_dapi :
exp_sapi :
inc_dapi :
inc_sapi :
Ltcresp : disable
status : mismatch
tx_dapi :
tx_sapi :
Ttimon : N
Timmresp : disable
Tcmmode : NIM

Related commands

The following is a related command.

config interface 43stx4p shelf/slot/C(1-4) odu2 tcmlevel{1-3}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1464
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port OTU2 attributes on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module
Display the type of FEC used on this interface
Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type

Display the OTU2 Trail Trace attributes RATE (supported on the 43SCX4 only)
Display the OTU2 incoming RES attributes (not supported on the 43SCX4 card)
Display the 1-second prefecBER and postfec BER (only for 43STX4P card)

Display the status of the GCC channel

Display the GCC communication channel type
Display the OSPF attributes
Display the packet type and mtu size
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2
ainstimer
channel
detail
fectype
incres
losprop
moduletype
oturate
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1465
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

postfecBER
prefecBER
gccstat
gcctype
mtu
ospf [area | adjstate] | helloint | deadint | metric]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | status | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Display the wavelength of the pluggable module.

fectype

Display the Forward error correction mode setting.

detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port.

incres

Display the incoming RES OTUk overhead of this

port.

losprop

Displays the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

postfecBER

Display the 1-second postfec BER.

(not supported on the 43SCX4 card)

prefecBER

Display the 1-second prefec BER.

(not supported on the 43SCX4 card)

gccstat

Displays the status of GCC signal processing

gcctype

Displays the GCC communication channel type

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time
elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 165535

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1466
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than
the hello interval value.
Range: 1 to 65535
METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default,
the interface shall be set to 30.

ospf metric

Range: 1 to 65535
The packet type describes if it is standard packet or
not. If it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If
the packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default.

packettype

Default: std
Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

tti

exp_sapi - expected Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

status - status of the incoming Source Access Point

Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point

Identifier

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4 1/29/C1 otu2 losprop
LOSPROP Action:

laserOn

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/C1 otu2 incres

Incoming res:

HEX: 00 00

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/C1 otu2 prefecber

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1467
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Pre-fec BER : 1.23 E-9

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/C1 otu2 gcctype

GCC type : GCC0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} otu2

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

Command description

This command displays the client (C{1-4}) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes
on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display the OTU2 Section Monitor group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power group PM

Display the SDH group PM

Display the SONET group PM
Display the TCM group PM
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
dw
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1468
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
tcmlevel {1-3}
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

dw

Displays the dw group PM options See show interface

{43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.

Opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-12}
pm opr.

Opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4}
pm opt.

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options. See show interface

{43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.

sdh

Displays the SDH group PM options. See show interface

{43stx4|43stx4p}shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.

sonet

Displays the SONET group PM options. See show

interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.

Tcmlevel {1-3}

Display the TCM group PM options in every TCM level.

See show interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
tcmlevel{1-3}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43stx4 1/11/C1 pm dw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1469
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper (dw) Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4}
ports of the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1470
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 pm dw 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm dw

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

tcmlevel{1-3}
Command description

Display the TCM Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} ports of the 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43stx4p shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm tcmlevel{1-3}
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1471
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

tcmlevel{1-3}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for
each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Display performance monitoring configuration values

bin

Display collected data for the specified bin

Examples
#show interface 43stx4p 1/3/C1 pm tcmlevel2
Related commands
config interface 43stx4} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm tcmlevel {1-3}

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

ethernet
Command description

This command displays the Ethernet Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} ports of the
43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1472
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 pm ethernet clearraw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1473
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the
C{1-4} port of the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1474
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 pm opr 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1475
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port
of the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1476
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 pm opt clearRaw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS layer Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} ports of
the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1477
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4 1/3/C{1-4} pm pcs 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1478
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1479
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43stx4 1/3/C{1-4} pm sdh clearRaw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET Performance Monitoring on the C{1-4} port of the
43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1480
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4 1/3/C1 pm sonet 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1481
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port configuration data on the 43STX4 or 43STX4P
card.
Use this command to:

Display details of the network port settings

Display the ODU3 attributes
Display the OTU3 attributes
Display the Performance Monitoring

Display the expected output power from the port

Display all service activity on this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1
detail
odu3
otu3
power
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43STX4 or 43STX4P cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

Detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

odu3

Display the ODU3 interface port parameters. See show

interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 odu3.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1482
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

otu3

Display the OTU3 attributes associated with the line port.

See show interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 otu3.

pm

Displays the performance monitoring attributes. See

show interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm.

power

Display the expected optical output power of the port.

srvcActivity

Displays all service activity on this interface.

Enter one of the following:

brief

detail

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4 1/29/L1 power
The expected optical output power of the port:

-7.61 dBm

#show-interface 1/2/L1

Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: L1 - 43STX4P NW Port [OTU3]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Down
State Qualifier : SGEO
Oper Capability : Disabled
Oper State : Down
Direction
: Bidirectional
Status LED
:
Description :

#show-interface 1/2/L1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: L1 - 43STX4P NW Port [OTU3]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability
: Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

: None

AINS
: Enabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 10m
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1483
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Received Power
:
Disabled
Transmitted Power
:
Disabled
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
Transponder Transmit Power :
OTU3 Settings
------------Expected Network Output Power
FEC Mode
Operational Mode
Incoming res

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :

: -20.00 dBm
: AFEC
: ADDDROP

: HEX: 00 00

ODU3 Settings
------------Payload Type
Payload Type Mismatch Response

: 32 (0x20)
: Disabled

TTI
OTU3
ODU3
----------------------------------------------------------------exp_sapi
:
timmresp
:
Disabled
Disabled
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
tx_sapi
:
inc_sapi
:
status
:
unknown
unknown
Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Incoming exp : Hex: 00 00
Incoming res row2
: HEX: 00 00
Incoming res row4
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
Tcmlevel : 1 2 3
----------------------------------------------------TCMmode : NIM
Aisondef : disable
Brstintvl : 6
Btstth : 30%
exp_dapi :
exp_sapi :
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1484
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Ltcresp : disable
tx_dapi :
tx_sapi :
Ttimon : N
Timmresp : disable
Shelf: 1 Slot: 2 Port: L1 - 43STX4P NW Port [OTU3]
----------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Down
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
: SGEO
Oper Capability
: Disabled
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

: None

AINS
: Enabled
Use System AINS Timer : Enabled
AINS Timer
: System
AINS Countdown
: 10m
Received Power
:
Disabled
Transmitted Power
:
Disabled
LBC
:
Laser Temperature
:
Transponder Transmit Power :
OTU3 Settings
------------Expected Network Output Power
FEC Mode
Operational Mode
Incoming res

Facility Loopback :
Terminal Loopback :

: -20.00 dBm
: AFEC
: ADDDROP

: HEX: 00 00

ODU3 Settings
------------Payload Type
Payload Type Mismatch Response

: 32 (0x20)
: Disabled

TTI
OTU3
ODU3
----------------------------------------------------------------exp_sapi
:
timmresp
:
Disabled
Disabled
trccmp
:
Disabled
Disabled
tx_sapi
:
inc_sapi
:
status
:
unknown
unknown
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1485
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00

Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00
Incoming exp : Hex: 00 00
Incoming res row2
: HEX: 00 00
Incoming res row4
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00
Tcmlevel : 1 2 3
----------------------------------------------------TCMmode : NIM
Aisondef : disable
Brstintvl : 6
Btstth : 30%
exp_dapi :
exp_sapi :
Ltcresp : disable
tx_dapi :
tx_sapi :
Ttimon : N
Timmresp : disable

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

Command description

This command displays the ODU3 attributes for the LINE (L1 ) port on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display the ODUkp to CBRx mapping mode

Display the payload type filed of the Payload Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response

Display the ODU2 Trail Trace Identifier attributes
Display the ODU2 incoming ftfl attributes (not supported on the 43SCX4)
Display the ODU2 incoming res attributes (not supported on the 43SCX4)

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1486
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the ODU2 incoming exp attributes (not supported on the 43SCX4)
Display the ODU2 tcmlevel attributes (only for 43stx4p card)
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3
incftfl
incres
incexp
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1 | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number, or * to list all of the 43STX4 or 43STX4P cards
on the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

incftfl

incres

Display the FTFL information of this port, which includes:

incoming forward fault indication field

incoming forward operator-specific field

incoming backward fault indication field

incoming backward operator-specific field

Display the RES ODUk overhead of this port, which

includes:

Incoming RES in row 2

Incoming RES in row 4

incexp

Display the incoming EXP ODUk overhead.

pldtype

Displays the value of the Payload Type field of a Payload

Structure Identifier in the OTUk frame.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1487
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ptmmresp

Displays the Payload Type Mismatch Response.

tti

Display the ODU3 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier

status - ODU3 TTI status

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4 1/29/L1 odu3 ptmmresp
Payload Type Mismatch Response:

enabled

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/L1 odu3 incftfl

Incoming forward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming forward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00
Incoming backward fault indication field : Hex: 00
Incoming backward operator identifier field : Hex: 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/L1 odu3 incexp

Incoming

exp : Hex: 00 00

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/L1 odu3 incres

Incoming res row2
Incoming res row4

: HEX: 00 00
: HEX: 00 00 00 00 00 00

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p}shelf/slot/L1 odu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1488
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

tcmlevel{1-3}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

tcmlevel{1-3}
Command description

This command displays the line (L1) ports ODU3 attributes on the 43stx4p card. Use this
command to:
Display the ODU3 TCM attributes in every TCM level.
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43stx4p shelf/slot/ L1 odu3 tcmlevle{1-3}
aisondef
exp_sapi
inc_sapi
tx_sapi
exp_dapi
inc_dapi
tx_dapi
status
ttimon
timmresp
tcmmode
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6n for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges
for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1489
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

tcmlevel{1-3}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Tcmlevel{1-3}

Display the attribute of every TCM level:

aisondef: AIS on the ODUk or not on the TCM

defect

exp_dapi: expected destination Access Point

Identifier

exp_sapi: expected siurce Access Point Identifier

inc_dapi: incoming destination Access Point

Identifier

inc_sapi: incoming source Access Point Identifier

tx_dapi: transmitted destination Access Point

Identifier

tx_sapi: transmitted source Access Point Identifier

ttimon: Trail Trace Identifier Monitoring

timmresp: Trail Trace Identifier Mismatch Response

status: status of the incoming TTI

tcmmode: TCM operational mode

value: NIM; Terminated; Transparent

Examples
# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/L1 odu3 tcmlevel1
(show-interface-43stx4p-1/29/L1-odu3 tcmlevel1)#

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/L1 odu3 tcmlevl1

Aisondef : disable
exp_dapi :
exp_sapi :
inc_dapi :
inc_sapi :
Ltcresp : disable
status : mismatch
tx_dapi :
tx_sapi :
Ttimon : N
Timmresp : disable
Tcmmode : NIM

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1490
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 odu3

tcmlevel{1-3}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43stx4p shelf/slot/L1 odu3 tcmlevel{1-3}

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

Command description

This command displays the line (L1) port with OTU3 attributes on the 43STX4 or
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display the Automatic In-Service Debounce time

Display the channel frequency of the tunable transponder (applies to 43STX4 and
43STX4P only)
Display the transmit channel frequency of the 43SCX4
Display the receive channel frequency of the 43SCX4
Display the FEC used

Display the operation mode (applies to 43SCX4 only)

Display the OTU3 trail trace attributes
Display the incoming reserve OH attributes (applies to 43STX4P only)
Display the 1-sec prefec BER and postfec BER (applies to the 43SCX4 and 43STX4P
only)
Display the packet type and mtu size

Display the OSPF attributes

Display the GCC communication channel type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3
ainstimer
channel
detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1491
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

fectype
incres
postfecBER
prefecBER
gccstat
gcctype
mtu
ospf [area | adjstate] | helloint | deadint | metric]
pkttype [std | nonstd]
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Displays the Automatic In-Service Debounce time.

channel

Display the frequency of the tunable transponder.

channelrx

Display the receive channel frequency (applies to the

43SCX4 only)

channeltx

Display the transmit channel frequency (applies to the

43SCX4 only)

detail

Display the current detailed settings for the port.

fectype

Displays the forward error correction mode type.

incres

Display the incoming RES OTUk overhead of this port

postfecBER

Display the 1-second postfec BER

prefecBER

Display the 1-second prefec BER

gccstat

Displays the status of GCC signal processing

gcctype

Displays the GCC communication channel type

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1500 Bytes.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1492
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf helloint

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the

interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is the time elapsed
before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 165535
DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default, the
Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead interval is
a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies. The dead
interval value must always be greater than the hello interval
value.

ospf deadint

Range: 165535
METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default, the
interface shall be set to 30.

ospf metric

Range: 165535
The packet type describes if it is standard packet or not. If it
is standard the mtu size can be configured. If the packettype
is non-standard the mtu size is default.

packettype

Default: std
Displays the Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

tti

exp_sapi - expected incoming Source Access Point

Identifier.

inc_sapi - incoming Source Access Point Identifier

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare.

tx_sapi - transmitted Source Access Point Identifier.

status - OTU3 Trail Trace status

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#show interface 43stx4 1/29/L1 fectype
FEC Mode :

EFEC

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/L1 otu3 incres

Incoming res

: HEX: 00 00

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1493
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/L1 otu3 postfecber

Post-fec BER : 1.29 E-9

# show interface 43stx4p 1/29/L1 otu3 gcctype

GCC type : GC0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 otu3

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (L1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM
Display the transmitted optical power PM

Display the TCM PM options

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm
dw
opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1494
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

dw

See show interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

opr

See show interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

opt

See show interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

Tcmlevel {1-3}

Display the TCM group PM options in every TCM level. See

show interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm tcmlevel{1-3}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43stx4 1/11/L1 pm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

Command description

This command displays the client (L1) port performance monitoring (pm) attributes on
the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the digital wrapper group PM options

Display the chromatic dispersion group PM options
Display the differential group delay group PM options

Display the frequency offset group PM options

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1495
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display the received optical power group PM

Display the transmitted optical power PM
Display the pre-FEC group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm
cd
dgd
dw
foff
opr
opt
prefecbits
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

cd

Display the chromatic dispersion group PM options. See

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd.

dgd

Display the differential group delay group PM options. See

show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd.

dw

Displays the Digital Wrapper group PM options.

See show interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dw.

foff

Display the frequency offset group PM options. See show

interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1496
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 43stx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm opt.

prefecbits

Display the pre-FEC group PM options. See show interface

43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/11/L1 pm

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

Command description

This command displays the Digital Wrapper Performance Monitoring on the L1 port of
the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1497
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43stx4 1/3/L1 pm dw 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1498
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

tcmlevel{1-3}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

tcmlevel{1-3}
Command description

This command displays the TCM Performance Monitoring on the line ports of the
43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43stx4pshelf/slot//L1 pm tcmlevel{1-3}
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail
bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 for valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1499
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

tcmlevel{1-3}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Display performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Display collected data for the specified bin

Examples
#show interface 43stx4p 1/3/L1 pm tcmlevel2
Related commands
config interface 43stx4p shelf/slot/L1 pm tcmlevel{1-3}

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

Command description

This command displays the received optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Displays the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr
baseline[value]
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1500
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43stx4 1/3/L1 pm opr 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1501
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

Command description

This command displays the transmitted optical power Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 43STX4 or 43STX4P card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Displays baseline data.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1502
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43stx4 1/3/L1 pm opt clearRaw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm opt

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

Command description

This command displays the Chromatic Dispersion Performance Monitoring on the L1

port of the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1503
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm cd 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1504
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

Command description

This command displays the Differential Group Delay Performance Monitoring on the L1
port of the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baseline data

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm cd
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1505
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm dgd 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm dgd

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

Command description

This command displays the Frequency Offset Performance Monitoring on the L1 port of
the 43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1506
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm foff 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm foff

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1507
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

Command description

This command displays the pre-FEC Performance Monitoring on the L1 port of the
43SCX4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display raw PM data
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L1

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1508
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
43STX4 and 43STX4P CLI Commands

show interface {43stx4|43stx4p} shelf/slot/L1 pm

prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays performance monitoring configuration values.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

#show interface 43scx4 1/3/L1 pm prefecbits 0 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 43scx4 shelf/slot/L1 pm prefecbits

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1509
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4DPA2 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 4DPA2 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 4dpa2

6-1512

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

6-1513

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

6-1515

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

6-1518

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

6-1520

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

6-1522

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

6-1524

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt

6-1526

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

6-1528

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

6-1530

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

6-1532

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} state

6-1534

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

6-1536

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1538

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

6-1540

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

6-1542

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1544

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-1546

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1548

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1550

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

6-1552

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

6-1554

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

6-1556

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-1558

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1510
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

6-1560

show interface 4dpa2

6-1562

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

6-1563

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

6-1565

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

6-1567

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

6-1568

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

6-1570

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

6-1572

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt

6-1574

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

6-1576

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

6-1577

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

6-1579

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

6-1581

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1583

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

6-1586

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

6-1587

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1589

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

6-1590

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1592

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1594

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

6-1596

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

6-1597

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

6-1599

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

6-1601

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1511
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 4DPA2 card. Use this command to:

Access subcommands that allow you to configure the client ports (C{1-2}), or the line
ports (L{1-2}).
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 4dpa2 cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-12}, L{1-2}

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 4dpa2 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description Dir
State State Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/8/L1
Network
Bi
Up Up
1/8/L2
Network
Bi
Up Up
1/8/C1
Client
Bi
Down Down
1/8/C2
Client
Bi
Down Down

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1512
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the client ports (C{1-2}) on the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set attributes for specific signal types

Set the loopback mode
Set performance monitoring attributes

Set the administrative state

Set the client port type (and corresponding line port type)
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}
1gbe
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
oc48
pm
state
stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1513
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [1gbe | oc48 | stm16 |unassigned]

Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number or * to list all of the 4dpa2 cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

1gbe

Sets the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any parameters
to display the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

oc48

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

Sets the OC-48 port attributes.

See config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 4dpa2

shelf/slot/C{1-2} state.

stm16

Sets the STM-16 port attributes.

See config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1514
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Configures the port type:

set to 1gbe for 1 Gb Ethernet client

set to OC-48 for SONET OC-48 client

set to stm16 for SDH STM-16 client

set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Configuring the port type of client port C1

automatically configures the same port type on line
port L1. Likewise for client port C2 and line port L2.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C1 type oc48

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

Command description

This command configures the 1Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-2}) attributes on the 4DPA2
card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the pluggable module type

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1515
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe
channel [value]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

For electrical SFPs, the value noneshould be used.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1516
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 1gbe channel 1471

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1517
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

Command description

This command configures the SONET (OC-48) client port (C{1-2}) attributes on the
4DPA2 card
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48
channel [value]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1518
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
SL-16.1
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 oc48 channel 1471
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 oc48 moduletype SS-16.2C

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1519
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the client ports (C{1-2}) Performance Monitoring (PM)
attributes on the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options

Configure the SDH group PM options
Configure the SONET group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm
clearAll
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1520
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet.

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}
pm opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}
pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1521
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
ports (C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1522
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C1 pm ethernet 1 bins 5

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1523
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the client ports (C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1524
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 pm opr baseline 5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1525
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the client ports (C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1526
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 pm opt clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1527
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1528
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C1 pm pcs clearRaw

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1529
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1530
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C1 pm sdh 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1531
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client
ports (C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1532
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C1 pm sonet profile 3

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1533
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the client ports (C{1-2}) on the 4DPA2
card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1534
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use
the system value.
help Displays the default and valid range.
<value> - Sets the number of hours and
minutes for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours

disabled disable AINS

enabled enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword

with force to force the port down. This can affect
service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 state ains enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1535
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

Command description

This command configures the SDH (STM-16) client port (C{1-2}) attributes on the
4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16
channel [value]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1536
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
SS-16.1
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 stm16 channel 1471
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 stm16 moduletype SL-16.1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1537
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current settings for the port

Set attributes for specific signal types

Set the loopback mode
Set performance monitoring attributes
Set the administrative state
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
1gbe
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
oc48
pm
state
stm16
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number or * to list all of the 4dpa2 cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1538
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

1gbe

Sets the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any parameters
to display the current description for the interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

oc48

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

Sets the OC-48 port attributes.

See config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 4dpa2

shelf/slot/L{1-2} state.

stm16

Sets the STM-16 port attributes.

See config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 loopback terminal enabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1539
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

Command description

This command configures the 1GBE line port (L{1-2}) attributes on the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe
channel [value]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1540
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

moduletype

DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570,

9560, 9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490,
9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410,
9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330,
9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260, 9250,
9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170}

Not set: None

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Line port moduletype

values:
SL-16.2C
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2D

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 1gbe channel 9600

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1541
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

Command description

This command configures the SONET (OC-48) line port (L{1-2}) attributes on the
4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48
channel [value]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570,

9560, 9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490,
9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410,
9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330,
9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260, 9250,
9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1542
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Line port moduletype

values:
SL-16.2C
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2D

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any qualified
Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 oc48 channel 9600
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 oc48 moduletype SL-16.2D

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1543
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the line ports (L{1-2}) Performance Monitoring (PM)
attributes on the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the Ethernet group PM options
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options

Configure the SDH group PM options
Configure the SONET group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
clearAll
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1544
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet.

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
pm opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1545
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the line
ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1546
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 pm ethernet 1 bins 5

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1547
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1548
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 pm opr baseline losclrd

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1549
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1550
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1551
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 pm opt clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the line ports
(L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1552
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this

keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of bins. Active statistics are placed
into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such
that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1,
bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the

current bin for the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this

keyword followed by an integer value for the
profile identifier. Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 pm pcs clearRaw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1553
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

Command description

This command configures the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the line ports
(L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1554
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this

keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of bins. Active statistics are placed
into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such
that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1,
bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the

current bin for the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this

keyword followed by an integer value for the
profile identifier. Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 pm sdh 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1555
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the line ports
(L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1556
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this

keyword followed by an integer value for the
number of bins. Active statistics are placed
into bin 0. At the end of the interval, the
statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such
that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1,
bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the
last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the

current bin for the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this

keyword followed by an integer value for the
profile identifier. Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 pm sonet profile 3

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1557
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA2
card.
Use this command to:

Set the state for the port

Configure the automatic in-service timer
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1558
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 state ains enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1559
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

Command description

This command configures the SDH (STM-16) line port (L{1-2}) attributes on the 4DPA2
card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16
channel [value]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the

interface. Enter the shelf number, a slash, the
slot number, a slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for
valid numeric shelf/slot ranges for each
supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1560
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the

pluggable module.
Enter this keyword to display the current
setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following values:

moduletype

DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580,

9570, 9560, 9550, 9540, 9530, 9520,
9510, 9500, 9490, 9480, 9470, 9460,
9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410, 9400,
9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340,
9330, 9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280,
9270, 9260, 9250, 9240, 9230, 9220,
9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170}

Not set: None

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used

on the specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current
setting. To change the setting, enter this
keyword followed by one of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port

moduletype values:
SL-16.2C
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2D

auto If this value is configured, then the

network element shall accept the and
provision any qualified Alcatel-Lucent
pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable

module that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent
qualified list of pluggable modules,
without generating an alarm, this attribute
is set to user

Default: auto

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 stm16 channel 9600
# config interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 stm16 moduletype SL-16.2D
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1561
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}stm16

show interface 4dpa2

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on the 4DPA2 card.

Use this command to:

Access subcommands that allow you to display details for the client ports (C{1-2}),
or the line ports (L{1-2}).
Display all the 4DPA2 ports on the NE
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 4dpa2 interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-2}, L{1-2}

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface dpa2 *
Port

Admin

Oper

State

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1562
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Location Function Description

Dir State State Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/8/L2
Network
Bi Up
Up
1/8/C1
Client
Bi Down
Down
1/8/C2
Client
Bi Down
Down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Command description

This command displays client port (C{1-2}) details on the 4DPA2 card
Use this command to:

Display client port detailed settings

Display client port type attributes {1gbe, oc48, stm16}
Display the performance monitoring values
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}
1gbe
detail
oc48
pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1563
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

1/

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

stm16
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

1gbe

Displays the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See show

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe.

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

oc48

Displays OC-48 port attributes. See show interface 4dpa2

shelf/slot/C{1-2}oc48.

pm

Displays Performance Monitoring. See show interface

4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C1 4DPA2 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction
: Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description :

# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 - 4DPA2 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier
:
Oper Capability : Disabled
Status LED
: Solid Orange
Description
:
Channel
: 1471
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
:
Facility Loopback : Disabled
Transmitted Power
:
Terminal Loopback : Disabled
1GbE Settings
------------....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1564
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Module Type : Auto

# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 - 4DPA2 Client Port [OC48]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel
: 1471
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer
: No
AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power
: -2.38 dBm Facility Loopback: Disabled
Transmitted Power
: -2.29 dBm Terminal Loopback: Disabled
OC48 Settings
------------Module Type
: SS-16.1A
Signal Mode
: TRANSPARENT
Incoming J0
:
J0 Format
: 16 bytes

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slotC{1-12}

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

Command description

This command displays the 1GBE client port (C{1-2}) attributes on the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the channel frequency of the pluggable module

Display the pluggable module type
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1565
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe
ainstimer
channel
moduletype
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Displays the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 1gbe channel
Channel: 1491

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1566
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

Command description

This command displays the SONET (OC-48) client port (C{1-2}) attributes on the
4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module
Display the J0 section trace attributes
Display the pluggable module type

Display the signal mode

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48
ainstimer
channel
jo[jo_fmt|jo_inc]
moduletype
sigmode
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Displays the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1567
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

j0

Display the J0 attributes:

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port

sigmode

Display the signal mode.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 oc48 moduletype
Module Type: SL-16.1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} oc48

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Ethernet group PM options

Display the received optical power group PM options

Display t display the transmitted optical power group PM options

Display the PCS group PM options

Display the SDH group PM options
Display the SONET group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1568
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet group PM options.

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm
ethernet.

opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr.

opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt.

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options.

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs.

sdh

Displays the PCS group PM options.

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh.

sonet

Displays the PCS group PM options.

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C1 pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1569
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client port
(C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1570
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current

bin.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned
TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 pm ethernet 0 detail
PM Config Data
Interface=1/8/C2 Group=Ethernet
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7

Interval=0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1571
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client ports (C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw PM data
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1572
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Display the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason : losclrd
Baseline Value : -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1573
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client ports (C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1574
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Display the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin

for the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 pm opt 0 1
Group: OPT Interval: 0 Bin: 1 Location: 1/8/C2
----------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2009/01/05 14:15:00 (UTC)
Bin Status
: Complete
OPT Min (dBm) : -5.75
OPT Max (dBm) : -5.74
OPT Average (dBm) : -5.74

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1575
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1576
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 pm pcs 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=PCS
Interval Length : 1440 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 8
TCA Profile ID : 3

Interval=0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm pcs

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1577
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1578
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 pm sdh 1 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=SDH
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 4

Interval=1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sdh

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1579
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C1 pm sonet raw
Group: SONET Location: 1/8/C1
----------------------------------------------Start Time : 2008/12/22 11:52.55 (UTC)
Rx CVS
:
0
Rx ESS
:
0
Rx SESS
:
0
Rx SEFSS
:
1220978
Rx CVL
:
0
Rx ESL
:
0
Rx SESL
:
0
Rx UASL
:
0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1580
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

FCL
UASS
CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

0
1221141
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} pm sonet

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

Command description

This command displays the SDH (STM-16) client port (C{1-2}) attributes on the 4DPA2
card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module

Display the J0 section trace attributes
Display the pluggable module type
Display the signal mode
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16
ainstimer
channel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1581
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

jo[jo_fmt|jo_inc]
moduletype
sigmode
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

j0

Display the J0 attributes:

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

sigmode

Display the signal mode.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 stm16 channel
Channel : 1491

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/C{1-2} stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1582
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command displays line port (L{1-2}) details on the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Display line port detailed settings

Display the line port type attributes {1gbe, oc48, stm16}

Display performance monitoring values

Display all service activity on this interface
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
1gbe
detail
oc48
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
stm16
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

1gbe

Display the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes associated

with the line port. See show interface 4dpa2
shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1583
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oc48

Display the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes associated

with the line port. See show interface 4dpa2
shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48.

pm

Display Performance Monitoring. See show interface

4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.

srvcActivity

Display all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

stm16

brief

detail

Display the STM-16 port type attributes. See show

interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}stm16.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L2 - 4DPA2 NW Port [1GbE]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State : Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State : Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction : Bidirectional Status LED
: Solid Green
Description :

# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L2 - 4DPA2 NW Port [1GbE]
-------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability
: Disabled
Status LED
: Solid Orange
Description
:
Channel
: 9600
AINS
:
Disabled AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes
AINS Countdown
: 0m
Received Power
:
Facility Loopback : Disabled
Transmitted Power
:
Terminal Loopback : Disabled
1GBE Settings
------------Operational Mode : ADDDROP
Module Type : Auto
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1584
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L2 - 4DPA2 NW Port [OC48]
---------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel
: 9570
AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer
: No AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power
: -3.92 dBm Facility Loopback: Disabled
Transmitted Power : -1.58 dBm Terminal Loopback: Disabled
OC48 Settings
------------Operational Mode : ADDDROP
Module Type
: SL-16.2D
Signal Mode
: TRANSPARENT
Incoming J0
:
J0 Format

: 16 bytes

# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
XC
Traffic
APS
Service
Direction ITU
Status
Member
------------------------------------------------------------9250-swi
A-End
25
Active
-Z-End
25
Active
--

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1585
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

Command description

This command displays the 1GBE line port (L{1-2}) attributes on the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Display the pluggable module type

Display the operational mode
Note: This command applies to 1830 PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe
ainstimer
channel
moduletype
oprmode
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the expected channel frequency.

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

oprmode

Display the operational mode of the line port.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1586
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 1gbe channel
Channel: 9600

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} 1gbe

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

Command description

This command displays the 1GBE line port (L{1-2}) attributes on the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module
Display the J0 section trace attributes

Display the pluggable module type

Display the operational mode
Display the signal mode
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48
ainstimer
channel
jo[jo_fmt|jo_inc]
moduletype
oprmode

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1587
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

sigmode
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Displays the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module

j0

Display the J0 attributes:

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port

oprmode

Display the operational mode of the line port.

sigmode

Display the signal mode.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C2 oc48 moduletype
Module Type: SL-16.2D

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} oc48

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1588
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

Command description

This command displays the performance monitoring attributes on the line ports (L{1-2})
of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Ethernet group options

Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options
Display the PCS group PM options

Display the SDH group PM options

Display the SONET group PM options
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ethernet

Display the Ethernet group PM. See show interface

4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1589
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opr

Display the received optical power group PM.

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr.
Display the transmitted optical power group PM.

opt

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt.

Display the PCS group PM options.

pcs

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs.

Display the SDH group PM options

sdh

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh.

sonet

Display the SONET group PM options.

See show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/C1 pm sonet

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the line port
(L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data

Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Display PM data for a specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1590
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 pm ethernet 0 detail
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1591
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

PM Config Data Interface=1/8/L2 Group=Ethernet

Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7

Interval=0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm ethernet

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1592
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baseline data

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason: losclrd
Baseline Value: -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time: 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1593
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Display the baselined OPT values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1594
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

interval

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 pm opt raw
Group: OPT Location: 1/8/L1
-------------------------------Start Time : 2008/12/22 11:50:26 (UTC)
OPT Min (dBm) : OPT Max (dBm) : -5.88
OPT Average (dBm) : -8.98

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1595
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the line ports
(L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1596
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 pm pcs 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/L2 Group=PCS
Interval Length : 1440 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 8
TCA Profile ID : 3

Interval=0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm pcs

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the line ports
(L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1597
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1598
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 pm sdh 1 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/L2 Group=SDH
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 4

Interval=1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sdh

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

Command description

This command displays the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the line ports
(L{1-2}) of the 4DPA2 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1599
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L1 pm sonet raw
Group: SONET Location: 1/8/L1
----------------------------------------------Start Time : 2008/12/22 11:52.55 (UTC)
Rx CVS
:
0
Rx ESS
:
0
Rx SESS
:
0
Rx SEFSS
:
1220978
Rx CVL
:
0
Rx ESL
:
0
Rx SESL
:
0
Rx UASL
:
0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1600
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

FCL
UASS
CVS
ESS
SESS
SEFSS
CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

0
1221141
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm sonet

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

Command description

This command displays the SDH (STM-16) line port (L{1-2}) attributes on the 4DPA2
card.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module

Display the J0 section trace attributes
Display the pluggable module type
Display the operational mode
Display the signal mode
Note: This command applies to 1830PSS.

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16
ainstimer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1601
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA2 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

channel
jo[jo_fmt|jo_inc]
moduletype
oprmode
sigmode
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

j0

Display the J0 attributes:

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

oprmode

Display the operational mode of the line port.

sigmode

Display the signal mode.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa2 1/8/L2 stm16 channel
Channel : 9600

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa2 shelf/slot/L{1-2} stm16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1602
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4DPA4 CLI Commands

Overview
Purpose

This section provides information on 4DPA4 CLI commands - config and show.
Contents
config interface 4dpa4

6-1605

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1606

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

6-1611

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-1615

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

6-1619

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-1623

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1627

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1629

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1631

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1633

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1635

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1637

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1639

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

6-1641

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

6-1643

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1647

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

6-1649

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

6-1653

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1658

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-1659

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1661

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1663

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

6-1665

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-1667

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1603
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

Overview

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-1669

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-1670

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-1671

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-1673

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state

6-1675

show interface 4dpa4

6-1677

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

6-1678

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

6-1683

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

6-1685

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

6-1687

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

6-1689

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

6-1691

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

6-1692

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

6-1694

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

6-1696

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

6-1698

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

6-1699

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

6-1701

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

6-1703

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

6-1705

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

6-1708

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

6-1710

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

6-1714

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

6-1715

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

6-1717

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

6-1718

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

6-1720

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

6-1722

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

6-1723

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

6-1724

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

6-1726

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1604
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4

Command description

This command configures the interface ports on the 4DPA4 card. Use this command to
access subcommands that allow you to configure the client ports (C{1-4}), or the line
ports (L{1-2}) or the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}).
Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number, or * to list all of the 4dpa4 cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
#config interface 4dpa4 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description Dir
State State Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/8/L1
Network
Bi
Up
Up
1/8/L2
Network
Bi
Up
Up
1/8/C1
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
1/8/C2
Client
Bi
Down Down
1/8/C3
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
1/8/C4
Client
Bi
Down Down UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1605
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/8/VA1
1/8/VA2

eVOA
eVOA

Bi
Bi

Up
Up

Up
Up

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Command description

This command configures the client ports (C{1-4}) on the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current detailed settings for the port

Set attributes for specific signal types
Set the loopback mode
Set performance monitoring attributes

Set the administrative state

Set the client port type (In DualTran card mode, this automatically sets the
corresponding line port type.)

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
1gbe
description [string]
detail
dvbasi
fc100
fc200
fc400
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1606
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

fe
hdsdi
loopback [facility | terminal]
oc3
oc12
oc48
pm
sdsdi
state
stm1
stm4
stm16
type [1gbe |dvbasi |fc100 |fc200 |fc400 |fe |hdsdi |oc3 |oc12
|oc48 |sdsdi |stm1 |stm4 |stm16 |unassigned]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number or * to list all of the 4dpa4 cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

1gbe

Sets the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. See config

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current description for the
interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

dvbasi

Sets the DVBASI port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode. See config interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1607
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

fc100

Sets the FC100 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100,
fc200, fc400}

fc200

Sets the FC200 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100,
fc200, fc400}

fc400

Sets the FC400 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100,
fc200, fc400}

fe

Sets the FE port attributes. Applies only in FlexMux

card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fe100,
hdsdi}

hdsdi

Sets the FE port attributes. Applies only in FlexMux

card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fe100,
hdsdi}

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

oc3

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback

Sets the OC-3 port attributes.

See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3,
oc12, oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1608
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oc12

Sets the OC-12 port attributes.

See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3,
oc12, oc48}

oc48

Sets the OC-48 port attributes.

See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3,
oc12, oc48}

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes. See

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

sdsdi

Sets the SDSDI port attributes. Applies only in the

FlexMux card mode. See config interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

state

Sets the port state. See config interface 4dpa4

shelf/slot/C{1-4} state.

stm1

Sets the STM-1 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1,
stm4, stm16}

stm4

Sets the STM-4 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1,
stm4, stm16}

stm16

Sets the STM-16 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1,
stm4, stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1609
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

type

Configures the port type. In FlexMux card mode, all

client ports apply and all types apply except fc400. In
DualTran card mode, only ports {C1, C3} apply, and
only types fc400and unassigned apply. In DualTran
card mode, assigning or unassigning a client port will
automatically assign or unassign the corresponding
line port.

Set to 1gbe for 1 Gb Ethernet client

Set to dvbasi for DVB ASI client

Set to fc100 for1Gb Fibre Channel client

Set to fc200 for 2 Gb Fibre Channel client

Set to fc400 for 4 Gb Fibre Channel client {C1,

C3} only

Set to fe for Fast Ethernet client

Set to hdsdi for HD-SDI client

Set to oc3 for SONET OC-3 client

Set to oc12 for SONET OC-12 client

Set to oc48 for SONET OC-48 client

Set to sdsdi for SD-SDI client

Set to stm1 for SDH STM-1 client

Set to stm4 for SDH STM-4 client

Set to stm16 for SDH STM-16 client

Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 type oc48

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1610
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

Command description

This command configures the 1GBE client port (C{1-4}) attributes on the 4DPA4 card.
This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type
Set the timeslot allocation on the line port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
timeslot [line linenum vts vtslist ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1611
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module. Enter this keyword to display the current
setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1490, 1550}

Not set: None

For electrical SFPs, the value none should be used.

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver. Enter this keyword to display the current
setting. To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn
Applies to both optical and electrical interfaces.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1612
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
1000B-LX
1000B-SX
1000B-T
1000B-ZX
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
GE-BX20U
GE-BX20D
GE-BX40U
GE-BX40D

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1613
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

timeslot[line linenum vts

vtslist]

Specifies the line port, and the timeslot on the line port,
that the client port will be mapped to. Both line and vts
parameters must be included. Both must be zero, or
both must be non-zero.
Enter the keyword timeslot followed by:

The keyword line and a linenum value as follows.

Range: {0-2}
Enter 0to unassign the client port from any line
port.
Enter 1to assign the client port to L1.
Enter 2to assign the client port to L2.

The keyword vts and a vtslist value as follows.

Range: {0-2}
The value 0 unassigns the client port from any
timeslots
The value 1 assigns the client port to the
timeslots of ODU0 #1: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15.
The value 2 assigns the client port to the
timeslots of ODU0 #2: 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C3 1gbe timeslot line 1 vts 2

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1614
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

Command description

This command configures the Fibre Channel (FC100, FC200, or FC400) client port
(C{1-4}) attributes on the 4DPA4 card. FC100 and FC200 apply only in FlexMux card
mode. FC400 applies only in DualTran card mode.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the fibre channel interface type

Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the pluggable module type
Set the timeslot allocation on the line port (applies only in FlexMux card mode)

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc100
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc200
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc400
channel [value]
fcmode
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
timeslot [line linenum vts vtslist]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1615
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module. Enter this keyword to display the current
setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

For electrical SFPs, the value noneshould be used.

fcmode

Specifies the FC interface type (Fibre Channel

compliant with INCITS x.320, or FICON, or ISC3 Peer
Mode). Enter this keyword followed by:

fc

ficon

isc3peer (applies to fc200 only)

Default: fc
losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver. Enter this keyword to display the current
setting. To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1616
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
4FCLC-L
4FCSN-I

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1617
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

timeslot[line linenum vts

vtslist]

This parameter applies only in FlexMux card mode. (It

does not apply to DualTran FC400 clients.)
Specifies the line port, and the timeslot on the line port,
that the client port will be mapped to. Both line and vts
parameters must be included. Both must be zero, or
both must be non-zero.
Enter the keyword timeslot followed by:

The keyword line and a linenum value as follows.

Range: {0-2}
Enter 0to unassign the client port from any line
port.
Enter 1to assign the client port to L1.
Enter 2to assign the client port to L2.

- The keyword vts and a vtslist value as

follows. Range: {0-16, vtslist}
The value 0 unassigns the client port from any
timeslots
For FC100 clients: Enter 0, or a vtslist
representing seven timeslots from 1 to 16. The
vtslist can include a list of individual timeslots
and/or a list of timeslot ranges.
The syntax is: <x1[-y1][,x2][-y2][,x3][-y3]...>.
If only one timeslot is specified, the request is
for a contiguous range of timeslots starting at
that value.
For FC200 clients: Enter 0 or a vtslist
representing fourteen timeslots from 1 to 16.
The vtslist can include a list of individual
timeslots and/or a list of timeslot ranges. The
syntax is: <x1[-y1][,x2][-y2][,x3][-y3]...>. If
only one timeslot is specified, the request is for
a contiguous range of timeslots starting at that
value.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 fc200 fcmode isc3peer
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 fc200 timeslot line 2 vts 3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1618
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,

sdsdi}
Command description

This command configures the DVBASI, FE, HD-SDI, or SD-SDI client port (C{1-4})
attributes on the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the HD-SDI signal rate
Set the loss propagation behavior

Set the pluggable module type

Set the timeslot allocation on the line port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} dvbasi
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fe
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} hdsdi
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} sdsdi
channel [value]
hdsdirate [1.485 | 1.485/1.001]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1619
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,

sdsdi}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

timeslot [line linenum vts vtslist]

Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module. Enter this keyword to display the current
setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1530, 1550}

Not set: None

For electrical SFPs, the value none should be used.

hdsdirate

Specifies the HD-SDI signal rate. Applies only when

port type = hdsdi. Enter this keyword to display the
current setting. To change the setting, enter this
keyword followed by one of the following:

1.485 - standard rate, 1.485 Gb/s

1.485/1.001 - rate compatible with existing NTSC

systems

Default: 1.485/1.001
losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver. Enter this keyword to display the current
setting. To change the setting, enter this keyword
followed by one of the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1620
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,

sdsdi}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
For FE:
100BLX10
FE-BX40U
FE-BX40D
For DVBASI, HD-SDI, and SD-SDI:
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
SL-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1621
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,

sdsdi}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

timeslot[line linenum vts

vtslist]

This parameter applies only in FlexMux card mode. (It

does not apply to DualTran FC400 clients.)
Specifies the line port, and the timeslot on the line port,
that the client port will be mapped to. Both line and vts
parameters must be included. Both must be zero, or
both must be non-zero.
Enter the keyword timeslot followed by:

The keyword line and a linenum value as follows.

Range: {0-2}
Enter 0to unassign the client port from any line
port.
Enter 1to assign the client port to L1.
Enter 2to assign the client port to L2.

- The keyword vts and a vtslist value as

follows. Range: {0-16, vtslist}
For FE clients: Enter 0 or single timeslot from
1 to 16.
For DVB ASI and SD-SDI clients : Enter 0,
or a vtslist representing two timeslots from 1 to
16. The vtslist can include a list of individual
timeslots and/or a list of timeslot ranges.
The syntax is: <x1[-y1][,x2][-y2][,x3][-y3]...>.
If only one timeslot is specified, the request is
for a contiguous range of timeslots starting at
that value.
For HD-SDI clients: Enter 0 or a vtslist
representing ten timeslots from 1 to 16. The
vtslist can include a list of individual timeslots
and/or a list of timeslot ranges. The syntax is:
<x1[-y1][,x2][-y2][,x3][-y3]...>. If only one
timeslot is specified, the request is for a
contiguous range of timeslots starting at that
value.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 fe losprop laserOff
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 hdsdi timeslot line 0 vts 0
config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 hdsdi timeslot line 1 vts 1-5,12-16

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1622
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,

sdsdi}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

Command description

This command configures the SONET (OC-3, OC-12, or OC-48) client port (C{1-4})
attributes on the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type

Set the timeslot allocation on the line port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc3
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc12
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc48
channel [value]
losprop [laserOn | laserOff]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
timeslot [line linenum vts vtslist]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1623
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module. Enter this keyword to display the current
setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

For electrical SFPs, the value noneshould be used.

losprop

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1624
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
For OC3:
SS-1.1
SL-1.1
SL-1.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For OC12:
SS-4.1
SL-4.1
SL-4.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
For OC48:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A (includes SS-16.1)
SS-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1625
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

timeslot[line linenum vts

vtslist]

This parameter applies only in FlexMux card mode. (It

does not apply to DualTran FC400 clients.)
Specifies the line port, and the timeslot on the line port,
that the client port will be mapped to. Both line and vts
parameters must be included. Both must be zero, or
both must be non-zero.
Enter the keyword timeslot followed by:

The keyword line and a linenum value as follows.

Range: {0-2}
Enter 0to unassign the client port from any line
port.
Enter 1to assign the client port to L1.
Enter 2to assign the client port to L2.

- The keyword vts and a vtslist value as

follows. Range: {0-16, vtslist}
For OC-3 clients: Enter 0 or single timeslot
from 1 to 16.
For OC-12 clients : Enter 0, or a vtslist
representing four timeslots from 1 to 16. The
vtslist can include a list of individual timeslots
and/or a list of timeslot ranges.
The syntax is: <x1[-y1][,x2][-y2][,x3][-y3]...>.
If only one timeslot is specified, the request is
for a contiguous range of timeslots starting at
that value.
For OC-48 clients: Enter 0 or 1. Timeslot 1
represents the entire OTU1 line capacity (all
16 timeslots).

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 oc12 losprop laserOff
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 oc12 timeslot line 0 vts 0
config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 oc12 timeslot line 1 vts 2,6,10,14

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1626
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

Command description

This command configures the client ports (C{1-4}) Performance Monitoring (PM)
attributes on the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the Ethernet group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Configure the PCS group PM options

Configure the SDH group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Configure the SONET group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
clearAll
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1627
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

ethernet

Configure the Ethernet group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.

Opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
pm opr.

Opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
pm opt.

pcs

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.

sdh

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.

sonet

Configure the PCS group PM options. See config

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1628
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

Command description

This command configures the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client
ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1629
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm ethernet 1 bins 5

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1630
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the client ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1631
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C3 pm opr baseline 5

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1632
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the client ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1633
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1634
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C3 pm opt clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

Command description

This command configures the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1635
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface.

Enter the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a
slash, and the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of
the interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent
bins, such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin
1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last
bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin

for the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm pcs clearRaw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1636
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

Command description

This command configures tthe SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1637
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides example of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm sdh 1 clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1638
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

Command description

This command configures the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client
ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1639
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

bins

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides example of the command usage..

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm sonet profile 3

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1640
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the client ports (C{1-4}) on the 4DPA4
card.
Use this command to:

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Set the state for the port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1641
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system Configures the AINS timer to use
the system value.
help Displays the default and valid range.
<value> - Sets the number of hours and
minutes for the AINS timer
Format - <h> [<m>]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours

disabled disable AINS

enabled enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword

with force to force the port down. This can affect
service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 state ains enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1642
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

Command description

This command configures the SDH (STM-1, STM-4, or STM-16) client port (C{1-4})
attributes on the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel value for the pluggable module

Set the loss propagation behavior
Set the pluggable module type
Set the timeslot allocation on the line port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm1
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm4
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm16
channel [value]
moduletype [auto | user | value]
timeslot [line linenum vts vtslist]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1643
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

channel

Specifies the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

losprop

CWDM: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531, 1551, 1571,

1591, 1611}

B&W: {850, 1310, 1490, 1530, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies how the near end client facing transmitter

port reacts to a Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame
(LOF) or other defect from the far-end client-facing
receiver.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

laserOn - transmitter stays on

laserOff - turn off the transmitter

Default: laserOn

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1644
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one
of the following:

Enter one of the acceptable Client port moduletype

values:
For STM-1:
SS-1.1
SL-1.1
SL-1.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
FE-BX40U
FE-BX40D
For STM-4:
SS-4.1
SL-4.1
SL-4.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C
GE-BX20U
GE-BX20D
GE-BX40U
GE-BX40D
For STM-16:
SI-16.1
SL-16.1
SL-16.2
SL-16.2C
SS-16.1A (includes SS-16.1)
SS-16.2C

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any
qualified Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

user - If the user wants to use a pluggable module

that is not on the Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of
pluggable modules, without generating an alarm,
this attribute is set to user

Default: auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1645
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4,

stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

timeslot [line linenum vts

vtslist]

Specifies the line port, and the timeslot on the line

port, that the client port will be mapped to. Both line
and vts parameters must be included. Both must be
zero, or both must be non-zero.
Enter the keyword timeslot followed by:

The keyword line and a linenum value as follows.

Range: {0-2}
Enter 0to unassign the client port from any
line port.
Enter 1to assign the client port to L1.
Enter 2to assign the client port to L2.

- The keyword vts and a vtslist value as follows.

Range: {0-16, vtslist}
The value 0 unassigns the client port from any
timeslots
For STM-1 clients:
Enter 0 or any single timeslot from 1 to 16.
For STM-16 clients:
Enter 0, or a vtslist representing four timeslots
from 1 to 16. The vtslist can include a list of
individual timeslots and/or a list of timeslot
ranges.
The syntax is: <x1[-y1][,x2][-y2][,x3][y3]...>. If only one timeslot is specified, the
request is for a contiguous range of timeslots
starting at that value.

For STM-16 clients:

Enter 0, or 1. Timeslot 1 represents the entire OTU1
line capacity (all 16 timeslots).

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 stm4 losprop laserOff
# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 stm4 timeslot line 0 vts 0
config interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 stm4 timeslot line 1 vts 2,6,10,14

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1646
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current port settings

Set the loopback mode

Set ODU1 attributes (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Set OTU1 attributes
Set performance monitoring attributes

Set the administrative state

Set the port type (applies only in FlexMux card mode)

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
description [string]
detail
loopback [facility | terminal]
odu1
otu1
pm
state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1647
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

type [otu1 | unassigned]

Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number or * to list all of the 4dpa4 cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by a string that describes the
interface, or enter this keyword without any
parameters to display the current description for the
interface.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

loopback

Configures the loopback.

To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

odu1

facility Facility loopback. Enter this keyword to

display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the facility loopback
disabled disables the facility loopback
(default)

terminal Terminal loopback. Enter this keyword

to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed
by one of the following:
enabled enables the terminal loopback
disabled disables the terminal loopback
(default)

Sets the ODU1 interface port parameters. Applies only

in FlexMux card mode
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

otu1

Sets the OTU1 attributes associated with the line port.

See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1648
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated

with the line port.
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

state

Enable or disable the port. See config interface 4dpa4

shelf/slot/L{1-2} state.

type

Specifies the port type. Applies only in FlexMux card

mode. In DualTran card mode, the line port is
assigned/unassigned automatically when the
corresponding client port is assigned/unassigned.

Set to otu1 to assign the port.

Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned.

Examples

This section provides example of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 loopback facility enable

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

Command description

This command configures the ODU1 attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4
card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Set ODU0 Interworking

Set the Payload Type

Set the Payload Type Mismatch response

Set the ODU1 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1649
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1
odu0interwk [enabled | disabled]
pldtype [value]
ptmmresp [disabled | enabled]
tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number or * to list all of the 4dpa4 cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

odu0interwk

Standard ODU0 Interworking. When disabled, ODU1

Payload Type should be set to 0x80 and there is
proprietary encoding of OPTS OH in PSI bytes and
LosProp in APS/PCC bytes. The 4DPA4 can then
interwork at 2xODU0 only with another 4DPA4 at the
far end.
When enabled, ODU1 Payload Type should be set to
0x20 (ODU multiplex structure) and there is no
proprietary use of PSI or APS/PCC bytes. The 4DPA4
can then interwork with standard 2xODU0 equipment
at the far end.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

Set to enabled to enable standard ODU0

interworking.

Set to disabled to disable (turn off) standard

ODU0 interworking.

Default: disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1650
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

pldtype

ODU1 Payload Type.

Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
a 2-digit hexadecimal value - must be the same on
both ends:

0x80 indicates a proprietary mixture of sub-ODU1

signals.

0x20 indicates standard 2xODU0 interworking

Default: 0x80
ptmmresp

ODU1 Payload Type Mismatch Response. Specifies

whether the OT will take a consequent action or pass
the received signal.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
.To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

Set to enabledenabled to enable the consequent

action

Set to disableddisabled to disable (turn off) the

consequent action.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1651
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Specifies the expected incoming

Source Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword
followed by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in
quotation marks. Default: Null character (15 bytes
each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Optical channel Path Trace Identifier

Mismatch Response. Enter this keyword followed
by either of the following:
Set to enable to enable TIMM defect
detection.
Set to disable to disable TIMM defect
detection
Default: disable

trccmp - Optical channel Trace compare. This

keyword enables and disables the comparison
between the incoming sapi value and the
provisioned (that is, exp_sapi) value.
Set to enable to enable comparison
Set to disable to disable comparison
Default: disable

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)

Examples

This section provides example of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 odu1 ptmmresp enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1652
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

Command description

This command configures the OTU1 attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4
card.
Use this command to:

Set the expected channel values for the pluggable module

Set the FEC type
Set the status of the GCC0 channel
Set the pluggable module type

Set the Operational Mode

Set the OSPF area for the GCC0 channel
Set the OTU1 trail trace attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1
channelrx [value]
channeltx [value]
fectype [nofec | rsfec]
gccstat [disabled | enabled ]
moduletype [auto | user ] value ]
oprmode [adddrop | crossregen]
[helloint value | deadint value | metric value | md5status value
md5key value md5keyid
pkttype [std | nonstd]
mtu [value]

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1653
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

tti [exp_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi]

Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number or * to list all of the 4dpa4 cards on
the network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

channelrx

Specifies the expected receive channel frequency or

wavelength of the pluggable module. Not settable for
internal topology connections.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

channeltx

DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570,

9560, 9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490,
9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410,
9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330,
9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260, 9250,
9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170}

CWDM wavelengths: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531,

1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}

B&W wavelengths: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

Specifies the expected transmit channel frequency or

wavelength of the pluggable module.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following values:

DWDM frequencies: {9600, 9590, 9580, 9570,

9560, 9550, 9540, 9530, 9520, 9510, 9500, 9490,
9480, 9470, 9460, 9450, 9440, 9430, 9420, 9410,
9400, 9390, 9380, 9370, 9360, 9350, 9340, 9330,
9320, 9310, 9300, 9290, 9280, 9270, 9260, 9250,
9240, 9230, 9220, 9210, 9200, 9190, 9180, 9170}

CWDM wavelengths: {1471, 1491, 1511, 1531,

1551, 1571, 1591, 1611}

B&W wavelengths: {850, 1310, 1550}

Not set: None

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1654
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

fectype

Forward error correction mode. Specifies the type of

forward error correction on the interface port:

gccstat

moduletype

Set to rsfec - Reed-Solomon FEC.

Set to nofec - No forward error correction.

Default: rsfec

Specifies the status of GCC0 signal processing.

Set to enabled to enable GCC0 processing

Set to disabled to disable GCC0 processing.

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified line port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting.
To change the setting, enter this keyword followed by
one of the following:

In FlexMux card mode, enter one of the acceptable

line port moduletype values:
SL-16.1
SL-16.2C
SL-16.2D
SS-16.1A
SS-16.2C

In DualTran card mode, enter one of the

acceptable line port moduletype values:
4FC-OC
4FC-OD

auto - In either card mode, if this value is

configured, then the network element shall accept
and provision any qualified Alcatel-Lucent
pluggable module.

user - In either card mode, if the user wants to use

a pluggable module that is not on the
Alcatel-Lucent qualified list of pluggable
modules, without generating an alarm, this
attribute shall be set to user.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1655
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oprmode

Operational mode of the 4DPA4. This parameter

applies to both line ports, but it can be set only on port
L1. The L2 value is read-only, and is always equal to
the L1 value. This parameter can be set only in
FlexMux card mode. The value is always ADDROP in
DualTran card mode.

ospf helloint

Set to ADDDrop - Add/Drop mode. Client port

signals can be added and dropped to/from the line
ports. There is no regen function.

Set to CROSSREGEN - Cross Regeneration

Mode. Line-to-line regen function is activated.
Client ports cannot be used.
Default: ADDDROP

HELLO INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By

default, the interface shall be set to 10 seconds. This is
the time elapsed before the next HELLO PDU is sent.
Range: 1-65535

ospf deadint

DEAD INTERVAL of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the Interface shall be set to four times the value of the
HELLOINT, so the default is 40 seconds. The dead
interval is a timer used to timeout inactive adjacencies.
The dead interval value must always be greater than
the hello interval value.
Range: 1-65535

ospf metric

METRIC or Cost of the OSPF Interface. By default,

the interface shall be set to 40.
Range: 1-65535

ospf md5key

Key is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5keyid
is entered. The value is 1 to 16 ASCII characters. The
string can be 1 to 16 uppercase or lowercase
alphanumeric characters; the first character can not be
a numeric value. This parameter is mandatory if
md5_status is enabled.
Default: ()

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1656
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ospf md5keyid

md5keyid is used for MD5 128bit hash value key

calculation. This parameter is mandatory if md5staus
is enabled.
Range: 1255
Default: 1

ospf md5status

Set to enable: The MD5 authentication is

activated on the OSPF area.

Set to disable: The MD5 authentication is not

required on the OSPF area. This parameter can be

set to enable only if a md5key and md5keyid has
been set.
Default: disable
packettype

The packet type describes if it is standard packet or

not. If it is standard the mtu size can be configured. If
the packettype is non-standard the mtu size is default.
Default: nonstd

mtu

Maximum transmission unit. The default is 1473

Bytes.
Range: 576 - 1500

tti

Configure the OTU1 Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapiSpecifies the expected incoming Source

Access Point Identifier. Enter this keyword
followed by 15 ASCII characters, enclosed in
quotation marks. Default: Null character (15 bytes
each with hex value 00)

timmresp - Set to enableenable to enable TIMM

defect detection.

- Set to disable to disable comparison

Default: disable

tx_sapi - Specifies the transmitted Source Access

Point Identifier. Enter this keyword followed by
15 ASCII characters, enclosed in quotation marks.
Default: Null character (15 bytes each with hex
value 00)

Examples

This section provides example of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 otu1 channeltx 1551
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1657
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the line ports (L{1-2}) Performance Monitoring (PM)
attributes on the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the digital wrapper group PM options
Configure the received optical power group PM options

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm
clearAll
dw
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1658
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

dw

Configure the digital wrapper group PM options. See

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw.

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
pm opr.

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
pm opt.

Examples

This section provides example of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

Command description

This command configures the digital wrapper performance monitoring attributes on the
line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the number of 15-min and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw
clearRaw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1659
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides example of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm dw 0 profile 1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1660
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm dw

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1661
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides example of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm opr baseline losclrd

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opr
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1662
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the line ports (L{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1663
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

Examples

This section provides example of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 pm opt clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1664
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4
card.
Use this command to:

Set the state for the port

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1665
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

config interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 state ains enabled

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1666
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Command description

This command configures the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Specify a description for the port

Display the current port settings

Set OCH attributes

Set performance monitoring attributes
Set the expected optical power output of the port
Set the administrative state

Set the port type

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}
description [string]
detail
och
pm
power
state
type [och | unassigned]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1667
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

description

Specifies a description for the interface port. Enter this

keyword followed by string that describes the interface,
or enter this keyword without any parameters to display
the current description for the interface:

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

och

Sets the OCH interface port parameters.

See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och.

pm

Sets the Performance Monitoring attributes associated

with the eVOA port.
See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm.

power

Sets the transmitted optical output power of the port.

Enter this keyword followed by the expected power
value.
Range: -20 to -5.5 dBm

state

Sets the port state.

See config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state.

type

Specifies the port type:

Set to och to assign the port

Set to unassigned to set the port as unassigned.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 type och

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1668
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

Command description

This command configures the OCH attributes for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
4DPA4 card. Use this command to set the pluggable module type
Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och
moduletype [auto value ]
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

moduletype

Specifies the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.
Enter this keyword to display the current setting. To
change the setting, enter this keyword followed by one of
the following:
Enter one of the acceptable eVOA port moduletype
values:

fVOA

auto If this value is configured, then the network

element shall accept the and provision any qualified
Alcatel-Lucent pluggable module

Default: auto

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 och moduletype auto

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1669
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} och

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}och

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

Command description

This command configures the performance monitoring attributes on the eVOA port
(VA{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on this interface
Configure the received optical power group PM options
Configure the transmitted optical power group PM options

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm
clearAll
opr
opt
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearAll

Clear current 15-min and 1-day bins in all groups on

this interface

opr

Configure the received optical power group PM

options. See config interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1670
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

opt

Configure the transmitted optical power group PM

options. See config interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 pm clearAll

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

Command description

This command configures the Received Optical Power (OPR) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins
Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1671
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

clear
profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the baseline
reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

losclrd, LOS Cleared

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword followed

by an integer value for the number of bins. Active
statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the interval,
the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins, such that the
contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1 in bin 2, and so
on. The contents of the last bin are purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier. Or
enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1672
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opr baseline losclrd

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opr

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

Command description

This command configures the Transmitted Optical Power (OPT) performance monitoring
attributes on the eVOA port (VA{1-2}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set a baseline value for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Configure the number of 15-minute and 1-day bins

Assign a Threshold Crossing Alert profile to this interface

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt
baseline [value]
clearRaw

interval
bins [number_of_bins]
clear

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1673
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

profile [profile_id]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

baseline

Baselines the current value.

Enter one of the following values to specify the
baseline reason:

0 to 9, user-defined reason

newsystem, for a new system

otreplaced, after an OT is replaced

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

bins

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

Specifies the number of bins. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the number of bins.
Active statistics are placed into bin 0. At the end of the
interval, the statistics are rolled into subsequent bins,
such that the contents of bin 0 are stored in bin 1, bin 1
in bin 2, and so on. The contents of the last bin are
purged.
Range: 1 to 33 for 15-minute bins
Default: 33
1 to 8 for 1-day bins
Default: 8

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

profile

Specifies the profile identifier. Enter this keyword

followed by an integer value for the profile identifier.
Or enter * for a list.
Range: 1 to 8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1674
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Examples

This section provides example of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 pm opt clear

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} pm opt

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state

Command description

This command configures the state parameter for the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}) on the
4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Set the state for the port

Configure the automatic in-service timer

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner

Syntax
config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state
ains [ainstimer | disabled | enabled]
down [force]
mt
up
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1675
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2} state

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

ains

Set to ains to configure Automatic In-Service.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

ainstimer - Specifies the properties for the AINS

timer:
system - Configures the AINS timer to use the
system value.
help - Displays the default and valid range.
{value}- Sets the number of hours and minutes
for the AINS timer.
Format: {h} [{m}]
Range: 1 minute to 96 hours
Default value: system

disabled - disable AINS (default))

enabled - enable AINS

down

Set to down to disable the port. Follow this keyword with

force to force the port down. This may affect service.

mt

Set to mt to set the admin state to maintenance.

up

Set to up to enable the port.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage.

# config interface 4dpa4 1/8/VA1 state down

Related commands

The following is a related command:

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/VA{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1676
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa4

Command description

This command displays the interface ports on the 4DPA4 card.

Use this command to:

Access subcommands that allow you to display details for the client ports (C{1-4}),
or the line ports (L{1-2}, or the eVOA ports (VA{1-2}).
Display all the 4dpa4 ports on the NE

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/port | *
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/port | *

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number, or * to list all of the 4dpa4 interfaces on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Range (port): C{1-4}, L{1-2}, VA{1-2}
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface dpa4 *
Port
Admin Oper State
Location Function Description
Dir State State Qualifier
-------------------------------------------------------------------1/8/L2 Network
Bi Up
Up
Bi Down
Down
UAS
1/8/C1 Client
1/8/C2 Client
Bi Down
Down
1/8/C3 Client
Bi Down
Down
UAS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1677
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

1/

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1/8/C4 Client
1/8/VA1 eVOA
1/8/VA2 eVOA

Bi Down
Down
Bi Up
Up
Bi Up
Up

UAS

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Command description

This command displays client port (C{1-4}) details on the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display client port detailed settings

Display client port type attributes {1gbe, dvbasi, fc100, fc200, fc400, fe, hdsdi, oc3,
oc12, oc48, sdsdi, stm1, stm4, stm16}
Display the performance monitoring values

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
1gbe
detail
dvbasi
fc100
fc200
fc400
fe
hdsdi
oc3
oc12
oc48
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1678
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

pm
sdsdi
stm1
stm4
stm16
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

1gbe

Displays the 1Gb Ethernet port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4}1gbe .

detail

Displays the current settings for the port.

dvbasi

Display the DVBASI port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

fc100

Display the FC100 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

fc200

Display the FC200 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

fc400

Display the FC400 port attributes. Applies only DualTran

card mode. See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
{fc100, fc200, fc400}

fe

Display the FE port attributes. Applies only in FlexMux

card mode.
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe,
hdsdi, sdsdi}

hdsdi

Display the HDSDI port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe,
hdsdi, sdsdi}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1679
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

oc3

Display the OC-3 port attributes. Applies only in FlexMux

card mode. See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}
{oc3, oc12, oc48}.

oc12

Display the OC-12 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}.

oc48

Display the OC-48 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}.

pm

Displays Performance Monitoring. See show interface

4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm.

sdsdi

Display the SD-SDI port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe,
hdsdi, sdsdi}

stm1

Display the STM-1 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}

stm4

Display the STM-4 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}

stm16

Display the STM-16 port attributes. Applies only in

FlexMux card mode.
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4,
stm16}

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 - 4DPA4 Client Port [1GbE]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State: Up
State Qualifier:
Oper State: Up
Oper Capability: Enabled
Direction: Bidirectional
Status LED
: Solid Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1680
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Description:

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 - 4DPA4 Client Port [1GbE]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
: SGEO
Oper Capability: Disabled
State Qualifier
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

: 1471

AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : Yes
Received Power
:
Transmitted Power
:

AINS Timer
: 10m
AINS Countdown : 0m
Facility Loopback : Disabled
Terminal Loopback : Disabled

1GbE Settings
-------------LOS Propagation
: Laser On
Module Type
: Auto
Encapsulation Mode : GFP-T
TimeSlots
--------line : 1
vts
: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C2 - 4DPA4 Client Port [SDSDI]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Down
: SGEO
Oper Capability: Disabled
State Qualifier
Status LED
:
Description
:
Channel

AINS
: Disabled
AINS Timer
: 10m
Use System AINS Timer : Yes
AINS Countdown : 0m
Received Power
Transmitted Power
SDSDI Settings
-------------LOS Propagation

:
:

Facility Loopback : Disabled

Terminal Loopback : Disabled

: Laser On

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1681
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Module Type

: Auto

TimeSlots
--------line : 1
vts
: 1,9

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C1 - 4DPA4 Client Port [FC100]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel

: 850

AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer : No

AINS Timer
: 10m
AINS Countdown : 0m

Received Power
: -5.98 dBm
Transmitted Power
: -5.53 dBm

Facility Loopback: Disabled

Terminal Loopback: Disabled

FC100 Settings
-------------LOS Propagation
: Laser On
Module Type
: 4FCSN-I
FC Mode
: FiberChannel
TimeSlots
--------line
vts

: 2
: 1,2,3,4,5,9,11

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 detail

Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: C4 - 4DPA4 Client Port [OC48]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier
:
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
Channel

: 1511

AINS
: Disabled
Use System AINS Timer
: No
Received Power

: -2.41 dBm

AINS Timer
: 10m
AINS Countdown : 0m
Facility Loopback: Disabled

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1682
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Transmitted Power
OC48 Settings
------------LOS Propagation
Module Type
Signal Mode
Mapping Mode
Incoming J0

: -3.17 dBm

: Laser On
: SS-16.1A
: TRANSPARENT
: ASYNC
:

Terminal Loopback: Disabled

J0 Format

: 16 bytes

TimeSlots
--------Line
: 2
vts
: 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slotC{1-4}

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

Command description

This command displays the 1 Gb Ethernet client port (C{1-4}) attributes on the 4DPA4
card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module

Display the encapsulation mode
Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Display the timeslot allocation on the line port

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe
ainstimer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1683
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

channel
encmode
losprop
moduletype
timeslot
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter the
shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the port
number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Displays the expected wavelength of the pluggable module

encmode

Display the encapsulation mode.

losprop

Display loss propagation behavior status.

moduletype

Displays the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port

timeslot

Display the timeslot line and vts values

Example

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 1gbe channel
Channel: 1491

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 1gbe losprop

LOSPROP Action: laserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} 1gbe

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1684
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

Command description

This command displays the Fiber Channel (FC100, FC200, or FC400) client port
(C{1-4}) attributes on the 4DPA4 card. FC100 and FC200 apply only in FlexMux card
mode. FC400 applies only in DualTran card mode.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module

Display the fiber channel interface type

Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the pluggable module type
Display the timeslot allocation on the line port (applies only in FlexMux card mode)

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc100
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc200
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fc400
ainstimer
channel
fcmode
losprop
moduletype

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1685
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200,

fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

timeslot
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module.

fcmode

Display the FC interface type

losprop

Display the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

timeslot

Display the timeslot line and vts values. This parameter

applies only in FlexMux card mode. (It does not apply
to DualTran FC400 clients.)

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 fc100 fcmode
FC Mode: FC

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {fc100, fc200, fc400}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1686
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,

sdsdi}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,

sdsdi}
Command description

This command displays the DVB ASI, FE, HD-SDI, or SD-SDI client port (C{1-4})
attributes on the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module
Display the HD-SDI signal rate
Display the loss propagation behavior

Display the pluggable module type

Display the timeslot allocation on the line port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} dvbasi
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} fe
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} hdsdi
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4}sdsdi
ainstimer
channel
hdsdirate
losprop
moduletype

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1687
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi,

sdsdi}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

timeslot
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module

hdsdirate

Display the HD-SDI signal rate. Applies only when

port type = hdsdi.

losprop

Display the loss propagation behavior setting.

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type to be used on the

specified interface port.

timeslot

Display the timeslot line and vts values.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 fe channel
Channel : 1551

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/C{1-4} {dvbasi, fe, hdsdi, sdsdi}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1688
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

Command description

This command displays the SONET (OC-3, OC-12, or OC-48) client port (C{1-4})
attributes on the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value for the pluggable module
Display the J0 section trace attributes
Set the loss propagation behavior

Display the mapping mode (OC48 only)

Set the pluggable module type
Display the signal mode
Display the timeslot allocation on the line port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc3
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc12
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} oc48
ainstimer
channel
j0 [j0_fmt | j0_inc]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sigmode

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1689
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

timeslot
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable

module

j0

Display the J0 attributes:

j0_fmt - j0 format

j0_inc - Incoming j0

losprop

Display the loss propagation behavior setting.

mappingmode

Display the OC48 mapping mode.

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the

specified interface port.

sigmode

Display the signal mode.

timeslot

Display the timeslot line and vts values.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 oc48 losprop
LOSPROP Action: LaserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {oc3, oc12, oc48}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1690
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

Command description

This command display the performance monitoring attributes on the client ports (C{1-4})
of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the Ethernet group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Display the received optical power group PM options
Display the transmitted optical power group PM options
Display the PCS group PM options

Display the SDH group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)
Display the SONET group PM options (applies only in FlexMux card mode)

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm
ethernet
opr
opt
pcs
sdh
sonet
Parameter

Description

shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet group PM options. See show

interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1691
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Opr

Displays the received optical power group PM options.

See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr.

Opt

Displays the transmitted optical power group PM options.

See show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt.

pcs

Displays the PCS group PM options. See show interface

4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs.

sdh

Displays the PCS group PM options. See show interface

4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh.

sonet

Displays the PCS group PM options. See show interface

4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm sonet

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

Command description

This command displays the Ethernet performance monitoring attributes on the client port
(C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1692
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bins
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 pm ethernet 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=Ethernet
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 7

Interval=0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1693
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm ethernet

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

Command description

This command displays the Received Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the received optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval
Display PM data for a specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr
baseline [value]
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1694
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and
the port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid
numeric shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf
type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

baseline

Display the baselined OPR values for the interface.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for
the specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified

interval, including Number of Bins and assigned TCA
profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 pm opr baseline
Baseline Reason : losclrd
Baseline Value : -11.86 dBm
Baseline Time : 2008/12/22 11:57:56

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opr

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1695
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

Command description

This command displays the Transmitted Optical Power performance monitoring attributes
on the client ports (C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display the baselined values for the transmitted optical power

Clear the raw counts for this PM group
Display the raw counts for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt
baseline
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

baseline

Display the baselined OPT values for the interface.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1696
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C4 pm opt 0 1
Group: OPT Interval: 0
Bin: 1 Location: 1/8/C4
----------------------------------------------------------Start Time
: 2009/01/05 14:15:00 (UTC)
Bin Status
: Complete
OPT Min (dBm) : -5.75
OPT Max (dBm) : -5.74
OPT Average (dBm) : -5.74

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm opt

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1697
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

Command description

This command displays the PCS performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval
Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.
Client ports C2 and C4 are not used in DualTran card
mode.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1698
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 pm pcs 0 detail
PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=PCS
Interval Length : 1440 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 8
TCA Profile ID : 3

Interval=0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm pcs

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

Command description

This command displays the SDH performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data for this PM group

Clear PM data for a specified interval

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1699
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1700
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 pm sdh 1 detail

PM Config Data Interface=1/8/C2 Group=SDH
Interval Length : 15 min 0 sec
Number of Bins : 33
TCA Profile ID : 4

Interval=1

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sdh

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

Command description

This command the SONET performance monitoring attributes on the client ports
(C{1-4}) of the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Clear the raw counts for this PM group

Display the raw PM data for this PM group
Clear PM data for a specified interval

Display configuration settings for a specified interval

Display the performance monitoring data for the specified bin

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet
clearRaw
raw

interval
clear
detail

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1701
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

bin
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

clearRaw

Clears the raw counts for this PM group

Raw

Displays the raw counts for this PM group.

Interval`

Specifies the interval to be configured or displayed.

Set to 0 for 15 minute interval

Set to 1 for 1-day interval

clear

Clears the data for the parameters in the current bin for the
specified interval.

detail

Displays the configured values for the specified interval,

including Number of Bins and assigned TCA profile ID.

bin

Displays collected data for the specified bin.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C1 pm sonet raw
Group: SONET Location: 1/8/C1
----------------------------------------------Start Time : 2008/12/22 11:52.55 (UTC)
Rx CVS
:
0
Rx ESS
:
0
Rx SESS
:
0
Rx SEFSS
:
1220978
Rx CVL
:
0
Rx ESL
:
0
Rx SESL
:
0
Rx UASL
:
0
Rx FCL
:
0
Rx UASS
:
1221141
Tx CVS
:
0
Tx ESS
:
0
Tx SESS
:
0
Tx SEFSS
:
0
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1702
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

CVL
ESL
SESL
UASL
FCL
UASS

:
:
:
:
:
:

0
0
0
0
0
0

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} pm sonet

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

Command description

This command displays the SDH (STM-1, STM-4, STM-16) client port (C{1-4})
attributes on the 4DPA4 card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode.
Use this command to:

Display the AINS timer value

Display the expected channel value of the pluggable module

Display the J0 section trace attributes
Display the loss propagation behavior
Display the mapping mode (STM16 only)
Display the pluggable module type

Display the signal mode

Display the timeslot allocation on the line port

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm1
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm4
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} stm16
ainstimer
channel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1703
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

jo[jo_fmt|jo_inc]
losprop
mappingmode
moduletype
sigmode
timeslot
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/C{1-4}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

ainstimer

Display the AINS timer value.

channel

Display the expected wavelength of the pluggable module.

j0

Display the J0 attributes:

j0_fmt - J0 format

j0_inc - Incoming J0

losprop

Display the loss propagation behavior setting.

mappingmode

Display the STM16 mapping mode.

moduletype

Display the pluggable module type used on the specified

interface port.

sigmode

Display the signal mode.

timeslot

Display the timeslot line and vts values.

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/C2 stm16 losprop
LOSPROP Action : LaserOn

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/C{1-4} {stm1, stm4, stm16}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1704
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Command description

This command displays the configured line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4 card.
Use this command to:

Display line port detailed settings

Display near-end or far-end timeslot maps

Display the ODU1 attributes

Display the OTU1 attributes
Display performance monitoring values
Display all service activity on this interface

Impact

Access Levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}
detail
fetsmap
netsmap
odu1
otu1
pm
srvcActivity [brief | detail]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

detail

Display the current settings for the port.

fetsmap

Display the map of all client timeslot allocations on the

far-end line port. Applies only in FlexMux card mode.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1705
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

netsmap

Display the map of all client timeslot allocations on the

specified near-end line port. Applies only in FlexMux card
mode.

odu1

Display the ODU1 interface port parameters. Applies only

in FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1.

otu1

Display the ODU1 interface port parameters. Applies only

in FlexMux card mode. See show interface 4dpa4
shelf/slot/L{1-2} otu1.

pm

Display Performance Monitoring. See show interface

4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} pm.

srvcActivity

Display all service activity on this interface.

Enter this keyword followed by one of the following:

brief

detail

Examples

This section provides examples of the command usage and output. Commands are shown
in bold, responses in plain text.
# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 detail
Shelf: 1 Slot: 8 Port: L1 - 4DPA4 NW Port [OTU1]
----------------------------------------------------------------Admin State
: Up
Oper State
: Up
State Qualifier :
Oper Capability: Enabled
Status LED
: Solid Green
Description
:
ChannelTx
: 1471
ChannelRx
: 1471
AINS
:
AINS Timer :
Use System AINS Timer :
AINS Countdown :
Received Power
:
Facility Loopback :
Transmitd Power
:
Terminal Loopback :
OTU1 Settings
------------FEC Mode
: RSFEC
Operational Mode : ADDDROP
Rate
: 2.66 Gbps
GCC Status
: Disabled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1706
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Module Type
: SS-16.2C
OSPF Area ID
:
OSPF Adj State :
ODU1 Settings
------------ODU InterWork
: Disabled
Payload Type
: 128 (0x80)
Payload Type Mismatch Response : Disabled
TTI
OTU1
ODU1
----------------------------------------------------------------Transmitted TTI
:
Expected TTI
:
Incoming TTI
:
TTI Status
: Unknown
Unknown
TTI Comparison
: Disabled
Disabled
TTI Mismatch Response : Disabled
Disabled

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 srvcActivity brief

Service Activity:
XC
Traffic
APS
Service
Direction ITU Status Member
---------------------------------------------------------------9250-swi
A-End 25 Active -Z-End 25 Active --

# show interface 4dpa4 1/8/L1 fetsmap

Time Slot
Client
Interface Type
----------------------------------------------------------------1
C1
OC3
2
C2
OC3
3
4
5
C3
OC12
6
C3
OC12
7
C3
OC12
8
C3
OC12
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
-

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1707
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Related commands

The following is a related command:

config interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2}

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

Command description

This command displays the ODU1 attributes for the line ports (L{1-2}) on the 4DPA4
card. This command applies only in FlexMux card mode
Use this command to:

Display the Payload Type Mismatch response

Display the ODU1 Trail Trace Identifier attributes

Impact

Access levels

None

Administrator, Provisioner, Observer

Syntax
show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1
odu0interwk
pldtype
ptmmresp
tti [exp_sapi | inc_sapi | timmresp | trccmp | tx_sapi | status]
Parameter

Description

Shelf/slot/L{1-2}

Specifies the shelf, slot, and port of the interface. Enter

the shelf number, a slash, the slot number, a slash, and the
port number or * to list all of the 4dpa4 cards on the
network element.
See 1830 PSS R3.6 Shelf/Slot Ranges for valid numeric
shelf/slot ranges for each supported shelf type.

odu0interwk

Display the ODU0 Interworking value.

pldtype

Display the ODU1 Payload Type.

ptmmresp

Display the ODU1 Payload Type Mismatch Response.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1830 PSS36/32/16
6-1708
8DG60888FAAA Release 3.6.0 and 3.6.1
Issue 1 June 2011

OT Management Commands
4DPA4 CLI Commands

show interface 4dpa4 shelf/slot/L{1-2} odu1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Parameter

Description

tti

Configure Trail Trace Identifier attributes:

exp_sapi - Expected inco